The Little Book in Revelation Chapter 10


Table of Contents


1. Publication Information
2. GOD's Declaration in the Little Book
3. Coverage to The Bible - the BIG BOOK
4. The 4 Books as the Little Book Set
5. Season to Explain the Little Book Set
6. The 151 Ministry vs the 182 Ministry
7. History of This HTML File
8. Copyright of This HTML File
9. How to Use This HTML File

Publication Information


Title: Revealing The Bible's Truth
Author: Robert G. Barbaria(1949-2017)
Publication Date: 2003
Publication ISBN: 1-929400-80-2
Publisher: Enlighten Noah Publishing
Print Edition: accdatbooks.com
Digital Edition: BibleLittleBook.hk

GOD's Declaration in the Little Book


Regarding the Little Book in Revelation Chapter 10, there are usually several different opinions. Some say it is the Book of Revelation itself, some say it is the Book of Daniel, and some even say it is the Book of Enoch. But since no one has ever come forward to publicly claim that GOD gave him the confirmation, all these statements nothing more than HUMAN SPECULATIONS. However, on Page 20 of the Book "Revealing The Bible's Truth", in the first paragraph under the subtitle "This Book", it is stated as below:


And, although the title of THIS BOOK is "Revealing The Bible's Truth", GOD SAYS that THIS BOOK in HEAVEN is referred to as the "LITTLE BOOK".


Coverage to The Bible - the BIG BOOK


Since GOD'S PURPOSE of the Little Book is to correct our MISINTERPRETATIONS and MISUNDERSTANDINGS of The Bible - the BIG BOOK, it is necessary for us to know HOW MANY BIBLE VERSES are explained in THIS SPECIFIC BOOK. In the table below, the number in the column "Total Verses Explained" represents HOW MANY BIBLE VERSES in total are explained for any particular book of the Bible. However, because the Bible has MULTIPLE LAYERS of meaning, some Bible verses are explained more than once. To be rigorous, we can also count each Bible verse only once, even if it is explained multiple times. The numbers counted in this way appear in the column "Unique Verses".


Book Name Total Verses Explained Unique Verses
Genesis 64 62
Exodus 45 42
Leviticus 2 2
Numbers 12 12
Deuteronomy 15 15
Joshua 6 6
Judges 4 3
1 Samuel 13 12
2 Samuel 9 9
1 Kings 14 14
1 Chronicles 7 7
2 Chronicles 6 6
Psalms 10 10
Proverbs 7 7
Ecclesiastes 14 13
Isaiah 40 36
Jeremiah 5 5
Ezekiel 17 17
Daniel 12 12
Joel 2 2
Amos 2 2
Obadiah 2 2
Micah 17 11
Habakkuk 15 15
Zechariah 19 17
Malachi 6 6
Matthew 55 51
Mark 16 16
Luke 22 22
John 54 48
Acts 2 2
2 Peter 5 5
Revelation 144 123
TOTAL 676 588

The 4 Books as the Little Book Set


GOD'S DECLARATION of the Little Book appears ONLY in the Book "Revealing The Bible's Truth". However, after writing the Little Book, the author wrote THREE OTHER Books: "The Rod of Iron", "Revelation the Fourth Son", and "Mystery Babylon the Great Whore". Although the OTHER THREE Books do not contain the same GOD'S DECLARATION found on Page 20 of the Little Book, it is clear that they continue the same DIVINE TASK - to "Reveal The Bible's Truth". These THREE Books share the same WRITING STYLE, the same SPEAKING TONE, the same ANOINTING, the same AUTHORITY, and the same PURPOSE as the Little Book. Without these additional Books, it would be impossible for a Christian to be FULLY CORRECTED from his MISINTERPRETATIONS and MISUNDERSTANDINGS of The Bible - the BIG BOOK. Just as The Bible itself consists of many books to convey its COMPLETE message, the Little Book must be united with the OTHER THREE Books to form the full Little Book Set. Only when these FOUR BOOKS are taken together does the intended message become COMPLETE. The Little Book Set consists of the following FOUR BOOKS:



Season to Explain the Little Book Set


Ecclesiastes 3:1 To every thing there is A SEASON, and A TIME to every purpose under the heaven:

Kjb1611

When Robert WROTE the BOOKS, when THE LORD used to TALK to him, and when he PUBLISHED the BOOKS, that was the RIGHT TIME. And everything has A SEASON, now the BOOKS are WRITTEN. And NOW is the TIME of EXPLAINING what was WRITTEN in the BOOKS, and OTHER THINGS of GOD, and even MORE THINGS BURIED in THE HOLY BIBLE.


The above is the DIRECT WORD of GOD in a message titled NOTHING IS FOR CERTAIN: By THE LORD of HOSTS . The message was published by A SPECIAL SERVANT of GOD on 2015-01-15. He has a similar HIGH RANK as Robert, and that specific date was THREE YEARS before Robert's death. According to the above, GOD mentioned TWO STAGES: the FIRST STAGE is to PUBLISH the Little Book Set, the SECOND STAGE is to EXPLAIN. And regarding what must BE EXPLAINED, GOD clearly identifies THREE THINGS: the first is to EXPLAIN "what was WRITTEN in the BOOKS", namely the Four Books authored by Robert, the Little Book Set; the second is to EXPLAIN "OTHER THINGS of GOD"; the third is to EXPLAIN "MORE THINGS BURIED in THE HOLY BIBLE". The 182 MINISTRY provides the PRINT VERSION of the Little Book Set, while the 151 MINISTRY provides the DIGITAL VERSION and its corresponding DIGITAL TOOLS for the PURPOSE of EXPLAINING the THREE THINGS stated by THE LORD of HOSTS in above.


The 151 Ministry after the 182 Ministry


The 182 MINISTRY of Robert is the ministry of a DELIVERER, and its purpose is to PUBLISH the Little Book Set. The 151 MINISTRY of GOD'S ANOINTED is the ministry of Jesus Christ, and its purpose is to EXPLAIN the THREE THINGS mentioned above, beginning with the Little Book Set. The 182 MINISTRY is PRIVILEGED, it can only be carried out by a DELIVERER. However, the 151 MINISTRY is OPEN, it can be carried out by anyone who follows Jesus, while BEING ANOINTED with at least three gifts of the Holy Spirit. Even the ministry of the 144,000 Tribulation Saints belongs to the 151 MINISTRY. However, the majority of the Tribulation Saints shall manifest themselves in the SECOND STAGE of the End Times. Those who have awakened in the CURRENT FIRST STAGE of the End Times must PREPARE THE WAY for the 144,000 Tribulation Saints, just as John the Baptist prepared the way for Jesus. This HTML File is created by those of the 151 MINISTRY for the PURPOSE to PREPARE THE WAY for the 144,000 Tribulation Saints.


History of This HTML File


2018-02-xx: Antony James photographed all the pages of the Little Book Set and put them into PDF files.
2018-12-xx: David Wu converted the pictures in the PDF files to the text files with AZUR OCR.
2019-01-xx: Alice Huang added font styles with David Wu, the HTML files of the Little Book Set were created.
2019-04-xx: David Wu and Alice Huang started to revise errors in the HTML files of the Little Book Set.
2023-05-xx: David Wu and Alice Huang completed the revision of the HTML files of the Little Book Set.
2025-01-01: GOD CALLED David Wu to PROMOTE the Little Book Set ONLINE.
2026-05-20: David Wu set up BibleLittleBook.hk to PUT the Little Book Set online.
2026-08-19: The latest update of this HTML File.

Copyright of This HTML File


This HTML file is the Little Book, which is the first in the Little Book Set. The Little Book Set is also the WORD of GOD, and is only INFERIOR to The Bible - the BIG BOOK. Currently, accdatbooks.com holds its copyright. But one ministry alone can not meet ALL KINDS OF NEEDS of the Little Book Set. Since the email addresses listed on accdatbooks.com have been DORMANT since the passing of Robert(2017), it has become IMPOSSIBLE to contact accdatbooks.com. Although this HTML file is created for FREE USE, we are willing to share our financial resources with accdatbooks.com when necessary. Please contact us through the following email address: endtimedw@gmail.com.


How to Use This HTML File


1. This HTML file contains the entire webpage packed into a SINGLE HTML FILE. It is fully DOWNLOADABLE and PORTABLE. When you view it on BibleLittleBook.hk , you can right click in your browser and save it as an HTML file to any USB disk or your computer's storage. After saving it, you can open and view this HTML file with any browser on your PC or device.


2. You can jump directly to any page by appending a page tag such as "#p256" to the end of the browser's address bar and pressing Enter. For example, in your browser address bar, change "C:\blb-1-en.html" to "C:\blb-1-en.html#p256" and press enter key, the browser will jump immediately to Page 256.


3. To the far right of each paragraph, there is an indicator of original page number, such as P256 . Clicking this indicator will take you directly to the Table of Contents of the entire book.


4. If a paragraph is actually a verse quoted from King James 1611 Bible, an additional indicator appears, such as Kjv1611 . Clicking this indicator redirects you to the website Kjb1611.ca , where the entire chapter of the King James 1611 Bible is displayed, automatically focused on the same verse.


Revealing The Bible's Truth

P3

ROBERT G. BARBARIA

P3

John 1:1 In the beginning was the WORD, and the WORD WAS WITH GOD, and the WORD was GOD.

P3 Kjb1611

Genesis 1:3 And GOD said, LET THERE BE LIGHT: and there was light.

P3 Kjb1611

Revelation 10:10 And I took the LITTLE BOOK out of the ANGEL'S hand, and ate it up; and it was in my mouth sweet as honey: and as soon as I had eaten it, my belly was bitter.

P3 Kjb1611

Robert G. Barbaria was born in San Francisco, California in 1946. Mr. Barbaria grew up in a typical middle class family and attended the local schools. Joining the United States Navy in 1965, he served in Vietnam and was decorated and honorably discharged in 1968. Immediately after getting out of the Navy, Mr. Barbaria entered into the electronics industry and has held various positions within that industry over the past 30 plus years. After holding positions such as Engineering Manager, Director of Quality Assurance, Vice President of Sales and Marketing, Director of New Business Development, and Executive Vice President for several Electronics Corporations in Silicon Valley, Mr. Barbaria then started his own Consulting Firm in March of 2000, calling it "Intimate Resource Counseling". Intimate Resource Counseling currently consults both technically and managerially for several major electronics companies with one of its Key Accounts being the United States Navy, where technical assistance is provided on the "AEGIS PROGRAM".

P4

After experiencing a SUPERNATURAL EVENT (explained in the book) on October 13th 1997. Mr. Barbaria spends 6 to 8 hours a day (everyday) in the early morning hours, studying the Holy Bible. Being inspired by GOD to write, he has been given the ANOINTING to not only INTERPRET the HOLY SCRIPTURES, but he can also express through his writings the manifold depth of THE WORD of GOD. Even though Mr. Barbaria has authored this BOOK ("Revealing the Bible's Truth"), he says that he regularly reads the manuscript and continues to learn from it!

P4

Contents

P5

Front cover 3
About the Author 7
Foreword 21
Chapter 1: The Layers of the Holy Bible 27
Chapter 2: Who is GOD? 49
Chapter 3: Holy Bible Numbers 71
Chapter 4: End or Beginning? 119
Chapter 5: The Gospels, Directions 147
Chapter 6: The Holy Bible Story 183
 Prelude 183
 6.1 Genesis 186
 6.2 The Story of (Abram) Abraham 196
 6.3 The Story of Isaac 203
 6.4 The Story of Jacob 209
 6.5 The Story of Joseph 219
 6.6 Exodus 232
 6.7 Leviticus 254
 6.8 The Book of Numbers 266
 6.9 Deuteronomy 288
 6.10 The Book of Joshua 292
 6.11 The Book of Judges 300
 6.12 The Books of Ruth and 1st Samuel 316
 6.13 The Second Book of Samuel 331
 6.14 The Books of Kings and Chronicles 338
 6.15 Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Solomon 345
 6.16 The Sixteen Writing Prophets 356
Chapter 7: The Book of the Revelation of JESUS CHRIST 381
The Final Chapter: Heaven and Hell 445
Back cover 461
P5

About the Author

P7

The Day Before

P7

It was Sunday October 12th 1997 and I had just spent the weekend in Paso Robles playing in a golf tournament. I hadn't played very well for the entire weekend and with the game of golf being basically my life, I was quite upset over my poor performance in the tournament that weekend. So after nine holes of golf on Sunday, I decided to drop out of the tournament and get an early start back to San Jose, California where I live. It is about a two-hour drive from Paso Robles to San Jose so I filled my tank with gas in Paso Robles and headed north on highway 101.

P7

There wasn't anything that I had found to be unusual about the day except for a poor round of golf, or I should more correctly say the poor half round of golf. When I was nearly half of the way home, I decided to call a girlfriend of mine on my cell phone and invite her over for dinner and a drink that evening. I did manage to get a hold of her and she accepted my invitation for an early dinner and a drink.

P7

Shortly after I had arrived home my lady friend showed up at my house, and at that time I shared my weekend experiences over a cocktail with her. This lady and I had become rather good friends over a few short months, and I believe that we both enjoyed each other's company. As a matter of fact at that time she was the only one that I had been dating and we had shared some wonderful moments together and I believe we had a mutual trust as well in each other. That evening my friend and myself had an early dinner and a few cocktails, and with both of us having to work the next day at about 11:00pm we called it quits for the evening.

P7

There really wasn't anything that I had found to be unusual about the day except for John Denver being killed in an airplane accident. I had heard of his airplane accident on the way home from the tournament and it seemed a bit odd, as when I had heard it on the radio, I was in the same approximate vicinity where the accident had happened. I was just passing at that time Carmel and the Monterey Peninsula, which was near the site where John Denver's aircraft had, went down.

P7

At about 11:30pm that Sunday evening I called it a night and went off to bed. That night I slept soundly as I most often do, as I rarely ever dream and when my eyes close its "lights off" until the following morning.

P7 P8

My Awakening

P8

Sometime after 4:30am on Monday morning the 13th day of October, I awoke from what seemed like a heavier than normal sleep. My awakening this early was not very unusual as with me being a golfer I most always woke up at the crack of dawn. However on this morning when I had awakened I had a very strange buzzing noise in my ears as though the air around me was vibrating. As a matter of fact it almost seemed as though I had been drugged during the evening while I was asleep. I then got out of bed and went to the bathroom thinking that I simply hadn't fully awakened yet, and thought that if I were to throw some cold water on my face, that the buzzing noise in my ears would disappear.

P8

However, it seemed as though the longer I was up the stronger the buzzing noise became. It seemed as though it was intensifying and not diminishing as I had hoped it would and now not only were my ears buzzing but also there was a strange vibration that was coming over my entire body. This phenomena I was experiencing is very difficult to explain, but it seemed as though I was in between two different dimensions with one of those dimensions being in this world, and one being someplace else, and I was in between them.

P8

After being awake now for about one-half of an hour and the vibration growing more intense by the moment, I started to become quite concerned as to what was causing this to happen to me. So I then put on my robe and went down stairs to the kitchen to put on a pot of coffee, and at the same time I let my friend Garth in the house. Garth is my pet Alaskan Timber Wolf and although he is 100% wolf, there isn't one mean bone in his entire make up, for he is really quite loving. Once Garth was in the house he then began to stare at me as though he was looking at a total stranger. He was staring at me with his yellow piercing wolf eyes and with his staring and the vibration going on throughout my entire body that was continually intensifying I started to feel extremely uncomfortable. With Garth being an extremely large animal, weighing well over 150lbs, I thought that I should probably put him back outside, but he went off into the tiled entryway to lay down so I let him stay in.

P8

With my coffee being brewed now I went into the kitchen to get myself a cup of coffee in hopes that the coffee would wake me up. But the vibration and buzzing was getting worse and not better and now I started to tremble with fear and I said out loud "What is happening to me?" Then once Garth heard me speak, he came into the kitchen where I was standing and he then laid himself down right in front of me, and began once more to stare at me as he had done earlier. With me feeling very uneasy about Garth's presence I kept my eyes fixed on him to watch his every move, and after a minute or so he then again went back into the entryway to lay.

P8 P9

I had never felt uncomfortable around Garth, but this day it was different and I didn't want to take my eyes off of him because I suddenly no longer trusted him. I had not yet sat down all the while I had been downstairs and was pacing about the kitchen and the family room uncertain as to what to do with myself, so I walked over to the entryway to check on Garth. With all the lights in the lower portion of the house being on it was quite bright, and I decided at that time to put Garth back out so I could try to deal with my problem. Then, as I looked at Garth, a glowing face appeared to be coming out of him, and I shut my eyes quickly and then reopened them thus thinking that my imagination was running amuck. However, when my eyes were reopened, the face was still there staring right at me. The face was quite vivid and had an inquisitive set of eyes that were quite striking. It also had an aura of yellow light that was around the face making the detail of the face quite clear to me. The color of the eyes and also the color of the hair were kind of a blue-gray color and the face just continued to stare at me. My first inclination was "Oh MY GOD, I have just seen Satan". As soon as I had thought this thought then the face immediately disappeared.

P9

Now that I had seen this vision there wasn't any way that I was going to allow Garth to stay in the house any longer. So I fed him very quickly and put him back outside. With the vibration still continually increasing and Garth now put into the back yard, I then sat myself down to try to understand what I was going through and what had caused this to happen.

P9

I had now been up for approximately one hour and it was about 5:30am and this odd feeling had grown to the point where I had wanted to scream out of fear for I was literally horrified by the event that was taking place. I was thinking at that time that there wasn't any way I would be able to go to work in this condition and that the people at work would either think I was on drugs or was having some type of mental breakdown. I wasn't even sure myself that I wasn't having some type of mental problem, but there hadn't been anything in my life that I was aware of to bring on such a state.

P9

THE VOICE of GOD

P9

With my body now shaking all over and the buzzing noise at a point of chaos in my ears, I yelled out, "What in the world is happening to me?" At that point the vibration and the buzzing accelerated significantly and I felt as though I had just been shot out of a cannon, and then a VOICE came to me and said, "YOU ARE MY SON!" "I HAVE WAITED 51 YEARS FOR THIS MOMENT AND IT IS TIME FOR YOU TO BE AS ONE WITH ME!"

P9 P10

I cannot tell you all that THE LORD had said to me on that day, but I can tell you that HE had told me that the world that I was now living in, would soon be ending. HE also told me that there was going to be a GREAT RAPTURE, however at that time I didn't even know what a great rapture was. GOD told me many things that morning and as HE spoke I just sat and listened in amazement.

P10

During my conversation with GOD that morning, HE took me in a vision to the "Cross of Crucifixion" and when I looked upon the Cross I saw myself hanging on it. I could literally feel the nails through the palms of my hands as well as the nail that had pierced my ankles staking both feet to the Cross. Then while I hung there upon the Cross, THE LORD brought my entire LIFE before me. THE LORD then gave me the opportunity to REPENT for each and every SIN I had committed in my entire LIFE. HE made them all vividly appear to me, there wasn't one of them that HE overlooked.

P10

For many days after this event I thought that I was JESUS CHRIST and that I had in some way been reincarnated to be back on the earth. But after a few months of me thinking this way and having continual conversations with GOD, HE told me that I was not JESUS, but rather "HIS SON ROBERT". GOD also told me what my heavenly NAME was and for many months thereafter HE called me by my earthly name with my HEAVENLY NAME proceeding it.

P10

Each and every morning after this event took place the vibration and buzzing noise would come upon me that of which was followed by THE VOICE of GOD who would speak to me. Every morning THE LORD would TEACH me about various things, and HE started with the beginning of CREATION thus explaining to me how everything had started and how that ALL LIFE had come from a single point of LIGHT. After several months of THE LORD teaching me, HE told me one day to go out and buy a Bible. However, when I was at the Bookstore THE LORD had me buy three different versions of the Bible. HE had me buy the King James 1611 version and as well "The Book" and the "New Living Translation".

P10

At first HE had me reading out of "The Book", and had me start with the Book of Revelation first, rather than having me start with the Book of Genesis that of which HE had me read after the Book of Revelation. GOD also had me attend a local church that I went routinely to for exactly one year. After the conclusion of one year, HE then had me change churches and then had me attend another one for also one year. Then during the first year after THE LORD had come to me, THE LORD then had me start to write a BOOK.

P10 P11

The first BOOK

P11

The first BOOK that THE LORD had me write took about a year to write and consisted of two hundred and twenty-two pages. Many of the things that were put into the BOOK were revealed to me at the time that I was writing them in the BOOK. I was amazed at how the WORDS and EXPLANATIONS would just come to me about some very difficult types of subjects. Many of these subjects were well above a normal person's comprehension levels and spoke to the consistency of various dimensions that exist that are well beyond this four dimensional world that we live in. All these things were given to me in great detail, and when I would research some of the things that I was told, I was shocked to find them completely accurate. The only problem I saw when doing the research was that many of the books I reviewed could only explain a small portion of that which I was being taught.

P11

THE LORD also explained various things to me about the ANGELS in HEAVEN and told me how each and every month, on the 13th day of that month how I would go through certain SPIRITUAL type changes. Each one of the changes that I was to go through had a name assigned to it and I was told that some of these SPIRITUAL changes would be somewhat difficult for me to go through, but HE assured me that HE would get me through them. The names of these changes along with many other subjects were covered in the first BOOK along with the details on THE RAPTURE, of how it would take place and when it was to happen. However, after the first BOOK was completed THE LORD told me that the BOOK was NOT to be published. GOD told me that the purpose for me writing the first BOOK was for my own edification and that it was much too revealing to ever be published.

P11

Reading the Bible

P11

After a few short months of me reading out of "The Book" THE LORD had me quit, and start reading out of the King James 1611 version of The HOLY BIBLE. Although it was initially hard to understand, the more that I READ the easier it became to understand what the Scriptures were saying. I initially started reading the Bible as THE LORD had originally instructed me to do with "The Book" and started with The Book of Revelation. After completing The Book of Revelation I went from Genesis through Revelation again reading all of the sixty-six books contained in the Canon. It took me nearly one year to read the Bible the first time and I was quite intrigued by the Scriptures, because the more that I had read the Bible, the more there were questions that I had in regard to it. My curiosity arose with each and every reading of it. It seemed as though the more that I had read the Bible, the more I was determined to find out the meaning of the Bible, for I knew that there was more to it than it just being a history book.

P11 P12

With many questions arising while I was reading the Bible and THE LORD being ever present with me during the reading of it, I would ask THE LORD at times to give me the answers to the many arising questions that had come up during my reading. Initially at that time, THE LORD would simply tell me what the Scriptures were saying, but after my second or third time through the Bible, GOD then changed HIS FORMAT. What THE LORD did then when I was to ask HIM a question in regard to the meaning of a Scripture, was HE would send me to another Scripture within the Bible, and within that Scripture HE would send me to I would then find the answer to my question.

P12

HE also TAUGHT me that within the Scriptures were all of the ANSWERS to any QUESTION, and that those ANSWERS would be OBTAINABLE to me once I knew how to see into the Scripture itself. THE LORD told me furthermore that THE HOLY BIBLE had a SELF-EXPLANATION and a SELF-VERIFICATION as well as the ANSWER to any QUESTION that may arise from it. THE LORD also said that all that I would NEED to accompany the Bible and assist me in my learning, was an ENGLISH DICTIONARY to help me understand the correct meanings of certain WORDS.

P12

Separation from the Church

P12

After one year of my attending the second Church, THE LORD told me that HE didn't want me to attend any longer. HE said that my LEARNING was now to the point where the teaching of the Scripture by the Church would conflict with my UNDERSTANDING, and that HE didn't want me to become CONFUSED by the Church's false teaching.

P12

This had already been made somewhat apparent to me as when I attended the church, I saw that many things that were being taught by it definitely CONFLICTED with THE WORD of GOD and the testimony of JESUS CHRIST. When I asked THE LORD, as to why the Church was teaching in this way and how that I had believed that the people of that Church were good people and trying their level best to serve HIM? He then answered me this way: GOD said that the errors that were in the Church's teaching were a direct result of the Church's following after the doctrine set forth in the Epistles of the Apostles. HE further told me that the twenty-two Epistles were not the WORD of GOD, but rather the words of men and that HE no longer wanted me to read them at all!

P12 P13

Speaking with JESUS CHRIST

P13

For the first three or four months after MY AWAKENING on the 13th day of October, in the year of 1997, I exclusively spoke to THE ALMIGHTY GOD. However about the fourth or fifth month JESUS CHRIST began to speak with me. JESUS informed me that HE was there to help me to learn about THE WORD of GOD and that when I needed HIS help all that I needed to do was to call on HIM and HE would then ANSWER me.

P13

On many occasions since then I have had very long CONVERSATIONS with JESUS in regard to Scripture and the Church. JESUS had expressed HIS disappointment about the Church to me during many of those conversations. HE has told me that from the very beginning of the Church it had erred and this is why The Book of Revelation was given to John to WARN the Churches. JESUS has also told me that there are many that PREACH in HIS NAME that are not of HIS FLOCK and that those who are doing so will suffer The Great Tribulation that is about to come upon the earth.

P13

JESUS and the ANGELS have spent a great deal of time teaching me how to identify those that are preaching a FALSE WORD, and have pointed out to me both who these Preachers are and where their falsehoods lie. Many would be shocked if I were allowed to name these false preachers of the WORD of GOD, as when I was first told I was shocked! The television is full of them! JESUS also explained to me how in the GOSPELS HE warns against the false Christs. Many believe that when HE spoke these WORDS that HE spoke of people that would proclaim themselves to be Jesus Christ. But this was not what HE was saying at all! What JESUS told me that HE was saying in the Scriptures of the GOSPELS was, that the Church should be aware of many that will claim to be preaching in HIS NAME, thus saying that they are Christians, but they are NOT!

P13

Both JESUS and the ANGELS have also told me that the religion that has come into the Churches will cause its own SELF-DESTRUCTION. They have said that the Devil is most PRESENT in the Churches and that many people who have looked towards the Church for their PROTECTION are being DECEIVED. It was also explained to me that by simply doing the mathematics derived from the Scriptures that there would be more that will be SAVED outside of the Churches than of those who attend. It was further explained that those who are in attendance of the Churches believe by some sort of group effort that they will come into GOD'S SALVATION, but this is simply not so! This is because each and every person must have a personal RELATIONSHIP with GOD, therefor they must work out their own SALVATION with GOD, for this CANNOT BE A GROUP RELATIONSHIP but rather an INDIVIDUAL ONE!

P13 P14

Meeting with the ANGELS

P14

Shortly after my first CONVERSATION with JESUS CHRIST I was introduced to the ANGELS. They came to me by way of both VISIONS and DREAMS. The FIRST ANGEL that I had spoken to was the ANGEL JAEL who had first come to me in a VISION. SHE is a magnificent looking blonde ANGEL who has an appearance of a woman that is strikingly beautiful. In fact, SHE is the most beautiful woman I have ever seen! Shortly thereafter I met with GABRIEL, then DARIUS, then MOR'-PHI-ET, and finally RAPHAEL.

P14

Then on the 13th day of October 1998, which was one year to the day from when THE LORD had first come to me, I was visited by the ANGEL ZARALL, ZARALL was also beautiful as was JAEL and she had the appearance of a redheaded woman. She spent the entire morning of that day with me in my house and we spoke for several hours. She explained to me that she was one of the COVENANT ANGELS and that in HEAVEN her SOUL MATE is KING DAVID. This was my only meeting with ZARALL, and since that day I have neither seen nor spoken to her again.

P14

Since our first meeting the ANGELS have shown me many things within the Scriptures to further my understanding, and to this very day the first FIVE ANGELS that I had met with reside with me in my house and we speak daily to one another. The ANGELS have also explained to me in explicit detail about the hierarchy of THE THRONE of GOD and they have given me the detail on all of their POSTS responsibilities and as well ALL the NAMES of the ANGELS residing in the SEVENTH LEVEL in HEAVEN.

P14

Early in the year of 2000 I was given a DREAM and in this DREAM I met with three more SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS. These three ANGELS were the ANGELS RA-BAH-JAH, BEN-I'-EL, and AR'-MON who are three of the SEVEN ANGELS of the SEVEN Churches. In the DREAM we had quite a long discussion about the status of the Churches as we sat down for this discussion at a very large table. It was unknown to me at that time as to exactly how BIG these ANGELS were that I had met with, but I do recall that when I had shook the hand of RA-BAH-JAH that he was wearing thick leather gloves and my hand was completely buried within the glove. This was similar to an adult man taking hold of an infant's hand. I also remember that it was BEN-I'-EL who had brought me to the table where RA-BAH-JAH was seated along with AR'-MON. And, I also remember that while walking with BEN-I'-EL I noticed that I could not simply raise my eyes to look at him, but I rather had to tilt my entire head up to see his face.

P14 P15

During this meeting with the ANGELS of the Church it was explained to me by the ANGELS how one of the churches had already fallen. They all three expressed their concern for the Churches and told me as well that THE LORD would not allow them to interfere with the Churches activities. They said that all that they were allowed to do in regard to the Churches was to report on their status to GOD.

P15

All of the ANGELS that I have met with are both polite and extremely courteous. There has not been a single circumstance when meeting with the ANGELS where I had felt either inferior to them or uncomfortable around them. They emanate with the LOVE of GOD and show their CARING as well as their continually expressing their compassion for man. The ANGELS always project their TRUSTWORTHINESS as MESSENGERS for GOD and the certainty that they can be TRUSTED being a trait that can only be bestowed by an ANGEL.

P15

SAVING GRACE

P15

The ANGELS explained to me how that GOD'S children are given two Angels when they are born on this earth. They are given one Scribe Angel and one Guardian Angel. The Scribe Angel takes note of all that the person they had been assigned to has either done or has even thought during that person's entire life! The Scribes notes are then transferred into a book that is kept in HEAVEN and read back to that person if and when they are to stand before their JUDGMENT. The Guardian on the other hand sees that that person takes every breath of life that they are determined to have in this life leaving nothing to chance. The ANGELS have told me, that GOD has not only numbered the hairs on your head, but HE has also numbered the breaths that you take in this life! I was also told that there isn't anything in existence that could either prolong a person's days on this earth or detract from them, and that THE LORD has determined them.

P15

It was also explained to me that once a person has RECEIVED SAVING GRACE by the way of SPIRITUAL BAPTISM that there isn't any longer the need for the Scribe Angel. So after the BAPTISM is CONFIRMED in HEAVEN to GOD by the way of the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT, the Scribe Angel is then recalled to HEAVEN. Then that person's name who had RECEIVED SAVING GRACE is listed in the REGISTER in HEAVEN as them being either of the BRIDE of CHRIST or as one of the GUESTS of CHRIST. I was also informed by the ANGELS that CONTRARY to what many believe, that once a person's name has been placed in the REGISTER it can never be removed. This is to say, that once a person has RECEIVED SAVING GRACE by way of JESUS CHRIST and THE HOLY SPIRIT they can NEVER FALL from the GRACE of CHRIST, and they will NEVER stand before GOD in JUDGMENT for they ARE already JUDGED in CHRIST.

P15 P16

Miracles

P16

Since THE LORD has come to me I have seen many MIRACLES! GOD performs most of HIS miracles in such a way that the miracles appear to either the unbelievers or the unlearned as being a natural occurrence. However GOD in some cases when HE wants HIS PRESENCE to be known, will make the MIRACLE obvious to those whom HE is trying to reach.

P16

Just prior to the writing of this BOOK, I was diagnosed with cancer in my mouth. Oddly enough the diagnosis of cancer did not trouble or surprise me, as I have always been a heavy smoker. The dentist who had first spotted the lesions in my mouth had recommended me to an oral surgeon, and I did as the dentist had recommended me to do and scheduled an appointment with him. But after I had made the appointment the ANGEL RAPHAEL told me I should cancel it and that GOD was going to heal me. RAPHAEL then gave me a very regimented daily routine that I was to follow, and he told me that I should have the dentist prescribe a very mild antibiotic for me to take. He also said that the antibiotic was more for my benefit and really wasn't needed for my HEALING, however it would be good for my FAITH if I had a pill to take for SEVEN DAYS!

P16

After the SEVEN days had passed, I had a routine scheduled appointment with the same dentist who had identified the cancer for my teeth cleaning. When the dental hygienist looked into my mouth she was absolutely amazed! There wasn't a single sore in my mouth anymore and my receding gum line that had been a problem for years had improved significantly.

P16

When the hygienist had asked me what I had done to get rid of the sores in my mouth and also what I had done to improve my receding gums? I simply said to her that I have a FRIEND who knows a great deal about the human body, and he had given me a program to follow that had healed me. She then said, "he must be a fabulous doctor", and then I said in reply, "HE IS"!

P16 P17

Being in my fifties I along with many thousands of people have suffered the pain from hemorrhoids. I, as well, come from a family line that has had in their later years of life colon cancer. One night after eating a cracked crab dinner I was awakened with some severe abdominal cramps that I felt at that time was caused by the crab. But again the ANGEL RAPHAEL, who is with me all the time now, told me that THE LORD had removed some polyps from my colon and HE had also removed my hemorrhoids while I had been sleeping. RAPHAEL also said to me that I should not be alarmed, but when I had my next bowel movement that there was going to be a significant amount of blood and tissue matter that would pass from me. He also told me that the blood and the tissue that I was to pass were for my benefit so I would know that THE LORD had done as HE had told me HE had done by the way of RAPHAEL.

P17

Then when I had my next bowel movement, it was exactly how RAPHAEL had said it would be. From that day on, I have yet to suffer with any hemorrhoid pain or any sort of bowel disorder whatsoever!

P17

For a long period of time (20 years or so) I have been troubled with spiders in my house. These are not very large spiders but rather the garden variety that are very common in the area I live in. I spray routinely and have purchased electronic devices to ward them off, and although they did decrease in numbers there were some that were seen daily and I considered them to be a nuisance. I finally asked THE LORD to help me so I might get rid of the little critters and told HIM that I was being distracted by their presence and they were becoming an obsession with me, as I was continually hunting them down.

P17

Shortly after telling THE LORD of my problem in regard to the spiders, I woke up one morning and there weren't any spiders to be found at all in my bedroom. This was extremely unusual as it was in the beginning of summer and the spiders at that time of the year were always in abundance. Also at this time of the year with it being quite hot, I sleep with both the sliding glass balcony door open and as well would leave the bathroom window open, both of which would allow the spiders to get into the house.

P17

With me wondering why I couldn't find any spiders I asked the ANGELS what had happened to the spiders? The ANGEL RAPHAEL then told me that the ANGELS had shooed all of the spiders out of the bedroom and there were only a few that still remain in the downstairs section of the house. The following morning I killed one spider and then one more about a week or so later with both of them being down in the family room and since that time I have not seen a single spider in my house!

P17

Punishment for those Opposing

P18

When GOD first came to me, HE had told me that there would be many people who would not believe the things that I would tell them. HE also said that those who refused to believe me were not in any jeopardy for their doing so. However, if anyone would oppose me openly and outwardly to another, then those people would be punished.

P18

With the great changes that were taking place in my entire personal makeup, many people who had known me for some period of time were concerned about my new behavior. I was never considered by any of my family or friends to be a GOD FEARING PERSON, and now my conversations almost exclusively contained Scriptural references and other subject matter pertaining to GOD. For the first few months after my CONVERSION, my family and friends and fellow associates quite frankly thought I had flipped out and I could see that many were becoming annoyed with my continual references to GOD and the Scriptures. They just didn't want to deal with me anymore!

P18

THE LORD then started telling me things that were being said about me by my associates and my family. HE would show me in great detail all that was being said about me behind my back. In very short periods of time I would see some unfortunate things start happening to the people who THE LORD had said was in opposition to me, even including some of my family members. In the beginning, the punishment HE APPLIED to those in opposition to me seemed to me to be some sort of small negative twist in fate for that individual. However as time went on, the punishment that GOD started to lay on these people became more and more severe.

P18

As soon as THE LORD would point out to me a person whom HE said was in opposition to me, then that person within even a day or two would come down with some type of illness or suffer from some kind of physical pain. There would even be in some cases a tragedy within that person's immediate family and also sometimes a member of the family would be diagnosed with a life threatening disease, and even a death of a loved one came to pass.

P18

THE LORD has told me that this is only the BEGINNING and that the punishment will continually increase for those who are in opposition to my WORDS whether they are written WORDS, or spoken WORDS. GOD has TOLD me that MY WORDS and HIS WORDS are the same WORDS. And, those who are in opposition to ME are also in OPPOSITION TO GOD! GOD then gave me this Scripture from the Book of Isaiah:

P18

Isaiah 41:4 Who hath wrought and DONE it, calling the generations from the BEGINNING? I THE LORD, THE FIRST, and WITH THE LAST; I AM HE.

P19 Kjb1611

Speaking in an UNKNOWN Language

P19

Approximately one year after THE LORD had come to be with me, when I would PRAY, different WORDS would start coming out of my mouth. These words were WORDS of an unknown language. At first, there were only a few WORDS that were being said in this unknown language and THE LORD would tell me what the WORDS MEANT. But as time has gone on, the WORDS have become many with my UNDERSTANDING of the WORDS growing as the vocabulary has INCREASED. I now speak the language fluently!

P19

THE LORD has told me that the language that I now speak in is called by the Church "Tongues", but the TRUE NAME of the language is called "HEBREWAH". This is the language that was spoken by NOAH and his offspring up until the time of the building of the TOWER in BABEL. Then THE LORD broke the language into dialects and all of the existing languages of the world are a result of those dialects. HE also told me that in days of old that the Prophets would speak in this language as did also JESUS CHRIST. HE further informed me that the HEBREWAH language is a LIVING SPIRITUAL language and with the Devil being the spirit of the dead, he cannot understand it! This is why GOD has those who are MOST close to HIM speak in this language. GOD has also told me that most of those who are given the GIFT of speaking the language cannot INTERPRET it.

P19

NUMBERS

P19

After reading for the first time the Book of Revelation there was a certain curiosity that arose in me in regard to NUMBERS. Once I had read that the NUMBER 666 could identify the Antichrist, I was then more than determined to find out who he was. After asking THE LORD for HIS assistance, HE showed me many things within the HOLY BIBLE that could be REVEALED by the use of NUMBERS. There is an entire chapter within this LITTLE BOOK that is dedicated to THE HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS so I won't elaborate on this subject at this time.

P19

This BOOK

P20

A year or so after the completion of the first BOOK, THE LORD told me that he wanted me to WRITE a second BOOK for HIM even though the first BOOK was never intended to be published. And, although the title of THIS BOOK is "Revealing The Bible's Truth", GOD SAYS that THIS BOOK in HEAVEN is referred to as the "LITTLE BOOK".

P20

In its initial writing this LITTLE BOOK was quite fragmented and very difficult to understand. The reason for this is that the SPIRIT both sends and receives information in a fragmented nature thus leaving out certain words that are normally used to tie the points being made in a sentence together. These words are the words that make the sentence more grammatically correct. The SPIRIT only identifies the POINTS of the MESSAGE therefor the string words that are normally used for proper grammar are not necessary for the SPIRIT to UNDERSTAND. This is why the Bible appears to be fragmented to many that try to read it. However, even to those who do not believe that they have understood the Scripture that they have read, they do in deed SPIRITUALLY comprehend the MESSAGE. This is TRUE even though they themselves do not MINDFULLY understand the MESSAGE and at some later time the SPIRIT will transfer the MESSAGE to the MIND thus giving that person the conscious understanding.

P20

Although THREE DRAFTS of this LITTLE BOOK have been made to make it a bit easier to be understood, you will still find it to be somewhat fragmented, and it will be even more fragmented if it is not READ IN CONJUNCTION with the HOLY BIBLE. This BOOK is not intended to be a stand alone book and will have very little value if any at all if it is read as such. The PURPOSE of the BOOK is to help in one's UNDERSTANDING of the SCRIPTURES and to bring to LIGHT the UNDERLYING MESSAGE of the SCRIPTURES thus REVEALING THE BIBLE'S TRUTH!

P20

Foreword

P21

The HOLY BIBLE is the ONLY BOOK of TANGIBLE TRUTH in existence and it is consistently MISUNDERSTOOD, FALSELY INTERPRETED, and IMPROPERLY TAUGHT. The Churches and their religious hierarchy over a course of time have MANIPULATED and CHANGED the WORD of GOD to fit their religious beliefs making it of NO EFFECT. Forty-three of the sixty-six Books contained in the Canon we call The Holy Bible are encrypted with SPIRITUAL MESSAGES. These MESSAGES are similar to subliminal messages that can only be RECEIVED by the SPIRIT of a CHILD of GOD and can only be INTERPRETED by ONE of GOD'S ANOINTED. Oddly enough these MESSAGES are only made SPIRITUALLY VISIBLE when they are TRANSLATED into THE KING JAMES ENGLISH, There is a very DELICATE balance in the way that the WORDS are SEQUENCED within the Scriptures and even the slightest change in them will DESTROY the ENCRYPTED MESSAGE.

P21

Although it may seem to the READER when the WORDS are read from the Scriptures of the Bible that the MESSAGE given by the Scripture is unobtainable, the SPIRITUAL MESSAGE of the Scripture will still be RECEIVED. Aside from some SPELLING differences of a few of the WORDS such as the WORD "SAVIOR" being spelled "SAVIOUR" and the WORD "HONOR" being spelled "HONOUR", all the WORDS used in the King James 1611 version of The Holy Bible are still valid WORDS. The one exception to this is the use of the WORD "REREWARD". This WORD is used in several passages of the Scriptures and the WORD "REREWARD" implies that there will be a SECONDARY REWARD that will be GIVEN by GOD in your AFTERLIFE!

P21

This BOOK is written in a similar format to that of the Holy Bible and at times it may seem to be awkwardly WORDED and somewhat fragmented in its writing. However, there is a SPIRITUAL MESSAGE contained WITHIN the WORDS of this BOOK for ALL of GOD'S CHILDREN. There is also a MESSAGE announcing THE COMING of "THE DELIVERER" who is THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD! HE is the ONE of THE GODHEAD that very few people know anything about.

P21

GOD ALMIGHTY ordained King James to translate the Holy Scriptures that were taken from the Hebrew, Greek, and Latin manuscripts into the Universal language of English. It was only King James who was ANOINTED by GOD to translate the Scriptures and not ANYONE else. Who more appropriate than a King should be chosen to oversee such an undertaking. The verification of the accuracy of the King James 1611 Authorized Version of the Holy Bible was made apparent upon the finding of the Dead Sea Scrolls. Once the Scrolls had been found, the accuracy of the King James INTERPRETATION and the TRANSLATION of the HOLY SCRIPTURES into the English language was made apparent. All other English translations are misinterpretations of the Scriptures and are false and misleading. THE LORD has told me that those involved with the publication of these new English translations have changed THE WORD of GOD, and that all those involved with these new translations will suffer the curse that is written into the Book of Revelation for doing so. These are those Scriptures of the curse that is written into the Book of Revelation as it applies to anyone who takes part in the changing of the WORD of GOD.

P21 P22

Revelation 22:18 For I testify unto every man that heareth the words of the prophecy of this book, if any man shall add unto these things, GOD shall add unto him the plagues that are written in this book:

P22 Kjb1611

Revelation 22:19 And if any man shall take away from the words of the book of this prophecy, GOD shall take away his part out of the book of life, and out of the holy city, and from the things which are written in this book.

P22 Kjb1611

This curse is plainly stated and applies to anyone whomsoever that elects to change any of the words of the Book of Revelation for whatever reason! Therefor anyone involved in these publications that have added to or changed from the WORDS of the Book of Revelation as they had been TRANSLATED originally into the English language by King James, will suffer the curse. THIS MEANS, IF YOU WERE TO TAKE ANY ONE OF THESE NEW TRANSLATIONS AND LAY IT ALONG SIDE THE KING JAMES VERSION AND SEE THAT ANY ONE SINGLE WORD IS DIFFERENT THAN THAT OF THE KING JAMES VERSION, THEN ALL THAT WERE INVOLVED IN THAT PUBLICATION, ARE GOING TO HELL!

P22

Some of these cursed new translations are "The New International Version", "The New King James Version", "The Book" and "The New Living Translation" to name but a few. This curse also applies to any other English translations of the WORD of GOD that differs from that of the King James 1611 version and has been put into print for public reading. GOD says what HE means, and means what HE says, and no one can CHANGE THE WORD of GOD without suffering the consequences for doing so.

P22 P23

I am sure that the leaders of the Churches if asked, would defend these new translations by saying that all that they have done is to make The Holy Bible easier to be understood. But I will tell you that The Holy Bible is purposely written the way that it is written so that only those being guided by THE HOLY SPIRIT can UNDERSTAND it! As already stated in the Foreword of this BOOK, all of the words used by King James are still valid words and can be found in the dictionary of the English language. Even the phraseology as published in the King James 1611 version is key to the depth of the SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING of the Scriptures. Therefor even though it may appear to the unlearned that the Scriptures are oddly phrased in the King James Version of the HOLY BIBLE, the Scriptures were intentionally PHRASED in this manner because they were meant to SPEAK to the SPIRIT and not to the MIND.

P23

This BOOK is dedicated to GOD'S people so that they may see even though a small portion of it, the Mystery of the WORD of GOD revealed through the PROPER INTERPRETATION of the Holy Scriptures. Not all that GOD has revealed to me can be openly shared with the readers of this BOOK, however all that can be revealed will be.

P23

The Canon of The Holy Bible can be broken into four sections. The first section is the 39 books of the Old Testament. The second section is the 4 Gospels of JESUS CHRIST. The third section is the 22 Epistles (Letters by the Apostles, called, "Doctrines of the Church"), and the fourth section is The Book of Revelation.

P23

THE LORD has explained to me that each of these biblical sections is WRITTEN in LAYERS (Encrypted MESSAGES) and these LAYERS can be expressed as depths of water. The first section, which is the Old Testament (except for the Book of Esther), is WRITTEN to be three LAYERS deep. The second section, the four Gospels of JESUS CHRIST, is WRITTEN to be twelve LAYERS deep. The third section, the 22 Epistles of the Apostles are only one LAYER deep, and, the fourth section, The Book of Revelation, is WRITTEN to be SEVEN LAYERS deep. The first chapter of this BOOK is dedicated to explaining in detail how these LAYERS (varying depths) apply to ones understanding of the Holy Scriptures.

P23

I would recommend that all of the readers of this BOOK obtain a King James 1611 Version of the Holy Bible, as this BOOK must be read in conjunction with it. All through this BOOK there will be references made to the Scriptures of Holy Bible, with some of the key Scriptures printed into this BOOK. Your reading of the preceding and proceeding Scriptures to those printed key Scriptures will further your understanding of that particular subject matter that is referring to the Scriptures. This will also allow you to see that this BOOK is not taking the cited Scriptures out of their context, which is routinely done by the Churches.

P23 P24

Quite frequently Pastors, Ministers, Preachers and Priests will selectively pick and choose certain Scriptures to present their message to the congregation, and because they themselves don't understand the Scriptures it results in the misuse and the manipulation of THE WORD of GOD. Therefor their message becomes a distortion of the TRUTH because the Scripture is being used to benefit one's specific point of view and not used to portray the Scripture's intended MESSAGE. In many cases the Scripture is taken so far out of context that the TRUE meaning of the Scripture doesn't remotely apply to how it is being used.

P24

The Prophet Isaiah writes a WARNING about the misuse of the Scriptures, in the 28th Chapter of the book of Isaiah. This is one of the key Scriptures of the 28th Chapter regarding this matter. However the entire Chapter should be read because it applies to the misuse and misapplication of Scripture resulting in the false teaching of THE WORD of GOD.

P24

Isaiah 28:13 But the word of the LORD was unto them precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, line upon line; here a little, and there a little; that they might go, and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken.

P24 Kjb1611

This Scripture is stating how some people will make use of THE WORD of GOD to continually create new rules for the Church that the Church leaders themselves may benefit by ("precept upon precept") thus making RULES out of RULES. The Scripture also refers to those Church leaders that will try to apply the Scriptures by picking and choosing them in such a way as to benefit themselves or present a personal point of view ("here a little, and there a little").

P24

By the direction of THE HOLY SPIRIT and by the AUTHORITY of GOD I will demonstrate throughout this BOOK how the Churches continually misuse and misquote THE WORD of GOD. Some of the Churches are doing it through their own self-ignorance, while others are doing it out of greed or to fulfill one's own self-serving needs and desires. There are many things that will be shown to you in this BOOK that are buried within the Scriptures of the Holy Bible and some of these things you will even find shocking! You will be shown that many of the so-called "unexplained things" that are written into the Bible have an explanation! You will also see how the Church has watered down and manipulated THE WORD of GOD to fit its own specific religious orders, and by doing so they have made themselves and the Congregation in THE EYES of GOD to be OUT of ORDER!

P24 P25

In further regard to the matter of the misuse of THE WORD of GOD, THE LORD has said to me that "MY PEOPLE ASK FOR WATER TO DRINK AND THE SHEPHERDS GIVE THEM VINEGAR MINGLED WITH PISS"! What THE LORD is saying here is that many of those who are leading the Church are trying to teach the Congregation what they themselves don't understand. The reason that this problem exists is because that one man cannot teach to another man the understanding of THE WORD of GOD. This UNDERSTANDING is nontransferable by man and one can only learn THE WORD of GOD by THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD teaching him. There are some but only a few of the Church Leaders that are being directed by THE HOLY SPIRIT to teach. The others that are teaching lack THE ANOINTING to UNDERSTAND THE WORD of GOD and shouldn't be teaching it at all! Many are called Shepherds but few are chosen Shepherds!

P25

And in further regard to these new translations of the Holy Bible that the Church Leaders have made in replacement for the King James 1611 version, I offer the following WARNING:

P25

By your rewriting of the Scriptures you are telling GOD, "We will correct that which you have done in error"! "For we understand more so now than your ANOINTED did at the time of the WRITINGS and through our new and more correct knowledge we will better inform the people of what you really meant to say"! This is the message that you are sending to GOD by your changing of HIS WORD! However, GOD SENDS those whom are involved with these false translations this MESSAGE: "It is the vanity and pride of man that will be to his own destruction. For whatsoever THE ALMIGHTY GOD has done once, that which HE HAS DONE will NEVER need to be done again by anyone"!

P25

This book may appear thus far to be a CONDEMNATION and the REBUKING of the Churches but I will assure you that rather than an insult it is meant to be a WARNING! Chapters 2 and 3 of The Revelation of JESUS CHRIST are dedicated to the WARNING of the Churches to tell them that their direction is not in accordance with JESUS' teachings nor in accordance with The WORD of GOD. GOD will hold those who lead the Churches accountable for their actions. Do not be deceived into thinking that just because the ALMIGHTY GOD has not taken any immediate ACTION, for the changing of HIS WORD and the improper teaching of it, that HE will not do so. THE LORD may be slow to ANGER but you may rest assured that THE ALMIGHTY GOD SHALL indeed COME DOWN WITH VENGEANCE!

P25 P26

This BOOK will explain the composition of The Holy Bible in its 1st Chapter and then the BOOK will take you through THE WORD of GOD from Genesis through Revelation so you may see the TRUE MEANING of GOD'S WORD. It is the WILL of GOD that all that seek an UNDERSTANDING of HIS WORD and do so diligently will indeed be given that UNDERSTANDING. All that is required of you to RECEIVE this UNDERSTANDING is that you must seek the TRUTH and know that the TRUTH RESIDES within the Scriptures. YOU must also know that this TRUTH may only be REVEALED by THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, for HE is the SPIRIT of TRUTH (John 16:13).

P26

Matthew 7:7 Ask, and it shall be given you; seek, and ye shall find; knock, and it shall be opened unto you:

P26 Kjb1611

Matthew 7:8 For every one that asketh receiveth; and he that seeketh findeth; and to him that knocketh it shall be opened.

P26 Kjb1611

May the GRACE of GOD and the LOVE of JESUS CHRIST be with you all, and I PRAY that you may RECEIVE the guidance from THE HOLY SPIRIT through the writings of this BOOK, to further your UNDERSTANDING of THE TRUTH RESIDING in THE WORD of GOD.

P26

Chapter 1
The LAYERS of THE HOLY BIBLE

P27

As previously mentioned in the Foreword of this BOOK, the Canon containing the Holy Bible can be divided into four discrete sections. Each one of these sections has varying depths of understanding buried within the Scriptures, and each depth of understanding is called a "LAYER". This is one of the reasons the Holy Bible is so difficult for one to comprehend. Each one of these LAYERS has a name that describes that LAYER. The names of the first three LAYERS are always the same (The Past, The Present, and The Future); however, the names for the proceeding LAYERS after the first three LAYERS are different for the Gospels, than those proceeding LAYER names that are in the Book of Revelation.

P27

The first section of the Holy Bible contains the 39 books of the Old Testament, which all but the book of Esther (with Esther having only one LAYER) have a depth of three LAYERS. The second section of the Holy Bible is the FOUR GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, which have a depth of twelve LAYERS. The third section of the Canon containing the Holy Bible is the 22 Epistles and they have only one SINGLE LAYER of depth that is the PAST. The fourth section of the Holy Bible is the Book of Revelation, that of which has a depth of seven LAYERS.

P27

These are the names of the various LAYERS for the first three sections (excluding The Book of Revelation) that are contained in the Canon of the BOOK we call the Holy Bible:

P27

Layer #1 = The Past
Layer #2 = The Present
Layer #3 = The Future
Layer #4 = The Word of Wisdom (The ability to apply Scripture)
Layer #5 = The Word of Knowledge (The ability to UNDERSTAND Scripture)
Layer #6 = Faith (The BELIEF and TRUST in GOD)
Layer #7 = Gifts of Healing (The ability to both physically and SPIRITUALLY heal)
Layer #8 = Working of Miracles (The ability to perform SUPER-NATURAL ACTS)
Layer #9 = Prophecy (The ability to FORESEE the FUTURE)
Layer #10 = Discerning of Spirits (The ability to SEE SPIRITUAL MATTER)
Layer #11 = Speaking in Tongues (The ability to speak the HEBREWAH language)
Layer #12 = Interpretation of Tongues (The ability to understand HEBREWAH)
P27 P28

If you are familiar with the Scriptures of THE HOLY BIBLE or the Epistles, you will readily see that the names associated with LAYERS #4 through #12 (listed above) are the same names of the GIFTS that are given by THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. These are THE GIFTS that are GIVEN by GOD in some measure to those whom have RECEIVED SPIRITUAL BAPTISM by THE HOLY SPIRIT (REBIRTH). The Apostle Paul wrote about the NINE GIFTS GIVEN by THE HOLY SPIRIT to the Church. They can be found in the Epistle that he sent to the Church in Corinth (1 Corinthians 12:8 - 12:10). These Gifts of THE HOLY SPIRIT are spoken about throughout the Scripture in THE HOLY BIBLE however they are scattered throughout, and are more easily referenced in the 1 Corinthians Epistle. As a matter of FACT, you will not find anything of VALUE in any of the Epistles that cannot be found elsewhere in the Scriptures of THE HOLY BIBLE.

P28

The following is a list of the 39 Books of the Old Testament with each one of these Books (Except for the Book of Esther) containing the first THREE LAYERS (The Past, The Present, and The Future).

P28

1. Genesis
2. Exodus
3. Leviticus
4. Numbers
5. Deuteronomy
6. Joshua
7. Judges
8. Ruth
9. 1 Samuel
10. 2 Samuel
11. 1 Kings
12. 2 Kings
13. 1 Chronicles
14. 2 Chronicles
15. Ezra
16. Nehemiah
17. Esther
18. Job
19. Psalms
20. Proverbs
21. Ecclesiastes
22. Song of Solomon
23. Isaiah
24. Jeremiah
25. Lamentations
26. Ezekiel
27. Daniel
28. Hosea
29. Joel
30. Amos
31. Obadiah
32. Jonah
33. Micah
34. Nahum
35. Habakkuk
36. Zephaniah
37. Haggai
38. Zechariah
39. Malachi
P28 P29

Each one of these books except for the book of Esther contains information on the past, the present, and the future, with the Book of Esther being only a Biography of King DARIUS' mother. Due to each LAYER of UNDERSTANDING being laid one over the other, those reading the Scripture must be able to look through the first LAYER to see the second, and through the first and second LAYERS to see the third. Therefor when reading the Scripture you can be very easily blinded by the first LAYER which is the LAYER of the past. This will cause many of those who read the Scriptures to view THE HOLY BIBLE as being merely a history book.

P29

GOD has purposely composed THE HOLY BIBLE in this way so that only by diligent searching and having the ANOINTING of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD can a person receive the ability to see through the first LAYER and into the next. The ANOINTING needed to see through these LAYERS and obtain the information contained in the second and third LAYERS of the Scripture can only come by way of the GIFT of the WORD of KNOWLEDGE. Therefor, without this GIFT, even though the process of looking through the LAYER can be explained to the reader of the Scripture, the reader will not have the ability to do so!

P29

The process of looking through the LAYER can be further explained by visualizing you looking into a pond of water at high noon. The most apparent visual sighting you will see will be the reflection of your own image looking back at you from the water. This would be representative of one being able to see the PAST, which is the first LAYER. For you then to see with any depth into the pond then you must first learn how to look through the reflected image and see beyond it. Because your reflection on the water is transparent as is the past, one can look through the reflection and see what lies beneath it by simply looking deeper into the water, and therefor looking beyond your own reflection. Then for you to look past the second LAYER, which is the PRESENT and then SEE into the third LAYER, which is the FUTURE, this same process is necessary. However, your focusing must be even more directed to see through the second LAYER and into the future (THE PROPHETIC DEPTH).

P29 P30

The WORD of GOD, The LIVING WATERS

P30

Throughout the entire HOLY BIBLE there are references made in regard to the LIVING WATERS. JESUS CHRIST spoke most frequently about these LIVING WATERS in his preaching. In the GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST according to John, it is written:

P30

John 7:37 In the last day, that great day of the feast, JESUS stood and cried, saying, If any man thirst, let him come unto me, and drink.

P30 Kjb1611

John 7:38 He that believeth on me, as the scripture hath said, out of his belly shall flow rivers of LIVING WATER.

P30 Kjb1611

The "thirst" that is being referred to by JESUS is the thirst for knowledge. JESUS' promise is that if anyone comes to HIM for knowledge, that person will not only receive the KNOWLEDGE but it will flow out of him or her continuously like water springing up from a well, thus making them a PREACHER of the GOSPELS. You must also understand that JESUS CHRIST is the WORD of GOD! Therefor, in order for one to come to JESUS CHRIST then that person must go into the WORD of GOD, THE HOLY BIBLE, to RECEIVE HIM. One cannot have a personal relationship with JESUS without the continual reading of THE HOLY BIBLE. This POINT can be clarified by the following Scripture, which is written in the first chapter of the GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST according to John.

P30

John 1:1 In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with GOD, and the Word was GOD.

P30 Kjb1611

This refers to JESUS CHRIST as being with GOD in the beginning, and sent by GOD to the world to bring forth the TRUTH that is in THE WORD of GOD. Therefor, GOD sent JESUS to the world because the people of the world did not UNDERSTAND the Scriptures. They were using the Scriptures erroneously and saw them only as LAWS and they furthermore didn't know how to apply THE WORD of GOD to their present day lives or see its PROPHETIC MESSAGE!

P30

John 1:14 And the Word was made flesh, and dwelt among us, (and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of THE FATHER,) full of grace and truth.

P31 Kjb1611

The GRACE spoke about in the Scripture is the SAVING GRACE brought to the world by JESUS CHRIST. For before JESUS, NO ONE could RECEIVE ETERNITY and only those by DIVINE RIGHT (MOSES, DAVID, SOLOMON, etc.) could enter into HEAVEN. The TRUTH spoke about in the Scripture, is the UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD that was brought to the world by JESUS CHRIST. This is why there was so much conflict between JESUS and the Pharisees, because JESUS UNDERSTOOD the Scriptures and the Pharisees DID NOT!

P31

To further your understanding of the varying depths of LIVING WATER contained in the layers of THE HOLY BIBLE, let us review the Scriptures written by the Prophet Ezekiel in the 47th Chapter of the Book of Ezekiel. I will first summarize the event that is taking place in the Scriptures with Ezekiel and the Angel:

P31

The Scripture opens with the Prophet Ezekiel being taken by an Angel in the spirit to the TEMPLE of GOD. As they approach the TEMPLE toward the East, Ezekiel then notices that there is WATER that is coming out from under the RIGHT side of the TEMPLE. The Angel that is with Ezekiel having a measuring line in his hand, then measures out one thousand cubits (approximately 0.33 miles) and they both go into the water the one thousand cubit distance the Angel had measured out. At this point the water is up only to Ezekiel's ankles. (This represents the first layer of The Holy Bible.) Then the Angel measures out another one thousand cubits from that point and both He and Ezekiel go out further into the water, and the water is now up to Ezekiel's knees. (This represents the second layer of The Holy Bible.) Then the Angel measures out another one thousand cubits and they go yet further into the water and the water level is now up to Ezekiel's loins. (This represents the third layer of The Holy Bible.)

P31

The Angel then measures out another one thousand cubits and the water level at that distance out appears to Ezekiel to be very deep much like a river. Ezekiel then says in the Scripture, that the waters at this point were like waters for one to swim in, and he could not pass over them thus meaning that he didn't know how to swim. So the Angel then returns Ezekiel back to the bank. Once back on the bank, the Angel explains to Ezekiel how these waters coming out from the TEMPLE will eventually run into the sea and when the WATERS reach the sea they will become HEALING WATERS, thus meaning that the WATERS will become LIVING WATERS. The ANGEL continues on to say to Ezekiel:

P31 P32

Ezekiel 47:9 And it shall come to pass, that every thing that liveth, which moveth, whithersoever the rivers shall come, shall live: and there shall be a very great multitude of fish, because these waters shall come thither: for they shall be healed; and every thing shall live whither the river cometh.

P32 Kjb1611

The message of these Scriptures is quite clear in regard to the LIVING WATERS. A person must get into the waters that are deep enough to swim in before they can be healed; thus meaning, SAVED. Because Ezekiel was of the Old Covenant (The OLD TESTAMENT being only three LAYERS DEEP) he could not LEARN how to swim. This is because he had not yet received the LIVING WATERS of JESUS CHRIST thus meaning, THE NEW COVENANT (The NEW TESTAMENT that is DEEPER than three LAYERS) WATERS deep enough to SWIM in! Therefor Ezekiel could not pass beyond the third depth to a level deep enough to swim in and therefor be SAVED.

P32

Even though Ezekiel was a Prophet of GOD, without Ezekiel receiving a level of understanding beyond the third level (Meaning, not being yet in THE NEW COVENANT (THE NEW TESTAMENT)) he could not receive the gift of ETERNITY, which comes only through the WORD of GOD whom is JESUS CHRIST. Just remember that each and every time you sit down to read THE HOLY BIBLE and you open it and LOOK INTO THE SCRIPTURES, you are looking directly into the EYES of JESUS CHRIST who is your LORD and your SAVIOR, (THE WORD of GOD) THE HOLY BIBLE!

P32

To verify the TRUTH of this matter, it is written in the GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST according to Matthew, that immediately after the death and Resurrection of JESUS CHRIST that the graves of the Saints were opened. The Scriptures also tell you that many of the people saw the Saints and the Prophets that had died whom were also raised SPIRITUALLY from the dead and this all occurred after the RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST. This means that the Saints and the Prophets were made PARTAKERS in THE NEW COVENANT for their SERVICE to GOD that came by of way of THE BLOOD of THE LAMB.

P32

Matthew 27:51 And, behold, the veil of the temple was rent in twain from the top to the bottom; and the earth did quake, and the rocks rent;

P32 Kjb1611

Matthew 27:52 And the graves were opened; and many bodies of the saints which slept arose,

P33 Kjb1611

Matthew 27:53 and came out of the graves after his Resurrection, and went into the holy city, and appeared unto many.

P33 Kjb1611

Hopefully you can see from these Scriptures that until you can swim in the LIVING WATERS, that is to say, until you can understand at least four depths of the Scriptures, you cannot receive ETERNAL LIFE (Be SAVED). Also it may be NOTED that THE WATERS of the OLD TESTAMENT are too shallow to swim in. Therefor one must be within the Scriptures of the NEW TESTAMENT and have RECEIVED at least ONE GIFT of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD to then RECEIVE THE LIVING WATERS. However don't let this frighten those of you whom have yet to be SAVED (Which are MANY!). GOD has given all those written into the LAMBS BOOK of LIFE a one thousand year period called "The Millennium" (or more correctly the "7th Day Sabbath" of the WEEK of MILLENNIUMS) to learn how to SWIM in THE LIVING WATERS.

P33

At the DAWNING of the LAST DAY and at the SOUNDING of the 7th TRUMPET all those in PARADISE as well as those whom have not received the "Mark of the Beast", will be transfigured (RAPTURE) into a new body of flesh. Then at that TIME the TEACHING of THE WORD of GOD will begin. This TEACHING of the WORD of GOD that will occur at the SOUNDING of THE SEVENTH TRUMPET that of which is WRITTEN about in The Book of Revelation. This is the TIME when GOD'S CHILDREN will be taught how to UNDERSTAND THE WORD of GOD!

P33

Revelation 10:7 But in the DAYS of the VOICE of the SEVENTH ANGEL, when HE shall begin to SOUND, the MYSTERY of GOD should be finished, as HE hath DECLARED to HIS SERVANTS the Prophets.

P33 Kjb1611

Then in regard to THE RAPTURE, for those that are still alive upon the earth who are of THE BRIDE of CHRIST, this RAPTURE will occur at the SOUNDING of the 1st TRUMPET. This SOUNDING marks the beginning of THE GREAT TRIBULATION. Then all of the LIVING who have been SAVED by THE BLOOD OF THE LAMB will receive this RAPTURE and be transfigured, and then be put into a place of protection during THE GREAT TRIBULATION (Three and one-half years). There will be also other RAPTURES that will take place during THE GREAT TRIBULATION, all of which will occur prior to the LAST DAY. All of these issues about THE RAPTURE and THE MILLENNIUM will be discussed in more detail further on in this BOOK.

P33 P34

From what you have been shown thus far you should be able to see that only the FOUR GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST and the Book of Revelation have waters deep enough for one to swim in. However GOD expects all HIS children to read The HOLY BIBLE in its entirety (ALL 44 BOOKS) at least once, because the OLD TESTAMENT also applies to the NEW TESTAMENT. So therefor all of the Books of the BIBLE should be read omitting the Epistles that were added to the Canon by the Church, as they are very misleading! For the Epistles are letters and not Books, and were directed to a very specific order and not to the world as a whole, for contained in them is both THE WHEAT and the tare, SAITH THE LORD!

P34

Therefor, when viewing THE HOLY BIBLE as a WELL of LIVING WATERS a person must first wade in the WATERS and get used to being in them prior to THEIR learning how to swim in the DEEPER WATERS. An example of this is if a person had not yet learned how to swim would it be proper to throw that person into DEEP enough WATERS that ONE might drown in?

P34

It is HIGHLY RECOMMENDED that YOU READ THE HOLY BIBLE from the BEGINNING to the END, with the beginning being the Book of Revelation. Then while reading ask THE LORD to TEACH YOU how to swim in the DEEPER WATERS. GOD will TEACH you how to SWIM in a way that is gradual and gentle, and well within your comprehension level. For the VASTNESS and the DEPTH of THE WORD of GOD is IMMEASURABLE, and without THE LORD'S HELP one could certainly drown in the DEEP WATERS. The DEEP WATERS of THE WORD of GOD can be expressed as follows: The GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST are very deep, however they are also very GENTLE WATERS. Therefor, after one has been exposed to the ankle deep, knee deep, and loin deep WATERS of The OLD TESTAMENT, then THE GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST is the best place for that person to learn how to swim (See through the LAYERS of THE HOLY BIBLE) in the DEEPER WATERS!

P34

Even though the DEPTH of the LIVING WATERS of the Book of Revelation is deep enough to swim in, unlike THE GOSPELS these are very VIOLENT WATERS and only the strongest of swimmers can survive them. Even though this is the BEGINNING of the BIBLE, this is not the place for one to try to LEARN how to SWIM. Howbeit for some of you this will be the ONLY WATERS that will be available for YOU to SWIM IN due to the TIME running out for this world. After the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET, those who are left behind will not have any other choice but to LEARN how to SWIM in the VIOLENT WATERS of the Book of Revelation. The layers of the Book of Revelation are as follows:

P34 P35

Layer #1 = The Past
Layer #2 = The Present
Layer #3 = The Future
Layer #4 = The Opening of the SEVEN SEALS
Layer #5 = The SOUNDING of the SEVEN TRUMPETS
Layer #6 = THE POURING OUT OF THE SEVEN VIALS
Layer #7 = THE JUDGMENT OF THE GREAT WHORE
P35

If a person is not SAVED prior to the start of THE GREAT TRIBULATION then that person must then learn how to SWIM in the LAYERS of the Book of Revelation whose WATERS are quite violent. For in these levels are the pouring out of GOD'S WRATH upon the earth. During this time most of those who are left on the earth will not seek the WISDOM and UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD for their LOVE of GOD, but rather will do so out of their FEAR of GOD. If YOUR NAME is WRITTEN in THE LAMBS BOOK OF LIFE then you do indeed BELONG TO GOD and GOD will get the ATTENTION of ALL THOSE WHO BELONG TO HIM one way or the other!

P35

UNDERSTANDING THE HOLY BIBLE is impossible on your own accord, because without the GUIDANCE of THE HOLY SPIRIT you cannot see beyond the FIRST LAYER. So therefor, without the HELP of THE LORD you cannot nor will you ever be able to UNDERSTAND the Holy Bible beyond its historical content. With you now having seen the PROCESS of looking through the LAYERS and the concept of the composition of THE WORD of GOD, by PRAYER and BAPTISM and by the direction of THE HOLY SPIRIT you can and WILL receive a further insight into THE BIBLE'S TRUTH.

P35

The Foundation of The Church

P35

Let us return for a moment or so to the Church and its ongoing problems. JESUS CHRIST said to Peter in the GOSPEL of Matthew that Peter would form the foundation of the Church. However, the foundation of the Church today is based on the teachings of Paul rather than those of Peter. I would like to make a reference to two Scriptures taken from the GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST according to Matthew.

P35

Matthew 16:18 And I say also unto thee, That thou art Peter, and upon this rock I will build my Church; and the gates of hell shall not prevail against it.

P36 Kjb1611

Matthew 16:19 And I will give unto thee the keys of the Kingdom of Heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt bind on earth shall be bound in Heaven: and whatsoever thou shalt loose on earth shall be loosed in Heaven.

P36 Kjb1611

The Church today has based their Doctrines and methodologies entirely on the 22 Epistles rather than on the WORD of GOD. Of these 22 Epistles there are only two Epistles written by the Apostle Peter. In Peter's two Epistles there are only five chapters in 1 Peter and three chapters in 2 Peter combined of which is only 10 pages out of the 181 pages of the Epistles. These two Epistles written by Peter represent a very small part of the twenty-two Epistles that have been added as part of the Canon by the Church. But yet the Church doctrine of today is solely based on these 22 Epistles that 14 of which were the writings of Paul.

P36

When I had for the first time read THE HOLY BIBLE in its entirety I found that the 39 books of the Old Testament, and the FOUR GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST and as well The Book of Revelation flowed like water down a stream without interruption. What I am trying to say, is that in all FORTY-FOUR Books I found not ONE conflict of one Book to another. However, when reading in the Epistles of Paul I found significant conflicts in his teachings as opposed to the teachings of JESUS CHRIST. I even found contradictory statements made by Paul where he even contradicts himself. I PRAYED to THE LORD on this subject several times asking HIM for an UNDERSTANDING of the Epistles, but I did not RECEIVE an immediate answer. Then one night after my reading of THE HOLY BIBLE, I closed up the HOLY BIBLE and laid it on the table where I had been reading as I had done every night. Then in the morning when I came down to read again, I found the BIBLE laying on the table opened to the first page of the 1st Corinthians Epistle.

P36

This appeared to be rather odd to me because I had distinctly remembered closing up THE BIBLE that last evening and even if I had forgotten to close it that I had been previously reading from the Old Testament and not out of 1 Corinthians. So I asked THE LORD if there was something he wanted me to see? And THE LORD gave me one word, "CONFLICT".

P36

So then I started to read 1 Corinthians and GOD showed me many things written in the Epistle that were in direct conflict with the WORDS and TEACHINGS of JESUS CHRIST. Some of the noteworthy things that THE LORD had shown me was that Paul in his epistle was directing the Church hierarchy to judge its fellow members. Paul further stated in his epistle that those who were observed to be sinners or thought to be sinners by the Church Leaders should be thrown out of the Church, and not allowed to attend!

P36 P37

This is in DIRECT CONFLICT with the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST as JESUS CHRIST says throughout all of the GOSPELS that you should not judge anyone but yourself. This is specifically written in the 7th Chapter of the GOSPEL of Matthew with JESUS starting out in the chapter with the WORDS "JUDGE NOT", that are WRITTEN in very large letters. (READ the 7th Chapter of Matthew.)

P37

Paul also in this same Epistle appears to proclaim that he had been given the power of OMNI-PRESENCE of which only a few in HEAVEN possess. He does this by saying to the Church that although he could not be there with them in person that he would be with them in spirit, thus implying that he could be in more than one place at a time. GOD also showed me that from Paul's writings it was obvious that he had a very high opinion of himself. However, I can assure you that he did not possess the POWER of OMNI-PRESENCE. Also throughout the Epistles of Paul, Paul starts out many of his instructions to the Church by saying, " I don't want to be Puffing-up myself (BRAGGING)". But as it is with all BRAGGARTS, they seem to do just the opposite of what they are telling you they don't want to do!

P37

Now one must understand that in all of heaven only the TRINITY (GODHEAD), The FOUR SERAPHIM and three ANGELS, JAEL, RAPHAEL, ASAPH and ONE ELDER have OMNI-PRESENCE. Lucifer (The Devil) also has OMNI-PRESENCE. This POWER was given to him before he had fallen from GOD because he was at one time the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and although Lucifer had fallen away from GOD he was allowed to keep his omni-presence. Then again, of all the SAINTS and ELDERS that are in HEAVEN, only the Apostle John has been GIVEN OMNI-PRESENCE. John has been given this POWER in a limited form so he may continue to PREACH throughout the world until the return of JESUS CHRIST and all the while that John PREACHES on the earth he may yet sit among THE ELDERS in HEAVEN. We will cover this subject in more detail further on in this BOOK.

P37

There are also many other things written within the Epistles that are simply not TRUTHFUL one of which is where Paul makes the statement in 1 Corinthians 6:3 that man will judge the Angels. I'll assure you that no man will ever judge an Angel, not in this life or in the AFTERLIFE! The following Scriptures will support that Paul had made an error in his statement regarding man judging the Angels.

P37 P38

Psalms 8:4 What is man, that thou art mindful of him? And the son of man, that thou visitest him?

P38 Kjb1611

Psalms 8:5 For thou hast made him a little lower than the Angels, and hast crowned him with glory and honour.

P38 Kjb1611

Although some Biblical Scholars (who know next to nothing about the WORD of GOD) would tell you that the WORD ANGEL in the Scripture should really say the word "GOD", HOWEVER I can assure you that the Scripture means exactly what it SAYS! Both MAN and WOMAN should be very cautious as to how they compare themselves to the ANGELS. JESUS HIMSELF must seek THEIR approval prior to a person's ENTRY and ACCEPTABILITY into HEAVEN. ONE MUST REMEMBER THAT THE LORD of HOSTS, JESUS' FATHER, is KING over the ANGELS FIRST and then over man, because man was CREATED after the ANGEL!

P38

Revelation 3:4 Thou hast a few names even in Sar'-dis which have not defiled their garments; and they shall walk with me in white: for they are worthy.

P38 Kjb1611

Revelation 3:5 He that overcometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment; and I will not blot out his name out of the book of life, but I will confess his name before my FATHER, and before HIS ANGELS.

P38 Kjb1611

If JESUS CHRIST HIMSELF must get the approval of THE HOLY SPIRIT and as well the approval of the ANGELS of HEAVEN to receive into HEAVEN those whom JESUS has found worthy, how then can a man or a woman be the judge over any ANGEL? The Scriptures indeed tell us the opposite, for it will be the ANGEL that will JUDGE MAN! Only THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD can JUDGE the ANGEL, and all of the Angels in need of JUDGMENT have already been JUDGED! These Scriptures refer to the coming of THE HOLY SPIRIT and HIS JUDGMENT of the Chief of the fallen Angels, the Devil!

P38

John 16:8 And when he is come, he will reprove the world of sin, and of righteousness, and of judgment:

P38 Kjb1611

John 16:9 Of sin, because they believe not on me;

P39 Kjb1611

John 16:10 Of righteousness, because I go to my FATHER, and ye see me no more;

P39 Kjb1611

John 16:11 Of judgment, because the prince of this world is judged.

P39 Kjb1611

Lucifer, the Devil, who is The Prince of this world, has already been JUDGED. Therefor, what person on this earth has the power to JUDGE the Devil, for he is an Angel? The Devil can only be DEFEATED by the POWER of GOD or by the ANGELS in HEAVEN when they are EMPOWERED to do so by GOD!

P39

Looking Through the Layers

P39

When I had first read The Book of Revelation it appeared to me that the events taking place that were written in the Scriptures, such as to opening of the SEVEN SEALS, the SOUNDING of the SEVEN TRUMPETS, and the pouring out of the SEVEN VIALS all had certain similarities. For instance, it appears that when the SEVENTH SEAL is opened the world is destroyed and it is again destroyed when the SEVENTH TRUMPET is sounded, and as well again when the SEVENTH VIAL is poured out upon the earth, When I had confronted THE LORD on this matter HE then explained it to me this way:

P39

GOD SAYS, The Tribulation takes place over a seven year span, and at the beginning of each of the seven years of the Tribulation one seal is then broken. Then in the middle of that seven-year period or three and one-half years after the first seal is broken, then the first trumpet will sound. Then twenty-one months after the sounding of the first trumpet the first of the seven vials of THE WRATH of GOD are poured out upon the earth.

P39

Then shortly after THE LORD had told me of the TIMING of these EVENTS. HE then also explained to me how THE HOLY BIBLE had been WRITTEN in the various LAYERS. THE LORD also explained to me at that time, that although the events that take place in the Book of Revelation are written as being sequential events that those EVENTS NUMBERING SEVEN, will actually occur at the SAME TIME.

P39

The FIRST TRUMPET will SOUND in between the opening of the THIRD and the FOURTH SEAL. The FIRST VIAL of THE WRATH of GOD is poured out on the earth in between the SOUNDING of the THIRD and FOURTH TRUMPETS. In summary, these events both happen sequentially for the first six EVENTS and simultaneously for those EVENTS numbering SEVEN. Therefor the EVENTS that will occur when THE SEVENTH SEAL is opened and as the SEVENTH TRUMPET is sounded as well as the SEVENTH VIAL being POURED OUT will all occur simultaneously at the END of the LAST DAY. To further add intrigue to this matter, the LAST DAY is not a 24hour day but rather it shall be a one thousand-year long DAY. The LAST DAY will begin at the OPENING of the SEVENTH SEAL and the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET. Then at the CONCLUSION of the LAST DAY there will be the POURING OUT of the SEVENTH VIAL of THE WRATH of GOD upon the earth, thus causing its total and final DESTRUCTION! This ONE THOUSAND-YEAR long DAY (THE MILLENNIUM) can be verified through the following Scriptures:

P39 P40

2 Peter 3:7 But the heavens and the earth, which are now, by the same word are kept in store, reserved unto fire against the day of JUDGMENT and perdition of ungodly men.

P40 Kjb1611

2 Peter 3:8 But, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with THE LORD as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day.

P40 Kjb1611

Psalms 90:3 Thou turnest man to destruction; and sayest, Return, ye children of men.

P40 Kjb1611

Psalms 90:4 For a thousand years in thy sight are but as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in the night.

P40 Kjb1611

With the EVENTS of the GREAT TRIBULATION being WRITTEN as sequential EVENTS and in their actuality them being EVENTS that occur overlaying one another, then one may see the necessity for the reader to be able to distinguish between the various LAYERS. This is the reason why the Book of Revelation appears to the unlearned to be so difficult to UNDERSTAND, The Book of Revelation cannot be fully understood without being able to see all SEVEN of its LAYERS simultaneously. When the Book of Revelation is being read like a normal book, then all SEVEN of its LAYERS lay one over the other thus making it impossible to UNDERSTAND. Therefor, without the ability to separate each of those SEVEN LAYERS contained within the Book of Revelation, the reader will never be able to REVEAL the underlying TRUTH buried within its Scriptures.

P40 P41

This is why you MUST NOT tamper with THE WORD OF GOD! Even the slightest changes to a word (other than a correction of its spelling), or even a comma, or a semi-colon, or a colon, or a period that may be removed or misplaced, or for that matter, any changes whatsoever to the Scripture will corrupt the LAYERS of that Scripture. You can only see the depth of the Scriptures through either the EYES of JESUS CHRIST, or the EYES of THE HOLY SPIRIT. This is why the description of the LAMB of GOD as described in the Book of Revelation, is of a LAMB that has SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES. The SEVEN EYES is that which is necessary to SEE the SEVEN LAYERS contained within the Scriptures of the Book of Revelation.

P41

Revelation 5:6 And I beheld, and, lo, in the midst of the THRONE and of the four beasts, and in the midst of the elders, stood a LAMB as it had been slain, having SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES, which are the SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD sent forth into all the earth.

P41 Kjb1611

Let us take a brief look into the preceding Scripture; THE LAMB appears to John to be in the midst of the THRONE, and in the midst of the Elders, however, THE LAMB is "OF" the four beasts. This Scripture has REVEALED that the "LAMB of GOD" is the FOUR BEASTS thus BEING CHRIST. Who then are the FOUR BEASTS? In the books of Isaiah and Ezekiel the Prophets when they had seen the THRONE of GOD, before THE THRONE was FOUR SERAPHIM, all of which had the same IDENTICAL appearance. They also noted in the Scriptures that when the THRONE would move that these four creatures would move in coordination with it. The Prophets also described the FOUR SERAPHIM as having Eyes all about them, which appeared as wheels to the Prophet Ezekiel. The reason that the FOUR BEASTS (THE FOUR SERAPHIM) had the same LIKENESS is because these FOUR BEASTS are as ONE in CHRIST! This is the explanation as how GOD descends first through THE HOLY SPIRIT, then again through JESUS CHRIST, and then further sub-divides HIMSELF into the FOUR LIVING BEASTS, which are four SERAPHIM. This represents GOD COMING DOWN IN THE FORM OF THE SEVEN SPIRITS, THE TRINITY (3), AND THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS (4).

P41

To further your understanding of this phenomena, if you were to look at the meaning of the word CHRIST (the Greek word Christos), it means the ANOINTED ONE or ONES, thus having the same meaning as the Hebrew word, MESSIAH. Throughout the book of Zechariah, the Angel talks about TWO ANOINTED ONES who are called in the Scriptures, THE BRANCH. THE BRANCH is also called in the Scriptures of Zechariah, BEAUTY and BANDS thus determining that there are TWO BRANCHES. The Scriptures WRITTEN in the 11th Chapter of Zechariah refer to JESUS CHRIST as being called BEAUTY and THE HOLY SPIRIT is referred to by the NAME of BANDS. These TWO STAVES (as they are also referred to in the Scriptures) are the THIRD and FOURTH BEASTS whom are described in the Book of Revelation, The THIRD BEAST is described as to having the face of a MAN (JESUS), and the FOURTH BEAST has the appearance of a FLYING EAGLE (THE HOLY SPIRIT), with the EAGLE symbolically representing THE DELIVERER or DELIVERANCE.

P41 P42

One might then ask who then are the other two BEASTS? The other TWO BEASTS are the other TWO ANOINTED ONES. This is because there are TWO ANOINTED ONES from the Old Testament (the OLD COVENANT), and TWO ANOINTED ONES from the New Testament (the NEW COVENANT). The FIRST BEAST who is described throughout the Scriptures as having the face of a LION is King DAVID. The SECOND BEAST being described as having the face of an OX in Ezekiel chapter 1, verse 10 is King SOLOMON. SOLOMON being the second face of the SERAPHIM is also seen by Ezekiel the Prophet as to having the face of a CHERUB (an Angel) as described in Ezekiel chapter 10, verse 14. Then yet again, SOLOMON is described as having the appearance of a CALF in Revelation chapter 4, verse 7. All of these descriptions of SOLOMON are CORRECT. For the OX is referred to as a Calf many times throughout the Scriptures therefor making the OX and the Calf the same animal. When Ezekiel saw SOLOMON as an ANGEL (Cherub) the Scripture so indicates that Ezekiel saw SOLOMON as being of the ANGELIC REALM thus making his image to appear as an Angel. The Scriptures tell us that both DAVID and SOLOMON have their Thrones established in HEAVEN throughout ETERNITY, thus PROCLAIMING that both DAVID and SOLOMON have a DIVINE RIGHT to HEAVEN.

P42

This is why in verse 27 of the 89th Psalm, DAVID is proclaimed to be GOD'S first born (HE speaks about being first born in the flesh), and also in the 29th verse of the same Psalm, it says that DAVID'S Throne will be established forever in HEAVEN. Also, in regard to SOLOMON, the following Scriptures support the TRUTH to his Throne having an ETERNAL place in HEAVEN.

P42

1 Chronicles 22:9 Behold, a son shall be born to thee, who shall be a man of rest; and I will give him rest from all his enemies round about: for his name shall be Solomon, and I will give peace and quietness unto Israel in his days.

P42 Kjb1611 P43

1 Chronicles 22:10 He shall build an house for MY NAME; and he shall be my son, and I will be his FATHER; and I will establish the throne of his kingdom over Israel for ever.

P43 Kjb1611

Now, to further your UNDERSTANDING of the SPIRITUAL PERSONS of both DAVID and SOLOMON, I shall show you that they have appeared more than once on the earth. DAVID is the Spirit of Enoch, who was the first to receive the RAPTURE (Genesis 5:24). Then SOLOMON, after HIS Ascending to HEAVEN, came back to the earth to be the Spirit of Elijah. Elijah also received the RAPTURE (2 Kings 2:11). Then again the Spirit of SOLOMON/Elijah came back to the earth once more to be the Spirit of John the Baptist. To authenticate the TRUTH of this matter we will review several Scriptures. We'll start with the prophecy of the event of the coming back to the earth of SOLOMON/Elijah, and then confirm the prophecy in the GOSPELS. We will then again confirm the prophecy of the coming back to the earth of SOLOMON/Elijah yet another time, in the Book of Revelation.

P43

The Prophecy

P43

Malachi 4:5 Behold, I will send you Elijah the Prophet before the coming of the great and dreadful day of THE LORD:

P43 Kjb1611

The First Confirmation:

P43

Matthew 11:12 And from the Days of John the Baptist until now the Kingdom of Heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force.

P43 Kjb1611

Matthew 11:13 For all the prophets and the law prophesied until John.

P43 Kjb1611

Matthew 11:14 And if ye will receive it, this is Elias, which was for to come.

P43 Kjb1611

Further Confirmation in the Gospel of Matthew:

P44

Matthew 17:10 And HIS disciples asked HIM, saying, Why then say the Scribes that Elias must first come?

P44 Kjb1611

Matthew 17:11 And JESUS answered and said unto them, Elias truly shall first come, and restore all things.

P44 Kjb1611

Matthew 17:12 But I say unto you, That Elias is come already, and they knew him not, but have done unto him whatsoever they listed. Likewise shall also the SON OF MAN suffer of them.

P44 Kjb1611

Matthew 17:13 Then the disciples understood that HE spake unto them of John the Baptist.

P44 Kjb1611

Prior to the birth of John the Baptist the ANGEL GABRIEL came to John's father and this is the Prophecy by GABRIEL the ANGEL in regard to the Coming back in the Spirit of SOLOMON/ELIJAH:

P44

Luke 1:13 But the Angel said unto him, Fear not, Zach-a-ri'-as: for thy prayer is heard; and thy wife Elisabeth shall bear thee a son, and thou shalt call his name John.

P44 Kjb1611

Luke 1:14 And thou shalt have joy and gladness; and many shall rejoice at his birth.

P44 Kjb1611

Luke 1:15 For he shall be great in the sight of the LORD, and shall drink neither wine nor strong drink; and he shall be filled with the HOLY GHOST, even from his mother's womb.

P44 Kjb1611

Luke 1:16 And many of the children of Israel shall he turn to the LORD their GOD.

P44 Kjb1611

Luke 1:17 And he shall go before him in the Spirit and Power of Elias, TO TURN THE HEARTS OF THE FATHERS TO THE CHILDREN, and the disobedient to the WISDOM of the just; to make ready a people prepared for the LORD.

P44 Kjb1611

The Second Confirmation:

P45

The next confirmation of the return of SOLOMON/Elijah has yet to happen, but it is part of a continuing prophecy. Not all prophecy is fulfilled only once. Most of the PROPHECY in both the Old Testament and NEW TESTAMENT continues on throughout eternity. JESUS is referred to as the Spirit of Prophecy (Revelation 19:10), and JESUS SAID:

P45

Matthew 24:35 Heaven and earth shall pass away, but my words shall not pass away.

P45 Kjb1611

As the Scripture so states in the Book of Malachi, SOLOMON/Elijah comes back to the earth just prior to that GREAT and DREADFUL day of THE LORD. The GREAT DAY has already come to pass with the FIRST COMING of JESUS CHRIST. The DREADFUL DAY has not yet come for this will be the SECOND COMING of JESUS CHRIST. So, as SOLOMON/Elijah came prior to JESUS' FIRST COMING so will SOLOMON/Elijah come AGAIN prior to the SECOND COMING of JESUS CHRIST. SOLOMON/Elijah is one of the TWO WITNESSES that are spoken about by the Apostle John in the Book of Revelation with the other of the TWO WITNESSES being DAVID.

P45

This is why these TWO WITNESSES have such great power and RECEIVE both RESURRECTION and RAPTURE up to HEAVEN. Just as they had both done it before as DAVID/Enoch and SOLOMON/Elijah.

P45

Revelation 11:3 And I will give power unto my TWO WITNESSES, and they shall prophesy a thousand two hundred and threescore days, clothed in sackcloth.

P45 Kjb1611

Revelation 11:4 These are the two olive trees, and the two candlesticks standing before the GOD of the earth.

P45 Kjb1611

It should now be apparent to you that without the ability to see through the LAYERS within the Scriptures, the underlying TRUTH buried within the Scripture can not be REVEALED. In the explaining of the underlying TRUTH of the previous Scriptures you should be made AWARE that confirmation to the UNDERSTANDING came from both the Old and as well the New Testaments. This is because the FORTY-FOUR BOOKS of the HOLY BIBLE are WOVEN together by a single SCARLET THREAD and therefor CANNOT be SEPARATED. The HOLY BIBLE is quite similar to the ROBE that JESUS CHRIST wore which didn't have a seam and could not be rent (torn apart). All FORTY-FOUR Books of THE HOLY BIBLE are INTEGRAL in the UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD with all the ANSWERS to any questions that may ARISE from it RESIDING within the HOLY SCRIPTURES. In the last cited Scripture of Revelation 11:4, the TWO WITNESSES are referred to as OLIVE TREES. This is TRUE for the TWO WITNESSES of the OLD TESTAMENT and the TWO of THE NEW TESTAMENT as well. Let us review the following Psalm of DAVID to see how HE refers to HIMSELF in the Scriptures.

P45 P46

Psalms 52:8 But I am like a green OLIVE TREE in the HOUSE of GOD: I TRUST in the MERCY of GOD for ever and ever.

P46 Kjb1611

The Apostle Paul

P46

Before we leave this chapter I would like to explain the reason for my criticism that I have expressed in regard to Apostle Paul and as well give an explanation about the THORN that Paul had borne in his side. When Saul was converted on the road to Damascus and renamed Paul by JESUS, he was REBORN as a NEW PERSON in GOD, but GOD allowed some of Saul's old traits to remain in him. Because of Paul's powerful personality he had a tendency to dominate over all the other Apostles.

P46

Also, because he was by far more educated than the other Apostles and could read, speak and write in several languages, Paul took charge over them. Then due to Peter's weaknesses as a result of him never getting over his denial of JESUS CHRIST when the Pharisees had taken HIM, Peter allowed Paul to take charge and control over the BODY of CHRIST (the Church). However, GOD had made Saul to be as Saul was, an arrogant and boastful PERSONALITY.

P46

With those traits still remaining in Paul, even after his CONVERSION by JESUS CHRIST, they would at times OVERSHADOW the MESSAGE that Paul was to DELIVER to the Church. Nevertheless, the Twenty-two Epistles that were written by the Apostles were never intended by them to be included as part of THE HOLY BIBLE. The inclusion of them in the Canon containing the HOLY SCRIPTURES was a more recent decision made by the Leaders of the Church.

P46

The Apostle Paul did all that THE LORD had intended him to do even having him instill some CORRUPTION in his messages to the Church. This CONFLICT that was being delivered by Paul in his message to the Church was so obvious that Peter in his second epistle speaks to the issue. In Second Peter, Peter tries to be apologetic to the Church on behalf of Paul, with Peter covering for Paul saying that Paul's message was so deep it was difficult for the unlearned to understand. However, one must remember that JESUS CHRIST spoke plainly to the people and even used PARABLES to ensure their UNDERSTANDING of HIS MESSAGE. HE DID NOT SPEAK IN DEEP MESSAGES or in an UNKNOWN LANGUAGE TO THE PEOPLE, UNLIKE WHAT PETER HAD INDICATED THAT PAUL WAS DOING!

P46 P47

2 Peter 3:14 Wherefore, beloved, seeing that ye look for such things, be diligent that ye may be found of HIM in peace, without spot, and blameless.

P47 Kjb1611

2 Peter 3:15 And account that the longsuffering of our LORD is SALVATION; even as our beloved brother Paul also according to the wisdom given unto him hath written unto you;

P47 Kjb1611

2 Peter 3:16 As also in all his epistles, speaking in them of these things; in which are some things hard to be understood, which they that are unlearned and unstable wrest, as they do also the other scriptures, unto their own destruction.

P47 Kjb1611

The CONFLICT that was instilled in Paul's message to the Church was an ACT of GOD, who had INTENDED it to be as it is, because without Paul's corruption within the Church there wouldn't be any division of the Church, therefor making the Book of Revelation of none effect. THE WORD of GOD will always PREVAIL and GOD used Paul as HE had intended to use him! GOD does not THINK like a man, so therefor what GOD does CANNOT be RATIONALIZED. Nevertheless GOD has rewarded Paul for his service to HIM, and the Apostle Paul now sits in HEAVEN with HONOR among the TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS.

P47

Isaiah 55:8 For MY THOUGHTS are not your thoughts, neither are your ways MY WAYS, saith THE LORD.

P47 Kjb1611

Isaiah 55:9 For as the HEAVENS are HIGHER than the earth, so are MY WAYS HIGHER than your ways, and MY THOUGHTS than your thoughts.

P47 Kjb1611

Chapter 2
Who is GOD

P49

GOD portrays HIMSELF as being THREE PERSONS. These THREE PERSONS, which represent ONE SINGLE GOD, are YAHWEH, the FATHER of ETERNITY, IXOTE, the FATHER of CREATION, and YESHUA (JESUS CHRIST), the FATHER of THE SOUL BEARING MAN, and the beginning of CREATION (Revelation 3:14).

P49

Then JESUS proclaimed that HIS Apostles should BAPTIZE in the NAME of THE FATHER, THE SON, and of THE HOLY GHOST (Matthew 28: 19), the placement of their NAMES was not in accordance with THEIR HEAVENLY HIERARCHY, but rather in the sequence of THEIR appearances in THE HOLY BIBLE. OUR GOD whom we LOVE and SERVE is referred to in The Epistles as the GODHEAD and more recently referred to by the Church as THE TRINITY. Howbeit there is only ONE GOD.

P49

When GOD first appeared to MOSES and THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL at Horeb (Mount Sinai) the people were so frightened of GOD that they asked MOSES if he alone would speak to and hear the WORDS of GOD; and then relay GOD'S WORDS back to the people.

P49

Exodus 20:18 And all the people saw the thunderings, and the lightnings, and the noise of the trumpet, and the mountain smoking: and when the people saw it, they removed, and stood afar off.

P49 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:19 And they said unto MOSES, Speak thou with us, and we will hear: but let not GOD speak with us, lest we die.

P49 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:20 And MOSES said unto the people, Fear not: for GOD is come to prove you, and that His fear may be before your faces, that ye sin not.

P49 Kjb1611

No man can ever look upon THE FACE of GOD and only THE HOLY SPIRIT may look upon THE FACE of GOD, and, only JESUS CHRIST may look upon THE FACE of THE HOLY SPIRIT. Man can only see the FACE of GOD through THE EYES of JESUS CHRIST, while JESUS CHRIST sees GOD through the EYES of HIS FATHER, THE HOLY SPIRIT. This is what JESUS meant when HE said, "you can sit down with ME in my Throne, just as I have sat down with MY FATHER in HIS THRONE" (Revelation 3:21). Man's only access to GOD is through JESUS CHRIST and then via THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P50

Verification of this phenomenon is expressed in the 2nd Book of MOSES When GOD walked past MOSES HE allowed MOSES to see only HIS BACK PARTS. To PROTECT MOSES from SEEING HIS FULL GLORY GOD then put MOSES in the cleft of a rock and covered MOSES' face with HIS HAND. *1

P50

*1 JESUS CHRIST is referred to throughout THE HOLY BIBLE as the HAND of GOD!

P50

Then even with GOD shielding MOSES from HIS GLORY, no man after that EVENT had taken place could bare to look upon MOSES' FACE again! This is because even with GOD'S shielding MOSES from HIS GLORY, the GLORY of GOD forever changed MOSES' appearance. MOSES had to wear a veil over his face after that EVENT of seeing the BACK PARTS of GOD and he only took the veil off when entering into the TABERNACLE of THE LORD. We can verify that no man may look upon THE FACE of GOD with the following Scriptures that are taken from The 2nd Book of MOSES called Exodus.

P50

Exodus 33:20 And HE said, THOU CANST NOT SEE MY FACE: FOR THERE SHALL NO MAN SEE ME, AND LIVE.

P50 Kjb1611

Exodus 33:21 And THE LORD said, BEHOLD, THERE IS A PLACE BY ME, AND THOU SHALT STAND UPON A ROCK:

P50 Kjb1611

Exodus 33:22 AND IT SHALL COME TO PASS, WHILE MY GLORY PASSETH BY, THAT I WILL PUT THEE IN A CLIFT OF THE ROCK, AND WILL COVER THEE WITH MY HAND WHILE I PASS BY:

P50 Kjb1611

Exodus 33:23 AND I WILL TAKE AWAY MINE HAND, AND THOU SHALT SEE MY BACK PARTS: BUT MY FACE SHALL NOT BE SEEN.

P50 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:29 And it came to pass, when MOSES came down from mount Si'-nai with the two tables of testimony in MOSES' hand, when he came down from the mount, that MOSES wist not that the skin of his face shone while he talked with HIM.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:30 And when Aaron and all the children of Israel saw MOSES, behold, the skin of his face shone; and they were afraid to come nigh him.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:31 And MOSES called unto them; and Aaron and all the rulers of the congregation returned unto him: and MOSES talked with them.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:32 And afterward all the children of Israel came nigh: and he gave them in commandment all that THE LORD had spoken with him in mount Si'-nai.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:33 And till MOSES had done speaking with them, he put a vail on his face.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:34 But when MOSES went in before THE LORD to speak with HIM, he took the vail off, until he came out. And he came out, and spake unto the children of Israel that which he was commanded.

P51 Kjb1611

Exodus 34:35 And the children of Israel saw the face of MOSES, that the skin of MOSES' face shone: and MOSES put the vail upon his face again, until he went in to speak with HIM.

P51 Kjb1611

Therefor other than with ADAM and EVE, this was GOD'S FIRST APPEARANCE to MAN, thus DISPLAYING HIS GREAT POWER on Mount Sinai with GOD BEING in HIS full POWER and GLORY. However once all of the people had seen GOD and HIS MIGHT they were AFRAID of HIM, and they did not want to have any DIRECT CONTACT with GOD whatsoever. If it weren't for MOSES the SERVANT of GOD leading the Children of ISRAEL, the people would have run off and hid from THE LORD out of FEAR!

P51

The Children of ISRAEL also had another problem in which they had to deal with. They wanted a MAN such as MOSES to lead them rather than to follow after the LEADERSHIP of THEIR GOD. This problem has continued throughout time and continues even this day! If GOD in HIS FULL POWER and GLORY were to make an appearance to the world today as HE had done on Mount Sinai with THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL, the results would be the same! The people of this day would still reject GOD out of FEAR, and would prefer to SERVE a MAN as the Children of ISRAEL wanted to serve a man rather than to SERVE GOD.

P51 P52

I know most of you VIEW GOD as some WISE OLD MAN who just calmly sits on a THRONE in HEAVEN making certain routine decisions, BUT THIS IS SIMPLY NOT SO! The INTENSITY and THE POWER of GOD is INCOMPREHENSIBLE and beyond any means of MEASUREMENT! This is why GOD has given you JESUS CHRIST to be your KING.

P52

1 Samuel 8:7 And THE LORD said unto Samuel, HEARKEN UNTO THE VOICE OF THE PEOPLE IN ALL THAT THEY SAY UNTO THEE: FOR THEY HAVE NOT REJECTED THEE, BUT THEY HAVE REJECTED ME, THAT I SHOULD NOT REIGN OVER THEM.

P52 Kjb1611

GOD thus knowing how the people did FEAR HIM and how they felt more comfortable in serving a man rather than GOD, then appears the second time to HIS PEOPLE in the form of a MAN by the NAME of JESUS. This is the THIRD PERSON of the GODHEAD in a DESCENDED FORM, THE THIRD SERAPHIM WHO HAS THE FACE OF A MAN. Now JESUS, who had come in the form of the PERFECT MAN, portrayed the GENTLE, MEEK, LOVING, COMPASSIONATE nature of GOD, rather than GOD being in the form of THE ALMIGHTY GOD as HE had APPEARED to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL on Mount Sinai.

P52

With JESUS being the SON of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, HE was then sent to the earth on a MISSION to accomplish THREE GOALS. The FIRST part of JESUS' MISSION was to break the OLD COVENANT that which required the blood sacrifices of living animals for the FORGIVENESS of SIN!

P52

Zechariah 11:10 AND I TOOK MY STAFF, EVEN BEAUTY, AND CUT IT ASUNDER, THAT I MIGHT BREAK MY COVENANT WHICH I HAD MADE WITH ALL THE PEOPLE.

P52 Kjb1611

Zechariah 11:11 AND IT WAS BROKEN IN THAT DAY: AND SO THE POOR OF THE FLOCK THAT WAITED UPON ME KNEW THAT IT WAS THE WORD OF THE LORD.

P52 Kjb1611 P53

The SECOND part of JESUS' MISSION was to PREACH the GOSPEL about the KINGDOM of HEAVEN. And as well, to TEACH the people about the REPENTANCE OF SIN through BAPTISM and PRAYER rather than by animal sacrifices. JESUS was also to TEACH that the BAPTISM they were to receive was to be a SPIRITUAL BAPTISM that comes by the way of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. This is ECHOED throughout all FOUR of the GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, READ THEM!

P53

This BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT can only be RECEIVED by the way of the REMISSION of SIN AGAINST GOD and by a SACRIFICE of THE HIGHEST ORDER that which is the BLOOD of the LAMB. JESUS CHRIST is THE LAMB of GOD and THE ETERNAL SACRIFICE.

P53

This brings us now to the THIRD PART of the MISSION that JESUS CHRIST CAME to FULFILL prior to HIS ASCENDING BACK TO HEAVEN. JESUS CHRIST HAD COME TO GIVE HIS LIFE UPON THE CROSS FOR THOSE WHOM GOD LOVES. THEREFOR BY HIS DEATH AND RESURRECTION ALL THOSE BELIEVING IN HIM AND GOD MAY ALSO ASCEND TO HEAVEN just as HE DID, HOWEVER THEY NEED NOT TO DIE! THIS IS BECAUSE JESUS CHRIST HAD DIED FOR THEM AND THEREFOR THEY SHOULD NOT HAVE TO EVER TASTE SPIRITUAL DEATH. (Absent from the body, present with THE LORD.)

P53

By JESUS CHRIST WILLFULLY GIVING HIS LIFE ON THE CROSS it SHOWED that JESUS came to GIVE LIFE after life rather than to give LIFE after DEATH. FOR JESUS HAD TO DIE SO THAT YOU SHOULD NOT HAVE TO DIE, and it was not until after HIS RESURRECTION that anyone could RECEIVE THE BLESSING of THE BAPTISM OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. This BAPTISM is the GIFT left behind by JESUS and it comes only by way of THE BLOOD of THE LAMB of GOD. THEN THROUGH THE HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM, that PERSON becomes REBORN in CHRIST and then has a DIRECT ACCESS and LINK TO GOD, WHO IS THE GOD of the LIVING and NOT the GOD of the dead.

P53

John 5:24 VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO YOU, HE THAT HEARETH MY WORD, AND BELIEVETH ON HIM THAT SENT ME, HATH EVERLASTING LIFE, AND SHALL NOT COME INTO CONDEMNATION; BUT IS PASSED FROM DEATH UNTO LIFE.

P53 Kjb1611

This brings us to another point of discussion; JESUS' Disciples were not SAVED until after HIS RESURRECTION even though they had received a Baptism with water. The Disciples were told by JESUS, after HIS RESURRECTION, that they could neither PREACH nor do anything of a SPIRITUAL NATURE until they were BAPTIZED with THE HOLY SPIRIT. A water baptism means absolutely nothing! It was only of significance prior to the coming of THE LORD, for HE IS THE LIVING WATERS THAT ONE MUST BE BAPTIZED WITH!

P54

Acts 1:4 And, being assembled together with them, commanded them that they should not depart from JERUSALEM, but wait for the promise of THE FATHER, which, saith HE, YE HAVE HEARD OF ME.

P54 Kjb1611

Acts 1:5 FOR JOHN TRULY BAPTIZED WITH WATER; BUT YE SHALL BE BAPTIZED WITH THE HOLY GHOST NOT MANY DAYS HENCE.

P54 Kjb1611

THE THIRD COMING of GOD

P54

The THIRD COMING of GOD is as THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. This happened immediately after the RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST. The initial appearance of THE HOLY SPIRIT is in a SPIRITUAL FORM ONLY. All those who have RECEIVED a BAPTISM by THE HOLY SPIRIT will then also receive a SPIRITUAL GUIDE IN TRUTH. THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD is referred to by JESUS CHRIST as THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH and is also called THE COMFORTER.

P54

John 16:7 NEVERTHELESS I TELL YOU THE TRUTH; IT IS EXPEDIENT FOR YOU THAT I GO AWAY: FOR IF I GO NOT AWAY, THE COMFORTER WILL NOT COME UNTO YOU; BUT IF I DEPART, I WILL SEND HIM UNTO YOU.

P54 Kjb1611

John 16:13 HOWBEIT WHEN HE, THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH, IS COME, HE WILL GUIDE YOU INTO ALL TRUTH: FOR HE SHALL NOT SPEAK OF HIMSELF; BUT WHATSOEVER HE SHALL HEAR, THAT SHALL HE SPEAK: AND HE WILL SHEW YOU THINGS TO COME.

P54 Kjb1611

THE HOLY SPIRIT, unlike JESUS, COMES FIRST IN THE SPIRIT and then in the flesh. This is because HIS SOUL is reversed from that of man. Man comes first in the flesh and then by the GRACE of GOD receives BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and then that PERSON is reborn in the SPIRIT. This is called a SPIRITUAL CONVERSION or being REBORN. This being REBORN in THE SPIRIT is spoke about by JESUS to Nicodemus who was a Pharisee by day and a Disciple by night, in the GOSPEL of John.

P55

John 3:3 JESUS answered and said unto him, VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO THEE, EXCEPT A MAN BE BORN AGAIN, HE CANNOT SEE THE KINGDOM OF GOD.

P55 Kjb1611

John 3:4 Nic-o-de'-mus saith unto HIM, How can a man be born when he is old? Can he enter the second time into his mother's womb, and be born?

P55 Kjb1611

John 3:5 JESUS answered, VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO THEE, EXCEPT A MAN BE BORN OF WATER AND OF THE SPIRIT, HE CANNOT ENTER INTO THE KINGDOM OF GOD.

P55 Kjb1611

The water spoke about here is the LIVING WATERS that we had covered in the last chapter, which is THE WORD of GOD, brought to the earth by JESUS CHRIST. The MESSAGE THAT THE LORD WANTS YOU TO RECEIVE through this BOOK is as follows:

P55

In order for one to be SAVED that person must both be BAPTIZED with the HOLY SPIRIT and also be able to SWIM in the deeper LIVING WATERS, thus meaning to be able to comprehend the depth of the Scriptures. This appears to be somewhat like a "catch 22" because you cannot have one without the other. That is to say, you cannot be SAVED without being BAPTIZED in the SPIRIT nor can you COMPREHEND the Scriptures without being BAPTIZED in THE SPIRIT. So therefor both the WATER and the SPIRIT REBIRTH both come by the way of HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM. This is why SAVING comes ONLY by the GRACE of GOD and it cannot be done by ONE'S OWN will to do so, or by any other MEANS! If one wants to be SAVED then that PERSON must diligently pray to GOD for SAVING GRACE to RECEIVE IT. SAVING GRACE IS A GIFT OF GOD AND CAN ONLY COME BY THE WAY OF GOD!

P55

JESUS SAYS twice in the 6th chapter of the GOSPEL according to John, that no one can come to HIM except they be sent by THE FATHER (John 6:44 and 6:65). This nonsense that is regularly taught by the Church that if you simply come forward on your own and proclaim JESUS CHRIST as your Lord and your Savior that you become immediately SAVED! THIS IS NOT THE TRUTH! Therefor, making an Altar call on your own behalf or receiving any type of water Baptism is not a guarantee that YOU will RECEIVE SAVING GRACE for doing so!

P55 P56

The HOLY BIBLE tells you specifically that SAVING comes by the GRACE of GOD, and by NO OTHER MEANS! Just because some Minister or Pastor or Priest dips you in water, or sprinkles you with water and then tells you that you are now Saved, believe him not! I am sure that those Pastors, Priest and Ministers will say "FOR GOD SO LOVED THE WORLD, THAT HE GAVE HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, AND WHOSOEVER SHALL BELIEVE IN HIM, SHALL NOT PERISH, BUT HAVE EVERLASTING LIFE" so therefor all one must do is to BELIEVE. However, I WOULD ANSWER THOSE CLERGY IN THIS WAY; BELIEF comes by the way of FAITH in GOD, and FAITH is a GIFT of THE HOLY SPIRIT. THEREFOR WITHOUT THE HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM A PERSON WILL NOT HAVE THE FAITH TO BELIEVE.

P56

This is why JESUS NEVER PICKED THOSE WHO WERE TO BE HEALED, BUT THEY WERE RATHER SENT TO JESUS BY GOD WITH THE FAITH THAT WAS NEEDED FOR THEM TO BE HEALED! THIS HAS NOT CHANGED! YOU CANNOT COME TO JESUS TO BE HEALED UNLESS GOD HAS SENT YOU!

P56

This is not to SAY that if THE LORD SAYS TO YOU, TODAY YOU SHALL MAKE THAT ALTAR CALL, that you should not do it! On the contrary, YOU SHOULD INDEED MAKE THAT ALTAR CALL, BECAUSE GOD IS NOW SENDING YOU TO JESUS CHRIST! Then if that PERSON was TRULY SENT BY GOD, THEN THAT PERSON WILL RECEIVE SAVING GRACE.

P56

Once a person becomes TRULY SAVED, not only will that person be certain of it but also all people that have known that person will notice the significant change in them, for they have became a REBORN PERSON of GOD.

P56

For an example of PRAYING for SAVING GRACE consider the following: If you were a good basketball player or at least you thought you were, and you wanted an opportunity to play on a professional team, would you simply show up one day for practice? Or, would it be necessary for you to first to prove yourself to the Coach? This isn't any different then for a person asking GOD for HIS SAVING GRACE. Even though GOD KNOWS every detail about YOU, and MOST CERTAINLY YOUR WORTHINESS, HE still wants YOU to make a conscious effort to PROVE yourself to HIM! YOU can start to PROVE yourself to GOD by READING THE WORD of GOD and PRAYING DAILY. Then once you have done this and it is YOUR TIME, THEN THE LORD WILL HAVE YOU MAKE THAT ALTAR CALL! NOT BEFORE!

P56 P57

SAVING GRACE isn't something that is owed to you nor can YOU earn it. You MUST first go to GOD being both of a HUMBLE and CONTRITE SPIRIT and be willing to prove your LOVE for HIM, BEFORE GOD WILL accept YOU into HIS KINGDOM. This is something that THE LORD does for you not because you deserve it, for no one is deserving of it. But because GOD LOVES YOU, HE EXPECTS YOU TO PROVE YOUR LOVE OF HIM.

P57

Micah 6:6 Wherewith shall I come before THE LORD, and bow myself before the HIGH GOD? Shall I come before HIM with burnt offerings, with calves of a year old?

P57 Kjb1611

Micah 6:7 Will THE LORD be pleased with thousands of rams, or with ten thousands of rivers of oil? Shall I give my firstborn for my transgression, the fruit of my body for the sin of my SOUL?

P57 Kjb1611

Micah 6:8 HE hath shewed thee, O man, what is good; and what doth THE LORD require of thee, but to do justly, and to LOVE MERCY, and to walk humbly with thy GOD?

P57 Kjb1611

Although THE HOLY SPIRIT is referred to as the COMFORTER the more accurate title for HIM is WONDERFUL, COUNSELLOR (Isaiah 9:6). As has been cited in the Scriptures of Habakkuk, THE HOLY SPIRIT'S SOUL is reversed from that of any other man that has ever walked upon the earth. Now those whom think they UNDERSTAND THE WORD of GOD but are indeed unlearned, will more than likely think, where in the HOLY BIBLE does it say that THE HOLY SPIRIT will walk upon the earth as a man?

P57

During the time of NOAH, when NOAH walked with GOD, thus meaning that THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD was with NOAH, GOD told NOAH the following:

P57

Genesis 6:3 AND THE LORD SAID, MY SPIRIT SHALL NOT ALWAYS STRIVE WITH MAN, FOR THAT HE ALSO IS FLESH: YET HIS DAYS SHALL BE AN HUNDRED AND TWENTY YEARS.

P57 Kjb1611

This Scripture makes it quite clear that GOD is telling NOAH that THE HOLY SPIRIT will at some later time be a MAN ("FOR THAT HE ALSO IS FLESH"). Also, all through the GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, JESUS refers to HIMSELF as being the SON OF MAN. What JESUS is trying to tell you through HIS Scriptures is that HIS FATHER is a MAN! What is also being said in the Scripture (Genesis 6:3) is that GOD is stating that THE HOLY SPIRIT can only dwell with a man for 120 years.

P58

It took NOAH 119 years to build the ARK and NOAH then remained in the ARK during the flood for one year. After the ARK came to rest on the top of Mount Ararat the Raven was released from the ark (the Raven represents the Devil). NOAH then shortly thereafter released the Dove from the ARK. The Dove represents THE HOLY SPIRIT. Therefor the Scripture indicates that THE HOLY SPIRIT had left NOAH at the time of his landing in the NEW WORLD and that the 120-year span with THE HOLY SPIRIT had elapsed. THE HOLY SPIRIT had come to NOAH when NOAH was 480 years old and at the time of NOAH'S landing in the NEW WORLD he had come to be 600 years old, thus fulfilling the maximum term allotted for being as ONE with THE LORD in THE SPIRIT of GOD.

P58

This is also why MOSES had lived to be exactly 120-years old. In the FIFTH BOOK of MOSES, called Deuteronomy, in chapter 34, verse 7, it is written: And MOSES was an hundred and twenty years old when he died: his eye was not dim, nor his natural force abated.

P58

There has never been a man in this world that THE HOLY SPIRIT has dwelt with from birth or RESIDED WITH (and there have been many of them) that have HOSTED HIM beyond the 120 year term limit. This is because THE HOLY SPIRIT'S maximum time of DEPLOYMENT from HEAVEN as a MAN CANNOT EXCEED 120 YEARS. There is but only ONE EXCEPTION TO THIS RULE, HOWEVER; THE LORD WILL NOT ALLOW ME DISCLOSE THAT TO YOU AT THIS TIME!

P58

There are many Scriptures within THE HOLY BIBLE that state that THE HOLY SPIRIT will come to earth as a MAN. FOR IT IS THE HOLY SPIRIT that will come to set JUDGMENT in the EARTH just as JESUS CHRIST had proclaimed in the Gospel of John (John 16:7-16:15). The Prophet Habakkuk also states the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the earth as a MAN. In chapter 1 of the Book of Habakkuk, Habakkuk the Prophet has prayed to THE LORD for JUDGMENT and has asked how long will it be until THE LORD will come and stop the violence that is in the earth? THE LORD then answers Habakkuk in chapter 2 of the Book of Habakkuk.

P58

Habakkuk 2:2 And THE LORD answered me, and said, WRITE the vision, and make it plain upon tables, that he may run that readeth it.

P59 Kjb1611

Habakkuk 2:3 For the vision is yet for an appointed time, but at the END it shall speak, and not lie: though it tarry, wait for it; because it will surely come, it will not tarry.

P59 Kjb1611

Habakkuk 2:4 Behold, HIS SOUL which is lifted up is not upright in HIM: but the JUST shall LIVE by HIS faith.

P59 Kjb1611

Habakkuk 2:5 Yea also, because HE transgresseth by wine, HE is a proud man, neither keepeth at home, who enlargeth HIS desire as hell, and is as death, and cannot be satisfied, but gathereth unto HIM all nations, and heapeth unto HIM all PEOPLE:

P59 Kjb1611

These Scriptures TELL YOU that this EVENT will occur at a very SPECIFIC TIME and will be during the END TIMES. The Scriptures also says that this PERSON cannot lie. The reason that this PERSON cannot lie is because the PERSON SPOKEN OF HERE is called, "THE SPIRIT of TRUTH". The Scriptures further go on to say that the "JUST" (Meaning the "WORTHY") will LIVE BY HIS FAITH. This is because ALL that are BAPTIZED in THE SPIRIT WILL RECEIVE THE GIFT OF FAITH. The Scriptures also TELL YOU THAT THE HOLY SPIRIT HAS BEEN ON THE EARTH FOR A VERY LONG TIME AND THAT YOU SHOULD WAIT FOR IT ("Though it tarry, wait for it")! This speaks to a PENDING BAPTISM. The Scriptures also TELL YOU, THAT ONCE THE HOLY SPIRIT BECOMES A PERSON HE SHORTLY THEREAFTER LEAVES THE EARTH ("Because IT will surely come, IT will not tarry")!

P59

Then in the 5th Verse the Scriptures TELL YOU that this PERSON is a drinker and that HE appears to be a PROUD PERSON in HIS SERVING of GOD out of HIS HOME, and not in a Church and that HE FURTHERMORE HAS DEDICATED HIS HOUSE to SERVING GOD. The Scripture then TELLS of HOW THIS PERSON WILL DELIVER ALL OF GOD'S PEOPLE.

P59

The following Scriptures WE HAVE LISTED go on to say how the religious leaders will denounce HIM because HE WILL NOT PARTICIPATE OR HAVE ANY DEALINGS WHATSOEVER WITH THE CHURCH. THEN, BECAUSE OF HIS OPEN CRITICISM OF THE CHURCH, THE CHURCH LEADERS WILL SAY THAT HE IS PROCLAIMING TO BE SOMETHING THAT HE IS NOT, AND THAT HE IS TAKING THE GLORY THAT BELONGS TO JESUS CHRIST!

P59 P60

Habakkuk 2:6 Shall not all these take up a parable against HIM, and a taunting proverb against HIM, and say, Woe to HIM that increaseth that which is not HIS! how long? And to HIM that ladeth HIMSELF with thick clay!

P60 Kjb1611

Then comes the WARNING of the PUNISHMENT that WILL COME UPON those religious Leaders that have REBUKED THE HOLY SPIRIT, even though they had DONE IT UNKNOWINGLY!

P60

Habakkuk 2:7 Shall they not rise up suddenly that shall bite thee, and awake that shall vex thee, and thou shalt be for booties unto them?

P60 Kjb1611

This Scripture is telling those Leaders of the Churches that they MOST CERTAINLY will suffer THE GREAT TRIBULATION and will be given for SPOIL to the fallen ones. THIS IS GOD'S REBUKING of the FALSE LEADERSHIP of the Church!

P60

Habakkuk 2:8 Because thou hast spoiled many nations, all the remnant of the people shall spoil thee; because of men's blood, and for the violence of the land, of the city, and of all that dwell therein.

P60 Kjb1611

This is not only a WARNING to the Church Leaders but it is also a WARNING to the government Leaders of the people.

P60

Habakkuk 2:9 Woe to him that coveteth an evil covetousness to his house, that he may set his nest on high, that he may be delivered from the power of evil!

P60 Kjb1611

Habakkuk 2:10 Thou hast consulted shame to thy house by cutting off many people, and hast sinned against thy SOUL.

P60 Kjb1611

This WARNING applies to all persons who are so empowered over the people, whether they are of a religious order or a person empowered by the government. All of them that have misled the people in any way whatsoever will suffer the consequences of their doing so, and THE WRATH of GOD! There will be no place for them to hide from the evil that will come upon them. THE LORD is going to make them POWERLESS in their own defense.

P60 P61

Habakkuk 2:11 For the stone shall cry out of the wall, and the beam out of the timber shall answer it.

P61 Kjb1611

Habakkuk 2:12 Woe to him that buildeth a town with blood, and stablisheth a city by iniquity!

P61 Kjb1611

Have you ever heard the expression, "it's like talking to the wall"? The first Scripture says that the MESSAGE is going to be so clear that even the wall will hear it and cry out. But the people and their leaders will not listen and only the beam in the wall will hear the message and will take HEED to its WARNING. This is how receptive the people and their political and religious Leaders will be at the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD!

P61

Then in Habakkuk 2:12 the Scripture warns the people's leadership against killing others either carnally or spiritually for their own personal gain.

P61

Habakkuk 2:13 Behold, is it not of THE LORD of HOSTS that the people shall labour in the very fire, and the people shall weary themselves for very vanity?

P61 Kjb1611

This statement verifies that the PERSON whose SOUL is lifted up and is not upright in HIM, is THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. The scripture further states that it is THE LORD of HOSTS who is IXOTE, THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, and THE FATHER of JESUS CHRIST who will punish these people for their WRONG doing.

P61

When JESUS CHRIST had COME to the earth the people failed to see JESUS CHRIST as BEING the SON of GOD and denied HIM. The Scriptures of Habakkuk state as well that THE PEOPLE ALSO DUE TO THEIR VANITY WILL FAIL to recognize the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD and that those who FAIL to RECOGNIZE HIS COMING shall burn in hell fire for ETERNITY!

P61

The ETERNAL FATHER, YAHWEH, will forgive sin as so will JESUS CHRIST, but THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD WILL NOT FORGIVE SIN, BUT WILL RATHER JUDGE YOU FOR IT! JESUS WARNED THE PEOPLE TO BE CAUTIOUS AND TO WATCH for YOU will not know in which hour it will come upon you! As it was expressed earlier in this book that you should beware of one's own vanity, for "man's vanity will be to his own destruction". So therefor be CAUTIOUS and take heed to the Scriptures of Habakkuk for they will SURELY COME TO PASS!

P61 P62

Habakkuk 2:14 For the earth shall be filled with the knowledge of the GLORY of THE LORD, as the waters cover the sea.

P62 Kjb1611

The Scripture states that everything that needs to be known for YOU to work out YOUR OWN SALVATION with GOD has been already made available to you. So therefor get YOURSELVES a HOLY BIBLE and start READING IT NOW!

P62

Habakkuk 2:15 Woe unto him that giveth his neighbour drink, that puttest thy bottle to him, and makest him drunken also, that thou mayest look on their nakedness!

P62 Kjb1611

This WARNING is also to the Church leaders by GOD. These are the selfordained (meaning ordained by other men and not by GOD) those Priests, Ministers and Pastors who think they know THE WORD of GOD but they do not. Then due to these Church Leaders lacking the ANOINTING to PREACH THE WORD of GOD, they have misled GOD'S people and have forced their Congregations to err, because of their ignorance. The Scripture then states that for those LEADERS there SHALL NOT be FORGIVENESS and they will be JUDGED accordingly, SAITH THE LORD!

P62

Habakkuk 2:20 But THE LORD is in HIS HOLY TEMPLE: let all the earth keep silence before HIM.

P62 Kjb1611

This is the closing Scripture to the 2nd Chapter of the Book of Habakkuk and GOD'S final statement to the supplication (PRAYER) made by Habakkuk. The HOLY TEMPLE spoken of here in the Scripture is the FINAL and ETERNAL home for THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. This HOLY TEMPLE is a MAN and not a STRUCTURE. The Scripture WARNS ALL to be silent when the PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT lets HIS PRESENCE be known. LET THIS BE A WARNING to those who are in a position to CHALLENGE HIM when HE appears; for they should ENGRAVE these Scriptures of Habakkuk into their foreheads, as HE will appear to be just another ordinary man!

P62

The coming of THE HOLY SPIRIT is also prophesied by the Prophet Zechariah in the 11th chapter of the Book of Zechariah. This is a two-part prophecy of the COMING of the TWO ANOINTED ONES to the earth. The FIRST ANOINTED ONE is called BEAUTY, who is JESUS CHRIST, and JESUS CHRIST has already fulfilled the prophecy WRITTEN in verses 10 through 13. Then in the 14th Verse THE LORD proclaims that HE will send HIS other STAFF whom THE LORD called BANDS. BANDS is GOD'S SECOND STAVE who is known to be THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, THE LORD of HOSTS. The REVEALING of THE HOLY SPIRIT as a PERSON to the world is also spoken about by the Prophet Isaiah, whereas BANDS is referred to in the Scriptures of Isaiah as "THE LORD'S HOLY ARM".

P62 P63

Isaiah 52:10 THE LORD hath made bare HIS HOLY ARM in the eyes of all the nations; and all the ends of the earth shall see the SALVATION of our GOD.

P63 Kjb1611

Zechariah 11:14 Then I cut asunder mine other staff, even BANDS, that I might break the brotherhood between Judah and Israel.

P63 Kjb1611

One of the things that THE HOLY SPIRIT will do when HE COMES to the earth is to separate GOD'S people (ISRAEL) from Judaism. This is the separation of THE OLD COVENANT FROM THE NEW COVENANT. Judaism represents those people of the Jewish faith who believe that the coming of the MESSIAH has not yet been fulfilled. This believing causes those of Judaism to err by their refusal to acknowledge JESUS CHRIST as being THE MESSIAH, thus denying them any participation in THE NEW COVENANT.

P63

Zechariah 11:15 And THE LORD said unto me, Take unto thee yet the instruments of a foolish shepherd.

P63 Kjb1611

This represents all those practicing and following Judaism methods of worship or any other religious order other than CHRISTIANITY. The Scripture also applies as well to those who are involved in FALSELY TEACHING CHRISTIANITY.

P63

Zechariah 11:16 For, lo, I will raise up a SHEPHERD in the land, which shall not visit those that be cut off, neither shall seek the young one, nor heal that that is broken, nor feed that that standeth still: but he shall eat the flesh of the fat, and tear their claws in pieces.

P63 Kjb1611

This Scripture states that this PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT who is referred to in the Scriptures, as a SHEPHERD, will not do anything to change the spiritual outcome of the world. HE will not assist in CONVERTING anyone to CHRISTIANITY, HE will not look to help the NEW CHRISTIAN in any way and HE will not preach publicly. But HE will most certainly attack the Leaders of the Churches (referred to as "the fat") especially those who are in the Ministry for money. These are the Shepherds that JESUS CHRIST refers to as "the hireling", thus meaning those who Minister for the money.

P64

John 10:12 BUT HE THAT IS AN HIRELING, AND NOT THE SHEPHERD, WHOSE OWN THE SHEEP ARE NOT, SEETH THE WOLF COMING, AND LEAVETH THE SHEEP, AND FLEETH: AND THE WOLF CATCHETH THEM, AND SCATTERETH THE SHEEP.

P64 Kjb1611

John 10:13 THE HIRELING FLEETH, BECAUSE HE IS AN HIRELING, AND CARETH NOT FOR THE SHEEP.

P64 Kjb1611

Zechariah 11:17 Woe to the idol shepherd that leaveth the flock! the sword shall be upon his arm, and upon his right eye: his arm shall be clean dried up, and his right eye shall be utterly darkened.

P64 Kjb1611

This WARNING is to the Hireling who ministers only for the money, and when the people turn to those Ministers for help during the GREAT TRIBULATION, they are nowhere to be found! There are many Church Leaders that DO NOT serve GOD but rather minister to serve their own pocket books. THE HOLY SPIRIT will REVEAL these Ministers for what they are and ALL of these "FALSE SHEPHERDS" will suffer PUNISHMENT without MERCY, SAITH THE LORD.

P64

There are yet more Scriptures containing prophecy of the coming of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the earth as a MAN. In the 42nd chapter of the Book of Isaiah, GOD tells Isaiah of the coming of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the earth. *2

P64

*2 Incidentally, this Scripture in Isaiah is misquoted in the GOSPEL according to Matthew (Matthew 12:18-12:21). Matthew believed it referred to JESUS, however it does not refer to JESUS CHRIST but rather refers to THE HOLY SPIRIT. As we go through the Scriptures of Isaiah you will see how it most accurately describes the SAME PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT whom we have spoken about thus far.

P64

The first difference between this PERSON and JESUS CHRIST is that the person spoke about here does not preach publicly. JESUS CHRIST preached throughout the land, both in the synagogue and in the countryside, and even in the streets as HE traveled from place to place. The second difference between this PERSON and JESUS, as we have just covered in the Book of Zechariah, is that this person does not change in any way a single person in regard to their religious order or belief. Whereas after the COMING of JESUS CHRIST, GREAT CHANGES WERE MADE IN ALL WHO DID BELIEVE IN HIM. Furthermore, JESUS taught HIS Disciples to CONVERT as many as would come to them to a NEW CHRISTIAN ORDER of FAITH. The THIRD and MAJOR difference between this PERSON and JESUS CHRIST, is that this PERSON'S foremost RESPONSIBILITY is to JUDGE the earth. And JESUS SAID:

P64 P65

John 12:47 AND IF ANY MAN HEAR MY WORDS, AND BELIEVE NOT, I JUDGE HIM NOT: FOR I CAME NOT TO JUDGE THE WORLD, BUT TO SAVE THE WORLD.

P65 Kjb1611

John 12:48 HE THAT REJECTETH ME, AND RECEIVETH NOT MY WORDS, HATH ONE THAT JUDGETH HIM: THE WORD THAT I HAVE SPOKEN, THE SAME SHALL JUDGE HIM IN THE LAST DAY.

P65 Kjb1611

The WORDS that JESUS CHRIST spoke came to HIM through HIS FATHER, THE HOLY SPIRIT! This is the same SPIRIT of TRUTH who gave JESUS CHRIST his WORDS and it is HE that will JUDGE THIS WORLD! Let us now review the Scriptures from the 42nd Chapter of the Book of Isaiah to see how they will clarify what we have just covered.

P65

Isaiah 42:1 BEHOLD my servant, whom I uphold; mine elect, in whom MY SOUL delighteth; I have put MY SPIRIT upon HIM: HE shall bring forth JUDGMENT to the GENTILES.

P65 Kjb1611

Explanation: This PERSON comes into the world for only one purpose and that is to JUDGE it! The WORD "GENTILES" used in this Scripture refers to ALL non-believers!

P65

Isaiah 42:2 HE shall not cry, nor lift up, nor cause HIS VOICE to be heard in the street.

P65 Kjb1611

Explanation: This PERSON does not preach publicly, nor preach before any congregation! This also matches the DESCRIPTION of the PERSON spoken about in the Book of Habakkuk whom we had discussed earlier in this chapter of this BOOK.

P66

Isaiah 42:3 A bruised reed shall HE not break, and the smoking flax shall HE not quench: HE shall bring forth JUDGMENT unto TRUTH.

P66 Kjb1611

Explanation: This PERSON is described as being an individual that does not change in any way the Church or its religious beliefs; However, HE will make known the TRUTH. That is why HE is called THE SPIRIT of TRUTH!

P66

Isaiah 42:4 HE shall not fail nor be discouraged, till HE have set JUDGMENT in the earth: and the isles shall wait for HIS law.

P66 Kjb1611

Explanation: This Scripture has GREAT DEPTH and ties directly to the Book of Genesis. Back when Jacob was blessing his twelve sons he gave his son Judah a prophecy. The prophecy basically states that the law and the power would remain with Judah until a PERSON or a PLACE by the name of Shiloh would come. Shiloh is the name of a place where initially the ARK of the COVENANT sat and where the TABERNACLE was set up. Any place where the TABERNACLE came to RESIDE, that PLACE was said to be a PLACE where GOD had put HIS NAME. Therefor the name "SHILOH" can either be a PERSON or a PLACE where GOD has put HIS NAME! The following Scripture gives the PROPHECY that Jacob gave to his son Judah. This is an ongoing PROPHECY that was fulfilled first by MOSES, and then will be fulfilled again at THE END TIMES!

P66

Genesis 49:10 The sceptre shall not depart from Judah, nor a lawgiver from between his feet, until Shi'-loh come; and unto HIM shall the gathering of the people be.

P66 Kjb1611

In the GOSPELS when JESUS referred to HIM RAISING up THE TEMPLE AFTER IT HAD BEEN THROWN DOWN, HE WAS REFERRING TO HIMSELF AS BEING THE TEMPLE OF GOD. THE RAISING UP OF THE TEMPLE IN THREE DAYS THAT JESUS SPOKE OF, REFERRED TO HIS PENDING RESURRECTION. THEREFOR, IN THE NEW COVENANT, WHERE SO EVER THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD RESIDES, THAT PLACE BECOMES THE TABERNACLE OF GOD, BECAUSE GOD HAS PUT HIS NAME THERE. THEREFOR, WITH GOD NOW RESIDING WITHIN A PERSON, THAT PERSON NOW BECOMES THE TABERNACLE OF GOD. THIS IS TRUE FOR ANYONE WHO HAS RECEIVED BAPTISM IN THE HOLY SPIRIT. HOWEVER, THE FINAL RESIDENCE OF THE HOLY SPRIT IS WITHIN A PERSON THAT IS REFERRED TO IN THE SCRIPTURES AS SHILOH.

P66 P67

This is what is meant in the following Scripture taken from the Book of Revelation:

P67

Revelation 21: 3 And I heard a GREAT VOICE out of HEAVEN saying, Behold, THE TABERNACLE of GOD is with men, and HE will dwell with them, and they shall be HIS PEOPLE, and GOD HIMSELF shall be with them, and be their GOD.

P67 Kjb1611

As previously mentioned the first time the PROPHECY given by Jacob to Judah was fulfilled, was when MOSES led the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of Egypt. MOSES came forth out of the Tribe of Levi and was not of the Tribe of Judah. Once MOSES (SHILOH) had come, HE provided the people with both the law and their leadership, therefor the Sceptre (the LEADERSHIP) and the LAW came by the way of MOSES. GOD also makes reference to this same prophecy again in the END TIME through the Prophet Micah.

P67

Micah 7:15 According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto HIM marvellous things.

P67 Kjb1611

Micah 7:16 The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf.

P67 Kjb1611

Micah 7:17 They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of THE LORD our GOD, and shall fear because of thee.

P67 Kjb1611

Therefor the reference made to SHILOH in Genesis 49:10 refers to a PERSON as well as a place where GOD has put HIS NAME. THEN ONCE GOD HAS PUT HIS NAME ON THIS PERSON, THEN BOTH THE LAW AND THE LEADERSHIP WILL COME BY THE WAY OF THAT PERSON AS IT DID WITH MOSES WHEN HE LED THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL OUT of EGYPT. THIS PROPHECY COMES TO PASS PRIOR TO THE FIRST COMING OF CHRIST AND AGAIN PRIOR TO THE SECOND COMING OF CHRIST! The FIRST time that the prophecy was fulfilled was with MOSES and the SECOND TIME it will be fulfilled by THE PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD!

P67 P68

JESUS who came forth out of the TRIBE of JUDAH will yet take possession of HIS KINGDOM (this world), thus putting the SCEPTRE and the LAW back into the TRIBE of JUDAH. But in the interim this PERSON who will come forth prior to the SECOND COMING of CHRIST will TAKE BOTH THE SCEPTRE AND THE LAW INTO HIS HANDS, FOR CHRIST. THIS PERSON is THE PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT and THE FATHER of JESUS CHRIST that will come and take back the earth from the Devil, and return it to HIS SON, thus fulfilling this same prophecy the second time.

P68

JESUS SPOKE about this PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT in THE GOSPEL according to JOHN. JESUS says that this PERSON was going to take that which was GIVEN to HIM and show it to you. JESUS also goes on to say that ALL that was given to HIM is HIS FATHER'S and therefor HIS FATHER is going to be the ONE that will SHOW IT TO YOU. This means that JESUS CHRIST'S FATHER IS GOING TO TAKE BACK THE EARTH FROM THE DEVIL AND OPENLY SHOW IT TO ALL THAT HE HAS GIVEN IT TO HIS SON, TO RULE OVER IT!

P68

John 16:13 HOWBEIT WHEN HE, THE SPIRIT OF TRUTH, IS COME, HE WILL GUIDE YOU INTO ALL TRUTH: FOR HE SHALL NOT SPEAK OF HIMSELF; BUT WHATSOEVER HE SHALL HEAR, THAT SHALL HE SPEAK: AND HE WILL SHEW YOU THINGS TO COME.

P68 Kjb1611

John 16:14 HE SHALL GLORIFY ME: FOR HE SHALL RECEIVE OF MINE, AND SHALL SHEW IT UNTO YOU.

P68 Kjb1611

John 16:15 ALL THINGS THAT THE FATHER HATH ARE MINE: THEREFORE SAID I, THAT HE SHALL TAKE OF MINE, AND SHALL SHEW IT UNTO YOU.

P68 Kjb1611

This PROPHECY also matches the parable given by JESUS in Matthew 21: 33 through 21:41. This is the parable about the HOUSEHOLDER (The Landlord) who had let out (allowed use of) his vineyard to the Husbandmen (occupants of the earth). Then when the time drew near for the harvest, THE FATHER sent out HIS Servants (The Prophets and Saints) to collect the tariff owed to HIM (The GLORY DUE to GOD). However, the Husbandmen beat some of the Servants (the Prophets and Saints) and also even killed some that were SENT BY THE FATHER. So the HOUSEHOLDER (THE FATHER) sends out HIS SON (JESUS CHRIST) to collect that which is due to HIM (the earth). Then the Husbandmen (occupants of the earth) knowing that the SON is the rightful heir to the vineyard (the earth) kills the SON (JESUS' crucifixion). At the end of the parable JESUS then SAYS that THE FATHER (THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD) will come back to the vineyard (the earth) and HE will PUNISH those wicked Husbandmen who had killed HIS SON. Thus fulfilling the PROPHECY given by Jacob to Judah the second time: THE COMING of SHILOH who is the PERSON BEARING GOD'S NAME.

P68 P69

Let us in summary discuss what has been covered thus far in this chapter titled, "WHO is GOD?" The HOLY BIBLE tells us that GOD portrays HIMSELF as being THREE PERSONS, however the BIBLE also tells us that there is only ONE GOD. This is because in a carnal state if a person could describe GOD they would describe HIM as a MAN and that person's description of GOD would be the description of JESUS CHRIST. If one were looking out of the eyes of JESUS CHRIST to give that same DESCRIPTION of GOD, then the description of GOD would be the exact description of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. Furthermore, if that PERSON were now looking through the EYES of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, then the description of GOD, would be that of GOD.

P69

The GODHEAD (THE TRINITY) can also be expressed musically as THREE TONES having ONE VOICE in perfect HARMONY. When three people are singing in three different harmonically related keys, the human ear hears the THREE KEYS as ONE single HARMONIOUS VOICE. The same is TRUE with GOD, BEING THREE PERSONS, BUT ONE GOD!

P69

Throughout the HOLY BIBLE you will see the mentioning of THE HAND of GOD in the Scriptures. This is a direct representation of JESUS CHRIST for HE is the HAND of GOD. More specifically speaking, JESUS CHRIST is THE RIGHT HAND of GOD. This is why JESUS said that when we were to see HIM COMING in HIS GLORY that HE would be sitting on THE RIGHT HAND of POWER.

P69

On the other HAND, whenever you see the mentioning of the ARM of GOD within the Scriptures; this is a direct representation of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. The ARM represents GOD'S STRENGTH in BATTLE as well as THE CONNECTION OF HIM to THE HAND, FOR THE ARM IS THE DELIVERER OF THE HAND. This is why there is a very specific order in how one may receive the SAVING GRACE of GOD and have an intimate relationship with HIM.

P69 P70

NOTE: The TWO ANOINTED ONES of THE NEW COVENANT are so CLOSE TO GOD THAT GOD refers to THEM as integrated parts of HIS BODY. These are the PARTS of THE BODY that PERFORM GOD'S WORK, THE HAND and THE ARM.

P70

You should know that although GOD is SPIRIT, ALL of mankind is made in HIS IMAGE, so therefor you can VISUALIZE GOD as a MAN. If you were to go to GOD to GREET HIM then what part of GOD'S BODY would be extended towards you first? Wouldn't HE first extend HIS RIGHT HAND (JESUS CHRIST) to you to GREET YOU? Then after you had taken hold of THE HAND of GOD (JESUS CHRIST) then how would THE LORD PULL you into HIM so He may EMBRACE YOU? Would HE not put HIS ARMS around you to EMBRACE YOU? THE ARM of GOD (THE HOLY SPIRIT) IS YOUR ONE AND ONLY MEANS OF A CONNECTION TO GOD AND THIS CONNECTION CAN ONLY COME BY THE WAY OF HIS HAND (JESUS CHRIST). This is why no one can come to GOD until after he has received JESUS and JESUS CHRIST cannot come to you except that GOD EXTENDS HIM OUT TO YOU. IT IS NOT UNTIL AFTER YOU HAVE RECEIVED THE HAND OF GOD THAT YOU CAN RECEIVE THE ONE AND ONLY CONNECTION TO GOD, THE ARM OF GOD, WHO IS THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD.

P70

I would recommend that before you begin the next chapter of this BOOK, you read chapter 18 of the First Book of MOSES, called Genesis. Through these Scriptures you will further your UNDERSTANDING of the GODHEAD (THE TRINITY). The THREE MEN that come to ABRAHAM in this chapter are a DIRECT representation of THE TRINITY. You will notice that when you read this chapter that the THREE MEN are referred to in the Scriptures by ABRAHAM, as LORD, being in a singular form of expression and not plural, (Lords), even though there are THREE of THEM. And, when the THREE MEN that COME to ABRAHAM SPEAK, ABRAHAM hears only ONE VOICE THIS IS THE ONLY DIRECT REFERENCE MADE IN REGARD TO THE TRINITY IN THE ENTIRE HOLY BIBLE, AND IS SO, BECAUSE GOD WANTS YOU TO SEE HIM AS BEING ONE GOD AND NOT THREE! HOWEVER, WHEN THE THREE SPEAK, THEY SPEAK IN PERFECT HARMONY WITH THE SAME VOICE, THE VOICE of ONE GOD.

P70

Chapter 3
HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS

P71

KEY Languages

P71

The Scriptures contained in THE HOLY BIBLE were derived from the Hebrew, Latin, and Greek Manuscripts, and although the WORDS WRITTEN were WRITTEN in those three native languages, THE WORDS were always intended to be TRANSLATED into the English language. This is to say that GOD had always intended for HIS WORD to be translated into the English language as it is COMPOSED in the King James Version of the HOLY BIBLE. The various Layers that were covered in the first chapter of this book are only discernible via the King James English, and are not discernible in any other written form. Even in the Hebrew language the Layers contained in the Scriptures of THE WORD of GOD cannot be detected. This is why the English language has become the UNIVERSAL LANGUAGE of the World.

P71

THE LORD has told me that the language spoken in HEAVEN is English, except for that which is SPOKEN at THE THRONE of GOD. The THRONE LANGUAGE is called "HEBREWAH". This is the same language that was spoken by NOAH (and JESUS CHRIST when HE PRAYED or performed MIRACLES), as well as all the people in the world prior to their building of the Tower of Babel (Genesis 11:4 - 11:9) when GOD broke the language into many different dialects. Therefor many of our current languages have some words not only sounding like HEBREWAH WORDS, but also having the same meanings as the HEBREWAH WORDS. The HEBREWAH WORDS that were spoken by NOAH have been scattered about the languages of the World, and some of those WORDS are present today in all the languages throughout the world.

P71

When a person receives via THE HOLY SPIRIT "The gift of (Cloven) Diverse Tongues" then the language being spoken by that person is in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE. This is the same language that JESUS spoke both in prayer and when performing miracles. The THRONE of GOD will only acknowledge PRAYER in HEBREWAH. This is why all PRAYERS must be made in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST when those PRAYERS are spoken in any other language other than HEBREWAH. Then when you PRAY in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST, JESUS INTERCEPTS your PRAYERS and intercedes on your behalf to GOD. What this means is that JESUS CHRIST converts that prayer into the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE and then PRAYS that PRAYER on to GOD.

P71 P72

Furthermore, any person who claims to be an Intercessor for prayer who has not RECEIVED the gift of (Cloven) Diverse Tongues is not an INTERCESSOR at all, and cannot intercede for anyone. This is because an Intercessor MUST have the ability to pray in the SPIRIT (HEBREWAH), and directly to GOD, and this can ONLY be done in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE. This point was made clear by JESUS to HIS Disciples and is WRITTEN into THE GOSPELS.

P72

John 16:23 AND IN THAT DAY YE SHALL ASK ME NOTHING. VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO YOU, WHATSOEVER YE SHALL ASK THE FATHER IN MY NAME, HE WILL GIVE IT YOU.

P72 Kjb1611

John 16:24 HITHERTO HAVE YE ASKED NOTHING IN MY NAME: ASK, AND YE SHALL RECEIVE, THAT YOUR JOY MAY BE FULL.

P72 Kjb1611

These first two Scriptures taken from the GOSPEL of John confirms JESUS telling HIS Disciples to PRAY in HIS NAME.

P72

John 16:25 THESE THINGS HAVE I SPOKEN UNTO YOU IN PROVERBS: BUT THE TIME COMETH, WHEN I SHALL NO MORE SPEAK UNTO YOU IN PROVERBS, BUT I SHALL SHEW YOU PLAINLY OF THE FATHER.

P72 Kjb1611

In this last Scripture (John 16:25) JESUS is explaining to HIS Disciples, that at a later time they would receive THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD through HIM. Then after they had RECEIVED THE HOLY SPIRIT they would also RECEIVE the ability to speak in CLOVEN TONGUES (Acts 2:3 and 2:4). This is what JESUS meant when HE said, "I WILL SHOW YOU PLAINLY OF THE FATHER"! The further meaning of this Scripture is that at the time HIS Disciples had RECEIVED SPIRITUAL BAPTISM then they would RECEIVE the ability to SPEAK DIRECTLY to GOD in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE and would no longer need to PRAY in HIS NAME.

P72

John 16:26 AT THAT DAY YE SHALL ASK IN MY NAME: AND I SAY NOT UNTO YOU, THAT I WILL PRAY THE FATHER FOR YOU:

P73 Kjb1611

JESUS is now telling HIS Disciples that after they have RECEIVED THE GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT that they would no longer need to PRAY in HIS NAME, and they would therefor no longer require JESUS to INTERCEDE on their behalf. This is because once they had been BAPTIZED in THE SPIRIT then they themselves would be able to PRAY DIRECTLY to GOD in the LANGUAGE of THE THRONE (HEBREWAH).

P73

John 16:27 FOR THE FATHER HIMSELF LOVETH YOU, BECAUSE YE HAVE LOVED ME, AND HAVE BELIEVED THAT I CAME OUT FROM GOD.

P73 Kjb1611

In these two preceding Scriptures, JESUS is describing to HIS Disciples how once they had received the BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT they would also RECEIVE, the GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT. JESUS further tells HIS Disciples that they would receive this BAPTISM by their believing that HE is CHRIST and THE SON of GOD. PRAYING in TONGUES will be further discussed later on in this BOOK because it is necessary for INTERCESSORY PRAYER.

P73

The RECEIVING of BAPTISM by way of THE HOLY SPIRIT is also spoken about in the 53rd chapter of the Book of Isaiah. The opening and the closing verses in that chapter are key to the aforementioned Scriptures SPOKEN by JESUS.

P73

Isaiah 53:1 WHO hath believed our report? And to whom is the ARM of THE LORD revealed?

P73 Kjb1611

As previously expressed in Chapter 2 of this BOOK, the "ARM of THE LORD" is THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD! All of Chapter 53 of the Book of Isaiah is dedicated to the coming of the MESSIAH, JESUS CHRIST, and it is through JESUS CHRIST THAT THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD is REVEALED. JESUS is the ONE who REVEALS to HIS Disciples through HIS WORDS and then by HIS Disciples to the WHOLE WORLD through the GOSPELS about the PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and also about THE BAPTISM that comes by the way of THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P73

Isaiah 53:12 Therefore will I divide HIM a portion with the GREAT, and HE shall divide the spoil with the STRONG; because HE hath poured out HIS SOUL unto death: and he was numbered with the transgressors; and HE bare the sin of many, and made intercession for the transgressors.

P74 Kjb1611

This Scripture states that JESUS CHRIST has a DIVIDED portion with the GREAT. THIS DIVIDED PORTION WITH THE GREAT, IS THE THIRD PLACE (THRONE) WITHIN THE GODHEAD! It further states that the spoil (all the riches of the world) will be given to HIM and that in turn HE will share these things with the people of GOD. JESUS receives all these things because HE was willing to give HIS life on the cross for the sin of the WORLD. At the CONCLUSION of the Scripture, the Scripture then PROCLAIMS that THE MESSIAH, JESUS CHRIST, will INTERCEDE in prayer for those who are yet to be SAVED and as well for those who are SAVED but have not RECEIVED THE GIFT of TONGUES. The INTERCESSION that is made by JESUS to THE FATHER is on behalf of the sinner for their remission of sins. JESUS does this for them who have PRAYED in HIS NAME and PROCLAIMED BY DOING SO, THAT JESUS CHRIST IS THEIR SACRIFICE FOR THEIR SIN, thus MAKING JESUS CHRIST THEIR SAVIOR!

P74

Understanding of KEY NUMBERS

P74

Through the entire forty-four Books of THE HOLY BIBLE there is made mention of NUMBERS and these NUMBERS that are in the Scriptures have a depth of UNDERSTANDING similar to that of THE WORD of GOD. These KEY NUMBERS are in the same LAYER FORMAT as are the KEY WORDS of the Scriptures. Therefor these KEY NUMBERS are in three Layers of depth in the 39 Books of the Old Testament, except for the Book of Esther, 12 Layers of DEPTH in the GOSPELS and 7 Layers of DEPTH in the Book of Revelation. The 22 Epistles of the Apostles and the Book of Esther both of which have only a SINGLE LAYER of DEPTH, bear no significance in either KEY NUMBERS or KEY WORDS, as they both can be read and taken for their face value!

P74

The English language is made up of a 26-letter alphabet. The letter "A" is the 1st letter of the Alphabet, and the letter "Z" is the 26th letter of the alphabet. THE LORD describes himself as being both the Alpha and the Omega, the First and the Last, the Beginning and the End. The letter Alpha is the first letter of the Greek alphabet, and the letter Omega is the Last letter in the Greek alphabet. THEREFOR, because the Greek version of the WORD of GOD has been translated into the ENGLISH LANGUAGE, what GOD is saying is THAT HE IS THE ENGLISH ALPHABET. FURTHERMORE, GOD IS THE MEANS FOR ANY COMMUNICATION WITH WORDS, AS THEY ALL ARE COMPRISED OF LETTERS FROM THE ALPHABET. It is the ability of MAN to COMMUNICATE using letters to form WORDS that raises him above the level of the ANIMAL.

P74 P75

With each letter in the English alphabet having a numerical placement as to where that letter falls within the alphabet, you can arrive at the conclusion, that: A=1, B=2, C=3, D=4, E=5, F=6, G=7, H=8, I=9, J=10, K=11, L=12, M=13, N=14, O=15, P=16, Q=17, R=18, S=19, T=20, U=21, V=22, W=23, X=24, Y=25, and Z=26.

P75

You can further derive from the 26 letter English ALPHABET that if GOD is the alphabet in its entirety, then GOD'S NUMBER should be equal to the NUMBER of LETTERS within the ALPHABET, thus making GOD'S NUMBER the number 26. Therefor if we take the word "GOD", and the letter placement of each of its letters within the ALPHABET, we can see that the letter G=7, the letter O=15 and the letter D=4. Furthermore if we take the sum of the letters G plus O, plus D, this would be the same as adding the NUMBERS 7+15+4, which equals the NUMBER 26. This is the same number as the total NUMBER of letters contained within the English Alphabet, thus CONFIRMING that GOD IS THE ALPHA AND THE OMEGA!

P75

This is GOD'S way of confirming BY NUMBERS that HE is indeed THE ALPHA, and THE OMEGA or rather through ENGLISH TRANSLATION say, that GOD is the "A" through "Z" in the ENGLISH ALPHABET. We can also derive from this TRUTH that all words and names would have some numerical value. This NUMERICAL derivation from WORDS can be further observed by reviewing the description of the LAMB of GOD (CHRIST), as it is described in the Book of Revelation (Revelation 5:6).

P75

THE LAMB is described in these Scriptures as having SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES. Therefor the number of the LAMB whom has the SEVEN (7) HORNS and SEVEN (7) EYES represents the number "77". The word "CHRIST" also has an assigned number to it by its letter placement within the English Alphabet. The letter C=3, the letter H=8, the letter R=18, the letter I=9, the letter S=19, and the letter T=20. Or, the NAME CHRIST can be expressed in NUMBERS as 3+8+18+9+19+20, which also equals the number "77", so indicating the LAMBS DESCRIPTION. This further confirms by the use of NUMBERS, THE WORD of GOD.

P75

As previously explained to you earlier on in this book that the THIRD MEMBER of the FOUR LIVING BEASTS (as described in Revelation, chapter 4 verse 7) has the face of a MAN. You were also told that these FOUR BEASTS are the FOUR SERAPHIM in HEAVEN and that they are referred to in the HOLY BIBLE, as THE SONS of GOD (Genesis 6:4, and Job 1:6, and Job 2:1). You have also been told that the THIRD SERAPHIM who had the face of a man is JESUS CHRIST. If you will add the numerical value of the word "MAN" and the numerical value of the word "LAMB" independently, you will see that both these words (MAN and LAMB) letters sum up to equal the number "28". With both the WORDS "Man" and "LAMB" equaling the SAME NUMBER of 28, one can see that THE LAMB of GOD in the Scriptures of the Book of Revelation appears through the MAN who is the THIRD SERAPHIM. The THIRD SERAPHIM is JESUS CHRIST, for both the MAN and the LAMB are ONE and the SAME. What did JESUS say in the GOSPEL of John about entering into the KINGDOM of GOD?

P75 P76

John 10:7 Then said JESUS unto them again, VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO YOU, I AM THE DOOR OF THE SHEEP.

P76 Kjb1611

All of CHRIST, GOD'S ANOINTED who are THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS and the EYES THAT ENCOMPASS THEM, can only enter into GOD'S DOMAIN THROUGH THE THIRD LIVING BEAST, THE MAN, WHOM IS JESUS CHRIST, THE LAMB of GOD. Even THE HOLY SPIRIT who appears as the FOURTH SERAPHIM, THE EAGLE, the FOURTH LIVING BEAST, MUST also ENTER IN to GOD'S DOMAIN BY THE WAY OF JESUS CHRIST. This is the ascending into GOD'S DOMAIN by the way of JESUS CHRIST that of which is the ONLY WAY!

P76

If you were to look upon the FOUR SERAPHIM, with EACH ONE representing the FOUR DIRECTIONS of a COMPASS when they are placed within a normal sequence, you would see as follows: North (1st), South (2nd), East (3rd), and West (4th). While looking at each SERAPHIM representing a DIRECTION it becomes apparent that JESUS CHRIST who is the third LIVING BEAST can be referred to as the EAST GATE, for the THIRD SERAPHIM represents the EAST. These Scriptures taken from the 44th Chapter of the Book of Ezekiel will show you the significance of THE EAST GATE that of which is JESUS CHRIST and the only way into THE KINGDOM of GOD.

P76

Ezekiel 44:1 Then HE brought me back the way of the gate of the outward sanctuary which looketh toward the East; and it was shut.

P76 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 44:2 Then said THE LORD unto me; This gate shall be shut, it shall not be opened, and no man shall enter in by it; because THE LORD, the GOD of Israel, hath entered in by it, therefore it shall be shut.

P77 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 44:3 It is for the PRINCE; the PRINCE, he shall sit in it to eat bread before THE LORD; HE shall enter by the way of the porch of that GATE, and shall go out by the way of the same.

P77 Kjb1611

These Scriptures tell of how one must enter into the Sanctuary of GOD, and in this case, the "PRINCE" referred in the Scripture refers to both JESUS CHRIST, and also to "The BODY of CHRIST" (The FOUR SERAPHIM and The CHURCH). This was given to the Prophet Ezekiel in a VISION while he was in THE SPIRIT. This Scripture also CONFIRMS that even THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, ENTERS IN AND LEAVES BY THE WAY OF THE EAST GATE. The CONFIRMATION can be made that THE HOLY SPIRIT also enters into and leaves the KINGDOM of GOD by way of THE EAST GATE by the Scripture stating, that GOD has also entered in by that SAME GATE. THIS ALSO CONFIRMS THAT ONE CAN ONLY RECEIVE THE HOLY SPIRIT THROUGH JESUS CHRIST, FOR JESUS PROVIDES BOTH THE ENTRY AND EXIT FROM HEAVEN FOR ALL!

P77

Touching yet again on the FOUR SERAPHIM, you might find it interesting that if you were facing them as they STAND before THE THRONE of GOD, and looking from the left to the right, you would see them in this order. You would first see DAVID at the far left, then SOLOMON, THEN JESUS, and finally THE HOLY SPIRIT PERSON on the far RIGHT.

P77

This SEQUENCE DISPLAYS the order of THEIR appearance on the EARTH as given within the Scriptures of THE HOLY BIBLE. First came DAVID, then his SON SOLOMON, then came JESUS, and LASTLY JESUS' FATHER, THE HOLY SPIRIT. So in sequence you have both a father and his son from left to right and a FATHER and HIS SON from right to left, therefor making them the mirror image of one another. This is the same as The New Testament (JESUS CHRIST and THE HOLY SPIRIT) being the mirror image of the Old Testament (DAVID and SOLOMON). The descriptions given in the Book of Revelation of THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS describe the First Beast as having the appearance of a Lion and the Second Beast having the appearance of a Calf (Ox). Let us now review the description of the Throne that SOLOMON made while building THE TEMPLE of GOD in JERUSALEM, while keeping in MIND that the Throne built by SOLOMON was called "THE THRONE OF DAVID".

P77 P78

2 Chronicles 9:17 Moreover the King made a great Throne of ivory, and overlaid it with pure gold.

P78 Kjb1611

2 Chronicles 9:18 And there were six steps to the Throne, with a footstool of gold, which were fastened to the Throne, and stays on each side of the sitting place, and two lions standing by the stays:

P78 Kjb1611

2 Chronicles 9:19 And twelve lions stood there on the one side and on the other upon the six steps. There was not the like made in any Kingdom.

P78 Kjb1611

Let us also review to the description of the molten sea, which SOLOMON made for the TEMPLE of GOD.

P78

2 Chronicles 4:2 Also he made a molten sea of ten cubits from brim to brim, round in compass, and five cubits the height thereof; and a line of thirty cubits did compass it round about.

P78 Kjb1611

2 Chronicles 4:3 And under it was the similitude of oxen, which did compass it round about: ten in a cubit, compassing the sea round about. Two rows of oxen were cast, when it was cast.

P78 Kjb1611

2 Chronicles 4:4 It stood upon twelve oxen, three looking toward the north, and three looking toward the west, and three looking toward the south, and three looking toward the east: and the sea was set above upon them, and all their hinder parts were inward.

P78 Kjb1611

As can be seen in the aforementioned Scriptures, the LION and the OX were symbolically placed within the TEMPLE so REPRESENTING the FIRST and SECOND SERAPHIM, who are DAVID, THE LION, and SOLOMON, THE OX.

P78

Significant Numbers

P78

The NUMBERS 111, 222, and 333 are dedicated NUMBERS to the MEMBERS of THE TRINITY. In the last chapter we talked about the prophecy of Jacob (Genesis 49:6). When Jacob had prophesied; that the sceptre and the lawgiver would not pass from Judah until Shiloh had come. Then at that TIME WE REVEALED from that prophecy that SHILOH was one of the many NAMES that had been given to THE HOLY SPIRIT. It was also mentioned that in the Book of Zechariah (Zechariah 11:7) that THE HOLY SPIRIT is called by the NAME of BANDS and HE is referred to in the Scriptures of Zechariah as also being one of the TWO ANOINTED ONES standing before THE GOD of the whole earth.

P78 P79

If you were to take the numerical values of these two names SHILOH and BANDS by each of their letters representing a numeric placement within the Alphabet, you would see that the name SHILOH equals the NUMBER 71 (as also does the NAME MOSES). You would also see that the NAME BANDS, equals the NUMBER 40.

P79

If we were to add the sum of these two names it would be the same as adding of the numbers 71 (SHILOH) plus 40 (BANDS), Then we would see that the sum of the NUMBERS then equals the number 111. We can also verify the significance of NUMBER 111 through the Scriptures that are cited in the GOSPELS. In the Gospel of Luke, chapter 1, verses 28 through 35, you will read that the ANGEL GABRIEL had come to Mary to tell her that she would bear a child and that CHILD would be born of the HOLY GHOST, and that she shall call HIS name JESUS. GABRIEL also tells Mary that JESUS would be called "THE SON OF THE HIGHEST". Therefor, it can be said, by the Scripture that THE HOLY SPIRIT is referred to by the ANGEL GABRIEL as being the HIGHEST.

P79

If we now go into the Book of Revelation and READ Chapter 21, verses 19 and 20 the Scriptures there will give the description of the WALL that encircles THE HEAVENLY JERUSALEM, which is called "NEW JERUSALEM". In these Scriptures, the WALL is described as having TWELVE LAYERS; each LAYER garnished with twelve different precious STONES. The twelfth LAYER that of which is the HIGHEST LAYER is the Amethyst STONE. If we take the ALPHA NUMERIC LETTER PLACEMENT which make up the word "AMETHYST", and then the summation of NUMBERS of those letters you will see that they also are equal to NUMBER 111. Thus CONFIRMING that the HIGHEST LAYER of the WALL has in fact the same NUMBER as THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, thus CONFIRMING that which the ANGEL GABRIEL had told Mary about JESUS being the SON of "THE HIGHEST". You will see as we go further on into the NUMBERS that WE are showing YOU, they are not COINCIDENTAL by any means, and these NUMBERS have been PURPOSELY INSERTED INTO THE SCRIPTURES for a NUMERIC CONFIRMATION of THE WORD of GOD!

P79 P80

In the previous chapter of this BOOK you were given the NAMES of the GODHEAD and they are as follows; YAHWEH, the FATHER of ETERNITY, IXOTE, the FATHER of CREATION, and YESHUA, the FATHER of THE SOUL BEARING MAN, and the beginning of CREATION. If we take the NUMERICAL VALUE of each one of these NAMES, you will see the REVEALING of THE SECOND NUMBER DEDICATED TO THE TRINITY.

P80

YAHWEH = 70
IXOTE = 73 or their sum total = 222
YESHUA = 79
P80

We can also take the NAME YESHUA, and substitute it with the word "WORD" because JESUS CHRIST is THE WORD of GOD. Didn't we verify through the Scriptures previously that JESUS CHRIST is THE WORD of GOD? So therefor, if JESUS CHRIST is THE WORD of GOD, then THE HOLY SPIRIT, IXOTE is the NUMBERS of GOD. Now let's substitute THE NAMES of IXOTE and YESHUA, with the WORD "NUMBERS" and the word "WORD".

P80

YAHWEH = 70
NUMBERS = 92 or their sum total = 222
WORD = 60
P80

We can further CONFIRM the NUMBER 222 in the Book of Revelation in chapter 4, verse 5. In the Scriptures the Apostle John describes THE THRONE of GOD. Let us review the Scripture as seen through the eyes of John.

P80

Revelation 4:5 And out of THE THRONE proceeded lightnings and thunderings and voices: and there were SEVEN lamps of fire burning before the THRONE, which are the SEVEN SPIRITS OF GOD.

P80 Kjb1611

John sees in his VISION there are SEVEN SPIRITS OF GOD (THE TRINITY) proceeding out of the THRONE of GOD. Let us see when we translate these WORDS into NUMBERS how it might pertain to the NUMBER 222.

P80

SEVEN = 65
SPIRITS = 110
OF = 21 or their sum total = 222
GOD = 26
P80 P81

Therefor, if there are SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD proceeding out of THE THRONE of GOD, and we know that the NUMBER of GOD is equal to the NUMBER 26, then most certainly the NUMBER of 7 times 26 must represent a VERY HOLY NUMBER. Furthermore by multiplying the NUMBER 7 representing the Seven Spirits of GOD, by the NUMBER 26 that of which is THE NUMBER of GOD, we will find that the Product of these TWO NUMBERS or 7 times 26 is equal to the NUMBER of 182. We also know from the Scriptures taken from the HOLY BIBLE that GOD says HE is both our SAVIOR and DELIVERER. Let us see what the NUMERICAL value of these TWO WORDS. "SAVIOR and DELIVERER" are EQUAL to!

P81

SAVIOR = 84
DELIVERER = 98 or their sum total = 182
P81

There are many other key WORDS and Names that are represented by the NUMBER 182, but it wouldn't be appropriate at this TIME to REVEAL them. However, I can give you one more example of the power of the 182 NUMBER. The title of this chapter within this BOOK is "HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS". Let us see what the NUMERICAL value of these three WORDS is!

P81

HOLY = 60
BIBLE = 30 or their sum total = 182
NUMBERS = 92
P81

If we were to use the NUMBER 182 with some KEY NAMES used throughout the HOLY BIBLE we can uncover the THIRD triplicate NUMBER that is dedicated to THE TRINITY. Let us take the NUMBER of the NAME, JESUS CHRIST, and add to it the NUMBER 182.

P81

JESUS = 74
CHRIST = 77 (77+74=151) or 151 + 182 = 333
P81

Let us now try this SAME scenario with the NAME. "LORD OF HOSTS", which is yet another NAME given to THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P81

LORD = 49
OF = 21 (49+21+81=151) or 182 + 151 = 333
HOSTS = 81
P81 P82

Let us now use THE PROPER TITLE OF THE HOLY SPIRIT and then again try this SAME scenario.

P82

HOLY = 60
SPIRIT = 91 (60+91=151) or 151 + 182 = 333
P82

You might also note that the NAME JESUS CHRIST, the NAME HOLY SPIRIT and the NAME of the LORD OF HOSTS all have an ALPHANUMERIC VALUE of 151, with ALL THREE of THE NAMES sharing the SAME NUMBER. This NUMERICALLY CONFIRMS what JESUS CHRIST HAD IMPLIED; that HE and HIS FATHER WERE ONE! (THE SAME NUMBER)

P82

The HOLY BIBLE tells us throughout the OLD TESTAMENT that there were THREE NAMES associated with the DELIVERANCE of ISRAEL. The FIRST DELIVERER was NOAH. NOAH built the ARK for THE LORD and DELIVERED himself and seven other family members along with all the animals to THE NEW WORLD. This is described in the Scriptures found in chapters 7, 8, and 9 of the first Book of MOSES, called Genesis.

P82

The SECOND DELIVERER was JOSEPH the first born son of Jacob with his wife Rachel. JOSEPH'S brothers sold JOSEPH into slavery because they were jealous of him and hated him. He was then carried off to Egypt and put into slavery. But GOD made him a man of GREAT POWER and AUTHORITY in Egypt, second only to Pharaoh.

P82

During the time that JOSEPH was in Egypt and had already been placed in GREAT AUTHORITY by Pharaoh, there was a great famine throughout the land of Canaan where JOSEPH'S family had lived and JOSEPH'S father Jacob and JOSEPH'S eleven brothers were all starving because of the famine. So therefor it was JOSEPH who DELIVERED ISRAEL out of starvation and Canaan. JOSEPH gathered up HIS father JACOB, who was renamed by GOD, ISRAEL, and all of Jacob's OFFSPRING and brought them into the land of Egypt where there was plenty of food. This story is told in great detail in the Scriptures found in chapters 37 through 50 of the first Book of MOSES, called Genesis.

P82

The THIRD DELIVERER was MOSES whose story is told in the second, third, fourth, and fifth Books, of MOSES, called: Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. GOD sent MOSES exactly four hundred and thirty years to the day, after JOSEPH had brought the CHILDREN of ISRAEL into Egypt, to take them back out of Egypt. MOSES was SENT by GOD to DELIVER the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of Egypt where they had been placed into hard bondage and were serving as slaves to Pharaoh.

P82 P83

The first DELIVERANCE, by NOAH consisted of only eight people and all of the land dwelling animals. The second DELIVERANCE by JOSEPH, was the DELIVERANCE consisting of seventy people, including himself, his wife As'-e-nath, and his two sons, Ma-nas'-seh and E'-phra-im. The third DELIVERANCE by MOSES consisted of a population of over one million, four hundred and fifty thousand people. The FOURTH DELIVERANCE that of which is yet to come, will be in several stages and will consist of approximately SEVEN billion people out of the TWENTY-ONE billion people who had lived on the earth over a SEVEN THOUSAND YEAR SPAN!

P83

If we now take the NAMES of the first three DELIVERERS, NOAH, JOSEPH, and MOSES, and CONVERT their NAMES to NUMBERS by the ALPHANUMERIC placement of the letters contained within their NAMES, then we get the following results:

P83

NOAH = 38
JOSEPH = 73 or their sum total = 182
MOSES = 71
P83

I hope that you are starting to see the HOLY significance of the NUMBER 182 or 7x26, for this NUMBER REPRESENTS both DELIVERANCE and THE DELIVERER!

P83

Let us now go back into the Scriptures to see if THE LORD has planted a clue within the Scriptures as to the significance of the NUMBER 182. This is a number that is assigned to DELIVERANCE and to THE DELIVERER! With the FIRST THREE DELIVERERS having THREE NAMES adding up to the NUMBER 182, it would only be appropriate that THE FOURTH DELIVERER will have THREE NAMES as well that will also add up to total NUMBER 182. Furthermore with THE FOURTH DELIVERER coming at the time of the BEGINNING of the END, the NUMBER 182 should COMPLY with THE BEGINNING and THE END of JESUS CHRIST here on the earth!

P83

To further your UNDERSTANDING of how the NUMBER 182 applies to both THE BEGINNING and THE END of JESUS CHRIST, this can be expressed by looking at the FIRST and LAST place of JESUS CHRIST on the earth. Consider the FIRST place of JESUS to be HIS BIRTHPLACE and CONSIDER JESUS' LAST place to be where HIS DEATH took place. The BEGINNING of JESUS CHRIST took place in a town called BETHLEHEM. When the letters of the WORD "BETHLEHEM" are converted to NUMBERS by the letter PLACEMENT of each of its LETTERS within the English ALPHABET, they then add to the NUMBER of 78. B=2, E=5, T=20, H=8, L=12, E=5, H=8, E=5, and M=13 or 2+5+20+8+12+5+8+5+13 = 78.

P83 P84

On the other HAND, the END of JESUS CHRIST took place ON THE EARTH in the City of JERUSALEM. When the letters of the WORD "JERUSALEM" are converted to NUMBERS by the letter PLACEMENT of each of its LETTERS within the English ALPHABET, they then add to the NUMBER of 104. J=10, E=5, R=18, U=21, S=19, A=1, L=12, E=5, and M=13 or 10+5+18+21+19+1+12+5+13 = 104.

P84

THEREFOR, when the BEGINNING and END or the FIRST and LAST PLACE of JESUS CHRIST are ADDED TOGETHER, then their TOTAL EQUALS THE NUMBER 182. You may want to also note that both the NAMES of BETHLEHEM and JERUSALEM are made up of NINE letters each. As you will find out later on in this BOOK, the NUMBER NINE is the NUMBER of THE HOLY SPIRIT. HE BRINGS WITH HIM NINE GIFTS AND THE LEVELS THAT ARE IN HEAVEN ARE NINE AS WELL! This is why HIS NAME, IXOTE, is prefixed with the Roman Numeral (IX) or NINE and when saying the NAME, IXOTE, the "IX" is kept silent in the PRONUNCIATION of HIS NAME. It may also be noted that the LAST three letters of HIS NAME, "OTE" which is pronounced O'-TA , means in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE the NUMBER "8". Therefor making the NAME of THE HOLY SPIRIT that of the NUMBER "98", which is also the SUM total of the WORDS "DELIVERER" or "DELIVERANCE" both of which total by their ALPHANUMERIC LETTER PLACEMENT within the English ALPHABET and are EQUAL to the NUMBER of 98.

P84

The NUMBER 182 is BURIED in the Scriptures throughout the ENTIRE HOLY BIBLE even starting in the Book of Genesis. The first DELIVERER was NOAH who was first mentioned in the Book of Genesis. Let us see by the Scriptures how the NUMBER 182 applies to NOAH who was the FIRST DELIVERER whose father's name was La'-mech.

P84

Genesis 5:28 And La'-mech lived an hundred eighty and two Years, and begat a son:

P84 Kjb1611

Genesis 5:29 And he called his name NOAH, saying, This same shall COMFORT us concerning our work and toil of our hands, because of the ground which THE LORD hath cursed.

P84 Kjb1611

It becomes apparent from the Scriptures that GOD thus being in ALL places at ALL times, early on established the NUMBER 182 that is associated with DELIVERANCE and THE DELIVERER. GOD did this by INSERTING the NUMBER 182 into the Scriptures even prior to HIS destroying earth the first time and then creating the NEW EARTH. GOD has very COVERTLY PLACED the NUMBER 182 throughout the KEY EVENTS that have OCCURRED upon earth. An entire BOOK can be WRITTEN on this SUBJECT of the identification and the placement of NUMBER 182 throughout the Scriptures, however we will only touch on them!

P85

While WE are still in the Scriptures in the Book of Genesis, let US ADVANCE a bit and look at another significant TRIPLICATE NUMBER. This is the NUMBER of THE WRATH of GOD that will occur prior to the FINAL DELIVERANCE and IS the NUMBER 777.

P85

Throughout the Book of Revelation GOD unleashes HIS WRATH through these DECREES: The OPENING of SEVEN SEALS, The SOUNDING of SEVEN TRUMPETS, and the POURING OUT of SEVEN VIALS. The NUMBER ASSIGNED to THE WRATH of GOD is the NUMBER 777. The TRIPLICATE SEVENS represent the WRATH of the LAMB, the WRATH of the HOLY SPIRIT (THE LORD of HOSTS), and the WRATH of GOD, FINAL JUDGMENT of the Earth! ALSO, EACH ONE OF THE SEVENS IN THE TRIPLICATE SEVENS, REPRESENT GOD'S COMPLETENESS. Let us go back into the Scriptures of Genesis to see how the DECREES of the TRIPLICATE SEVENS are also buried within the LAYER of the Scriptures as was the NUMBER 182.

P85

Genesis 5:30 And La'-mech lived after he begat NOAH five hundred ninety and five years, and begat sons and daughters:

P85 Kjb1611

Genesis 5:31 And all the days of La'-mech were SEVEN HUNDRED SEVENTY and SEVEN years: and he died.

P85 Kjb1611

So what the last Scripture is stating, is that except for the DELIVERER, NOAH, the WORLD ENDED for everyone else THREE and ONE-HALF years after the DEATH of NOAH'S father, La'-mech. Therefor making the SEVEN HUNDRED and SEVENTY-SEVEN year life of La'-mech to represent GOD'S WRATH and the FINAL JUDGMENT of the Earth. It may also be noted that the THREE and ONE-HALF YEARS that occurred after La'-mech's death, is placed within the Scripture to REPRESENT the THREE and ONE-HALF YEARS of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, that is yet to come upon the Earth!

P85

These Scriptures show us that GOD through HIS HOLY NUMBERS had determined both the DELIVERANCE and the DESTRUCTION of the earth prior to NOAH'S DELIVERANCE. You may also note that the NUMBER determining DELIVERANCE for NOAH was placed within the Scriptures before the NUMBER determining the earth's DESTRUCTION. Verification of this can be observed in which the way the NUMBERS are sequentially placed within the Scriptures, with DELIVERANCE so noted before DESTRUCTION. None of NOAH'S generation survived the flood other than HE, HIS three sons (Shem, Ham, and Ja'-pheth), NOAH'S wife (Me'-a-te'-rah), and NOAH'S three daughters-in-law. The WORD of GOD also shows us that regardless of how evil the earth may be, as it was during the time of NOAH, that GOD will always find SOME of those on the earth that are WORTHY of DELIVERANCE. In NOAH'S case there were only EIGHT PEOPLE that were SAVED from the GREAT FLOOD. *1

P86

*1 With the world being in existence for 8224 years prior to the GREAT FLOOD, one can only estimate that the population of the world at that time was in the billions and yet only EIGHT PEOPLE had survived the GREAT FLOOD. You can arrive at this population NUMBER of the "old" world by relating the "old" world's population to that of today's world population. With this world today being only slightly over six thousand years old, it has a population in excess of six billion people. In the "old" world, the world had existed for 8224 years. The age of the world at that time can be arrived at by adding the ages of the family tree of ADAM up to La'-mech, and then adding 599 years of NOAH'S life in the "old" world to that number! ADAM'S family tree through SETH and all of their ages can be obtained in the 5th Chapter of the Book of Genesis.

P86

Our next TRIPLICATE NUMBER for discussion, is the NUMBER 444. This NUMBER represents the SONS of GOD whom are the FOUR SERAPHIM and are referred to in the Book of Revelation as the FOUR LIVING BEASTS. The FOUR SERAPHIM are symbolized in The Book of Revelation as THE LION, THE OX/CALF. THE MAN (THE SAVIOR), AND THE FLYING EAGLE (THE DELIVERER). THEIR NAMES are DAVID, THE LION; SOLOMON/ELIJAH, THE OX/CALF; JESUS CHRIST, THE MAN; and THE DELIVERER who WE will refer to as THE 182 PERSON, that is SYMBOLIZED in the Scriptures as THE FLYING EAGLE.

P86

The SERAPHIM are of the highest order in HEAVEN and reside at the EIGHTH LEVEL in HEAVEN. The SERAPHIM are above that of the Angel and are the MOST POWERFUL BEINGS IN ALL of HEAVEN, OTHER THAN GOD. None of the other HEAVENLY HOSTS are CLOSER TO GOD than these FOUR! The WORDING in the HOLY BIBLE refers to the FOUR SERAPHIM as THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS, and the HOLY BIBLE does so for a very specific reason! The reason the BIBLE refers to the SERAPHIM as THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS is because all FOUR of the LIVING BEASTS have indeed come down and walked upon the earth as a LIVING PERSON, and in ALL of those cases, THEY appeared as MEN. This is TRUE in both the first world that was DESTROYED and as also in the current world. A verification of this can be found within the LAYER of the Scriptures that are in the Book of Genesis.

P86 P87

Genesis 6:4 There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the SONS of GOD came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown.

P87 Kjb1611

Prior to the GREAT FLOOD and the DESTRUCTION of the first earth, the SERAPHIM came down to the earth in the form of men and had a height of well over nine feet tall. This is why in the Scriptures they are referred to as being GIANTS. There are only FIVE ANGELS in ALL of HEAVEN having a GENDER, with the remaining ANGELS in HEAVEN having an EQUAL combination of both male and female QUALITIES. The FOUR SERAPHIM, who are different from the ANGEL, on the other hand, are all MALES. Each of the FOUR SERAPHIM has a FEMALE counterpart in HEAVEN and these counterparts are known as THE FOUR COVENANT ANGELS. The FOUR COVENANT ANGELS are THE SOULMATES to the FOUR SERAPHIM.

P87

When the SONS of GOD (THE FOUR SERAPHIM) had come to the earth and had children with the women of the earth, then those children were significantly larger than a normal child would be. Before WE can help you to UNDERSTAND these things about the SERAPHIM, WE must explain the makeup of the SERAPHIM.

P87

The taking of Eve out of Adam is symbolic of GENDER SPLITTING. GENDER SPLITTING is when the ANGEL who has BOTH MALE and FEMALE SPIRITUAL QUALITIES go through a SPIRITUAL separation process that SEPARATES the MALE QUALITIES from the FEMALE QUALITIES This GENDER SPLITTING process that was done with ADAM was necessary because ADAM at FIRST was made to be like the ANGEL. This GENDER SPLITTING PROCESS that was done with ADAM, is the same GENDER SPLITTING PROCESS that had been done with the SERAPHIM and THE COVENANT ANGEL in HEAVEN. Before the SEPARATION of the SERAPHIM, the SERAPHIM and the COVENANT ANGEL was ONE SINGLE ANGEL. This separation of the MALE SPIRIT and the FEMALE SPIRIT from a SINGLE ANGEL'S SOUL CREATED TWO SPIRITS SHARING IN THE SAME SOUL, THUS MAKING THEM SOULMATES!

P87 P88

With ADAM being the only MAN on earth with a SOUL, and LIVING in THE GARDEN of EDEN with GOD, GOD saw that ADAM was lonely and needed another of his kind to keep him company in the GARDEN. With no other people of the earth then having a SOUL, GOD then removed the FEMALE SPIRIT from ADAM who was made like the ANGEL and having both a MALE and FEMALE SPIRIT, thus CREATING the WOMAN that ADAM called EVE. ADAM NAMED the WOMAN EVE because the WOMAN was the eve of all the children who were to have SOULS from that time forward. THEREFOR, both ADAM and EVE shared in the same SOUL, because EVE was the FEMALE part of ADAM that was removed from him.

P88

Now keeping the aforementioned in MIND, let us take a brief look at what is called IMMACULATE CONCEPTION. IMMACULATE CONCEPTION can be defined as the CONCEPTION and BIRTH of a SOUL BEARING CHILD without any physical contact whatsoever from a PARTNER of the opposite GENDER.

P88

NOTE: This did not apply to GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION for two REASONS. The FIRST reason is that NO ONE in GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION had a SOUL. The SECOND reason is that GOD made both the man and the woman (who both lived outside of the GARDEN) at the SAME TIME on the SIXTH DAY! Whereas EVE was CREATED long after ADAM!

P88

IMMACULATE CONCEPTION happens THREE times throughout the HOLY BIBLE. The first time IMMACULATE CONCEPTION happens is at the birth of ADAM. The second TIME it HAPPENS is at the birth of EVE, who was taken out of ADAM! The THIRD IMMACULATE CONCEPTION was at the birth of JESUS CHRIST. WE will come back to this subject later on in this BOOK, but for now, I just want to plant some SEEDS,

P88

If we take the NAMES of the FOUR SERAPHIM and look at the NUMBERS of their NAMES (as WE had done previously in this chapter), we find the following:

P88

DAVID = 40
SOLOMON/ELIJAH = 148
JESUS = 74 or their sum total = 444
182 (THE DELIVERER) = 182
P88

The next TRIPLICATE NUMBER we will discuss is the NUMBER "555". This NUMBER is dedicated to the Church that of which is called the "BODY of CHRIST". There is an invitation given in the Book of Revelation by SHILOH, who is THE HOLY SPIRIT and the BRIDE, to the Church, whom is also called the BODY of CHRIST.

P88 P89

Revelation 22:17 And the SPIRIT and the BRIDE say, COME. And let him that heareth say, COME. And let him that is athirst COME. And whosoever will, let him take the WATER of LIFE freely.

P89 Kjb1611

This is an open INVITATION to the Church who is the BODY of CHRIST, to attend THE WEDDING SUPPER. THE FATHER of the GROOM, and THE BRIDE of the GROOM give this INVITATION openly to whomsoever will accept the INVITATION and attend the WEDDING SUPPER on behalf of THE GROOM (JESUS CHRIST).

P89

Revelation 19:9 And he saith unto me, WRITE, BLESSED are they which are called unto the MARRIAGE SUPPER of the LAMB. And he saith unto me, THESE ARE THE TRUE SAYINGS OF GOD.

P89 Kjb1611

Now in attendance of this WEDDING, we have SHILOH, who is the HOLY SPIRIT and THE FATHER, we also have the BRIDE, who is to be THE WIFE, and the GROOM, JESUS CHRIST who is THE LAMB of GOD. Also in attendance are the GUESTS, the BODY of CHRIST. Let us now take the sum of the NUMBERS of the NAMES that are included in the WEDDING PARTY.

P89

SHILOH/HOLY SPIRIT = 222
JESUS CHRIST = 151
BRIDE = 38 or their sum total = 555
BODY of CHRIST = 144
P89

We can arrive also at the same NUMBER, by substituting the NAMES SHILOH/HOLY SPIRIT, with the NAMES of the GODHEAD.

P89

YAHWEH = 70
IXOTE = 73
YESHUA = 79
JESUS CHRIST = 151
BRIDE = 38 or their sum total = 555
BODY of CHRIST = 144
P89

Now this may seem to be a bit confusing to your thinking as to how JESUS' name can be listed there TWICE with HIM being both THE FATHER of the GROOM (YESHUA) and as well The GROOM (JESUS CHRIST). This is because YESHUA DESCENDS DOWN from THE GODHEAD INTO JESUS CHRIST. JESUS PROCLAIMS several times in the GOSPELS that HE HAD COME OUT FROM GOD (John 16:27). Then again also in the Scriptures, the description of the KING of KINGS and the LORD of LORDS as described in Revelation 19:12 and 19:13 say that THE ONE RIDING ON THE WHITE HORSE wears many crowns, thus meaning that HE HAS OMNI-PRESENCE.

P90

YESHUA therefor has the ability by being of the GODHEAD to ascend or descend at WILL and to be in more than one place at a time. ALL of the Scriptures can be taken MOST LITERALLY. Not only does JESUS CHRIST by way of YESHUA have OMNIPRESENCE, but HE also has OMNIPOTENCE. This means that JESUS CHRIST can be in all PLACES at all TIMES and is ALMIGHTY (Bearing unlimited POWER). THE POWER of the GODHEAD is INCOMPREHENSIBLE and cannot be EXPLAINED IN COMMON TERMS. The following Scriptures may help in your seeing the PERSPECTIVE of the ASCENDING and DESCENDING NATURE of GOD down through the SERAPHIM (CHRIST)!

P90

John 14:7 IF YE HAD KNOWN ME, YE SHOULD HAVE KNOWN MY FATHER ALSO: AND FROM HENCEFORTH YE KNOW HIM, AND HAVE SEEN HIM.

P90 Kjb1611

John 16:27 FOR THE FATHER HIMSELF LOVETH YOU, BECAUSE YE HAVE LOVED ME, AND HAVE BELIEVED THAT I CAME OUT FROM GOD.

P90 Kjb1611

Revelation 19:12 HIS eyes were as a flame of fire, and on HIS head were MANY CROWNS; and HE had a NAME written, that no man knew, but HE HIMSELF.

P90 Kjb1611

Revelation 19:13 And HE was clothed with a vesture dipped in BLOOD: and his NAME is called THE WORD of GOD.

P90 Kjb1611

A Break from NUMBERS

P90

I am sure that those of you who are reading this book for the first time find that it is composed in a rather ODD fashion. The BOOK is COMPOSED in this WAY intentionally. I am SURE that you have NOTICED that sometimes the WORDS are in italics and again sometimes they are CAPITALIZED and then again sometimes the WORDS are in standard type, with a mix of both plain and BOLD characters.

P90 P91

This rather odd FORMAT is done INTENTIONALLY because this BOOK is COMPOSED in such a way that it SPEAKS DIRECTLY to ONE'S SPIRIT. The whole purpose of this BOOK is to TEACH ONE how to see with THEIR SPIRITUAL EYES, rather than relying on ONE'S physical eyes. A person's physical eyes can most certainly DECEIVE them, however, ONE'S SPIRITUAL EYES can only SEE the TRUTH and HEAVEN can only be SEEN through THE EYES of the SPIRIT.

P91

When people are born blind and unable to see the worldly image of themselves, they still have the ABILITY to RECOGNIZE that they are an INDIVIDUAL and a UNIQUE PERSON with an IDENTITY. The physically blind can have a SELF-IMAGE even though they cannot see themselves as you can see yourselves with your eyes. BUT ONE MUST REMEMBER THAT ALL YOU CAN SEE OF YOURSELF WITH YOUR PHYSICAL EYES IS YOUR REFLECTED IMAGE. Therefor, the reason the physically blind can still see themselves without physical sight, is because the REAL PERSON that the blind can SEE, is THE PERSON on the inside of the body and not one's outward physical appearance. FURTHERMORE, ONE can only see the REAL PERSON that is on the inside of the body, by using their SPIRITUAL EYES rather than the physical eyes.

P91

Your physical body is only a VEHICLE for the SPIRIT to move about in this world. If you were to live in your body for even ONE THOUSAND YEARS this is but a moment in ETERNITY. So, one's real LONGEVITY resides with THEIR SPIRITUAL BODY and not with their physical body. All of the CHILDREN of GOD have BOTH a SPIRIT and a SOUL. This is what separates the SOUL BEARING MAN from the BEASTS of the earth. The SPIRIT provides one with his IDENTITY and it is also the SPIRIT who makes the decisions regarding the actions of the body.

P91

The SOUL however, is that which carries that PERSON'S PURPOSE and it is also the SOUL that determines whether the actions that have been taken by the SPIRIT are JUST. The SOUL is that PART of a CHILD of GOD that will bear the BURDEN of GRIEF for any UNJUST ACTIONS that have been taken by the SPIRIT. These UNJUST actions are called SINS. A sin against THE SOUL is a SIN AGAINST GOD, because the SOUL is from CHRIST and GIVEN to a CHILD of GOD. THE SOUL allows man to be like GOD thus knowing the difference between right and wrong, or to be said more correctly. being able to differentiate between GOOD and Evil.

P91 P92

Genesis 3:22 And THE LORD GOD said, BEHOLD, THE MAN IS BECOME AS ONE OF US, TO KNOW GOOD AND EVIL: AND NOW, LEST HE PUT FORTH HIS HAND, AND TAKE ALSO OF THE TREE OF LIFE, AND EAT, AND LIVE FOR EVER:

P92 Kjb1611

This is your PURPOSE in this LIFE and this is why GOD has put you here in this world. GOD has GIVEN you this life so YOU may LEARN the difference between GOOD and evil, while still SERVING GOD! There is NO evil or CONDITIONS in HEAVEN and this is why YOU are HERE! In this world there are nine CONDITIONS that exist in which you cannot have one without the other. These are those NINE!

P92

YOU CANNOT HAVE:

P92

1. LIGHT without darkness
2. GOOD without evil
3. LOVE without hatred
4. BETTER without worse
5. GOODWILL without mischief
6. MERCY without punishment
7. FAITH without doubt
8. FORGIVENESS without Repentance
9. DELIVERANCE without SAVING GRACE!
P92

KEEP this always in your HEART, and if someone were to ask you now what is the PURPOSE of YOUR life in this world? YOU NOW HAVE THE ANSWER and can say, "I AM HERE IN THIS WORLD SO I MAY LEARN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GOOD AND EVIL and THEREFOR I CAN LEARN HOW TO BE LIKE MY FATHER, WHO IS GOD". *2 *2

P92

*2 Life in this world is similar to an obstacle course. Each person who enters into this life and its obstacle course has a preset allocated time to complete the course. The allocated time for each person is different and can be from a few moments to many years. Each individual person's allotment of time is unknown by anyone other than GOD. There is only one PATH that will get you through this course in your allocated time and the NAME of that PATH, is JESUS CHRIST. If YOU take the PATH of JESUS CHRIST, you will COMPLETE the course in SHORTEST and LEAST PAINFUL WAY! This is why JESUS SAID to "PICK UP YOUR CROSS AND FOLLOW ME"! JESUS KNOWS BOTH THE DIRECTION YOU MUST GO IN AND ALSO KNOWS YOUR ABILITY LEVEL. JESUS won't let the cross that you BEAR become too heavy a burden and if you fall HE will pick you up and put you back on course!

P93

*2 No one can complete this course in the ALLOTTED TIME; except by THE GRACE of GOD and THE COUNSELING of THE HOLY SPIRIT, WHO WILL COME TO YOU ONLY WHEN YOU'RE ON THE PATH of JESUS CHRIST!

P93

Man, being a SPIRITUAL being more so than a carnal being requires nourishment for the SPIRIT. Just as the physical body needs food to survive so does the SPIRIT need food as well! The Spirit requires food of a SPIRITUAL NATURE to be HEALTHY and STRONG. This FOOD consists of TRUTH, WISDOM and UNDERSTANDING with the HIGHEST quality of SPIRITUAL FOOD coming by way of THE HOLY BIBLE. The BIBLE will provide one's SPIRIT with the water (THE LIVING WATERS of LIFE), and solid foods (THE MANNA FROM HEAVEN), that is needed to keep YOUR SPIRIT ALIVE. Most people will go to great lengths to ensure their good health by eating and drinking all the right foods so they may prolong the days of their human body. However in the meantime their SPIRITS are dying of malnutrition. The physical body has but a very short life where the SPIRIT has an ETERNAL LIFE. With this in MIND shouldn't you get your priorities in order, as to which of the two, the body or the SPIRIT is most important to be fed?

P92 P93

On the earth all mammals whether they are human or otherwise have a SPIRIT. The only condition for these animals to have a spirit is that the spiritual animal must have both lungs and a heart. Animals having spirits can be verified through the Scriptures of the HOLY BIBLE. In chapter 5, verses 1 through 20 of the GOSPEL of Mark; JESUS having just crossed the Sea of Galilee comes across a man who was possessed by demons. When JESUS had determined that HE should cast the demons out of that man, the demons being in a panic of losing their host therefor request that JESUS should cast them into the swine (pigs) rather than into the abyss (the Gap). This story verifies that pigs have spirits. A demon is a spiritual being and can only go into another being who also has a spirit. If the pigs did not have a spirit then the demons could not go into them and possess their bodies. This is only one of many stories within the HOLY BIBLE that do CONFIRM that animals, do indeed have spirits.

P93

The only difference between Man and the animal is that Man has a higher order of intelligence and the Man also can bear a SOUL, which the animal cannot. Thus far in this BOOK you have read that all of GOD'S CHILDREN BEAR SOULS, and this is MOST CERTAINLY TRUE. However not all the people on this earth are GOD'S CHILDREN and many of them who are not, don't have SOULS!

P93 P94

There are three different types of people on the earth and NOAH'S three sons represent each one of these three types. The first type of person on the earth is the beast. This is GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION that is spoken about in the 1st Chapter of The book of Genesis. This is the higher order of intellectual animal called the Man who was made in the physical IMAGE of GOD. When the Archaeologists find the bones of the ancient people who roamed the earth many thousands of years ago, these are the men and women that lived in caves and hunted for food and populated the earth, prior to ADAM. These people also created tools that have been found in various archaeological dig sites. These people were created to have dominance over the earth and preeminence over the animal. The man and woman during this time lived in small groups consisting mostly of family members. Their intellectual skills allowed them to provide themselves with food and shelter from the elements, but in all other regards these people were much like the animals that also roamed the earth. This is the Man and the Woman of GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION, who was given a Spirit but was not given a SOUL.

P94

On the other hand, the MAN that GOD called ADAM was made to be a LIVING SOUL and was GOD'S SEVENTH DAY CREATION who GOD HAD CREATED TO BE WITH HIM IN HIS GARDEN. GOD'S SEVENTH DAY CREATION, ADAM, was put upon the earth a long while after the FIRST Man and Woman were that GOD had made on the SIXTH DAY. This is all clearly stated in the LAYERS of the HOLY BIBLE. Most of the confusion on this matter is a result of them who do not UNDERSTAND THE WORD of GOD and insist on teaching it! They teach that ADAM and EVE were the first man and first woman that were on the earth. This is simply not so! This false teaching causes many men and women of science to refuse to BELIEVE THE WORD of GOD. This misunderstanding of THE WORD of GOD is then passed along to others from generation to generation. Then by man trying to teach man about THE WORD of GOD, these ERRORS are further passed on to those who try to LEARN THE WORD of GOD.

P94

When GOD created Man on the sixth day, the Man and the Woman were given DOMINION over the earth without any conditions whatsoever. The man and the woman were told by GOD to simply go forth and multiply, without any rules or laws GOVERNING their BEHAVIOR. The SIXTH DAY Man did things instinctively and not morally, just like the other beasts of the earth. No rules were given to them because the Man and the Woman (the sixth day creation) did not have a SOUL that could internally JUDGE the righteousness of their actions. So these people rather acted instinctively without any RULES of BEHAVIOR. The following Scriptures taken from the first Book of MOSES, called Genesis, will confirm this.

P94 P95

Genesis 1:26 And GOD said, let us make man in OUR IMAGE, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.

P95 Kjb1611

An important point within this Scripture is that not only does GOD refer to man as "THEM", meaning there was more than one, but that the man was also given access and dominion over the whole earth and all of its substance without any conditions or RULES. GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION of both Men and Women were simply allowed to roam the earth as an intellectually superior animal on the earth, with no moral standards whatsoever imposed upon them.

P95

Genesis 1:27 So GOD created Man in his own image, in the image of GOD created HE him; male and female created HE THEM.

P95 Kjb1611

Again, the Scriptures clearly state by using the WORD "them" that more than one individual was created on the sixth day. It also clearly states that both Man and Woman were created at the same time unlike the CREATION of ADAM and EVE. If you will continue to read the balance of the 1st Chapter of the Book of Genesis, you will see that GOD gives this group of people both the dominion and access over all the earth without any conditions whatsoever! They were not given any LAW and were told simply, go forth and be prosperous, and multiply. THIS is contrary to what ADAM and EVE were TOLD BY THE LORD, because they were given a LAW!

P95

The SECOND type of person that GOD created occurs during the SEVENTH DAY, which was GOD'S DAY of REST, HIS SABBATH. This MAN is the ONE who is GIVEN a SOUL and a NAME and GOD HIMSELF MADE THIS MAN. You can plainly see that the man of THE SIXTH DAY CREATION, by the way it is written in Genesis 1:26 with its opening statement, states that the ANGELS assisted in that CREATION of the SIXTH DAY man, whereas they did not with ADAM! "And GOD said, "let us make man in OUR IMAGE", Meaning; the effort of creating the first people put upon the earth was an act of both GOD and HIS ANGELS, and not a CREATION made by GOD HIMSELF! *3

P95

*3 Before we go any further into the Scriptures for the discerning of the THREE types of people that are on the earth, I would like to remind you of something you were shown earlier in this BOOK. The POINT is, "that one day to GOD is like a thousand years, and a thousand years is like one day". You were also told that "ALL Scripture can be taken LITERALLY", I shall now also share with you an understanding that THE LORD has SHARED with me. ALL of the Scriptures within THE HOLY BIBLE can be taken both in a literal sense and also in a general sense. Whenever a reference is made in the HOLY BIBLE to a span of time do not try to QUANTIFY that amount of time. This is TRUE regardless of whether the Scripture states the time as being a week or a month or a year. View those Scriptures stating any time frame as meaning only a span of time and quantify nothing else in regard to the time length from them, because GOD IS TIMELESS!

P96

GOD will not be bound by time as man is bound by time, for GOD is TIMELESS. That is to say that a day can be like a thousand years, ten thousand years, or even seventy thousand years to GOD, because HE hasn't any time limitations or constraints whatsoever! THEREFOR, whatsoever length of time GOD determines a day to be, so SHALL it be. The message here in this footnote is a simple one. DO NOT become overwhelmed on any specific duration of time as it may be stated in the HOLY BIBLE Scriptures. GOD can do in ONE MOMENT what all the men in the world could not even think of in an ETERNITY therefor making the measurement of TIME, IRRELEVANT!

P95 P96

ADAM was GOD'S SEVENTH and FINAL CREATION and as we go further into the HOLY NUMBERS you will SEE that GOD'S NUMBER of COMPLETION is always THE NUMBER SEVEN! There are SEVEN days in a week. THE LAMB of GOD is described in the Scriptures as to having SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES. Also the NUMBER of SPIRITS that proceed from the THRONE of GOD is STATED in the Scriptures as being the SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD! So why then should GOD have made ONLY SIX CREATIONS? GOD'S SEVENTH and FINAL CREATION WAS HIS GREATEST CREATION? This was A MAN who was GIVEN a NAME, and made in the LIKENESS of GOD'S IMAGE, and this MAN was also GIVEN GOD'S UNDERSTANDING, THE ABILITY TO KNOW THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GOOD and Evil. A MAN HAVING A SOUL!

P96

In the 2nd Chapter of the first Book of MOSES called Genesis, you can see from the Scriptures that GOD RESTED on the SEVENTH DAY from all of HIS WORKS. Then GOD BLESSED and SANCTIFIED it thus making THE SEVENTH DAY a HOLY DAY! ALL THINGS NUMBERING SEVEN BELONG TO GOD! Then further on when you get to the SEVENTH VERSE of Chapter 2 in Genesis, you will SEE that there was the MAKING of GOD'S SEVENTH CREATION, ADAM. THIS IS A MAN WITH A SOUL who THE LORD HIMSELF HAD CREATED, for ONLY GOD CAN GIVE A SOUL. The MAN, ADAM, was made SPECIFICALLY for GOD HIMSELF to SHARE IN GOD'S SABBATH with HIM, and to live and work in the GARDEN. This is why JESUS said the SABBATH was made for the Man and not the Man for the SABBATH (Mark 2:27). If it was GOD'S intention for the SIXTH DAY CREATION to be with HIM in the GARDEN, then there wouldn't be any NEED for GOD to CREATE THE GARDEN for ADAM, the MAN that was to till the ground. ADAM was GOD'S SEVENTH CREATION thus making ADAM SOLELY BELONGING TO GOD!

P96 P97

We will later on in this chapter and further on into this book, go back to the STORY of ADAM. There is still a GREAT DEAL of information to cover on ADAM and EVE for YOU to PROPERLY UNDERSTAND about the MAN who was made to be THE LIVING SOUL. But let us now take a look at the third type of person on earth. This third person is the seed of the Devil who is called "THE DAMNED". Here is a list of the three types of people that are on the earth:

P97

1. THE BEAST (A man without a SOUL)
2. THE BLESSED (A MAN with A SOUL)
3. THE DAMNED (A man bearing a SOUL through marriage although being the offspring of the Devil)
P97

After GOD HIMSELF had created ADAM, HE saw that the MAN (ADAM) was very lonely and in need of a mate. It was not until after GOD had seen that ADAM needed more than just GOD'S company that HE CREATED EVE for ADAM. However, EVE was not CREATED until after a great deal of time had past with GOD and ADAM being alone in the GARDEN. ADAM prior to his RECEIVING EVE for a MATE had spent a number of years with THE LORD in the GARDEN and during that time ADAM named all the animals. GOD then put ADAM into a deep sleep and took a rib from his side, and made the rib into a WOMAN. This is symbolic of the separation of gender with EVE being the feminine part of ADAM that was removed from him. THE LORD kept ADAM in the Garden of Eden because he was different from all the other people on the earth and ADAM was made for the SOLE PURPOSE of SERVING GOD. ADAM was not allowed to be among the general population of the earth and was given ONE LAW to OBEY. The reason that ADAM was given this LAW was because he had a SOUL that enabled him to know GOOD from evil. The LAW that was given to ADAM by GOD, was that he was not to eat of the fruit from the TREE of the KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and EVIL that was located in the middle of the GARDEN of EDEN. This LAW also pertained to EVE because she also shared in ADAM'S SOUL.

P97

DECEPTION in the GARDEN

P98

The Devil, whose name is Lucifer, fell from the GRACE of GOD as a result of causing EVE, who was the WIFE of ADAM, to sin! Lucifer, being in disagreement with GOD over the MAN was jealous of GOD'S affection towards ADAM. The Devil, Lucifer, told GOD that the man, ADAM, was not worthy to receive ETERNITY even though GOD had said he was. Then Lucifer being determined to prove GOD WRONG about the MAN devised a plan to cause the MAN to SIN!

P98

The SIN in the GARDEN caused the Devil (Lucifer) and his following (onethird of the angels in HEAVEN) to be CAST out of HEAVEN and they were made to dwell in the earth. With the Devil knowing that he could not make ADAM to SIN against THE LORD in ADAM'S current state, he then waited until ADAM had his GENDER SEPARATION. ADAM then because of the GENDER SEPARATION lost his credentials of ANGELIC STATUS and became vulnerable to SIN like the other men and women of the earth. Once this SEPARATION had taken place, Lucifer then went into the Garden of Eden to TEMPT the MAN to SIN against GOD by way of his weaker half, the WOMAN. This tactic used by the Devil to DECEIVE ADAM by way of EVE is still being used by him today. When the Devil is unable to DECEIVE a person and cause them to SIN due to his limited access to that person by GOD, the Devil will then access a LOVED ONE and attack that person through them.

P98

THE MYSTERY of the forbidden fruit and the BLESSED FRUIT

P98

The TREE of LIFE and the TREE of the KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and Evil were both said to be LOCATED in the MIDST of the GARDEN of EDEN. However, rather than them being two separate trees, they are rather TWO SEPARATE BRANCHES on the same TREE. These two BRANCHES BEAR THREE ENTIRELY DIFFERENT TYPES of FRUIT similar to a TREE that has been GRAFTED. Also, one of its two BRANCHES has a THIRD branch that has been GRAFTED into it which produces the THIRD type of fruit.

P98

With ADAM having a SOUL, GOD TOLD ADAM specifically that neither he nor his wife EVE were to eat the fruit of the TREE of the Knowledge of GOOD and Evil. However it may be noted that ADAM was never told that he couldn't eat the FRUIT that was on the TREE of LIFE. To UNDERSTAND the story of ADAM and EVE and the FIRST SIN of MAN that caused him to FALL away from GOD and be put out of the GARDEN of EDEN, you must first UNDERSTAND the MYSTERY of the TREE ITSELF.

P98 P99

The TREE in the midst of the GARDEN has TWO BRANCHES, however it bears three types of FRUIT. One type is the FRUIT of ETERNAL LIFE and the other two types are the fruit of carnal life. With all three types of fruit growing on the same tree, there is a certain amount of cross-pollinating that occurs. This makes all three types of fruit similar in their appearance although they are very different. The FRUIT that is on the BRANCH of the "TREE of LIFE" is of the BLESSED SEED, and it grows alone on its own BRANCH and the BLESSED FRUIT RECEIVES its pollination from GOD.

P99

The fruit of the "Tree of the KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and evil" has both the GOOD FRUIT and the evil fruit growing together on the same BRANCH with them coexisting together. The GOOD FRUIT that grows on the branch containing the two types of FRUIT is the seed of the Beast, GOD'S sixth day creation. This FRUIT that is called the GOOD FRUIT turns itself towards the BRANCH of the BLESSED SEED and shares in the BLESSED SEED'S pollination from GOD. The evil fruit that also grows on this same branch as the GOOD FRUIT is a mix of both the seed of the Beast who has not turned towards GOD, and the seed of the Damned, who has turned away from GOD. Both types of the evil fruit that have turned away from GOD look towards the earth to receive their pollination (Life), rather than towards GOD.

P99

The trunk of the TREE that sits in the midst of the GARDEN that has the TWO BRANCHES is GOD, who PROVIDES the LIFE SUPPORT for ALL THREE TYPES of FRUIT. HE GIVES LIFE to the BLESSED, HE GIVES LIFE to the GOOD, and HE GIVES life even to the DAMNED. The BLESSED FRUIT cannot turn from GOD because it is BLESSED. The GOOD FRUIT can turn in either direction, either towards GOD or away from HIM. But the DAMNED FRUIT can only turn towards the earth for its life for evil is its diet!

P99

When ADAM and EVE decided to eat of the FRUIT of the TREE of KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and evil, they had made a CHOICE of Carnal Life over ETERNAL LIFE, not realizing the consequences of doing so at that time! THIS IS THE DECEPTION OF THE DEVIL, who wants to turn you away from GOD and towards the earth for your life and your happiness, which can only be TEMPORARY and will eventually whither and DIE!

P99

GOD had predestined the CHOICE that was made by ADAM and EVE. GOD did this because with GOD making Man in HIS LIKENESS, HE INTENDED for the MAN to know the difference between GOOD and evil. GOD gave the Man a curious nature and it was that curiosity and Man's thirst for KNOWLEDGE that had caused him to SIN. This FIRST SIN by Man was inevitable and changed the course of the world for GOOD, by allowing all forms of Man on the earth to receive a SOUL and an ETERNAL LIFE, providing that the Man will SERVE GOD while being in this life. THE DEVIL WILL TAKE SOMETHING GOOD AND CAUSE IT TO BE USED IN AN EVIL WAY. HOWEVER, BECAUSE YOUR GOD IS A RIGHTEOUS GOD, HE WILL TAKE SOMETHING APPEARING TO BE BAD, AND MAKE SOMETHING GOOD COME FROM IT!

P99 P100

Therefor, when ADAM and EVE made their choice of a carnal life over a SPIRITUAL and ETERNAL LIFE they took on a carnal nature. This carnal nature made ADAM and EVE want to have a physical relationship with each other rather than having a LOVING SPIRITUAL RELATIONSHIP. The Devil even though being described in the Scriptures as being a serpent, had appeared to EVE in the GARDEN as being an attractive man. With EVE now seeing things in a carnal sense and looking at the outside appearance of a person, she then became overwhelmed by her sexual desires. Prior to EVE making her choice of a carnal life, she could not be DECEIVED by the Devil who at that time had absolutely no control over her. But after she made her choice of a carnal life, the Devil could manipulate EVE'S decisions and cause her to SIN.

P100

The Devil, being described in the Scriptures as "the most Subtle beast of the field" (meaning quite clever), then talked Eve into having sex with both him and ADAM. With neither ADAM nor EVE ever experiencing a sexual encounter before, the Devil, Lucifer instructed them on how to copulate by having sexual intercourse with EVE while ADAM watched. This caused Lucifer to SIN against THE HOLY SPIRIT by BREAKING his VOWS to GOD, because Lucifer being a male Angel and having a GENDER had been sworn to celibacy.

P100

This sexual act committed by the three of them is represented by the eating of the fruit of the TREE of the KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and EVIL. EVE had then committed ADULTERY with the Devil and ADAM did SIN by participating. The SINNING of ADAM and EVE AGAINST GOD by their taking part in fornication under carnal knowledge (eating of the FRUIT of the KNOWLEDGE of GOOD and EVIL) resulted in ADAM and EVE being cast out of the GARDEN of EDEN. The Devil was then CAST OUT of HEAVEN by THE HOLY SPIRIT and was given dominion over the earth. GOD CURSED the name of Lucifer at that time, and the CURSE continues throughout ETERNITY. EVE'S sexual encounter resulted in EVE'S having a double pregnancy. EVE then bears twins with one of each twin being from each of the two fathers. The first of the sons born was Cain who was from the seed of the Devil, and the second out of the womb was her son ABEL who was of the SEED of ADAM. Therefor making one son being born of the DAMNED SEED, and the other son being born of the BLESSED SEED. This ACT of ADULTERY that EVE had committed with the Devil is why the seed of the Devil is called THE DAMNED, because the Devil is DAMNED. This type of person (the Seed of the DAMNED) cannot leave the earth as it bears the CURSE of Lucifer whom was cast down to earth from HEAVEN, to be the lowest form of life on earth! It is written in the Scriptures as follows:

P100 P101

Genesis 3:14 And THE LORD GOD said unto the serpent, Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shalt thou eat all the days of thy life:

P101 Kjb1611

The last Scripture PROCLAIMS the DAMNATION of the Devil!

P101

Genesis 3:15 And I will put enmity between thee and the WOMAN, and between thy seed and HER SEED; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel.

P101 Kjb1611

This Scripture PROCLAIMS a mutual hatred between the Devil and the WOMAN and also the PASSING down of this MUTUAL HATRED throughout the generations starting with the TWIN BROTHERS, Cain and ABEL. It further goes on in the following Scripture with GOD telling EVE about the pain that she will now suffer as a RESULT of her pregnancy and because of HER SINNING AGAINST GOD. Until this time women (all those living outside of the GARDEN), did not suffer any pain whatsoever as a result of them giving birth to a child, just like the animal. It was not until after the casting out of ADAM and EVE from the Garden of Eden, that the CURSE CAME TO PASS for ALL WOMEN to have HARD LABOR while giving birth to a child. For the WOMAN would now SUFFER giving birth to a child just as THE LORD SUFFERED by HIS GIVING BIRTH to the WOMAN, EVE!

P101

Genesis 3:16 Unto the WOMAN HE said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy CONCEPTION; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy HUSBAND, and he shall rule over thee.

P101 Kjb1611

Thus far in the Scriptures WE have talked about the three types of people upon the earth. THE BEAST (a man without a SOUL), THE BLESSED, (a MAN with a SOUL), and THE DAMNED, (a man with a SOUL, being born out of SIN) who is of the seed of the Devil.

P101

NOTE: The reason the Devil's offspring has a SOUL is because EVE shared in ADAM'S SOUL. The Devil does not have a SOUL, as when he fell from HEAVEN, THE HOLY SPIRIT took his SOUL from him. However, the child of the Devil (Cain) inherited a SOUL from his mother, EVE!

P102

Going back to NOAH

P102

Before we got into the descriptions of the THREE types of people on the earth, we briefly mentioned how the three sons of NOAH represented those three types of people. Although GOD destroyed the first earth because it was evil, HE allowed the three types of people to continue, and also allowed even the Devil to go forward into the "New World".

P102

The Devil, (who was symbolically represented by the releasing of the raven from the ARK) was brought along with the three types of people into the "New World". NOAH'S son, Shem, represents the continuation of THE BLESSED SEED (The HEBREW). His son, Ham, represents the continuation of THE DAMNED SEED (The Canaanite) and NOAH'S son Ja'-pheth represents the continuation of THE SEED of the BEAST (later in the Scriptures of Genesis being referred to, as the Gentile).

P102

Returning to the NUMBERS

P102

Although we have traversed a bit through the Scriptures and seemingly covered some issues other than NUMBERS, I will now show you that we really haven't left the NUMBERS at all. With GOD'S WORD being NEVER ENDING, so is it also with GOD'S NUMBERS. The TWO cannot be separated. Even though they both serve a different purpose, BOTH WORDS and NUMBERS further one's UNDERSTANDING of GOD'S MANIFOLD AUTHORITY in ALL POINTS of VIEW! The WORD clarifies the NUMBERS and the NUMBERS clarify the WORD,

P102

A good "for instance" of this phenomenon is; as we appeared to change directions in the last subtitle heading "A Break from NUMBERS", did we really separate ourselves from the NUMBERS we had been discussing?

P102

One of the SIGNIFICANT NUMBERS we had discussed was the HOLY NUMBER 182. This NUMBER had been derived from the following title: "THE SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD", or 7x26=182. Let us take a look at the NUMBERS of the WORDS that were used in the last subtitle of our discussion: A BREAK FROM NUMBERS!

P102

A = 1
Break = 37
From = 52 or their sum total = 182
NUMBERS = 92
P103

As you can see, although it appeared that we had gone off into another direction we really hadn't done so! This is because both the WORDS and the NUMBERS that we had been discussing were still SPIRITUALLY part of the subject matter even though it wasn't so apparent.

P103

You have been shown so far that ALL WORDS have a NUMBER that corresponds to them and ALL NUMBERS do have a corresponding WORD. One may ask then, why do we need both NUMBERS and WORDS to clarify THE WORD of GOD? The answer to this question is that the NUMBER cannot replace the "WORD", or the WORD the NUMBER because the TWO are INSEPARABLE. However, they can most definitely complement one another in their CONFIRMING the one to the other. For example: JESUS CHRIST said that when HE COMES back to the EARTH again, that HE would RETURN WITH both the POWER and the GLORY of GOD. Therefor when you take the sum total of the letters in the WORDS, "POWER", "GLORY", and "CHRIST" you will find that the three WORDS are all equal to the NUMBER "77".

P103

Thus by the use of NUMBERS WE have further added a CONFIRMATION to the significance of JESUS' PROPHECY. The WORDS, "CHRIST", "POWER", and "GLORY", are represented by the NUMBER "77" because they all have the same ROOT meaning. To further clarify this point we must look at the ROOT meaning of all three WORDS, for ALL three REPRESENT ANOINTING! The WORD "CHRIST" means both POWER and GLORY, or the WORDS "POWER and GLORY" can also mean "CHRIST", for both POWER and GLORY are GIVEN to CHRIST as part of the ANOINTING of CHRIST. NUMBERS can support the importance of a WORD or a STATEMENT and also a STATEMENT or a WORD can support the importance of a NUMBER.

P103

While covering the TRIPLICATE NUMBERS we have seen how the NUMBERS 111, 222, 333, 444, 555, and 777 all have significant HOLY MEANINGS. This leaves us with yet one TRIPLICATE NUMBER we have not yet discussed, the NUMBER 666, "The Mark of the Beast"! As with the other TRIPLICATE NUMBERS, this NUMBER has a multitude of meanings however all of them are of the unholy category! Some of the meanings associated with the number 666 I will disclose to you in this BOOK, however there are some of that NUMBER'S meanings that I will not be allowed to DISCLOSE for obvious reasons!

P103 P104

As discussed earlier on in this chapter, the first man was referred to as the BEAST and was GOD'S sixth day creation. The Beast was described in this BOOK as the man who did not have a SOUL and was simply a higher order intellectual animal who was given dominion over the earth. Due to the BEAST not having a SOUL, the man in this category does not have the ability to differentiate between GOOD and Evil. The man referred to as "The Beast", represents the first SIX in this NUMBER 666, for the first "6" represents GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION.

P104

We have also covered most recently in this chapter how the FALL from GARDEN of EDEN by ADAM and EVE had resulted by the Devil's deceiving the woman, EVE, and causing her to sin, with EVE in turn causing ADAM to sin. If we take the WORD "WOMAN", and the sum total of the letters in the word "WOMAN", we will come up with the second set of SIXES, because the sum total of the WORD. "WOMAN", is equal to the number 66. This is the first derivation of the triplicate sixes, thus having the GENERAL MEANING of the "Mark of the Beast". This indicates that both the MAN (6) and the WOMAN (66) will SIN against GOD by their taking on the NUMBER of 666, "The Mark of the Beast"!

P104

By using the Scriptures taken from the Book of Revelation one can arrive at a somewhat deeper understanding of the TRIPLICATE NUMBER 666. Let us start first with the explanation of this NUMBER, "666" as it is WRITTEN:

P104

Revelation 13:18 Here is WISDOM. Let him that hath UNDERSTANDING count the NUMBER of the beast: for it is the NUMBER of a man; and his NUMBER is SIX HUNDRED THREESCORE and SIX.

P104 Kjb1611

Earlier on in this Chapter you had been told that just as your physical body needs nourishment to live, so does your SPIRIT need nourishment. You were also shown that the NOURISHMENT needed for your SPIRIT consisted of TRUTH, WISDOM and UNDERSTANDING, which can only be obtained through THE WORD of GOD (The HOLY BIBLE).

P104

If you look at the conditions set by the Scripture for discerning the MEANING of the NUMBER 666 you can readily see that WISDOM is the KEY ingredient required, and UNDERSTANDING will come as a result of that WISDOM. Therefor one must receive the WISDOM offered by THE WORD of GOD by way of THE HOLY SPIRIT, prior to their UNDERSTANDING the NUMBER'S meaning. With WISDOM being one of the NINE GIFTS given by THE HOLY SPIRIT that comes after SPIRITUAL BAPTISM, without the GIFT of WISDOM, the necessary UNDERSTANDING cannot be achieved. To further complicate the matter, even those who have RECEIVED the GIFT of WISDOM may still not be able to DISCERN the IDENTITY of the BEAST, without GOD'S specific endorsement to do so! HOWEVER, I shall try to explain the NUMBER'S MEANING anyway to those who have RECEIVED the GIFT of WISDOM and have the UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD.

P104 P105

So far in this BOOK you have been shown how to take the letters (with each letter's placement within the alphabet representing a NUMBER) that are used in a person's NAME or in a WORD, and convert them into a NUMBER by adding the sum total of each letter's NUMBER. By your knowing how to do this, I will further your UNDERSTANDING by giving you a CLUE that may aid in the solving of the MYSTERY of this NUMBER "666". The NUMBER "666" not only represents the sum total of "The Beast's" full and proper NAME as given in the Scriptures, but the NUMBER also includes within its SUM "The Beast's" OFFICIAL TITLE! The Scriptures in the Book of Revelation can CONFIRM this! Within the SEVENTH Layer of the Book of Revelation lies the ANSWER to the IDENTITY of the PERSON bearing the NUMBER 666. If you will recall in Chapter 1 of this BOOK, the NAME given to the SEVENTH LAYER contained in the Book of Revelation, is "JUDGMENT of the GREAT WHORE" Let us review the Scripture that reveals the NAME and TITLE of the GREAT WHORE.

P105

Revelation 17:5 And upon her forehead was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH.

P105 Kjb1611

There is something to be noted in this last Scripture, the Scripture refers to "A name written ", however it is presented in the Scripture as a TITLE rather than a name! Therefor it can be concluded by the Scripture that the NUMBER 666, which is the NUMBER of the Antichrist, will be arrived at when that person's OFFICIAL TITLE and the TITLE given in the SCRIPTURE above are converted to a NUMBER and added together. That NUMBER will then equal the NUMBER 848. The TITLE within the Scripture equals the NUMBER 763, so therefor the NUMBER of the OFFICIAL TITLE must equal the NUMBER 85 because that is the delta between 763 and 848. Then when subtracting the NUMBER 182 from the NUMBER 848, because it is VOID of THE HOLY SPIRIT being the Antichrist, the NUMBER 666 will be revealed!

P105

The Book of Revelation also tells us that at the time of the "Mark of The Beast", that any person who has not taken the Mark cannot either buy or sell anything. Do not be DECEIVED into thinking that the TIME is not NOW and is to come at some time in the future. For I tell you the time is NOW and it has already begun! All the signs are clearly showing that the preliminary "ground work" for instituting the "Mark of The Beast" are already in place!

P105 P106

At the present time there are "ATM" machines that require the use of a PIN NUMBER to access either your money or your account information. You also have credit cards with assigned NUMBERS to your NAME and with holograms and YOUR PICTURES on them. The world NOW even has microchips that are implanted in animals (and soon will be implanted in people) and on Credit Cards also to identify the people by DIGITIZED DATA. These methods of identification are all being put into practice TODAY and there is also the use of retina scans, fingerprinting, and now palm printing that are being used to IDENTIFY a PERSON. All of these methods of identification use NUMBERS. The only thing that hasn't happened yet is the refusal of cash by LAW for any PURCHASE, and the denouncing of GOD to use the credit and debit system!

P106

It is the intent of the Devil to do away with all types of tangible money so he may control the world by computer. The Devil will also know at a glance the place and the time of any transaction and who the person is that is making the transaction. Furthermore he wants all references made to GOD to be abolished. Therefor by doing away with the American currency, he can effectively remove the PROCLAMATION inscribed on the currency, "IN GOD WE TRUST"! The Devil and The Beast and The False Prophet will want all references to GOD to be banned! For they shall proclaim that "The Beast" is god, and anybody who wants to either buy or sell anything must take his NUMBER "666" and DENOUNCE GOD to do so!

P106

There will be further explanations on the subject of "The Mark of The Beast" later on in this BOOK and at that time WE will give you further clues as to the IDENTITY of the persons bearing the NUMBER 666, for they are more than one!

P106

Back to the NUMBER 182

P106

All through this entire chapter we have been coming back to the NUMBER 182. This is because of this NUMBER'S significance, for it is the HOLIEST of ALL NUMBERS. Let's now delve even deeper into the NUMBER, "182".

P106

JESUS CHRIST was born in the town of BETHLEHEM. The reason HE was born there was to fulfill the PROPHECY of the Prophet Micah, Let us read the following PROPHECY given by the Prophet Micah.

P106

Micah 5:2 But thou, BETH'-LE-HEM EPH'-RA-TAH, though thou be little among the thousands of JUDAH, yet out of thee shall HE come forth unto ME that is to be ruler in ISRAEL; whose goings forth have been from of old, from EVERLASTING.

P107 Kjb1611

This is a PROCLAMATION by PROPHECY that the CHRIST CHILD (THE MESSIAH) was to be born in the city of BETHLEHEM. The name EPH'-RA-TAH which is following the name of BETHLEHEM was the original name of that city prior to it being RE-NAMED BETHLEHEM. So why would the Prophet Micah use both the old and new NAMES of the city in this PROPHECY? Let us take a deeper look into the NAME, "EPH'-RA-TAH" for it has a HIDDEN NUMERIC MESSAGE in it! The NUMERIC placement of the Letters within the English Alphabet that make up the name EPH'-RA-TAH are as follows: "E" =5, "P" =16, "H" =8, "R" =18,"A" =1, "T" =20, "A" =1, and "H" =8. The sum of the total of these LETTERS is 77. The NUMBER "77" contained in the old name of BETHLEHEM is the same NUMBER representing the WORD "CHRIST". Therefor this Scripture, by use of the NUMBERS further fulfills the PROPHECY of the COMING CHRIST, because it identifies that CHRIST will be the ONE to come out of BETHLEHEM. Thus giving the ONE to be BORN in the city of BETHLEHEM who is to be KING, a NAME "CHRIST"! A NAME that is only discernible in the LAYER of the Scripture, after the Scripture had been translated into the English Language!

P107

It should also be noted that JESUS CHRIST was TRIED and CONDEMNED to death by crucifixion in the CITY of JERUSALEM. Therefor, one can conclude that JESUS CHRIST was born in BETHLEHEM and was crucified and died on the CROSS in the CITY of JERUSALEM, therefor both of these cities relate to JESUS' BEGINNING and to HIS END. Even though we had earlier discussed this issue on the names of these two cities being related to the NUMBER 182, there is yet another MESSAGE to RECEIVE in regard to the Scripture in Micah.

P107

BETHLEHEM = 78
JERUSALEM = 104 or their sum total = 182
P107

The REVEALING of the NUMBER 182 that is buried in the LAYER of the Scripture also represents the RELEASING of the HOLY SPIRIT (182) to them who had believed in JESUS CHRIST. These initially were those people who had seen JESUS again after HIS RESURRECTION. The REVEALING of the NUMBER 182 also fulfills the PROPHECY given in the FIRST VERSE of the 53rd Chapter of the Book of Isaiah, which SPEAKS of the COMING of the MESSIAH. The Scriptures of Micah 5:2 and Isaiah 53:1 tie ONE to the OTHER about the COMING of JESUS CHRIST and the REVEALING of THE HOLY SPIRIT, THE ARM of GOD by JESUS CHRIST! HOWEVER, these Scriptures not only refer to THE REVEALING of THE HOLY SPIRIT in the form of a SPIRITUAL PERSON, they also refer to THE REVEALING of THE HOLY SPIRIT WHO is to COME to earth in the FORM of a MAN!

P107 P108

The 182 PERSON that will COME in the NAME of the HOLY SPIRIT will have THREE NAMES just as the 1st, 2nd and 3rd DELIVERERS had consisted of three NAMES (NOAH (38), JOSEPH (73), and MOSES (71)) whose three names also EQUALED 182. ALL THREE of this PERSON'S NAMES WILL BE EQUALLY DIVISIBLE BY THE NUMBER 26, and HIS COMPLETE NAME will also DIVIDE by the NUMBER 26, EXACTLY SEVEN TIMES! THUS making this PERSON'S FULL and PROPER NAME REPRESENTATIVE of THE SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD, which also EQUALS the NUMBER of 182.

P108

Let us see if the TWO NAMES of the cities of BETHLEHEM and JERUSALEM will CONFIRM this! The NUMBER 78 (Bethlehem), divides equally by the NUMBER 26, THREE TIMES, THIS IS THE BEGINNING! The NAME JERUSALEM or the NUMBER 104, divides equally by the NUMBER 26, FOUR TIMES, THIS IS THE END!

P108

Here is THE WISDOM: GOD SAYS THAT HE IS THE ALPHA AND THE OMEGA, THE FIRST AND THE LAST, AND THE BEGINNING AND THE END! THOSE WHO HAVE AN EAR TO HEAR LET THEM HEAR; WHAT THE SPIRIT SAYS TO THE CHURCHES!

P108

TWIN NUMBERS

P108

Twin NUMBERS almost always refer to a SINGLE WORD. The HOLIEST of the TWIN NUMBERS is the NUMBER 44. This NUMBER represents the WORD GODHEAD. The NUMBER 44 is the sum total of the LETTERS contained within the WORD "GODHEAD". The NUMBER 44 can also apply to the following key WORDS for they equal 44 as well!

P108

1. FAITH
2. ABRAHAM
3. JUDAH
P108

The SECOND of the MOST HOLY twin NUMBERS is the NUMBER 77. This NUMBER represents the WORD "CHRIST" because it is the NUMERICAL sum of the LETTERS that makeup the WORD "CHRIST". It is also the NUMERIC sum of the following key WORDS that also apply to CHRIST and HIS ANOINTING!

P109

1. POWER
2. GLORY
P109

The Third important Twin NUMBER is the NUMBER 88. This NUMBER represents the sum of the LETTERS that makeup the WORD "IMMANUEL", which means, GOD with us, or more CORRECTLY, "BEING AS ONE with GOD". The WORD IMMANUEL FURTHER CLARIFIES how JESUS expressed HIS RELATIONSHIP with GOD, by saying, "I AND MY FATHER ARE ONE!" JESUS and GOD are ONE by way of THE HOLY SPIRIT. THIS ALSO APPLIES TO THOSE WHO ARE AS ONE WITH CHRIST! FOR IF YOU ARE AS ONE WITH CHRIST (IMMANUEL), THEN THROUGH CHRIST YOU ARE AS ONE WITH GOD! THE PRECEDING STATEMENT EXPLAINS WHAT JESUS MEANT WHEN HE SAID:

P109

Revelation 3:21 TO HIM THAT OVERCOMETH WILL I GRANT TO SIT WITH ME IN MY THRONE, EVEN AS I ALSO OVERCAME, AND AM SET DOWN WITH MY FATHER IN HIS THRONE.

P109 Kjb1611

This Scripture expresses a RELATIONSHIP of ONENESS with GOD through JESUS CHRIST! WHEREAS JESUS SAYS THAT HE WILL SHARE THAT WHICH GOD HAS GIVEN TO HIM, WITH YOU!

P109

The final twin number is the NUMBER 66, which is the NUMBER of the WORD "WOMAN". The NUMBER 66 also refers to inclusion of the twenty-two Epistles of the Apostles, which has been added by the Church to the HOLY BIBLE. By the Church doing this, it has brought the NUMBER of Books within the Canon of the HOLY BIBLE up to the NUMBER "66"!

P109

GOD CALLS these Epistles "THE WOMAN" for it is the WOMAN that will eventually CORRUPT the Church. When the twenty-two epistles are added to the 44 BOOKS of the HOLY BIBLE it raises the NUMBER 44, "GODHEAD" to the NUMBER "66" thus making the BIBLE'S NUMBER the same as the WORD "WOMAN". This changing of the BIBLE'S NUMBER from 44 to 66 indicates how THE WOMAN has entered the Church by way of the Epistles and how SHE currently dominates the Church.

P109 P110

The Beast (Antichrist) will eventually use the religious ORDER of the Church to further its own cause and CONVINCE its MEMBERS to take on "The Mark of the Beast", once it has been instituted. The FALSE PROPHET spoken about in the Book of Revelation is more than just a PERSON, the FALSE PROPHET also REPRESENTS the Church and its leadership! The FALL of the Church (which is sure to come) will result from the Church continually changing the INTERPRETATION of the Epistles to fit its religious order. This changing will be done to satisfy the demands being made on the Church by the Beast! The first SIX in the NUMBER 666 represents the Beast (the Antichrist) and the last two sixes in the NUMBER 666 represent THE WOMAN (religion)!

P110

We have previously discussed how the HOLY BIBLE has varying depths in its MESSAGE, called LAYERS. In that discussion WE have said that one must get into the deep WATERS within the Scriptures in order to SWIM and be HEALED. WE have also said, that there are MANY ERRORS written into the Epistles and ONE can be easily misled by them. This is because the Epistles ARE NOT the WORD of GOD, but rather the words of men. GOD refers to these WATERS (The Epistles) as shallow waters, being only ankle deep. The Scriptures in THE HOLY BIBLE refer to these WATERS as shallow waters in a stream amongst the SMOOTH stones. Whereby if ONE were to get into these shallow WATERS (The Epistles) he will more than likely slip on one of the SMOOTH stones and FALL! Then, not knowing how to swim, that person would immediately get out of the WATERS without further pursuing to learn how to SWIM in the DEEPER WATERS.

P110

There is a WARNING directed at the Church about the use of the Epistles (THE WOMAN), in the book of Revelation.

P110

Revelation 2:18 AND UNTO THE ANGEL OF THE CHURCH IN THY-A-TI-RA WRITE; THESE THINGS SAITH THE SON OF GOD, WHO HATH HIS EYES LIKE UNTO A FLAME OF FIRE, AND HIS FEET ARE LIKE FINE BRASS;

P110 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:19 I KNOW THY WORKS, AND CHARITY, AND SERVICE, AND FAITH, AND THY PATIENCE, AND THY WORKS; AND THE LAST TO BE MORE THAN THE FIRST.

P110 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:20 NOTWITHSTANDING I HAVE A FEW THINGS AGAINST THEE, BECAUSE THOU SUFFEREST THAT WOMAN JEZ'-E-BEL, WHICH CALLETH HERSELF A PROPHETESS, TO TEACH AND TO SEDUCE MY SERVANTS TO COMMIT FORNICATION, AND TO EAT THINGS SACRIFICED UNTO IDOLS.

P110 Kjb1611 P111

Revelation 2:21 AND I GAVE HER SPACE TO REPENT OF HER FORNICATION; AND SHE REPENTED NOT.

P111 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:22 BEHOLD, I WILL CAST HER INTO A BED, AND THEM THAT COMMIT ADULTERY WITH HER INTO GREAT TRIBULATION, EXCEPT THEY REPENT OF THEIR DEEDS.

P111 Kjb1611

I would like to explain the MEANING of the last few Scriptures taken from The Book of Revelation. These WARNINGS in Chapters 2 and 3 of the Book of Revelation are letters to the Churches, just like the Epistles were letters to the Churches. The problems within these Churches described in the two chapters are directed to the TRAITS within the CHRISTIAN CHURCH TODAY. When you read these two chapters in the Book of Revelation you will SEE that only ONE out of the SEVEN Churches LISTED will RECEIVE ETERNITY!

P111

The Scriptures in Revelation 2:18 through 2:22 are SAYING THAT JESUS CHRIST is going to HOLD NOT ONLY the Church Leaders ACCOUNTABLE, but HE will HOLD THOSE WHO follow the Church's FALSE DOCTRINE ACCOUNTABLE as well. Remember, only the LIVING can suffer the GREAT TRIBULATION that is SOON TO COME UPON THE EARTH. Therefor, THE MESSAGE in the Scripture applies to TODAY'S CHURCHES, and not to the Churches of yesteryear!

P111

ALL CHURCHES that established themselves based on the Epistles, RATHER THAN THE WORD OF GOD, WILL BE MADE TO SUFFER THE GREAT TRIBULATION AND THE WRATH OF GOD! THIS is not just a WARNING but rather a PROMISE!

P111

This WARNING is also WRITTEN into the 57th Chapter of the Book of the Prophet Isaiah. The 57th Chapter opens by SPEAKING of THE RAPTURE and then it further goes on to WARN those who are following the order of the Epistles. Let us READ TOGETHER the MESSAGE written in the first eight Scriptures of 57th Chapter of the Book of Isaiah.

P111

Isaiah 57:1 The Righteous perisheth, and no man layeth it to heart: and merciful men are taken away, none considering that the righteous is taken away from the evil to come.

P111 Kjb1611 P112

This Scripture is telling YOU of THE RAPTURE! The GOOD will be taken off the earth, and the confused along with the wicked are left behind to suffer the GREAT TRIBULATION ("the evil to come").

P112

Isaiah 57:2 He shall enter into peace: they shall rest in their beds, each one walking in his uprightness.

P112 Kjb1611

The Scripture says that all those that have died prior to THE RAPTURE will rest where they are whether they are in PARADISE, in the GRAVE, or in HADES, until the LAST TRUMPET is sounded. The Scripture also says that all that will be TAKEN by RAPTURE, will be walking in a SAFE and PEACEFUL PLACE. The Book of Revelation refers to this PLACE as being a PLACE of PROTECTION.

P112

Isaiah 57:3 But draw near hither, ye sons of the sorceress, the seed of the adulterer and the whore.

P112 Kjb1611

Isaiah 57:4 Against whom do ye sport yourselves? Against whom make ye a wide mouth, and draw out the tongue? Are ye not children of transgression, a seed of falsehood,

P112 Kjb1611

Isaiah 57:5 Enflaming yourselves with idols under every green tree, slaying the children in the valleys under the clifts of the rocks?

P112 Kjb1611

This is the WARNING to the Church and their Leadership who have been following after the order of the Epistles, rather than THE WORD of GOD, and by their doing so have been preaching falsehood. In the opening Statement of the Scripture in verse 4, GOD is saying, "BY WHOSE AUTHORITY ARE YOU TEACHING THIS DOCTRINE"?

P112

Isaiah 57:6 Among the smooth stones of the stream is thy portion; they, they are thy lot: even to them hast thou poured a drink offering, thou hast offered a meat offering. Should I receive comfort in these?

P112 Kjb1611

GOD is saying in this Scripture of 57:6, because you are teaching out of these Epistles rather than from MY WORD, you will never be SAVED. HE is also saying, although you think that you are SERVING GOD IN YOUR RELIGION, YOU ARE NOT! The "smooth stones" mentioned in the Scripture, represent the STUMBLING BLOCKS created by the Epistles that are in the SHALLOW WATER. This is a STRONG WARNING to the Churches!

P112 P113

Isaiah 57:7 Upon a lofty and high mountain hast thou set thy bed: even thither wentest thou up to offer sacrifice.

P113 Kjb1611

GOD is saying to the Church Leaders that although they think they are ABOVE all CRITICISM, they are not, AND THEIR WORKS WILL FOLLOW THEM!

P113

Isaiah 57:8 Behind the doors also and the posts hast thou set up thy remembrance: for thou hast discovered thyself to another than me, and art gone up; thou hast enlarged thy bed, and made thee a covenant with them; thou lovedst their bed where thou sawest it.

P113 Kjb1611

GOD SAYS, YOU HAVE DONE ALL THESE THINGS BEHIND CLOSED DOORS IN YOUR CHURCHES AND YOU ARE NOT SERVING ME. YOU ARE IN LOVE WITH YOUR RELIGION AND ARE MORE DEDICATED TO IT, THAN TO ME. GOD SAYS, YOU HAVE MADE YOUR BED AND NOW YOU MAY SLEEP IN IT!

P113

Isaiah 57:9 And thou wentest to the KING with ointment, and didst increase thy perfumes, and didst send thy messengers far off, and didst debase thyself even unto hell.

P113 Kjb1611

GOD SAYS, YOU HAVE COME TO ME WITH YOUR GIFTS BUT I CANNOT BE BOUGHT. YOU HAVE SENT OUT YOUR MISSIONARIES THROUGHOUT THE WORLD, BUT YOU HAVE DONE ALL THESE THINGS IN VAIN. FOR YOU PREACH NOT MY WORD BUT RATHER YOUR RELIGION, AND HAVE DEBASED YOURSELVES EVEN TO HELL!

P113

All of the Preceding MESSAGE, WORD, FOR WORD, was given to me to write into this BOOK by THE ALMIGHTY GOD.

P113

Individual NUMBERS of Importance

P114

Individual NUMBERS also direct the SPIRIT to a DEEPER UNDERSTANDING. The NUMBERS 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 represent the specifics of GOD'S SIX-DAY CREATIONS! The following list depicts the KEY WORD ELEMENTS to these NUMBERS:

P114

1. The NUMBER 1 = LIGHT and the beginning of CREATION
2. The NUMBER 2 = HEAVEN
3. The NUMBER 3 = The Earth and the SEA, and FOOD (Earthly Provisions)
4. The NUMBER 4 = THE SUN, MOON, and THE STARS (Heavenly Bodies)
5. The NUMBER 5 = All Living Creatures except individual people (it also can refer to a Nation of people and the Church)
6. The NUMBER 6 = The SOULLESS Man (The Beast with a higher level of earthly intelligence)
P114

The NUMBERS 7, 8, and 9, are all dedicated to GOD! This list DEPICTS their MEANINGS:

P114

1. THE NUMBER 7 = GOD'S NUMBER of COMPLETENESS
2. THE NUMBER 8 = GOD'S NUMBER of ONENESS
3. THE NUMBER 9 = FIRST NUMBER of the HOLY SPIRIT (also Heavenly Levels)
P114

The NUMBER 10 had been given to the Devil, Lucifer, for he was the 10th Spirit of HEAVEN and was cast out of HEAVEN for SINNING against THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. After his being cast out of HEAVEN, the Devil was then given SEVEN NEW NAMES. This is why the Devil is said to have "Seven Heads and Ten Horns ".

P114

The final THREE NUMBERS, 11, 12, and 13 are given to THE SONS of GOD, and have the following MEANINGS:

P114

1. The NUMBER 11 = THE SECOND COMING of CHRIST
2. The NUMBER 12 = GOD'S PEOPLE, ISRAEL
3. THE NUMBER 13 = THE FOUR KINGS, THE SONS of GOD (THE FOUR SERAPHIM)
P114

Before we wrap up this chapter titled, HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS, I would like you to see how some of the NUMBERS we have previously covered are BURIED deep within the HOLY SCRIPTURES. The following Scriptures taken from the Book of Revelation will verify some of what you have been SHOWN thus far and will HOPEFULLY give you some insight as to the IMPORTANCE of NUMBERS.

P115

Revelation 5:11 And I beheld, and I heard the voice of many Angels round about THE THRONE and the BEASTS and the Elders: and the NUMBER of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands;

P115 Kjb1611

Revelation 5:12 Saying with a LOUD VOICE, Worthy is the LAMB that was slain to receive POWER, and RICHES, and WISDOM, and STRENGTH, and HONOUR, and GLORY, and BLESSING.

P115 Kjb1611

Scripture NUMBERS do not always have a SIGNIFICANCE to the DEPTH of the Scripture. However, through the EYES of the HOLY SPIRIT WE will show you how these Scripture NUMBERS do apply to the verification of the MESSAGE of this BOOK'S Chapter.

P115

The first cited Scripture NUMBER, is 5:11. The NUMBER "5", means, a BODY of People or a nation. This Scripture depicts a PROCLAMATION made to a BODY of people (in this case the 24 ELDERS and thousands of ANGELS). The NUMBER "11" refers to the SECOND COMING of JESUS CHRIST, THE LAMB of GOD. This is what the PROCLAMATION in the Scripture is all about. The second Scripture cited, is Revelation 5:12. This again is referring to a BODY of PEOPLE and in this case is GOD'S PEOPLE, ISRAEL, and the PROCLAMATION is ADDRESSED TO THEM for the NUMBER 12 means GOD'S PEOPLE!

P115

To further SEE NUMBERS, if we take the KEY WORDS cited in the Scripture of Revelation 5:12, which is the PROCLAMATION, you will SEE the NUMBERS WE have already discussed, being REVEALED before your very EYES. Let us take the WORDS in their sequence in which they appear in the Scripture, and convert them to NUMBERS as we have done previously in this chapter called HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS.

P115

1. LAMB = 28
2. POWER = 77
3. RICHES = 62
4. WISDOM = 83
5. STRENGTH = 111
6. HONOR = 70
7. GLORY = 77
8. BLESSING = 87
P115 P116

You can see at first glance the NUMBER 77 (CHRIST) appears twice in the list thus indicating the TWO COMINGS of CHRIST. You can also readily see the FIRST NUMBER of the GODHEAD, the NUMBER 111. Let us now add the NUMBERS of POWER (77), RICHES (62), and WISDOM (83). 77 + 62 + 83 = 222.

P116

If we further add in the next WORD, STRENGTH (111) to the last string of NUMBERS, we have 222 + 111 = 333! Now this List in order to BE COMPLETE, must also CONTAIN the HOLIEST of NUMBERS, the NUMBER 182. Let us rearrange this list of WORDS while keeping the SEVEN GIFTS LISTED IN THE SCRIPTURE in their proper order, while moving the WORD LAMB to the bottom of the list because the Scripture identifies THE LAMB AS RECEIVING THE GIFTS. Then below the WORD LAMB WE will insert the HOLY NUMBER 182 thus making it the 9th NUMBER.

P116

1. POWER = 77
2. RICHES = 62
3. WISDOM = 83
4. STRENGTH = 111
5. HONOR = 70
6. GLORY = 77
7. BLESSING = 87
8. LAMB = 28
9. 182 = 182
P116

Now if we take the WORDS, HONOR (70), GLORY (77), BLESSING (87), LAMB (28) and the NUMBER 182 and add them together, WE arrive at the Following:

P116

70 + 77 + 87 + 28 + 182 = 444
P116

Further, if we now add from the list the fourth word (STRENGTH) to this same GROUP of WORDS, we arrive at the following: 111 + 444 = 555. YOU SHOULD SEE THAT THUS FAR THE STRING OF WORDS LISTED THAT MAKE UP THE SEVEN GIFTS, ARE STILL IN THEIR ORIGINAL SCRIPTURAL SEQUENCE!

P116 P117

The total NUMBER of the GIFTS being in the list is SEVEN, meaning GOD'S COMPLETENESS. The LAMB is LISTED as NUMBER 8, MEANING, AS ONE with GOD. THE NUMBER 182, IS THE NINTH ON THE LIST, THUS REPRESENTING THE NINE GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT, AND THE NUMBER OF THE NAME OF THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P117

In closing out this Chapter titled, HOLY BIBLE NUMBERS, LET US ADD THE AGGREGATE TOTAL OF THE LIST of WORDS. 77 + 62 + 83 + 111 + 70 + 77 +87 +28 +182 = 777. The NUMBERS 111, 222, 333, 444, 555, and 777, are all sequentially within the list of WORDS, however the number "666" cannot be arrived from the list without breaking the SEQUENCE of the WORDS that list the SEVEN GIFTS!

P117

Chapter 4
End or BEGINNING?

P119

THE LORD has told me: "IN THE BEGINNING I WROTE THE END, AND IN THE END I WROTE THE BEGINNING". One might ask what does this STATEMENT MEAN? An answer to that question is it means that GOD is in ALL PLACES at ALL TIMES whether it be in the BEGINNING or at the END. This ABILITY to be in ALL places at ALL times is called "OMNIPRESENCE". However in the OPENING STATEMENT there is yet another meaning, it also means that GOD is ETERNAL and TIMELESS, and GOD KNOWS not any barriers of TIME whatsoever! Therefor GOD can be in the PAST, in the PRESENT and in the FUTURE, at any TIME or ALL the TIME, AT HIS OWN WILL.

P119

HOWEVER THERE IS MORE TO THIS STATEMENT THAN JUST THE AFOREMENTIONED! It also refers to what has been WRITTEN in the HOLY BIBLE and HOW THE MANIFOLD WORD of GOD IS ONGOING AND NEVER ENDING. THUS ONE CAN SAY, THAT THE HOLY BIBLE HAS NEITHER A BEGINNING NOR AN END and is COMPARABLE TO GOD BEING TIMELESS and WITHOUT END!

P119

In the first six chapters of the first Book of MOSES called Genesis which is the FIRST Book of the HOLY BIBLE, the Scriptures in Genesis covers the FIRST EARTH from its BEGINNING to its END. The FIRST WORLD after 8224 years of existence became so violent and EVIL and so far removed from GOD, that GOD then DESTROYED it! But starting in the 7th chapter of the Book of Genesis, NOAH then enters into the ARK along with SEVEN other family members and GOD DESTROYS the FIRST EARTH with a GREAT FLOOD.

P119

Genesis 7:22 All in whose nostrils was the breath of LIFE, of all that was in the dry land, died.

P119 Kjb1611

Genesis 7:23 And every LIVING substance was DESTROYED which was upon the face of the ground, both Man, and cattle, and the creeping things, and the fowl of the heaven; and they were DESTROYED from the earth: and NOAH only remained alive, and they that were with him in the ARK.

P119 Kjb1611 P120

Genesis 7:24 And the waters prevailed upon the earth an hundred and fifty days.

P120 Kjb1611

As you can see from these three Scriptures in the very beginning of the HOLY BIBLE, that indeed in THE BEGINNING (of THE HOLY BIBLE). GOD wrote THE END!

P120

Let us NOW go to the FINAL BOOK in the HOLY BIBLE, The Book of Revelation, and see how THE LORD'S STATEMENT to ME CONTINUES TO HOLD TRUE.

P120

Revelation 21:1 And I saw a NEW HEAVEN and a NEW EARTH: for the FIRST HEAVEN and the FIRST EARTH were passed away; and there was no more sea.

P120 Kjb1611

This Scripture most certainly states that after GOD has DESTROYED the heavens and the earth (as the Apostle John had seen in the VISION), GOD THEN CREATES a NEW HEAVEN and a NEW EARTH. Therefor in accordance with the HOLY BIBLE, GOD INDEED IN THE BEGINNING DID WRITE THE END AND IN THE END GOD WROTE THE BEGINNING. FOR IN THE BEGINNING OF THE HOLY BIBLE IT IS WRITTEN HOW THE FIRST EARTH WAS DESTROYED WITH A GREAT FLOOD, THUS CAUSING IT TO END. THEN AT THE END OF THE HOLY BIBLE IT IS WRITTEN THAT GOD AGAIN BOTH DESTROYS THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH AND THEN MAKES A NEW HEAVEN AND A NEW EARTH FOR THE NEW BEGINNING!

P120

Also contained in the next four Scriptures in the Book of Revelation, there is an explanation as to what had happened to those people that THE LORD had REDEEMED from the earth, prior to its DESTRUCTION!

P120

Revelation 21:2 And I John saw the HOLY CITY, NEW JERUSALEM, coming down from GOD out of HEAVEN, prepared as a BRIDE adorned for her HUSBAND.

P120 Kjb1611

Revelation 21:3 And I heard a GREAT VOICE out of HEAVEN saying, BEHOLD, the TABERNACLE of GOD is with MEN, and HE will dwell with them, and THEY shall be HIS PEOPLE, and GOD HIMSELF shall be with them, and be THEIR GOD.

P120 Kjb1611 P121

Revelation 21:4 And GOD shall wipe away all tears from their eyes; and there shall be no more death, neither sorrow, nor crying, neither shall there be any more pain: for the former things are passed away.

P121 Kjb1611

Revelation 21:5 And HE that sat upon THE THRONE said, BEHOLD, I MAKE ALL THINGS NEW. And HE said unto me, WRITE: FOR THESE WORDS ARE TRUE AND FAITHFUL.

P121 Kjb1611

To further explain the aforementioned Scriptures let us review that which is WRITTEN into the Book of Revelation. It is WRITTEN that GOD DESTROYS both the heavens and the earth and the description of the earth's DESTRUCTION is made quite vivid as being a COMPLETE DESTRUCTION. GOD then brings down the NEW CITY from HEAVEN called the "NEW JERUSALEM" for all of HIS PEOPLE to LIVE in with HIM. This CITY as described in the Book of Revelation is more like a medium sized country rather than a city, due to it size. However its dimensions are given in THREE DIMENSIONS rather than given in TWO DIMENSIONS as land is typically MEASURED. It's measurements as taken from the 16th verse of the 21st chapter of the Book of Revelation, is a CITY that is 12,000 furlongs, cubed. Therefor making the size of the CITY equating to be 1377 miles in width, length and in it's height, thus making the CITY appear to be somewhat like a small world, more so than a CITY. So why should GOD then CREATE new heavens and a new earth if all of HIS people are with HIM in the CITY of "NEW JERUSALEM"? The answering to the last question is the MAIN TOPIC of this chapter.

P121

If one was to WRAP AROUND the end of CHAPTER 22 of the Book of Revelation as if it were to take place just prior to the BEGINNING of CHAPTER 7 of the Book of Genesis, it can be SEEN that the STORY of the HOLY BIBLE goes on FOREVER! Neither having a BEGINNING or an END. To further explain, when the BIBLE STORY of the WORLD plays out through the Book of Revelation it then STARTS over again, with NOAH entering into the ARK in Chapter 7 of the Book of Genesis.

P121

This is somewhat like the weeks in this world that end every seven days on the SEVENTH DAY, and then starts back at the FIRST DAY all over again! So is it with the LIFE CYCLE of the WORLD. Every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS GOD DESTROYS the heavens and the earth and then puts NOAH back into the ARK to begin the FIRST DAY of the NEW EARTH all over AGAIN! With the earth being renewed and the story of the earth starting all over again there are certainly some questions that need to be answered to help one understand this phenomenon. One key question is, does this mean that every seven thousand years all those who have been here before will be back again? The answer to that question is MORE than LIKELY you will NOT!

P121 P122

Only those KEY PEOPLE who's NAMES are RECORDED into the HOLY BIBLE and ALL THOSE involved in THEIR PERSONAL LIVES, WILL RETURN to the NEW EARTH every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS. This will also include any one single person that has influenced the HISTORY of the world such as world leaders. There will be another Thomas Jefferson and Adolph Hitler and also another Thomas Edison and Leonardo Da Vinci. All key people shall return to repeat the course of ACTION that has influenced the world to be as it is TODAY! Some of these KEY PEOPLE'S RETURN to the earth will be more than ONCE, as it is WRITTEN about ELIJAH, and the Apostle John. However, there are many, many more SPIRITS other than just these two that are reincarnated. Every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS there is an ABRAHAM, an ISAAC, a JACOB, a MOSES, and EVEN JESUS CHRIST to NAME but just a few. There are Scriptures throughout the HOLY BIBLE that will verify this and we shall cover these Scriptures! But let us start first with the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST as they are WRITTEN in the GOSPEL of John.

P122

John 16:28 I CAME FORTH FROM THE FATHER, AND AM COME INTO THE WORLD: AGAIN, I LEAVE THE WORLD, AND GO TO THE FATHER.

P122 Kjb1611

The KEY WORD in this Scripture is the WORD "AGAIN". JESUS was trying to tell HIS Disciples that HE had done this BEFORE. There were many things that JESUS wanted to tell HIS Disciples about the WORLD CYCLE, but HE knew that they wouldn't UNDERSTAND, because GOD had taken their MEMORIES AWAY! HE cites this very subject of their lack of UNDERSTANDING in the next referenced Scripture.

P122

John 16:12 I HAVE YET MANY THINGS TO SAY UNTO YOU, BUT YE CANNOT BEAR THEM NOW.

P122 Kjb1611

Except for JESUS CHRIST, all other PERSONS RETURNING to the NEW EARTH have absolutely no MEMORY of their previous LIFE, except for some very brief MOMENTS during their renewed life on earth. This occurs when one who has been here before experiences the feeling that they had done the exact same thing they are doing in this TIME, at some other TIME. This phenomenon is also known as Deja vu.

P122 P123

Isaiah 65:17 For, behold, I CREATE NEW HEAVENS and a NEW EARTH: and the FORMER shall not be REMEMBERED, nor come into MIND.

P123 Kjb1611

A good example of one's inability to remember their former lives in this world can be related to John the Baptist. When John the Baptist was asked point blank by the Pharisees, if he was E'-li'-jah, he said, NO! However we know from the Scriptures that we have previously covered that JESUS CHRIST HIMSELF proclaimed that John the Baptist most certainly was E'-li'-jah. John didn't lie when he denied that he was E'-li'-jah, he just wasn't aware of it!

P123

John 1:19 And this is the record of John, when the Jews sent Priests and Levites from Jerusalem to ask him, Who art thou?

P123 Kjb1611

John 1:20 And he confessed, and denied not; but confessed, I am not the CHRIST.

P123 Kjb1611

John 1:21 And they asked him, What then? Art thou Elias? And he saith, I am not. Art thou that Prophet? And he answered, no.

P123 Kjb1611

John wasn't lying to them about who he was, he just didn't remember. This is covered most clearly in the Book of Ecclesiastes that of which was written by King SOLOMON.

P123

Ecclesiastes 1:9 The thing that hath been, it is that which shall be; and that which is done is that which shall be done: and there is no new thing under the sun.

P123 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 1:10 Is there any thing whereof it may be said, SEE, this is new? It hath been already of old time, which was before us.

P123 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 1:11 There is no remembrance of former things; neither shall there be any remembrance of things that are to come with those that shall come after.

P123 Kjb1611 P124

The Scriptures speaks most clearly to the matter at hand. There isn't any thing new in the WORLD. All these things have happened before and they will continue to happen again and again. The Scriptures also tell us that this MEMORY LAPSE bothered SOLOMON, because he had no memory of the FORMER THINGS that he KNEW by his WISDOM he had experienced before.

P124

GOD makes this world as new to the people who RETURN to it as it is for those who are here for the first time. The ONLY thing that carries over and over, AGAIN and AGAIN, is the WORD of GOD, the HOLY BIBLE, which is itself billions or even trillions of years old. The age of THE HOLY BIBLE cannot be MEASURED in numbers for it is as GOD is, TIMELESS! This can be confirmed through the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST as they are WRITTEN in the GOSPEL of Matthew.

P124

Matthew 24:35 HEAVEN AND EARTH SHALL PASS AWAY, BUT MY WORDS SHALL NOT PASS AWAY.

P124 Kjb1611

JESUS CHRIST did not say this as a figure of speech as HE MEANT IT MOST LITERALLY! The Heaven and the Earth do pass away, just as JESUS had said IT SHOULD, but HIS WORD, THE HOLY BIBLE CONTINUES ON THROUGHOUT ETERNITY!

P124

JESUS also confirms by HIS WORDS that the new earth restarts back in Chapter 7 of the Book of Genesis, with NOAH entering into the ARK. Let us review the next few verses proceeding the one we just covered that of which relate to the END TIME!

P124

Matthew 24:36 BUT OF THAT DAY AND HOUR KNOWETH NO MAN, NO, NOT THE ANGELS OF HEAVEN, BUT MY FATHER ONLY.

P124 Kjb1611

Matthew 24:37 BUT AS THE DAYS OF NOE WERE, SO SHALL ALSO THE COMING OF THE SON OF MAN BE.

P124 Kjb1611

Matthew 24:38 FOR AS IN THE DAYS THAT WERE BEFORE THE FLOOD THEY WERE EATING AND DRINKING, MARRYING AND GIVING IN MARRIAGE, UNTIL THE DAY THAT NOE ENTERED INTO THE ARK,

P124 Kjb1611

Matthew 24:39 AND KNEW NOT UNTIL THE FLOOD CAME, AND TOOK THEM ALL AWAY; SO SHALL ALSO THE COMING OF THE SON OF MAN BE.

P125 Kjb1611

As you have been told previously, the WORD of GOD can be taken most LITERALLY. JESUS is saying that at the CONCLUSION of this world, HE WILL RETURN and at that TIME, GOD DESTROYS both heaven and earth. Then NOAH RE-ENTERS THE ARK and the BIBLE STORY starts all over AGAIN. The heaven that is DESTROYED, is NOT the HEAVEN PROPER, GOD'S KINGDOM, but rather CERTAIN THINGS RELATED TO THE SKY! This is WHY GOD made a separation between this UNIVERSE, and GOD'S HEAVENLY KINGDOM. This separation is explained in the first Book of Moses, called Genesis, as a SEPARATION of WATERS.

P125

Genesis 1:6 And GOD said, Let there be a firmament in the midst of the WATERS, and let it divide the waters from the WATERS.

P125 Kjb1611

Genesis 1:7 And GOD made the firmament, and divided the waters which were under the firmament from the WATERS which were ABOVE the firmament: and it was so.

P125 Kjb1611

So, GOD divided THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN from the UNIVERSE containing this WORLD! This SEPARATION which is a VOID AREA, is called "THE GAP". The FIRMAMENT, which is called Heaven or the Heavens, is part of the UNIVERSE. "THE GAP" is the PLACE where the INTERCESSOR stands in PRAYER between HEAVEN and the EARTH, while in THE SPIRIT of GOD, GOD DIRECTS the INTERCESSOR'S WORDS in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE. THIS IS A GREAT HONOR FOR THOSE BEHOLDING THIS GIFT AND ONLY A VERY SPECIAL FEW ARE GIVEN IT!

P125

Ezekiel 22:30 And I sought for a man among them, that should make up the hedge, and STAND in THE GAP before ME for the land, that I should not DESTROY it: but I found none.

P125 Kjb1611

Genesis 1:8 And GOD called the firmament Heaven. And the evening and the morning were the second day.

P125 Kjb1611

The following THREE Scriptures verify the OPENING STATEMENT of this CHAPTER:

P125

Isaiah 46:9 REMEMBER the former things of OLD: FOR I AM GOD, AND THERE IS NONE ELSE; I AM GOD, AND THERE IS NONE LIKE ME,

P126 Kjb1611

Isaiah 46:10 DECLARING THE END FROM THE BEGINNING, AND FROM ANCIENT TIMES THE THINGS THAT ARE NOT YET DONE, SAYING, MY COUNSEL SHALL STAND, AND I WILL DO ALL MY PLEASURE:

P126 Kjb1611

Isaiah 46:11 CALLING A RAVENOUS BIRD FROM THE EAST, THE MAN THAT EXECUTETH MY COUNSEL FROM A FAR COUNTRY: YEA, I HAVE SPOKEN IT, I WILL ALSO BRING IT TO PASS; I HAVE PURPOSED IT, I WILL ALSO DO IT.

P126 Kjb1611

Let us review what has been covered thus far in this Chapter titled, "End or BEGINNING?" Every SEVEN THOUSAND years GOD DESTROYS the earth and the heavens and then makes a new one, and this goes on and on forever! GOD does this because GOD is forever building HIS KINGDOM. This can be CONFIRMED through the Scriptures in the Book of Isaiah, the Prophet.

P126

Isaiah 9:6 For unto us a child is born, unto us a SON is given: and the government shall be upon HIS shoulder: and HIS NAME shall be called WONDERFUL, COUNSELLOR, THE MIGHTY GOD, THE EVERLASTING FATHER, THE PRINCE of PEACE.

P126 Kjb1611

Isaiah 9:7 Of the INCREASE of HIS GOVERNMENT and peace there shall be NO END, upon the THRONE of DAVID, and upon HIS KINGDOM, to order it, and to establish it with JUDGMENT and with justice from henceforth even FOR EVER. The ZEAL of the LORD of HOSTS will perform this.

P126 Kjb1611

In the last Scripture it is clearly STATED that of the INCREASE of HIS GOVERNMENT there will be NO END! That is because GOD uses the earth as HIS VINEYARD and allows it to grow over the SEVEN THOUSANDYEAR period of time. Then HE sends the ANGELS to reap the HARVEST and separate the GOOD GRAPES from the sour grapes, the WHEAT from the tare and the GOOD from the evil. This is echoed throughout the HOLY BIBLE, GOD plants the GOOD SEED and then the Devil comes along and sows in the tare. So GOD allows them both to grow together in the earth and does not SEPARATE THEM until the time of THE HARVEST. That is why there are TWO REAPINGS of the EARTH. The FIRST REAPING removes all the GOOD GRAPES from the HARVEST and then the SECOND REAPING removes those to be put into the WINEPRESS (Receive the WRATH of GOD), for the MAKING of vinegar. The following Scriptures taken from the Book of Revelation will confirm these TWO REAPINGS.

P126 P127

Revelation 14:14 And I looked, and behold a white cloud, and upon the cloud one sat like unto the SON of MAN, having on HIS head a GOLDEN CROWN, and in HIS hand a sharp sickle.

P127 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:15 And another ANGEL came out of the TEMPLE, crying with a LOUD VOICE to HIM that sat on the cloud, THRUST in thy sickle, and REAP: for the TIME is come for thee to reap; for the HARVEST of the earth is RIPE.

P127 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:16 And HE that sat on the cloud thrust in HIS sickle on the earth; and the earth was REAPED.

P127 Kjb1611

This is the FIRST REAPING, "The REAPING of the GOOD grapes"! The removing of THE REMNANT of GOD'S PEOPLE from the earth. These are those people who had not RECEIVED THE RAPTURE and had been CONVERTED DURING the GREAT TRIBULATION. These are those people who will attend the WEDDING SUPPER, however, these people are not of THE BRIDE of CHRIST but are GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER!

P127

Revelation 14:17 And another ANGEL came out of the TEMPLE which is in HEAVEN, he also having a sharp sickle.

P127 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:18 And another ANGEL came out from the ALTAR, which had POWER over FIRE; and cried with a LOUD CRY to him that had the sharp sickle, saying, THRUST in thy sharp sickle, and gather the CLUSTERS of the vine of the earth; for her grapes are fully ripe.

P127 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:19 And the ANGEL THRUST in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the GREAT WINEPRESS of the WRATH of GOD.

P127 Kjb1611 P128

Revelation 14:20 And the WINEPRESS was TRODDEN without the CITY, and BLOOD came out of the WINEPRESS, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.

P128 Kjb1611

The FIRST ANGEL spoke about in Revelation 14:14 is JESUS CHRIST, gathering up the TRIBULATION SAINTS and ALL THOSE that were SAVED and had been MARKED for PROTECTION during the GREAT TRIBULATION. JESUS said, THAT HE WOULD RETURN IN THE CLOUDS and as you can see from this Scripture, HE most certainly does!

P128

Revelation 1:7 BEHOLD, HE cometh with CLOUDS; and every eye shall see HIM, and they also which pierced HIM: and ALL kindreds of the EARTH shall wail because of HIM. EVEN SO, A-men.

P128 Kjb1611

The third ANGEL spoke about in Revelation 14:19 who comes out from the ALTAR to instruct the SECOND REAPER who is the ANGEL MOR'-PHE'ET, is the ANGEL RAPHAEL. He is the ANGEL of the HOLY SPIRIT. RAPHAEL is the ANGEL having power over both WATER and FIRE, as both of which are key instruments for BAPTISM. The SECOND REAPING by the second ANGEL (MOR'-PHE'-ET) is going to be inclusive of PAIN and BLOODSHED beyond measure. The blood that will be shed DURING the SECOND REAPING will be over five feet deep and will cover an area of 183.6 miles (1600 furlongs). Over TWO BILLION people will be SLAUGHTERED during this REAPING and this is the BATTLE that is staged at Megiddo. Let this be a WARNING to all those who have not yet believed in and have not WORSHIPED the ALMIGHTY GOD. These are those who HAVE denied JESUS CHRIST both the POWER and GLORY DUE HIM. A-men'. BEWARE of the WRATH of THE LAMB!

P128

The RAPTURE!

P128

There are SEVEN RESURRECTIONS and SEVEN RAPTURES that occur throughout the HOLY BIBLE. The RAPTURE can be defined as the taking up of a person or persons by the ACT of THE HOLY SPIRIT from the earth, and then put into another PLACE. This PLACE can be a place of PROTECTION or the THRONE of GOD, the HEAVENLY DOMAIN or PARADISE, or any other PLACE GOD SEES FIT TO MOVE THAT PERSON or PERSONS to. THIS IS BOTH A PHYSICAL and SPIRITUAL EVENT! The last statement means that this is not something that occurs only to the SPIRIT, but it also applies to the physical BEING as well. RAPTURE is different than that which the Prophets and Saints experienced, when they were taken away in the SPIRIT to be shown something by THE LORD, for their experience was a SPIRITUAL EVENT ONLY and not BOTH a SPIRITUAL and a physical event.

P128 P129

THE RAPTURE is the taking up of the SPIRIT while it stays within the PHYSICAL BODY, from the earth to another PLACE. This can be referred to as a DIMENSIONAL CHANGE. During this EVENT one may or may not go through what is called, "TRANSFIGURATION", that of which would occur during ONE'S flight. TRANSFIGURATION, is the changing of the PHYSICAL BODY into either another PHYSICAL or SPIRITUAL FORM. The reason this phenomena is called THE RAPTURE, thus meaning a SPIRITUAL and emotional ecstasy; is because the feeling that occurs during the EVENT is RAPTURE. This FEELING is an ecstatic FEELING that is at least ONE HUNDRED TIMES greater in INTENSITY than a PHYSICAL ORGASM. GOD can move one or as many as HE CHOOSES at a time through the PROCESS of RAPTURE.

P129

Four of the RAPTURES that are listed in THE HOLY BIBLE have already occurred. The FIFTH RAPTURE is the "RAPTURE of the Church" who is referred to in the Scriptures as THE BRIDE of CHRIST. This RAPTURE will be SOON coming, (If not already, depending on when you read this book!) and will occur at the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET. Also occurring at the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET is the beginning of THE GREAT TRIBULATION. This FIFTH RAPTURE that will occur on the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET will be the first GENERAL POPULATION RAPTURE, and it will only INCLUDE 800,000 adults, ages 20 and over, and 9,600,000 children.

P129

Each of the 800,000 adults who RECEIVE THE RAPTURE will take charge and look after twelve children during their TIME of PROTECTION. The "TIME of PROTECTION" will last for THREE and ONE-HALF YEARS, a 42-month period of time. This EVENT is explained in the 12th Chapter of the Book of Revelation. The Church or the BRIDE of CHRIST is referred to in Chapter 12 of the Book of Revelation as THE WOMAN who has given birth to the "MAN CHILD". The "MAN CHILD" spoken of in the 5th verse of chapter 12 is the PERSON: BEARING the NUMBER 182 who has been already described in a previous chapter of this BOOK. The "MAN CHILD" also refers to THOSE whom had been SAVED and BAPTIZED with THE HOLY SPIRIT prior to the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET. Let us take a look at verses 5, 6, and 14, which tell you of the RAPTURE of the CHURCH!

P129 P130

Revelation 12:5 And SHE brought forth a MAN CHILD, who was to RULE all nations with a ROD of IRON: and HER CHILD was caught up unto GOD, and to HIS THRONE.

P130 Kjb1611

Revelation 12:6 And THE WOMAN fled into the wilderness, where she hath a PLACE prepared of GOD, that they should feed HER there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.

P130 Kjb1611

Revelation 12:14 And to THE WOMAN were given TWO WINGS of a GREAT EAGLE, that SHE might FLY into the wilderness, Into HER PLACE, where SHE is nourished for a time, and times, and half a time, from the face of the serpent.

P130 Kjb1611

The following list of BIBLE RESURRECTIONS and RAPTURES is a segment that has been taken from the previous Book that I had WRITTEN, Titled "REVELATION, THE FOURTH SON", which THE LORD would not allow me to PUBLISH, because HE SAID: "IT IS MUCH TOO REVEALING!"

P130

Seven/Seven CHRIST, Resurrection and Rapture

P130

The HOLY BIBLE indicates both seven Resurrections and seven Raptures throughout its Scriptures. This list does not include the FINAL RESURRECTION for JUDGMENT, as this is not a Resurrection unto life but it is rather a resurrection unto JUDGMENT of the dead. This is a list of them who have been risen from death/sleep to PHYSICAL LIFE in their ORIGINAL bodies:

P130

DEFINING the WORD, "Resurrection": (The raising of the dead/ sleeping, to walk again fleshly amongst the living) *1

P130

*1 THE LORD refers to death of the human body as SLEEPING rather than DEATH. HE only refers DEATH as it applies to the DEATH of the SPIRIT, that of which is CALLED, "THE SECOND DEATH"!

P130

1st Resurrection: The Resurrection of the Woman's Son by E'-li'-jah the Prophet (1 Kings 17:22)
2nd Resurrection: The Resurrection of the Woman's Son by Elisha the Prophet (2 Kings 8:1)
3rd Resurrection: The Resurrection of the Young Maiden by JESUS CHRIST (Mark 5:41)
4th Resurrection: The Resurrection of Laz'-a-rus by JESUS CHRIST (John 11:44)
5th Resurrection: The Resurrection of JESUS CHRIST (The Resurrection of the SAVED) by THE HOLY SPIRIT (John 20:17)
6th Resurrection: The Resurrection of the TWO WITNESSES by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 11:11)
7th Resurrection: The Resurrection of the Beheaded Souls by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 20:6)
P130 P131

The DEFINITION of the WORD, "Rapture": (The raising and transfiguration of flesh in flight, to another dimension)

P131

1st Rapture: The Rapture of E'-noch by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Gen 5:24)
2nd Rapture: The Rapture of E'-li'-jah by THE HOLY SPIRIT (2 Kings 2:11)
3rd Rapture: The Rapture of JESUS CHRIST by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Luke 24:51)
4th Rapture: The Rapture of the MAN CHILD by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 12:5)
5th Rapture: The Pre-Tribulation Rapture of the Church by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 12:14)
6th Rapture: The Rapture of the TWO WITNESSES by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 11:12)
7th Rapture: The Rapture of the Tribulation Saints, Beheaded Souls, and the Saved Souls by THE HOLY SPIRIT (Rev 14:1-14:3 and Rev 20:4)
P131

PLACE of PROTECTION

P131

As has been previously mentioned, the FIFTH RAPTURE occurs at the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET. However the RAPTURE of the 182 PERSON happens prior to the RAPTURE of the CHURCH and prior to the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET. Only those receiving THE RAPTURE will hear the TRUMPET when it SOUNDS, because the SOUND of the TRUMPET will not be audible to any of the other people that do not participate in THE RAPTURE. To those who will RECEIVE THE RAPTURE the TRUMPET BLAST will be a very high pitched SOUND that is nearly deafening when it is heard, and it will CERTAINLY frighten those who will hear it. ONCE the TRUMPET has SOUNDED, the physical body will undergo an acceleration process equal to that of the speed of LIGHT. The feeling of acceleration resulting from THE RAPTURE is like being shot out of a cannon through a tunnel. At the exact same instance of THE RAPTURE of the CHURCH, the Devil, Lucifer, will be cast down to earth. The ARK ANGEL MICHAEL, who is the PRINCE of the THRONE, does this casting down of the Devil. The SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET marks the BEGINNING of the END, the GREAT TRIBULATION.

P131 P132

Although THE RAPTURE happens in an INSTANT, the feeling caused by the RAPTURE will take up to 30 days for those who RECEIVE RAPTURE to adjust to it! There will not be any TRANSFIGURATION or CHANGING of the physical body that will occur for those receiving the FIFTH RAPTURE at this time. However, there will be a TRANSFIGURATION that will occur for those of the FIFTH RAPTURE at the beginning of the LAST DAY. At the conclusion of THE GREAT TRIBULATION that will occur at the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET, both the RAPTURE and a TRANSFIGURATION into a MILLENNIUM BODY of FLESH will occur for ALL of GOD'S PEOPLE.

P132

During the FORTY-TWO MONTH PERIOD of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, them that have been taken out of the earth prior to THE GREAT TRIBULATION will be put in a place of protection. These people will remain in this PLACE of PROTECTION where they shall be looked after while the earth endures the "Mark of the Beast" and the WRATH of GOD. This place that is referred to in the Scriptures as a "Place of Protection" will be quite similar in its appearance to The Garden of Eden. There will be MANY ANGELS there to LOOK after these people, and there will be an abundance of food and water, and most certainly shelter, even though the shelter will not be needed. This is because the weather in this place ranges from 74 to 78 degrees Fahrenheit and it remains light there all the time, for in this place there is no darkness. The HOLY SPIRIT PERSON (182) will leave with the BRIDE in the 5th RAPTURE, and will not return to the earth again UNTIL THE DAY of THE JUDGMENT of the earth.

P132

Each adult will be given 12 children to look after during this period and each adult will have at least one Angel to help them in their efforts. All the MEMORIES of these people will remain intact during this FORTY-TWO MONTH PERIOD. So for those who had left some of their loved ones behind, they endure some sorrow. However, the Angels that will be there with them will most certainly provide COUNSELING and COMFORT for them. Those whom have RECEIVED the 5th RAPTURE WILL NOT be aware of the things being inflicted upon the earth to those who had been left behind, because these things that will be happening on the earth will be GREAT and HORRIFIC EVENTS. HOWEVER, THE FINAL DESTRUCTION OF THE EARTH and THE HEAVENS WILL BE WITNESSED BY ALL!

P132 P133

During this FORTY-TWO MONTH PERIOD THE HOLY SPIRIT PERSON (182) and HIS ANGELS will provide the leadership over the 10,400,000 people, UNTIL the COMING of JESUS CHRIST to TAKE THE THRONE, that of which shall be just prior to the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET. THEN ONCE that JESUS CHRIST, THE GOOD SHEPHERD has RETURNED to HIS FLOCK, HE WILL THEN take CHARGE over ALL of GOD'S PEOPLE!

P133

Once the Devil and his fallen ones have been cast down to the earth, the Devil at that time will no longer have any access whatsoever to those people who have RECEIVED the 5th RAPTURE and have been put into the PLACE of PROTECTION. Nor will the Devil and his fallen ones have any further access to HEAVEN for they are now bound to the earth.

P133

Revelation 12:7 And there was WAR in HEAVEN: MI'-CHA-EL and his ANGELS fought against the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels,

P133 Kjb1611

Revelation 12:8 And prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in HEAVEN.

P133 Kjb1611

Revelation 12:9 And the great dragon was cast out, that old serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the whole world: he was cast out into the earth, and his angels were cast out with him.

P133 Kjb1611

The Marking of the TRIBULATION SAINTS and the SAVED SOULS

P133

Just prior to the FIFTH RAPTURE all of the TRIBULATION SAINTS (those who are left behind to direct MANY SOULS to SAVING GRACE), will receive a MARK of PROTECTION from GOD. EACH and EVERY SOUL whom becomes SAVED during THE GREAT TRIBULATION will also receive this MARK. This MARK of PROTECTION was first spoken about by the Prophet Ezekiel in the Book of Ezekiel, Chapter 9, in verse 4.

P133

Ezekiel 9:4 And the LORD said unto him, Go through the midst of the city, through the midst of JERUSALEM, and SET a MARK upon the FOREHEADS of the MEN that sigh and that cry for all the ABOMINATIONS that be done in the midst thereof.

P134 Kjb1611

When you READ this entire chapter of the Book of Ezekiel, you will see that this VISION given to the Prophet Ezekiel takes place during the time after the setting up of the ABOMINATION of DESOLATION in the TEMPLE of GOD. This ABOMINATION that will be set up in the TEMPLE of GOD was spoken of by the Prophet Daniel (Daniel 12:11). In Ezekiel's vision, GOD sends forth the ANGELS to UTTERLY DESTROY the people of JERUSALEM. But before the ANGELS are allowed to DESTROY the people, a MARK is to be put upon all those who are found by GOD to be WORTHY of PROTECTION. Then, all those SAVED SOULS (these are referred to in the Scripture as, "the MEN that sigh and that cry for all the ABOMINATIONS that be done in the midst thereof. ") receive then a MARK of PROTECTION that identifies these individuals as belonging to GOD.

P134

This same MARKING is reported to take place just prior to ANGELS being unleashed on the earth for its DESTRUCTION, and can be found in the Book of Revelation, in Chapter 7, verses 1, 2, and 3.

P134

Revelation 7:1 And after these things I saw four ANGELS standing on the four corners of the earth, holding the four winds of the earth, that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree.

P134 Kjb1611

Revelation 7:2 And I saw another ANGEL ascending from the east, having the SEAL of the LIVING GOD: and he cried with a LOUD VOICE to the four ANGELS, to whom it was given to HURT the earth and the sea,

P134 Kjb1611

Revelation 7:3 SAYING, Hurt not the earth, neither the sea, nor the trees, till we have sealed the servants of our GOD in their FOREHEADS.

P134 Kjb1611

This MARKING of their FOREHEADS provides a means of identification for the ANGELS and as well the PROTECTION for those having the MARK against the havoc going on all around them. This MARKING is similar to being placed within a SPIRITUAL SEAL somewhat like A BUBBLE that acts like a shield and is impervious to any external forces. This MARKING also acts as a TEMPORARY SUBSTITUTE to the BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT. This is because BAPTISM can no longer occur on the earth because THE HOLY SPIRIT has left the earth with all those who have already received the BAPTISM, and THE RAPTURE. After the LEAVING of THE HOLY SPIRIT from the earth, the world balance between GOOD and evil is no longer in CHECK and now evil runs amuck throughout the world.

P134 P135

There is one thing that should be clarified in regard to those who receive the FIFTH RAPTURE, which is BEFORE THE GREAT TRIBULATION. Even though it is referred to as the "RAPTURE of the CHURCH" many of whom will receive it will have never even set foot within a church, or have read a SINGLE WORD from the HOLY BIBLE, for these are GOD'S CHOSEN ONES. GOD has chosen these people based on knowing their HEARTS and LOVING them, even though they may not have yet SERVED HIM! These are GOD'S ELITE; GOD'S CHOSEN, AND THE BRIDE of CHRIST.

P135

I most recently heard a Pastor on a Cable News Channel make mention in reference to a man's redeeming qualities: He said to the Reporter, "GOD loves all of us the SAME!" That statement made by that Pastor is an absolute LIE! Some of you GOD HATES! GOD DOES NOT LOVE ALL OF YOU THE SAME for this is Man's VANITY, and not the WORD of GOD. JESUS CHRIST said in regard to JUDAS ISCARIOT and his BETRAYAL of JESUS, that it would have been better for him had he never been born. This is because GOD HATED JUDAS ISCARIOT even prior to his conception. All through the HOLY BIBLE THE WORD of GOD denotes many of those that GOD HATES! I will cite but a few of those Scriptures.

P135

Malachi 1:2 I have LOVED you, saith THE LORD. Yet ye say, Wherein hast thou LOVED us? Was not Esau Jacob's brother? Saith THE LORD: yet I LOVED Jacob,

P135 Kjb1611

Malachi 1:3 And I HATED Esau, and laid his mountains and his heritage waste for the dragons of the wilderness.

P135 Kjb1611

Malachi 1:4 Whereas E'-dom saith, We are impoverished, but we will return and build the desolate places; thus saith THE LORD of HOSTS, They shall build, but I WILL THROW DOWN; and they shall call them, The border of wickedness, and, The people against whom THE LORD hath INDIGNATION FOR EVER.

P135 Kjb1611

This HATRED by GOD also applies to MANY of the PASTORS, PRIESTS, and MINISTERS now in the Church who think they are SERVING THE LORD GOD, but they are not!

P136

Zechariah 11:8 Three Shepherds also I cut off in one month; and MY SOUL lothed them, and their soul also abhorred ME.

P136 Kjb1611

These next Scriptures are meant as a WARNING to HIRELING Shepherds, these are those who PREACH for the money, whom GOD also HATES):

P136

Jeremiah 23:36 And the burden of THE LORD shall ye mention no more: for every man's word shall be his burden; for ye have perverted the WORDS of the LIVING GOD, of THE LORD of HOSTS OUR GOD.

P136 Kjb1611

Jeremiah 23:37 Thus shalt thou say to the prophet, What hath THE LORD answered thee? And, What hath THE LORD spoken?

P136 Kjb1611

Jeremiah 23:38 But since ye say, the burden of THE LORD; therefore thus saith THE LORD; Because ye say this word, the burden of THE LORD, and I have sent unto you, saying, Ye shall not say, The burden of THE LORD;

P136 Kjb1611

Jeremiah 23:39 Therefore, BEHOLD, I, EVEN I, will utterly forget you, and I WILL FORSAKE you, and the city that I gave you and your fathers, and CAST YOU OUT OF MY PRESENCE:

P136 Kjb1611

Jeremiah 23:40 And I will bring an EVERLASTING REPROACH upon you, and a PERPETUAL SHAME, which shall not be forgotten.

P136 Kjb1611

What is being conveyed through these Scriptures, taken from the Book of Jeremiah, in regard to the phrase "The burden of THE LORD", is as follows:

P136

This is a WARNING to anyone claiming that THE LORD GOD has said something THAT HE HAS NOT SAID, THUS GIVING FALSE PROPHECY or FALSE TEACHING of THE WORD of GOD, WITH BOTH BEING THE SAME ABOMINATION TO THE LORD!

P136

This type of act can be conveyed by the teaching of YOUR MISINTERPRETATION of the SCRIPTURES and as well by Administering FALSE or MISLEADING DOCTRINE to promote your religion or any other form of FALSE PROPHECY. And to those Priests, Ministers, and Pastors, whom are doing so (AND THEY ARE MANY), you SHALL receive ETERNAL DAMNATION. FOR THE LORD HAS SAID THAT HE WILL CAST YOU OUT OF HIS PRESENCE AND WHAT YOU HAVE DONE WILL NOT BE FORGOTTEN! This means that those who have mislead GOD'S PEOPLE by their FALSE TEACHING of THE WORD of GOD, have BLASPHEMED THE HOLY SPIRIT and have COMMITTED THE UNFORGIVABLE SIN!

P136 P137

In the closing of this subject I would like to cite the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST:

P137

John 16:2 They shall put you out of the synagogues: yea, the time cometh, that whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth GOD service.

P137 Kjb1611

JESUS in this Scripture was not only talking about HIS Disciples who were to be thrown out of the synagogues and physically killed; but HE also was WARNING them of how HE knew that the false DOCTRINE of the Church would later cause SPIRITUAL DEATH to its MEMBERS. JESUS KNEW that this FALSE DOCTRINE of men leading the Church would eventually kill the SPIRITS and SOULS of many to come. These Pastors, Priests and Ministers who are not anointed and are bearing a FALSE WITNESS to the WORD of GOD are DECEIVING MANY BY their actions. HOWEVER, they believe in their WICKED HEARTS that they are SERVING GOD, even though they are killing many SOULS.

P137

Now one might ask then as to why GOD would allow so many to be DECEIVED by the Churches? The answer to that question is a simple one! READ THE WORD of GOD for YOURSELVES, SO YOU BE NOT DECEIVED!

P137

Back to the BEGINNING

P137

In the Beginning GOD made a beautiful GARDEN for HIS time of REST. Throughout the entire HOLY BIBLE there are many PRAYERS made by the Prophets and the Psalmist to GOD, that they may ENTER into HIS REST with HIM. These PRAYERS are all about MAN being in the FLESHLY SENSE being able to SPEND TIME with GOD in HIS beautiful GARDEN. The TIME that GOD HAS SET ASIDE to DWELL with MAN in the FLESH will take place over a ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD, called "THE MILLENNIUM" which GOD SEES AS BEING ONE DAY.

P137

In the BEGINNING it was GOD'S INTENT that the human body would LAST for ONE THOUSAND YEARS, and that ADAM would spend that ONE THOUSAND YEARS with GOD in HIS GARDEN. However, as the STORY is told in the first Book of MOSES called Genesis, as a RESULT of SIN the MAN ADAM and his wife EVE were then CAST out of the GARDEN! GOD, still INTENDS to ENJOY HIS REST with MAN. The only difference now as opposed to the time of ADAM, is that rather than that TIME occurring in the BEGINNING, it SHALL NOW OCCUR AT THE END!

P138

GOD'S CREATION, ALL of IT, and EVEN HIS GARDEN WAS SO CREATED FOR MAN. EVEN HIS HALLOWED DAY, the SABBATH, WAS CREATED FOR MAN. JESUS CHRIST states to the Pharisees in the GOSPEL of Mark:

P138

Mark 2:27 And HE said unto them, THE SABBATH WAS MADE FOR MAN, AND NOT MAN FOR THE SABBATH:

P138 Kjb1611

This was a time that GOD set aside to WALK and to TALK with MAN and to have FELLOWSHIP with him. THIS IS WHY GOD HAD CREATED MAN. If you READ the 5th Chapter of the first Book of MOSES called Genesis, you will see that not a PERSON lived to be ONE THOUSAND years old, with all of them at that time falling short of their INTENDED LIFE in the GARDEN. The eldest was Me-thu'-se-lah, who lived to be 969 years of age. The second eldest was Ja'-red, whom lived to be 962 years of age, and the third eldest, was NOAH, who lived 600 years before the GREAT FLOOD and 350 years after it, making him 950 years of age. Then as you further read through Genesis it can be readily seen that the life span of Man thereafter was on a continual decline. This DECLINE in LIFE expectancy is directly attributable to SIN. As SIN increased throughout the earth so also did life span decrease. Man, since his beginning has continued to live in SIN rather than to walk with GOD. As soon as Man finds a cure for one disease then GOD allows the Devil to create a new one. Sickness and illness of the body is a direct result of the SICKNESS and the ILLNESS of the SPIRIT. Once the SPIRIT is HEALED so also will the BODY BE HEALED.

P138

GOD'S REST, The Millennium

P138

At the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET so will be the DAWNING of the LAST DAY. All the SAVED SOULS of the LIVING and those whom are in PARADISE and as well THOSE Souls that through their own BLOOD have been BLESSED, by their refusal of taking the "mark of the beast", will receive the RAPTURE and THE MILLENNIUM. This RAPTURE will be inclusive of a TRANSFIGURATION into a NEW BODY of FLESH that will last those who RECEIVE it for ONE THOUSAND YEARS.

P138 P139

John 6:40 AND THIS IS THE WILL OF HIM THAT SENT ME, THAT EVERY ONE WHICH SEETH THE SON, AND BELIEVETH ON HIM, MAY HAVE EVERLASTING LIFE: AND I WILL RAISE HIM UP AT THE LAST DAY.

P139 Kjb1611

Each and every person receiving this RAPTURE will be caught up together in flight, and will receive a NEW BODY of FLESH while they are yet in flight. Each persons appearance will be to their own personal perfection, with not a person being displeased for any reason with their NEW appearance. All those below the age of THIRTY-THREE, will enter THE MILLENNIUM with an appearance of the age that they are at the time of their RAPTURE and will then only mature to the age of THIRTY-THREE. All those over the age of THIRTY-THREE at the time of their RAPTURE, will have the appearance of being THIRTY-THREE earth years of age. Over the entire ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD not a SINGLE PERSON'S appearance will exceed the age of THIRTY-THREE. The reason for this aging LIMITATION is that this is the age in which the body reaches its full maturity and is in the PRIME of LIFE. This is also the AGE that JESUS CHRIST was when HE had received HIS RESURRECTION UNTO LIFE!

P139

There will be a few subtle differences in your NEW BODY'S anatomy as opposed to the body you have now. Neither man nor woman will have pubic or body hair. Women will have hair on their heads, eyebrows, and eyelashes only. Men will also have hair in the same manner, except they will also have facial hair as well. You will no longer have an anus or a urinary tract. This is because you will no longer process your food as you do now but you will rather consume it in its entirety. Whatever is eaten will no longer pass through you as it does now, as it will be entirely CONSUMED within you.

P139

In the MILLENNIUM there will also be animals with you and they also will consume their food as well, therefor leaving no waste product behind them. You will live in an environment that will be free from both human and animal waste even though you will continue to eat and drink as you do now. You will have meat, and fish, and vegetables, and fruit, and nuts, and bread, and herbs, and they will be in abundance. Then regardless of the amount that has been eaten, a person's weight will never change after you have matured to the age limit of THIRTY-THREE. One can never become fat from overeating as all the food that is eaten will be totally CONSUMED within the BODY, with none being stored within the body as fat. You will also drink as you do now, having all liquid substances that are now available on the earth being also available in the MILLENNIUM. Also, that which has been drunk will be totally CONSUMED without the need of disposing the waste byproduct through urination.

P139 P140

Your NEW BODY will no longer generate sweat and the body will remain cool even during the most vigorous activities. With the exception of urine and sweat, all other bodily fluids will remain the same as they are now. Each and every person in the MILLENNIUM (excepting those who have entered in through their own blood, rather than the BLOOD of the LAMB) will be with their SOUL MATE. This person will be your MATE for ETERNITY and EACH MATE will be PERFECT in ALL REGARDS TO THE OTHER'S DESIRES, FOR THEY ARE THE OTHER HALF OF YOU! There will not be any desire whatsoever for one to look outside their MATE for any GENDER oriented activity. Their relationship will be in PERFECT ETERNAL HARMONY and UNITY!

P140

GOD in the FORM of JESUS CHRIST will walk amidst you and as well will the SERAPHIM and the ANGELS of HEAVEN along with the TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS. THE HOLY SPIRIT also in the FORM of a MAN will make HIS APPEARANCE at TIMES. BUT JESUS WILL BE BOTH YOUR KING and YOUR GOD and YOU will SERVE HIM, and HE WILL SERVE THE HOLY SPIRIT, and THE HOLY SPIRIT WILL SERVE THE ETERNAL FATHER and THE ALMIGHTY GOD!

P140

During the MILLENNIUM there will be those who will live outside of the GARDEN just as it was during the time of ADAM and EVE. Their environment will be quite different than yours and will be same as it is now in this world. These people will have normal life spans similar as to what life expectancy a person has now. Those people outside of the GARDEN, the GARDEN of which is referred to in the Scriptures as, "the Camp of the Saints and the BELOVED CITY", will only have access to the GARDEN for certain SOLEMN ASSEMBLIES and FEASTS. It will be MANDATORY that ALL of the living ATTENDS and WORSHIP GOD on those SABBATH DAYS or a curse will come over them and their lands, thus causing famine. Therefor those who will live outside of the GARDEN will attend and worship on the SABBATHS only out of their FEAR of GOD rather than attending out of their love for GOD!

P140

This ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD will serve many purposes for YOUR MAN/GOD RELATIONSHIP. You will have the opportunity to learn the WORD of GOD by the way of continual TEACHINGS of HIS WORD. You will learn how to LIVE and LOVE one another and how to SHARE in all GOOD THINGS with one another. It will be the ANSWER to THE LORDS PRAYER: "THY KINGDOM COME, THY WILL BE DONE, ON EARTH AS IT IS IN HEAVEN".

P140 P141

Each day of the MILLENNIUM will appear to be the best DAY EVER for those who are in it, and you will think that there can never be a day better than the day that you are in. But if you remember what was told to you about the NINE conditions of the earth, that you could not have BETTER without having worse, however; those rules will no longer apply. Each DAY will be WONDERFUL with each succeeding day being better than the day before, and that shall never cease, neither in the MILLENNIUM, or AFTERWARDS. For those who will continue to ascend and LIVE throughout ETERNITY, ALL THINGS CONTINUE TO ONLY GET BETTER.

P141

Isaiah 64:4 For since the BEGINNING of the world men have not heard, nor perceived by the ear, neither hath the eye seen, O GOD, beside thee, what HE hath prepared for him that waiteth for HIM.

P141 Kjb1611

The Beheaded Souls

P141

The Beheaded Souls are those people that enter into the MILLENNIUM through their own blood rather than through the BLOOD of the LAMB. These Souls neither have SOUL MATES nor will they ASCEND into a SPIRITUAL BODY. This is because these people have entered in by way of their own Resurrection. Only those who enter in through THE BLOOD of the LAMB and the RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST, can be MARRIED and ASCEND beyond the MILLENNIUM. The Beheaded Souls who are rewarded for their refusing to accept the "Mark of the Beast" enjoy GOD'S REST and will eventually be sent back to the dust of the earth for another opportunity to be SAVED. This is clearly stated in the Book of Revelation as to how this group of individuals that are called "The Beheaded Souls", can only live and reign with CHRIST for ONE THOUSAND YEARS, and not for ETERNITY. However, the Beheaded Souls never suffer the SECOND DEATH, thus meaning a SPIRITUAL DEATH. Therefor, the Beheaded Souls SLEEP in the earth until they are awakened at a later time to LIVE again on the earth!

P141

Revelation 20:4 And I saw Thrones, and they sat upon them, and judgment was given unto them: and I saw the Souls of them that were beheaded for the witness of JESUS, and for the WORD of GOD, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and reigned with CHRIST a THOUSAND YEARS.

P141 Kjb1611 P142

The BEHEADED SOULS are not allowed to marry and are given responsibilities similar to what the Levites and Priests of old had had in regard to the care taking of the TEMPLE of GOD. The reason that this group is not allowed to marry or be given in marriage is defined by the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST. These are the people that enter into the MILLENNIUM by being RESURRECTED from the DEAD, rather than ENTERING by the RESURRECTION OF JESUS CHRIST that is GIVEN to the LIVING. AS YOU HAVE BEEN ALREADY TOLD, ONLY THOSE WHO HAVE BEEN BAPTIZED IN THE SPIRIT WILL RECEIVE JESUS CHRIST AS THEIR SAVIOR AND THEIR RESURRECTION UNTO LIFE. The following Scriptures will support this TRUTH.

P142

Matthew 22:29 JESUS answered and said unto them, YE DO ERR, NOT KNOWING THE SCRIPTURES, NOR THE POWER OF GOD.

P142 Kjb1611

Matthew 22:30 FOR IN THE RESURRECTION THEY NEITHER MARRY, NOR ARE GIVEN IN MARRIAGE, BUT ARE AS THE ANGELS OF GOD IN HEAVEN.

P142 Kjb1611

Matthew 22:31 BUT AS TOUCHING THE RESURRECTION OF THE DEAD, HAVE YE NOT READ THAT WHICH WAS SPOKEN UNTO YOU BY GOD, SAYING,

P142 Kjb1611

Matthew 22:32 I AM THE GOD OF ABRAHAM, AND THE GOD OF ISAAC, AND THE GOD OF JACOB? GOD IS NOT THE GOD OF THE DEAD, BUT OF THE LIVING.

P142 Kjb1611

The WEDDING GUESTS

P142

We have talked about the first group of people in the MILLENNIUM, the "Beheaded Souls" and now we can discuss the second group of people in the MILLENNIUM, the "WEDDING GUESTS".

P142

Revelation 19:9 And he saith unto me, WRITE, BLESSED are they which are called unto the MARRIAGE SUPPER of the LAMB. And he saith unto me, These are the TRUE sayings of GOD.

P143 Kjb1611

This group of people will make up the vast MAJORITY of those who enter into the MILLENNIUM. These are the GUESTS of THE BRIDE and THE GROOM, but are not of the WEDDING PARTY, called THE BRIDE. These people are SAVED SOULS but are not of the BODY of CHRIST. This is an unfortunate FACT of REALITY. Each one of these people will have a place for them set in HEAVEN however they can never ASCEND any closer to GOD than the SIXTH HEAVENLY LEVEL. In the Scripture above you can readily see that these people are "CALLED" unto the MARRIAGE SUPPER of the LAMB. It was traditional in the early days of the world that the FATHER chose HIS SON'S WIFE, this certainly HOLDS TRUE IN HEAVEN. The following Scripture will verify the TRUTH of this matter.

P143

Matthew 20:16 SO THE LAST SHALL BE FIRST, AND THE FIRST LAST: FOR MANY BE CALLED, BUT FEW CHOSEN.

P143 Kjb1611

Let us take a DEEPER look into this Scripture. Earlier on in this BOOK you were told that on the FIRST TRUMPET out of the six billion LIVING on the earth, that only 800,000 adults and 9,600,000 children under the age of 20, will receive the RAPTURE. You have also been told, that at the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET that the BEGINNING of the LAST DAY will commence, and at the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET the BALANCE of GOD'S PEOPLE will receive the RAPTURE. Of those RECEIVING this RAPTURE, most of them will come out from PARADISE and not from among those who still remain on the earth.

P143

The FIRST GROUP of people, THE BRIDE whom had been put in a PLACE of PROTECTION will receive the RAPTURE at the SEVENTH TRUMPET also into the MILLENNIUM. However, they were the first to receive the RAPTURE into the PLACE of PROTECTION. This fulfills the PROPHECY of JESUS CHRIST when HE SAID, "SO THE LAST SHALL BE FIRST, AND THE FIRST LAST". You see the "LAST" are the LIVING who receive the RAPTURE at the FIRST TRUMPET, and the "FIRST" are those who have already passed on and are in PARADISE who RECEIVE the RAPTURE at the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET which is the BEGINNING of the LAST DAY! This is why JESUS TOLD HIS DISCIPLES that HE WOULD RAISE THEM UP ON THE LAST DAY!

P143

Let us now look at the SECOND part of this Prophecy that of which says, "FOR MANY BE CALLED, BUT FEW CHOSEN". The vast MAJORITY of those in the MILLENNIUM are CALLED to the WEDDING SUPPER. BUT, only a FEW are CHOSEN for the WEDDING PARTY (THE BRIDE). If it were up to JESUS, HE WOULD HAVE INCLUDED ALL IN THE WEDDING PARTY. HOWEVER, THIS IS GOD'S CHOICE! HE CHOOSES THE BRIDE of CHRIST! This also can be verified in the following Scripture:

P144

John 6:65 And HE said, THEREFORE SAID I UNTO YOU, THAT NO MAN CAN COME UNTO ME, EXCEPT IT WERE GIVEN UNTO HIM OF MY FATHER.

P144 Kjb1611

The WEDDING PARTY (THE BRIDE of CHRIST)

P144

You have been told thus far that there are three groups of people on the earth. The Beast (Soulless Man), the BLESSED (CHILD of GOD), and the Damned (Man with a SOUL, but the offspring of Lucifer). Now through many generations of intermarrying there are but a few being pedigreed and of their original heritage. For the Beast and the Damned Groups this becomes a BLESSING, however for THE BLESSED, this becomes a CURSE. Only the CHILD of GOD can enter into CHRIST. Therefor all the intermarriage that has occurred has significantly decreased this NUMBER. GOD, is the ONLY ONE who KNOWS who is of the PEDIGREED HERITAGE. This is why ONLY HE CAN CHOOSE!

P144

Since the BEGINNING of TIME and until the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET there will have been TWENTY-ONE BILLION people who have opened their eyes in this world, Of this TWENTY-ONE BILLION, onethird (SEVEN BILLION), will enter into GOD'S REST, the MILLENNIUM. Of that SEVEN BILLION people there are ONE BILLION who are of the ANGEL. These are ANGELS that have willingly come down to the earth from HEAVEN to live like a man or a woman and serve a DIVINE PURPOSE while doing so. Of the remaining SIX BILLION people, TWO BILLION will be of the 1st Resurrection (The Beheaded Soul), THREE BILLION and EIGHT HUNDRED and NINETY-SIX MILLION are of the WEDDING GUESTS, and only ONE HUNDRED and FOUR MILLION will be of THE BRIDE of CHRIST. This NUMBER is exactly TEN TIMES GREATER than the NUMBER of those who had RECEIVED the FIFTH RAPTURE, and this NUMBER is always the SAME!

P144

At the CONCLUSION of the MILLENNIUM, the TWO BILLION Beheaded Souls sleep in the dust of the earth, until they are called back to LIFE on earth. The FOUR BILLION, which is inclusive of the WEDDING GUEST and the WEDDING PARTY will receive THE POST MILLENNIUM RAPTURE and TRANSFIGURATION into A NEW SPIRITUAL BODY, and then ASCEND to their NEXT LEVEL which is in HEAVEN. The ONE BILLION SOULS THAT ARE OF THE ANGEL will ASCEND WITH THE LORD of HOSTS (THE HOLY SPIRIT) UP to their appropriate LEVEL in HEAVEN. The BRIDE of CHRIST and THE WEDDING GUESTS are also taken up with each person being designated to reside at a particular HEAVENLY LEVEL from the 1st to the 6th LEVEL in HEAVEN. Those being of THE BRIDE of CHRIST, regardless of what LEVEL in HEAVEN they may RESIDE IN, can further ASCEND in CHRIST UP TO THE THRONE of GOD.

P144 P145

Chapter 5
GOSPELS, Directions

P147

There are FOUR GOSPELS written into THE HOLY BIBLE to describe THE TIME, THE EVENTS, and THE LIFE of JESUS CHRIST. There is a very specific reason as to why there are FOUR GOSPELS WRITTEN and not just ONE man's GOSPEL telling the STORY of the MAN NAMED JESUS.

P147

GOD had the GOSPELS WRITTEN looking from FOUR different perspectives or to SAY more CORRECTLY, from FOUR DIFFERENT DIRECTIONS. If you were to look at a map or a chart trying to find some specific area located on that map or chart you would need to know the coordinates of that specific location you were looking for. These coordinates would provide you with the DIRECTIONS needed to locate that specific area on the map and would be depicted by a CROSS that would be found on the map or chart which would indicate the four COMPASS DIRECTIONS. The four COMPASS DIRECTIONS are NORTH, SOUTH, EAST and WEST.

P147

The CROSS that JESUS CHRIST was crucified on also signifies the same FOUR DIRECTIONS as are found on a map or chart, however these DIRECTIONS are intended to be SPIRITUAL DIRECTIONS rather than physical ones. THE CROSS symbolically indicates; regardless of which DIRECTION one may be coming from to UNDERSTAND THE PERSON and THE LIFE of JESUS CHRIST, that any and all of those FOUR DIRECTIONS will meet in the MIDDLE of the CROSS. This is to say regardless of ONE'S perspective of JESUS CHRIST, the TRUTH HANGS at the MIDDLE of the CROSS.

P147

The WRITING of the FOUR GOSPELS took place many years after the crucifixion and RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST. Two of the four Authors, Mark and Luke, had never seen JESUS CHRIST and they depended on the other Disciples who did walk with JESUS to explain to them about the TIME and EVENTS that had taken place. GOD ORDAINED all four of these men to WRITE the GOSPELS. Matthew and John, who wrote the FIRST and LAST GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST needed very little assistance for their WRITINGS, as these TWO HAD PERSONALLY WITNESSED THESE ACCOUNTS for themselves. The accuracy of the GOSPELS is really quite GOOD, however I will point out some discrepancies as we go forward in some of the WRITINGS. What I find TROUBLING about the errors within the GOSPELS is; if the Church Leaders are so familiar with the GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, then why haven't they pointed out these discrepancies that I will soon show you?

P147 P148

In regard to the aforementioned question, I shall give YOU TWO POSSIBILITIES why the Church Leaders have not pointed out these discrepancies, and then allow YOU to draw your own conclusions. The first possibility is that these Church Leaders are not as familiar with the GOSPELS as one may think and due to this unfamiliarity they have not discerned the discrepancies found in the GOSPELS. This would be the preferred ERROR of the TWO POSSIBLE ERRORS. The second possibility is that the Church Leaders have indeed identified these discrepancies. However; they have hid them from the CONGREGATION to protect the integrity of their religion. This possibility is MOST DISTURBING! PREACHERS of the GOSPELS are to be PREACHERS of the TRUTH! If a question arises about the TRUTH, then that question should be OPENLY discussed with ALL the CONGREGATION and not hidden from them, for we all are seeking the TRUTH! THE TRUTH CANNOT BE HIDDEN FOR THE WORD of GOD WILL JUSTIFY ITSELF!

P148

To further your understanding on the FOUR GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, we will begin by looking at the FOUR DIRECTIONS in which they were WRITTEN. The GOSPEL of Matthew is WRITTEN to describe JESUS CHRIST, as "THE PERSON of GOD". The GOSPEL of Mark is WRITTEN to describe JESUS CHRIST, as "THE MIRACLES of GOD". The GOSPEL of Luke is WRITTEN to describe JESUS CHRIST, as "THE MAN of GOD", and The GOSPEL of John is WRITTEN to describe JESUS CHRIST, as "THE SPIRIT of GOD". All FOUR of these GOSPELS look at JESUS from a different DIRECTION (PERSPECTIVE). However, regardless of which one of these FOUR perspectives one may be LOOKING from, you will find that the END RESULT will ALWAYS be the SAME! CRUCIFIXION and RESURRECTION!

P148

Looking at the AUTHORS

P148

The Disciples and the early CHRISTIAN Church was very poor and not a financially stable enterprise trying to coexist with those of Judaism and those of FALSE beliefs. If we look at the Disciple Matthew, who had quit his job as a TAX COLLECTOR to follow after the TEACHING of JESUS, you can see how his financial status was most certainly questionable. Matthew did his Discipleship with JESUS when HE was still on this earth and then CONTINUED ON as an Apostle after the DAY of PENTECOST. Matthew did his writings of the GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST by the direction and GUIDANCE of THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P148 P149

The Disciple John on the other hand was a FISHERMAN by trade. Then after becoming a full time Apostle, John's only income came by the way of donations and GOODWILL offerings from the people that he taught. John not only authored his GOSPEL of JESUS CHRIST, but it was ALSO John who JESUS CHRIST ENTRUSTED to AUTHOR the BOOK of REVELATION. After the crucifixion of JESUS, it was John who took care of HIS Mother Mary and brought Her into his own home to live, up until the time of Mary's death. The Apostle Mark (John Mark) was a follower of the Apostle Paul, and with Mark being a Roman citizen he had somewhat of a good education. His accounts of JESUS are quite accurate as his primary source of information came through the Disciple/Apostle PETER, who was very close to JESUS. Because very little was known about JESUS prior to HIS HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM by any of the Apostles, the Apostle Mark starts his accounts of the LIFE of JESUS CHRIST in the GOSPEL of Mark, at the time of JESUS' BAPTISM and the BEGINNING of HIS MINISTRY.

P149

The Apostle Luke who was a Physician (Doctor) and also a follower of the Apostle Paul, was somewhat financially more stable than the other THREE WRITERS of the GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST. He helped the early Church not only by his own donations, but Luke also helped them by having his personal friends who were quite wealthy donate to the Church. Luke was a very well educated man as was the Apostle Paul. Luke's accounts of JESUS CHRIST are the least accurate of the FOUR GOSPELS, because Luke depended on several of those who had followed JESUS for his source of information. Many of those who gave Luke information claimed to be closer to JESUS than they actually were. Luke authored both the GOSPEL According to Luke, and the Epistle, "The Acts of the Apostles". Both his writings were in the form of an Epistle (Letter), and both these letters were written to a very wealthy Greek man, by the name of "Theophilus", to further his UNDERSTANDING about JESUS CHRIST.

P149

THE MAN NAMED JESUS

P149

JESUS was born to a MAN named JOSEPH and to a significantly younger Woman by the name of Mary in the small Town of BETHLEHEM. JOSEPH was at the time of the BIRTH of JESUS fifty-one years of age, while HIS wife Mary was significantly younger and only eighteen years old. This age difference between the two for a husband and wife, was quite common in those days. The BIRTH of JESUS was of an IMMACULATE CONCEPTION. Meaning, that NO PHYSICAL ACT of copulation took place for Mary's impregnation. The ANGELS of HEAVEN by the DIRECTION of THE HOLY SPIRIT removed the SEED from JOSEPH and PLACED IT INTO THE WOMB of the virgin Mary. Therefor making JOSEPH, JESUS' FATHER by way of THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P149 P150

This is why in the GOSPEL of Matthew the LINEAGE (Ancestry) of JESUS CHRIST is constructed through HIS Father, JOSEPH, up through King SOLOMON and then to DAVID. If JOSEPH had not played any part in the BIRTH of JESUS his ancestral LINEAGE would have not been given, because it would not have been of any importance. It is through the LINEAGE of JOSEPH, which is that of the Kings of ISRAEL, that makes JESUS HEIR to the THRONE of ISRAEL. NOTE: There are other reasons as well why JOSEPH had to be the FATHER of JESUS, but we shall cover that subject later on in this BOOK.

P150

Differing from the LINEAGE given in the GOSPEL of Matthew, in the GOSPEL of Luke, the LINEAGE (Ancestry) of JESUS CHRIST is constructed through HIS Mother Mary. This LINEAGE is given up through NATHAN the Prophet, and then to DAVID, Nathan's father, thus putting JESUS in the DIRECT LINEAGE of the PROPHETS as well as the Kings. NATHAN the Prophet and King SOLOMON were brothers and were both born to DAVID in JERUSALEM (2 Samuel, 5:14). This shows that at King DAVID the HOLY SEED of GOD was SPLIT with one-half going towards the PROPHET and one-half going towards the King. This SPLITTING of the SEED occurred at the BIRTH of NATHAN and SOLOMON. One-half of the HOLY SEED going through the LINEAGE of the Prophet NATHAN, and One-half of the HOLY SEED going through the LINEAGE of the King SOLOMON down to JESUS CHRIST, where they both came back together again.

P150

The BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST signified the bringing of both halves of the SEED of GOD, The SEED of the KING, and the SEED of the PROPHET back together into ONE PERSON. There was a SPLITTING of the SEED at DAVID, and a RECOMBINING of the SEED with JESUS. Thus making by PROCLAMATION, JESUS CHRIST to be entitled to be BOTH A KING and A PROPHET for before JESUS there needed to be both a King and a Prophet.

P150

Up until the BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST there were BOTH Kings and Prophets and then after JESUS CHRIST there were NEITHER any more Kings or PROPHETS. Herod being a self-proclaimed king, (Herod, meaning, both he and his son), were both illegitimate kings and seized the Throne of ISRAEL by power and not by entitlement. Once that John the Baptist (being the LAST of the PROPHETS and the SPIRIT of ELIJAH) was beheaded, it then left only JESUS CHRIST on the earth to be the LAST PROPHET and the LAST KING over ISRAEL. The only missing ingredient to JESUS' LEGITIMACY was the BIRTHRIGHT, as JESUS was born out of the tribe of Judah, and the BIRTHRIGHT was given to the Tribe of JOSEPH. But later on in this BOOK you will see how JESUS was also GIVEN the BIRTHRIGHT of JOSEPH.

P150 P151

JESUS, up until the age of THIRTY YEARS old lived as an average person of those times. JESUS had personal friends and also worked in HIS Father's carpentry business. JESUS PRAYED most often and STUDIED the Scriptures while HE was RECEIVING HOLY DIRECTION and HOLY UNDERSTANDING FROM GOD, starting from a very young age. HE had four younger brothers whose names were James, Jo'-ses, Simon, and Judas, and two sisters, whose names were Sa-lo'-me and Fre'-tah, thus making JESUS the ELDEST of the SEVEN SIBLINGS.

P151

The family that JESUS grew up in would be considered by today's standards an upper middle-class family. They were not by any means considered poor! GOD taught JESUS how to READ and WRITE in HEBREW and he was the only member of HIS family, who could do so, even though HE had never attended school. Both HIS Father and HIS Mother knew that JESUS was somewhat different than their other children due to HIS IMMACULATE BIRTH, however other than that, JESUS in all other respects appeared to be normal. Even up to HIS Father JOSEPH'S death, neither JOSEPH nor Mary saw anything extraordinary about JESUS. JESUS seemed to HIS PARENTS and to HIS friends to be most INTELLIGENT as well as being VERY CLOSE to THE LORD, but other than that JESUS seemed to be normal and like all the other children.

P151

It wasn't until after JESUS' BAPTISM that ALL of his family and friends saw GREAT CHANGES take place in HIM. They all thought that JESUS had become crazy. Even HIS Mother Mary was QUITE concerned about JESUS behavior and HIS RADICAL ACTIONS against the TEACHING by the Pharisees of THE WORD of GOD! In the GOSPEL of Matthew, in the 12th Chapter, Verses 46 through 50, it tells; that while JESUS was PREACHING in the Synagogue HIS Mother Mary and HIS Brothers came wishing to speak to HIM. The TRUTH of the matter is that the Pharisees had come and complained to Mary about the Doctrine that JESUS was PREACHING in the Synagogue, and she had come down to the Synagogue to ask HIM to leave. Now, with the TRUTH in mind about this event, let us read these Scriptures taken from THE GOSPEL of Matthew.

P151

Matthew 12:46 While HE yet talked to the people, BEHOLD, HIS Mother and HIS Brethren stood without, desiring to speak with HIM.

P152 Kjb1611

Matthew 12:47 Then one said unto HIM, BEHOLD, thy Mother and thy Brethren stand without, desiring to speak with thee.

P152 Kjb1611

Matthew 12:48 But HE answered and said unto him that told HIM, WHO IS MY MOTHER? AND WHO ARE MY BRETHREN?

P152 Kjb1611

Matthew 12:49 And HE stretched forth HIS HAND toward HIS Disciples, and said, BEHOLD MY MOTHER AND MY BRETHREN!

P152 Kjb1611

Matthew 12:50 FOR WHOSOEVER SHALL DO THE WILL OF MY FATHER WHICH IS IN HEAVEN, THE SAME IS MY BROTHER, AND SISTER, AND MOTHER.

P152 Kjb1611

JESUS knew why HIS mother and Brothers were there and how they would try to get HIM to LEAVE. But JESUS demonstrated to ALL that were listening, that HE, JESUS CHRIST, was there PREACHING by the WILL of HIS FATHER. JESUS also wanted to make it PERFECTLY clear to those in attendance that HIS TRUE FAMILY were those who had come to HEAR HIS WORDS, and not those who were embarrassed by HIS ACTIONS and impatiently waiting outside of the TEMPLE, trying to get HIM to LEAVE.

P152

However we should also try to see things from Mary's perspective. JESUS being called a radical by the Pharisees and the Scribes had been PREACHING THE WORD of GOD in the SYNAGOGUE. Both they and the Elders were all in uproar and complaining to Mary about her SON'S PREACHING of what they considered to be radical and unlawful doctrine. The religious Leaders in those days had a great deal of clout with the governing authorities and Mary was quite concerned about JESUS' behavior as well as for HIS well being. She was also concerned and embarrassed about JESUS' behavior and how HIS behavior might cause the township to look unfavorably at their family.

P152

These are all the same concerns that a mother would have for a son today who was doing the same things JESUS had done, so let's put ourselves in Mary's shoes for just a MOMENT! Your SON JESUS, turning THIRTY (seemingly normal up to that point, and thinking that you know all there is to know about HIM), decides to go down to the river JORDAN to be BAPTIZED by John the Baptist. Being gone for only part of the day, JESUS then comes back home being a totally different PERSON than HE was when HE had left that morning. JESUS then brings into their house some strange men (fishermen), who are of a lower class of people and JESUS refers to them as being HIS Disciples. Mary then becomes quite ALARMED because this did not SEEM like the JESUS she had known. Then JESUS and his weary crew (HIS Disciples) show up in the Synagogue with JESUS PREACHING a TOTALLY different point of view from that of the Pharisees, and HIS ACTIONS at the Synagogue is brought by complaint to Mary's attention by the town Elders.

P152 P153

To make matters even more difficult for Mary's UNDERSTANDING of the CHANGES she sees happening to her SON JESUS, is that now his prior friends are saying that JESUS had gone crazy! This confusion resulting from the CHANGES that had taken place in JESUS by Mary and JESUS' friends can be verified in the GOSPEL of Mark.

P153

Mark 3:13 And HE goeth up into a mountain, and calleth unto HIM whom HE would: and they came unto HIM.

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:14 And HE ordained TWELVE, that they should be with HIM, and that HE might send them forth to PREACH,

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:15 And to have POWER to HEAL sicknesses, and to CAST out devils:

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:16 And Simon he surnamed PETER;

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:17 And James the son of Zeb'-e-dee, and John the brother of James; and HE surnamed them Bo-a-ner'-ges, which is, the sons of thunder:

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:18 And Andrew, and Philip, and Bartholomew, and Matthew, and Thomas, and James the son of Alphae'-us, and Thad-dae'-us, and Simon the Ca'-naan-ite,

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:19 And Judas Is'-car'-i-ot, which also betrayed HIM: and they went into an house.

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:20 And the multitude cometh together again, so that they could not so much as eat bread.

P153 Kjb1611

Mark 3:21 And when HIS friends heard of it, they went out to lay hold on HIM: for they said, HE is beside himself.

P154 Kjb1611

Mark 3:22 And the Scribes which came down from JERUSALEM said, HE hath Be-el'-ze-bub, and by the prince of the devils casteth HE out devils.

P154 Kjb1611

So as you can see from these Scriptures not only was JESUS starting to draw large crowds that were following HIM wherever he would go, but also HIS prior friends were saying that HE was crazy, and furthermore the religious Leaders were saying that HE was devil possessed.

P154

JOSEPH Father of JESUS

P154

In regard to JOSEPH the Father of JESUS, GOD has purposely withheld from the Scriptures information regarding HIM. The reason that GOD has withheld this INFORMATION from the GOSPELS is so it may be explained to you in this BOOK and to also CONFIRM the TRUTH CONTAINED within this BOOK. As you have been previously shown, THE HOLY SPIRIT had appeared in the FORM of THREE different MEN as it is WRITTEN into the Old Testament. These THREE MEN were the FIRST, SECOND and THIRD DELIVERERS. THE HOLY SPIRIT'S FIRST appearance was as NOAH the son of La'-mech, HIS SECOND appearance was as JOSEPH the son of Jacob, and HIS THIRD appearance was as MOSES the son of Am'-ram. You have also been SHOWN by NUMBERS, that the sum total of these THREE MEN'S NAMES add to the NUMBER 182, that which is the MOST HOLY NUMBER. The NAME NOAH equals the NUMBER 38, the NAME JOSEPH equals the NUMBER 73 and the NAME MOSES equals the NUMBER 71 when the English letters of each of the three names are CONVERTED to a NUMBER based on the placement of the letters within the English Alphabet. Then by adding the NUMBERS of these three names (NOAH, JOSEPH, and MOSES) or 38+73+71 their sum total equals the NUMBER 182.

P154

You have also been told the NAME of THE HOLY SPIRIT, whose NAME is IXOTE, and the sum of the NUMBER of the NAME IXOTE is EQUAL to the NUMBER "73". This is also the sum of the NUMBER of the NAME JOSEPH because it EQUALS the NUMBER "73". If we now go back into the Scriptures to the First Book of Chronicles you will see that the BIRTHRIGHT, even though given to JUDAH, had always belonged to JOSEPH.

P154

1 Chronicles 5:1 Now the sons of Reuben the firstborn of ISRAEL, (for he was the firstborn; but, forasmuch as he defiled his Father's bed, his birthright was given unto the sons of JOSEPH the SON of ISRAEL: and the genealogy is not to be reckoned after the BIRTHRIGHT.

P155 Kjb1611

1 Chronicles 5:2 For JUDAH prevailed above his brethren, and of him came the CHIEF Ruler; but the BIRTHRIGHT was JOSEPH'S:)

P155 Kjb1611

These two Scriptures verify that even though the Kings came through the Tribe of JUDAH that the BIRTHRIGHT had always belonged to JOSEPH. SO THEREFOR with GOD keeping all things in their PROPER ORDER and not DENYING JOSEPH'S BIRTHRIGHT, GOD then would have to bring JOSEPH back into a connection with JUDAH so HE could pass along the BIRTHRIGHT of JOSEPH, to JESUS CHRIST. THEREFOR, JOSEPH, the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST, was BOTH the SPIRIT and the PERSON of JOSEPH, the son of Jacob, who was not only reincarnated in the SPIRIT but was also reincarnated in the FLESH! Furthermore, with JOSEPH being a PERSON PREVIOUSLY of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, this would make JESUS BOTH THE SON of JOSEPH AND HEIR TO JOSEPH'S BIRTHRIGHT and THE SON of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, for JOSEPH was of HIM! JOSEPH'S being here on the earth twice as the SAME PERSON can be partially confirmed in the LAYER of the Scripture found in the Book of Ezekiel.

P155

Ezekiel 47:13 Thus saith the LORD GOD; this shall be the border, whereby ye shall inherit the land according to the TWELVE Tribes of ISRAEL: JOSEPH shall have TWO PORTIONS.

P155 Kjb1611

In this Scripture it is most certainly stated that the Tribes of Ma-nas'-seh and E'-phra-im, would both receive parcels of land. Thereby with both Ma-nas'-seh and E'-phra-im being the sons of JOSEPH, GOD'S COMMANDMENT and PROPHECY would be fulfilled by JOSEPH receiving TWO PORTIONS for HIS two sons. HOWEVER, GOD is saying more in this Scripture as HE most often does in the LAYER of the Scripture. GOD is ALSO stating in this Scripture; that JOSEPH would be coming back to the earth a SECOND TIME as JOSEPH, thus giving JOSEPH HIS TWO PORTIONS!

P155

GOD has on many occasions sent in the SPIRIT back to the earth certain individuals. HE did it with SOLOMON / E'-li'-jah / John the Baptist, who were all three the SAME SPIRIT however they were always a different person physically in each and every case. HOWEVER, in the case of JOSEPH, GOD did the REINCARNATION in a DIFFERENT MANNER! By GOD GIVING JOSEPH HIS TWO PORTIONS. GOD sent HIM TWICE to the earth as the SAME PERSON. Thus making JOSEPH the SAME PERSON, BOTH as JOSEPH the son of Jacob, and as JOSEPH the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST. If you READ in the GOSPEL of Matthew, in the 1st Chapter and in the 16th Verse, you will see a further connection between the TWO JOSEPHS.

P155 P156

Matthew 1:16 And Jacob begat JOSEPH the Husband of Mary, of whom was BORN JESUS, who is called CHRIST.

P156 Kjb1611

As you can see by the aforementioned Scripture, BOTH of the JOSEPHS, JOSEPH the son of Jacob, and JOSEPH the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST both had fathers whose names were Jacob! This is NOT BY COINCIDENCE, GOD LEAVES NOTHING TO CHANCE!

P156

Let us by way of the Scriptures see if there are any similarities between the TWO JOSEPHS. There is very little written about the SECOND JOSEPH, the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST. However there is a great deal written about the FIRST JOSEPH, the son of Jacob. Starting with the 37th Chapter of Genesis, the First book of MOSES, and continuing through to that Book's conclusion at Chapter 50, the topic most widely covered is the story of JOSEPH. That by itself; is somewhat REVEALING as to why (with Jacob having TWELVE SONS), the HOLY BIBLE would dedicate so much Scripture to only ONE SON, JOSEPH?

P156

The story of JOSEPH starts out by telling us that JOSEPH'S Father, Jacob considers him to be very SPECIAL. So SPECIAL in fact, Jacob makes JOSEPH a special coat of MANY colors thus setting HIM apart from all of HIS other brothers. This causes JOSEPH'S brothers to despise JOSEPH as a result of their father's favoritism towards HIM. The story also tells us that JOSEPH is a DREAMER. The Scriptures tell us that JOSEPH is shown things to come by GOD in HIS DREAMS, and that JOSEPH can also INTERPRET the Prophecy given in other people's DREAMS. Therefor, the Scriptures tell us that JOSEPH'S connection to GOD and the HEAVENLY REALM is through HIS DREAMS.

P156

Lets us now go back to the GOSPELS to see what the HOLY BIBLE tells us about the SECOND JOSEPH, the FATHER of JESUS.

P156

Matthew 1:18 Now the BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST was on this wise: When as HIS Mother Mary was espoused to JOSEPH, before they came together, she was found with CHILD of the HOLY GHOST.

P156 Kjb1611 P157

Matthew 1:19 Then JOSEPH her Husband, being a just man, and not willing to make her a publick example, was minded to put her away privily.

P157 Kjb1611

Matthew 1:20 But while HE thought on these things, BEHOLD, the ANGEL of THE LORD appeared unto HIM in a DREAM, saying, JOSEPH, thou son of DAVID, fear not to take unto thee Mary thy Wife: for that which is CONCEIVED in Her is of THE HOLY GHOST.

P157 Kjb1611

As you can SEE from these Scriptures, both the FIRST and SECOND JOSEPH'S CONNECTIONS TO GOD and the HEAVENLY REALM were through THEIR DREAMS. Then ONCE AGAIN after the BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST, GOD warns JOSEPH about King Herod's plan to kill the baby JESUS and GOD GIVES this WARNING to JOSEPH by yet another DREAM.

P157

Matthew 2:13 And when they were departed, BEHOLD, the ANGEL of the LORD appeareth to JOSEPH in a DREAM, saying, Arise, and take the young CHILD and HIS Mother, and flee into Egypt, and be thou there until I bring thee WORD: for Herod will seek the young CHILD to destroy HIM.

P157 Kjb1611

Then ONCE AGAIN GOD sends another MESSAGE to JOSEPH and Mary by way of the ANGEL after they had moved to Egypt and after the death of King Herod, by yet another DREAM.

P157

Matthew 2:19 But when Herod was dead, BEHOLD, an ANGEL of THE LORD appeareth in a DREAM to JOSEPH in Egypt,

P157 Kjb1611

All of the preceding Scriptures indicate that JOSEPH, the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST, and JOSEPH, The SON of Jacob were both DREAMERS of DREAMS! You should also take note that in the Scripture where THE LORD says, I HAVE CALLED MY SON OUT OF EGYPT (Matthew 2:15 and Hosea 11:1), GOD is referring in the Scriptures to MOSES, JOSEPH, and JESUS CHRIST. For all THREE BEING FILLED WITH THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD were called out of Egypt. NOTE: The same Scriptures also refer to GOD'S CALLING of ALL HIS CHILDREN out of this world, which GOD refers to in the Scripture as being EGYPT!

P157 P158

FURTHERMORE, in the story of the FIRST JOSEPH, when Jacob/ISRAEL had sent his SON JOSEPH off to look for HIS ten brothers who were plotting to kill HIM (for they were JEALOUS of HIM), this is how they referred to JOSEPH as it is written in the Scriptures:

P158

Genesis 37:19 And they said one to another, BEHOLD, this DREAMER cometh.

P158 Kjb1611

Genesis 37:20 Come now therefore, and let us slay HIM, and cast HIM into some pit, and we will say, Some evil beast hath devoured HIM: and we shall see what will become of HIS DREAMS.

P158 Kjb1611

The reason that BOTH JOSEPHS, JOSEPH the son of Jacob and JOSEPH THE FATHER of JESUS CHRIST have such a GREAT DEAL of COMMON TRAITS, is BECAUSE BOTH of these JOSEPHS are ONE and THE SAME JOSEPH! This was not simply a REINCARNATED SPIRIT as it was with Elijah and John the Baptist but this was the EXACT same PERSON being born on the earth TWICE, thus giving JOSEPH A DOUBLE PORTION just as the Scripture says!

P158

The reason this KNOWLEDGE is being given to you about JOSEPH is because it bears such GREAT IMPORTANCE in regard to JESUS CHRIST and THE BIRTHRIGHT to ISRAEL! JESUS CHRIST through the LINEAGE of HIS FATHER JOSEPH, AND HIS FATHER JOSEPH'S BIRTHRIGHT THUS MAKES HIM THE SOLE HEIR TO ALL ISRAEL. JESUS CHRIST through the LINEAGE of HIS Mother Mary MAKES HIM HEIR TO THE SPIRIT of PROPHECY. AND FURTHERMORE, JESUS CHRIST THROUGH THE LINEAGE of HIS PARENTS, JOSEPH and Mary (both being in the lineage of KING DAVID) MAKE JESUS CHRIST THE SOLE HEIR TO THE THRONE of DAVID! Thus bringing to pass the PROPHECY given by GOD to the Prophet Isaiah:

P158

Isaiah 9:7 Of the increase of HIS GOVERNMENT and PEACE there shall be no END, upon THE THRONE of DAVID, and upon HIS KINGDOM, to ORDER it, and to ESTABLISH it with JUDGMENT and with JUSTICE from henceforth even for ever. The ZEAL of the LORD of HOSTS will perform this.

P158 Kjb1611

WE WILL FURTHER CONFIRM IN THIS BOOK THE TRUTH ABOUT JOSEPH THE FATHER OF JESUS CHRIST AS WE GO FURTHER INTO THE SCRIPTURES OF THE HOLY BIBLE. IT IS NECESSARY TO KNOW THAT THE RIGHT AND LEGITIMACY TO ISRAEL RESIDED WITH JOSEPH, THE SON OF JACOB, AND THAT HE AND HE ALONE HAD TO PASS THAT BIRTHRIGHT ON TO JESUS CHRIST FOR NO OTHER PERSON COULD DO SO!

P159

The POWER of the Parable

P159

There are two levels of SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING to the Scriptures of THE WORD of GOD. The first level is called, "The PAP Level". This is the beginner's level of LEARNING THE WORD of GOD. The SPIRIT at this level cannot digest deep SPIRITUAL MESSAGES nor is it RECEPTIVE to THEM: The second level of SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING is called, "THE WEANED LEVEL". At this level, one can RECEIVE "IN DEPTH" SPIRITUAL MESSAGES and process them for SPIRITUAL NOURISHMENT (UNDERSTANDING and KNOWLEDGE). ALL newly SAVED SOULS are at the "PAP Level" and must be fed soft SPIRITUAL MESSAGES. It is the SAME for the SPIRIT as it is for the Body. A newly born CHILD must only be fed MILK and then very soft food because that is all that the CHILD at that time in their life can PROCESS. A PARABLE is a "SOFT SPIRITUAL MESSSAGE" indeed for the PAP Level PERSON of GOD.

P159

The literary definition of the WORD Parable is as follows: "A simple story illustrating a MORAL TRUTH". The SPIRITUAL definition of the WORD "PARABLE" is, "A VERBAL DISPENSER (much like a nipple on a woman's breasts) USED TO TARGET A PERSON'S SOUL and DISPENSE SOFT SPIRITUAL FOOD".

P159

JESUS CHRIST in HIS teaching the people THE WORD of GOD exclusively used PARABLES. This was done to demonstrate SPIRITUAL TRUTHS at the RECEPTIVE LEVEL of HIS audience. THE LORD has explained it to me in this way; A person who is trying to PREACH a SPIRITUAL TRUTH to an UNSAVED or NEWLY SAVED PERSON without the use of a PARABLE, can be likened to a person slinging mud against the side of a HOUSE. The mud will stick only until the rain comes and then the rain will wash all the mud away. This is to say that when the WORD of GOD is being dispersed to a young NEW SOUL, if it is not done properly it will not STICK with the PERSON who is RECEIVING IT! However, if that same person knows how to use a PARABLE to EXPRESS a SPIRITUAL TRUTH, then THE WORD of GOD is being DISPERSED more so like a rock being thrown through the house's window. It will stay within the house even after the rain has come. Furthermore, now THE WORD of GOD RESIDES on the INSIDE of that PERSON'S SOUL, rather than on the PERSON'S EXTERIOR. The PROPER delivery of a SPIRITUAL MESSAGE is CRUCIAL to the SOUL and a PARABLE TARGETS the SOUL and not just the EXTERIOR of the PERSON.

P159 P160

JESUS refers to the PREACHING of THE WORD of GOD as to a SOWER, who is sowing SEED. The SOWER is the PREACHER and the SEED is THE WORD of GOD. The PERSON who is RECEIVING THE WORD of GOD is referred to as the type of GROUND that is RECEIVING the SEED. JESUS further goes on to EXPLAIN the various places that this SEED is SOWN. These places that JESUS refers to are the people who are RECEIVING THE WORD of GOD. HE then EXPLAINS what happens to the SEED after it is SOWN in these various places. This is the EXPLANATION as to how the people will RECEIVE and REACT after being SEEDED with the TRUTH, THE WORD of GOD. With some of the people the SEED never takes root These are the people that hear THE WORD but do not RECEIVE THE WORD of GOD INTO THEIR SOUL. Then there are those people that both HEAR THE WORD and RECEIVE it but as soon as they RECEIVE it the Devil convinces them to cast it aside, by creating doubt in their MINDS. Then again there are those people who HEAR, RECEIVE, and HOLD ONTO THE WORD of GOD until the TRUTH INTERFERES with their LIFE styles, and then on their own accord they cast it aside. Then LASTLY there are those who HEAR, RECEIVE, HOLD ONTO AND MEDITATE ON THE WORD of GOD. THESE ARE THE PEOPLE THAT WILL BLOSSOM with THE WORD of GOD and will SHARE IT WITH OTHERS IN VARYING DEPTHS DEPENDING ON THEIR ANOINTING!

P160

The PARABLE that I have used for illustrating this POINT can be read in the GOSPEL of MARK, in the 4th Chapter, verses 1-20. My version of the "SOWER PARABLE" is slightly different than the one given in the GOSPEL of Mark, but you will see after reading it that the MESSAGE is the SAME! YOUR question to yourselves should be "how can I become like the PERSON who RECEIVES, RETAINS, and BLOSSOMS with THE WORD of GOD"? The answer to that question is simple! Each and everyday set aside some time to read THE HOLY BIBLE. This will act like a continual OVER SEEDING for YOU. If you SOW an enormous amount of SEED surely some will take ROOT and BLOSSOM. The more SEED that YOU SOW to yourself, then the HIGHER the probability is that the WORD of GOD WILL TAKE ROOT within you.

P160

I would like to offer some advice to those of you who are interested in learning THE WORD of GOD. The LEARNING of THE WORD of GOD is a GIFT of THE HOLY SPIRIT and THROUGH HIM YOU CAN RECEIVE the UNDERSTANDING and the WISDOM that is offered by THE WORD of GOD. This UNDERSTANDING and WISDOM can only be RECEIVED through PRAYER and DETERMINATION. THE LORD has TAUGHT ME HOW TO DO THIS BY USING THE SCRIPTURES WITHIN THE HOLY BIBLE. GOD has taught me to READ Psalm 119 as though it is MY PRAYER to GOD prior to MY READING of any of the HOLY SCRIPTURES.

P161

This is the LONGEST Psalm in THE HOLY BIBLE with it having 176 verses. The 119th Psalm is broken into twenty-two eight-verse segments thus representing the twenty-two letters of the HEBREW ALPHABET. Each segment has eight verses that all make up a PRAYER to GOD for the UNDERSTANDING and the KNOWLEDGE of the Scriptures. This Psalm was WRITTEN by THE HOLY SPIRIT for ALL who want to learn about THE WORD of GOD. If you follow the INSTRUCTIONS given in the Psalm, GOD WILL SHOW YOU SOME IMMEDIATE RESULTS!

P161

GOSPEL DISCREPANCIES

P161

As we had discussed earlier in this chapter there are several notable DISCREPANCIES in the GOSPELS with the ONE EXCEPTION being the GOSPEL of John. The GOSPEL of John has not a SINGLE discrepancy other than a few minor spelling errors in its entirety. This is why JESUS CHRIST picked the Apostle John to write for HIM the Book of REVELATION. Of all the Disciples even including PETER, none was more SPIRIT FILLED than the Apostle John. The Spirit of John continues on in this world as a PREACHER even as I write. Even though the body of a person having the SPIRIT of John within it dies, that SELFSAME SPIRIT will then enter into a newborn CHILD at the time of the body's death. JESUS CHRIST HIMSELF told John of John's CONTINUAL REINCARNATION, but many of the Disciples misunderstood what JESUS had meant, as they had thought at that time that what JESUS was saying was that John would never die. But JESUS spoke of the SPIRIT of John and not of his body of flesh. The following Scriptures will verify the TRUTH of this MATTER!

P161

John 21:20 Then PETER, turning about, seeth the Disciple whom JESUS LOVED following; which also leaned on HIS BREAST at SUPPER, and said, LORD, which is he that betrayeth thee?

P161 Kjb1611

This meeting with JESUS given in the Scripture is taking place after JESUS' RESURRECTION. JESUS had just told PETER in what manner PETER would die. PETER after being told this then turns and sees the Disciple John following behind both he and JESUS, and in the next Scripture then PETER asks JESUS how the Disciple John will die?

P162

John 21:21 Peter seeing him saith to JESUS, LORD, and what shall this man do?

P162 Kjb1611

What PETER is asking JESUS, is, "now that you have told me how I shall die", "how is John going to die"? And JESUS answers PETER in the following way:

P162

John 21:22 JESUS saith unto him, IF I WILL THAT HE TARRY TILL I COME, WHAT IS THAT TO THEE? FOLLOW THOU ME.

P162 Kjb1611

What JESUS is saying to PETER is, "So what, if I LEAVE JOHN here on the earth until I return", "What difference should that make to you"? "Keep focused on PREACHING WHAT I HAVE TAUGHT YOU".

P162

John 21:23 Then went this saying abroad among the BRETHREN, that that Disciple should not die: yet JESUS said not unto him, he shall not die; but, IF I WILL THAT HE TARRY TILL I COME, WHAT IS THAT TO THEE?

P162 Kjb1611

All the Disciples had thought what JESUS meant was that the Disciple John was not going to die and that he would live until the return of JESUS CHRIST. But what JESUS was really saying was that the SPIRIT of John was going to remain on the earth PREACHING until the RETURN of JESUS CHRIST. This why the Apostle John in "The Revelation of JESUS CHRIST", refers to himself as a BROTHER in TRIBULATION. This is because the SPIRIT of the Apostle John that is here now upon the earth will head up the TRIBULATION SAINTS and will himself endure THE GREAT TRIBULATION.

P162

This Prophecy of John's remaining on the earth to PREACH is AGAIN told to the Apostle John, by the ANGEL in the Book of Revelation, and it can be found in 10th chapter in verse 11 of The Book of Revelation. At the time of John's VISION the Apostle John was in prison and on the island of Patmos awaiting execution. Then at that time the ANGEL of THE LORD appeared to John to give him the REVELATION of JESUS CHRIST. The ANGEL was telling John who knew he was to die in a few short hours, that John would continue in SPIRIT to PREACH THE WORD of GOD, and the TESTIMONY of JESUS CHRIST.

P162 P163

Revelation 10:11 And he said unto me, THOU MUST PROPHESY AGAIN BEFORE MANY PEOPLES, AND NATIONS, AND TONGUES, AND KINGS.

P163 Kjb1611

This Scripture tells you that the SPIRIT of John remains on this earth until the return of JESUS CHRIST! When JESUS CHRIST returns to gather up the TRIBULATION SAINTS, then at that time the SPIRIT of John will leave with the LAMB of GOD.

P163

Revelation 14:1 And I looked, and, lo, a LAMB stood on the Mount Si'-on, and with HIM an hundred forty and four thousand, having HIS FATHER'S NAME written in their foreheads.

P163 Kjb1611

Errors in the GOSPEL of Luke

P163

In the GOSPEL of Luke there are several parts to the story of JESUS CHRIST that make for an interesting story, however they are not the TRUTH. One of the KEY ERRORS in the GOSPEL of Luke is JESUS' appearance before King Herod. JESUS CHRIST NEVER went before Ar-che-la'-us who called himself by his father's name, Herod, as the real King Herod was already dead. In the GOSPEL of Luke, which is the only one of the GOSPELS making mention of this event, there is not a single WORD that is SPOKEN by JESUS CHRIST during HIS supposed appearance before Herod. The reason for JESUS' not SPEAKING in the Scripture is because it never happened! Now it was on this wise, Herod (Ar-che-la'-us) was in a power struggle with Pon'-tius Pilate who was placed over and above Herod by the Roman Senate. The Scriptures make reference to Pilate's sending JESUS to King Herod after he could not find any fault with JESUS. This could have NEVER HAPPENED! There wouldn't be any possible way that Pilate who was an egotist would relinquish any of his Authority to a self proclaimed Jewish King. The Romans maintained complete Authority over the entire area and they only let Herod (Ar-che-la'-us) remain as a token figurehead for the Jews. He was essentially powerless and this is why the Jews had to live in accordance with Roman law.

P163

The whole Herod family had seized power by murder and corruption, and none of them were of the lineage of the Kings of ISRAEL or Judah. If JESUS was to be brought before Herod (who was Ar-che-la'-us the son of Herod), and the people were proclaiming that JESUS CHRIST was their KING, then JESUS would have never made it to the CROSS. JESUS would have been beheaded just as they had done to John the Baptist! The Romans were the only ones who executed by crucifixion, and JESUS was BORN to die on the CROSS. JESUS CHRIST never stood before Herod and this is why the other THREE GOSPELS make no mention of this event!

P163 P164

There is also a story told starting in the 41st verse of the 2nd Chapter of the GOSPEL of Luke that NEVER happened either. This story claims that when JESUS was twelve years old his parents JOSEPH and Mary took him to JERUSALEM with them while they attended the FEAST of the PASSOVER. After JOSEPH and Mary had left the PASSOVER FEAST they went a full day's journey before they had noticed that JESUS was missing! JOSEPH and Mary then found JESUS after looking for HIM for three days in the TEMPLE discussing the WORD of GOD with the Rabbis.

P164

This event could NEVER have happened because first and foremost, the religious leaders during the CHILDHOOD of JESUS, had a zero tolerance towards the children, and no regard for children whatsoever in matters relating to the LAW of GOD! The Scriptures tell us that JESUS was SENT to earth to fulfill the Prophecy of Malachi to turn the hearts of the fathers to the children, because the children were not allowed to WORSHIP GOD before HE had COME! This is why JESUS told HIS Disciples that they should not turn away the CHILDREN from HIM but rather to accept them openly.

P164

At the time in which this event had supposedly taken place the children (below the age of twenty) were not allowed to participate in any of the Jewish religious matters, and were certainly not allowed in the TEMPLE. GOD disapproved of the way that the Jews were denying their children access to HIM, and in part, JESUS' MISSION was to CHANGE that, WHICH HE DID!

P164

Malachi 4:6 And HE shall turn the heart of the Fathers to the CHILDREN, And the heart of the CHILDREN to their Fathers, lest I come and smite the earth with a curse.

P164 Kjb1611

The Childhood of JESUS CHRIST

P164

JESUS never discussed with HIS Disciples matters concerning HIS life prior to HIS BAPTISM and even the STORY of HIS IMMACULATE BIRTH came by way of Mary, HIS Mother, after HIS RESURRECTION. This is why in the GOSPEL of Mark, which is primarily the TESTIMONY of PETER, the STORY of JESUS CHRIST begins at the time of HIS BAPTISM, and at the beginning of HIS MINISTRY, as also does the GOSPEL of John. Only Matthew and Luke have written about the BIRTH of JESUS.

P164 P165

The one thing that must be kept in mind is that JESUS' mother, Mary, lived with the Apostle John and his family for many years after JESUS' RESURRECTION. So why didn't John write about the BIRTH of JESUS, as one could be assured that John had heard the stories that were being told by MARY about JESUS' childhood? The answer to this question is also quite simple! Both John as well as MARK (whose information came through the Apostle PETER) knew that the TRUE BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST came on the DAY of HIS BAPTISM, and all that had happened to HIM prior to that time was insignificant!

P165

Even though most of the writings on JESUS in HIS early years were speculative on the part of the Authors, their writings had NO effect on corrupting the WORD of GOD. The MESSAGE remains the SAME! JESUS was indeed BORN in BETHLEHEM to a VIRGIN by the NAME of Mary, and his FATHER'S NAME is JOSEPH. JESUS came through the LINEAGE of both Kings and Prophets and HE is THE SON of GOD. JESUS GAVE HIS LIFE ON THE CROSS FOR THE SINS OF THE WORLD, AND BY HIS DEATH, ALL BELIEVING IN HIM SHALL HAVE ETERNAL LIFE! Therefor the other events that are written in regard to JESUS prior to HIS BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT, ARE IRRELEVANT!

P165

Other Discrepancies in the GOSPELS

P165

Some of the other DISCREPANCIES found in three of the four GOSPELS are mostly minor in NATURE. The Scripture cited by Matthew in Chapter 12, verses 18 through 21, are cited incorrectly, as this Prophecy applies to THE HOLY SPIRIT (182), which we have previously covered in this BOOK, and not to JESUS CHRIST as Matthew so cites. Matthew Chapter 8, verses 28 through 34 and in Mark, Chapter 5, verses 1 through 20, and in Luke, Chapter 8,verses 26 through 39, tells the same story. This story tells about a man possessed with devils that JESUS had cast out into a herd of swine. The Gospel of Matthew says that there were TWO men and the GOSPELS of Mark and Luke says that there was ONE man. So which of the GOSPELS is CORRECT? The GOSPEL of Mark is the most correct of the three, as PETER who gave Mark this information was with JESUS at the TIME of the EVENT. Matthew was not with JESUS at that TIME, nor was Luke.

P165

The last error in the GOSPELS we will discuss is in the story told in Luke, Chapter 7, verses, 1 1 through 17, in which JESUS resurrects a dead man during a funeral procession, while the pallbearers are carrying the man away to be buried. This story is also UNTRUE; THIS EVENT NEVER HAPPENED! There are SEVEN RESURRECTIONS that actually take place in THE HOLY BIBLE, and ALL SEVEN have been already listed in this BOOK. You will see by that list, that the Resurrection told about in the GOSPEL of Luke is not one of those SEVEN that are listed in this BOOK. This is because this Resurrection never took place.

P166

NOTE: Let US show you as to why the story of this resurrection as told by Luke VIOLATES the PRINCIPLES of the GOSPELS:

P166

In all cases where JESUS had healed someone of their afflictions, JESUS DID SO BY THEIR FAITH. There were those who BELIEVED that if JESUS would come to them that they would RECEIVE the HEALING they had REQUESTED. Then again there were those who BELIEVED if they could get to JESUS and even in some cases just to touch HIM that they would be HEALED. FURTHERMORE there were also THOSE who BELIEVED that if JESUS would even just say that they were to be HEALED or that one of their LOVED ONES would be HEALED it would be so. But in all the CASES, a REQUEST by FAITH was NECESSARY for the MIRACLE to happen!

P166

A very DIFFERENT situation appears to have happened as Luke tells it in the story, because a REQUEST by FAITH was never made. Before we go any further into this ERROR, READ CHAPTER 7, VERSES II through 17, in the GOSPEL of Luke.

P166

After reading this story you can plainly see that there wasn't any REQUEST by FAITH made to JESUS for HIM to RESURRECT the dead man. JESUS would not have just happened to be passing by a funeral procession and resurrect a dead man because HE had compassion for the mother! A REQUEST by FAITH would have had to been made. This is a SET CONDITION BY GOD FOR THE HEALING OF ANY SORTS, AND THIS CONDITION MUST ALWAYS BE MET. THROUGHOUT THE GOSPELS JESUS ALWAYS COMMENTS ON A PERSON'S FAITH PRIOR TO HIM PERFORMING A MIRACLE, WHETHER THE REQUEST WAS MADE BY GREAT FAITH OR BY LITTLE FAITH. JESUS DID NOT PERFORM THESE MIRACLES FOR HIMSELF, BUT HE RATHER PERFORMED THEM FOR BOTH THE REQUESTERS AND FOR THE ONLOOKERS SO THEY WOULD SEE WHAT COULD BE DONE BY FAITH!

P166

MESSIAH, SAVIOR and DELIVERER

P167

As touched on earlier in this BOOK there is a SAVIOR MESSIAH and a DELIVERER MESSIAH, WITH BOTH BEING THE TWO ANOINTED ONES SPOKEN ABOUT IN THE PROPHECY OF ZECHARIAH (Zechariah 4:12 4:14). Does this mean that there are TWO CHRISTS? The answer to this question is a resounding NO! There is only ONE CHRIST. Even though the WORD CHRIST is derived from the Greek word "Christos", meaning the same as the HEBREW WORD MESSIAH, both meaning "The Anointed One", THERE IS ONLY ONE CHRIST. The WORD MESSIAH applies to TWO PERSONS whereas the WORD CHRIST applies only to JESUS. This was a NAME given to JESUS by those who LOVED and BELIEVED in HIM, and HIM ALONE! The NUMERICAL MARKERS put into the HOLY BIBLE are much CLEARER in REGARD to JESUS than are they in REGARD to the SECOND MESSIAH, THE DELIVERER. References in NUMERICAL form for the NAME JESUS are made very clear throughout the HOLY BIBLE. THE NAME "JESUS" when converted to a NUMBER by its LETTER PLACEMENT of each of its LETTERS within the English Alphabet sum totals to the NUMBER "74". JESUS is referred to in the Scriptures throughout the HOLY BIBLE as the "HAND of GOD", which its LETTERS also total to the NUMBER "74" JESUS is also referred to in the Book of Zechariah as GOD'S FIRST STAVE WHOM HE CALLS, "BEAUTY"! "BEAUTY" is the ONE that GOD sends out first to BREAK the OLD COVENANT, and the WORD BEAUTY also totals to the NUMBER "74". Then FINALLY, to differentiate the TWO MESSIAHS from the ONE who is spoken about in the Book of Daniel, the WORD "MESSIAH" when it is converted to a NUMBER by its LETTER PLACEMENT within the English Alphabet, it ALSO TOTALS to the NUMBER "74"!

P167

The Jews to this very day are still waiting for the COMING of THE MESSIAH. This is because they look towards DELIVERANCE rather than toward the SAVING GRACE of GOD. You cannot be DELIVERED unless you are SAVED. This is the SIMPLE TRUTH. They, meaning the Jews, are still looking for THE MESSIAH to ride in on a white horse as the Kings did in the days of old, and DELIVER ISRAEL out of the hands of the BOND KEEPER. They also expect THE MESSIAH TO TAKE CONTROL of ISRAEL by some kind of forceful means thus demonstrating a GREAT deal of POWER to all of the onlookers. The WORD "ISRAEL" means; ALL GOD'S PEOPLE and not just the Jews. When the MESSIAH, THE DELIVERER comes HE will indeed DEMONSTRATE GREAT POWER. However those who have not received SAVING GRACE by the WAY of JESUS CHRIST and HIS RESURRECTION will be considered to be an ENEMY of ISRAEL, by THE DELIVERER!

P167 P168

Hopefully you can see by the Scriptures in the GOSPELS that when JESUS had made HIS appearance in ISRAEL, HE appeared not to be what the Jews had expected THE MESSIAH to be. This is because that rather than JESUS DEMONSTRATING HIS POWER by force that HE RATHER DEMONSTRATED HIS POWER by LOVE. FURTHERMORE, rather than JESUS KILLING the SINNERS as the Jews expected HIM to do HE HEALED THEM. And then again, rather than JESUS showing HIS DISPLEASURE with the enemy, HE SHOWED THEM HIS COMPASSION and OPENLY INVITED THEM INTO THE KINGDOM of GOD! JESUS ACTED IN THIS WAY because GOD SENT JESUS CHRIST TO THE EARTH TO BE MAN'S PERFECT EXAMPLE. GOD wants ALL of HIS CHILDREN to be JUST LIKE JESUS IN EACH AND EVERY WAY, BEING BOTH COMPASSIONATE AND FORGIVING!

P168

Furthermore the Scriptures throughout the Old Testament tell you that THE MESSIAH, THE DELIVERER, is not INTENDED to be your PERFECT EXAMPLE and ONLY BY HIS FAITH shall you LIVE! For HE will not change a thing about the world for HE WILL JUDGE THE WORLD FOR WHAT IT IS! THE DELIVERER WILL SHOW FURY and WRATH without COMPASSION. HE WILL SHOW POWER and MIGHT without PITY and HE WILL DELIVER GREAT WRATH upon the world without MERCY. The ZEAL of the LORD of HOSTS WILL PERFORM THIS!

P168

To ALL those who are not SAVED, BEWARE! THE DELIVERER is ALSO THE REDEEMER and the PRICE of REDEMPTION is THE BLOOD of the LAMB. If you are not under the PROTECTION of THE BLOOD of the LAMB then the price you shall pay is THE GREAT TRIBULATION and quite possibly, your own ETERNITY.

P168

Isaiah 44:6 THUS SAITH THE LORD THE KING OF ISRAEL, AND HIS REDEEMER THE LORD OF HOSTS; I AM THE FIRST, AND I AM THE LAST; AND BESIDE ME THERE IS NO GOD.

P168 Kjb1611

JESUS CHRIST, GOD'S LOVE for MAN

P168

John 3:16 FOR GOD SO LOVED THE WORLD, THAT HE GAVE HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, THAT WHOSOEVER BELIEVETH IN HIM SHOULD NOT PERISH, BUT HAVE EVERLASTING LIFE.

P168 Kjb1611 P169

John 3:17 FOR GOD SENT NOT HIS SON INTO THE WORLD TO CONDEMN THE WORLD; BUT THAT THE WORLD THROUGH HIM MIGHT BE SAVED.

P169 Kjb1611

JESUS CHRIST who willingly CAME on behalf of THE FATHER and voluntarily gave HIS LIFE on the CROSS, did so to DEMONSTRATE GOD'S LOVE for MAN! JESUS CHRIST, whose NAME in THE TRINITY IS YESHUA, THE FATHER of THE SOUL BEARING MAN THEREFOR GAVE UP HIS LIFE FOR MAN. This last STATEMENT MEANS that rather than a SON giving HIS LIFE for HIS FATHER as it is most frequently taught, ONE CAN MORE CORRECTLY SAY that is was A FATHER WHO GAVE HIS LIFE FOR HIS SON, AND YOU ISRAEL (GOD'S PEOPLE), ARE THAT SON. GOD'S GREAT LOVE FOR MAN is beyond all form of measurement and without LIMIT or CONDITION!

P169

JESUS CHRIST, though being dormant for HIS FIRST THIRTY YEARS, CHANGED THE WORLD with HIS THREE and ONE-HALF YEARS of MINISTRY. JESUS did this by DEMONSTRATING GOD'S LOVE in many different ways. HE taught the people by HIS actions and most certainly by HIS WORDS, but MOST OF ALL, JESUS CHRIST taught the people BY HIS FAITH in GOD. JESUS TAUGHT all those who would listen that any and ALL that would TRUST in GOD THROUGH HIS WORD AND FAITH WOULD SURELY NEVER BE DENIED IN THEIR PRAYER. The STORY of JESUS as WRITTEN in THE GOSPELS tells MANKIND that EVEN DEATH can be conquered BY ONE HAVING FAITH in GOD, and NOTHING is insurmountable in LIFE with GOD as your guide! ALL THAT GOD ASKS OF YOU IS THAT YOU LOVE HIM AS HE HAS LOVED YOU! This is the only TRUE FREEWILL OFFERING that you can make to GOD. For the only thing that GOD has given to you unconditionally, that is YOURS and YOURS ALONE, is YOUR LOVE. EVERYTHING ELSE IS HIS!

P169

The Church teaches that GOD has given man FREEWILL. THIS IS NOT THE TRUTH, for ALL THINGS ARE PREDETERMINED, even ONE'S DESTINY. THE LORD has ONE'S DESTINY CARVED INTO STONE and NO ONE CAN CHANGE A THING ABOUT IT. THE HOLY BIBLE tells you that the LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE was WRITTEN at the FOUNDATION of the earth and at that TIME all NAMES WRITTEN THEREIN. A name can be removed from the BOOK by merely BLOTTING it OUT. But a NAME cannot be ADDED INTO IT. ALL ANYONE ONE CAN DO TO ENSURE THE RETENTION OF THEIR NAME IN THE LAMB'S BOOK OF LIFE, IS TO MAKE A FREEWILL OFFERING TO GOD in hope of receiving HIS GRACE.

P169 P170

The only thing that GOD has given Mankind that SOLELY belongs TO THAT PERSON and DOES NOT BELONG TO GOD, IS YOUR LOVE. GOD WILL NEVER MAKE YOU LOVE HIM, SO THE GIVING OF ONE'S LOVE TO GOD IS THE ONLY FREEWILL OFFERING THAT ONE CAN MAKE TO GOD. GOD HAS ALREADY PROVEN HIS LOVE FOR YOU AND NOW IS YOUR TIME TO PROVE YOUR LOVE FOR HIM.

P170

When JESUS was asked which was the MOST IMPORTANT COMMANDMENT OF ALL, HE answered this way:

P170

Mark 12:29 And JESUS answered him, THE FIRST OF ALL THE COMMANDMENTS IS, HEAR, O ISRAEL; THE LORD OUR GOD IS ONE LORD:

P170 Kjb1611

Mark 12:30 AND THOU SHALT LOVE THE LORD THY GOD WITH ALL THY HEART, AND WITH ALL THY SOUL, AND WITH ALL THY MIND, AND WITH ALL THY STRENGTH: THIS IS THE FIRST COMMANDMENT.

P170 Kjb1611

Mark 12:31 AND THE SECOND IS LIKE, NAMELY THIS, THOU SHALT LOVE THY NEIGHBOUR AS THYSELF. THERE IS NONE OTHER COMMANDMENT GREATER THAN THESE.

P170 Kjb1611

What JESUS essentially did in the preceding Scriptures was to reduce the TEN COMMANDMENTS to only TWO. THE LORD HAS TOLD ME THAT THESE TWO CAN BE FURTHER REDUCED TO ONLY ONE, THAT OF WHICH IS THE FIRST COMMANDMENT THAT IS STATED IN Mark 12: 30. If ONE were to DEMONSTRATE THEIR LOVE FOR GOD, AS IT IS WRITTEN IN THE SCRIPTURE; GOD WILL ENSURE, THAT THE SECOND COMMANDMENT GIVEN BY JESUS CHRIST IS ALSO KEPT AND AS WELL THE TEN COMMANDMENTS THAT WERE GIVEN TO MOSES. NOW THE NEW COVENANT THAT IS A COVENANT OF FAITH PREVAILS, RATHER THAN A COVENANT OF LAW AS IT WAS IN THE OLD COVENANT!

P170

The GOSPELS and the WALL

P171

THE HOLY BIBLE tells us in the 21st Chapter of the Book of Revelation about a CITY that GOD brings down from HEAVEN for HIS PEOPLE to LIVE IN WITH HIM. The NAME of this CITY is "NEW JERUSALEM". It also tells us that this CITY is encompassed by a GREAT WALL that is 144 cubits (216 feet) high and there are TWELVE GATES with THREE GATES on each side, with each GATE being made of a single PEARL. There are THREE GATES on the EAST SIDE, THREE on the NORTH SIDE, THREE on the SOUTH SIDE, and THREE on the WEST SIDE. It also tells how there are TWELVE ANGELS that guard these TWELVE GATES. With the WALL being 144 cubits (216 feet) high, one would expect a wall of this height could not be scaled therefor the only ENTRY into the CITY would be through one of these TWELVE GATES.

P171

Earlier in this BOOK you were told that ANY that are to enter into HEAVEN can only do so by way of the EAST GATE. You were also told that JESUS CHRIST is THE EAST GATE.

P171

John 10:7 Then said JESUS unto them again, VERILY, VERILY, I SAY UNTO YOU, I AM THE DOOR OF THE SHEEP.

P171 Kjb1611

From this Scripture it should be understood that the only access to the CITY would be through one of the THREE GATES located on the EAST SIDE WALL. This would be the side where the sun rises and receives FIRST LIGHT. The sun can also be referred to as the MORNING STAR, for it is the GREAT LIGHT of MORNING.

P171

Revelation 2:26 AND HE THAT OVERCOMETH, AND KEEPETH MY WORKS UNTO THE END, TO HIM WILL I GIVE POWER OVER THE NATIONS:

P171 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:27 AND HE SHALL RULE THEM WITH A ROD OF IRON; AS THE VESSELS OF A POTTER SHALL THEY BE BROKEN TO SHIVERS: EVEN AS I RECEIVED OF MY FATHER.

P171 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:28 AND I WILL GIVE HIM THE MORNING STAR.

P171 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:29 HE THAT HATH AN EAR, LET HIM HEAR WHAT THE SPIRIT SAITH UNTO THE CHURCHES.

P172 Kjb1611

What JESUS is saying in these Last four Scriptures taken from the Book of Revelation is; that THROUGH HIS WORD HE WILL GIVE YOU ENTRY INTO THE KINGDOM OF GOD, into NEW JERUSALEM! We have discussed earlier in this BOOK that the HOLY BIBLE consists of LAYERS and these LAYERS can be expressed as levels of LIVING WATER. Also earlier explained, was that a person could not SWIM in the LIVING WATERS that were shallower than FOUR LAYERS DEEP, which was necessary for their HEALING (BEING SAVED). It was also explained that THE GOSPELS are TWELVE LAYERS DEEP and very CALM WATERS that are easily swam in.

P172

The POINT of this matter is that each one of the THREE GATES on the EAST SIDE of the WALL represent FOUR of the TWELVE LAYERS of LIVING WATERS found in the DEPTH of THE GOSPELS. Therefor, attainment of any group of FOUR of the TWELVE LAYERS of LIVING WATERS would allow a person ACCESS to the CITY through one of the THREE EAST GATES.

P172

The TWELVE LAYERS of the GOSPELS are REPRESENTED by the TWELVE LAYERS of WALL, with each LAYER of the WALL being REPRESENTED by a PRECIOUS STONE. WE shall now SHOW you the comparison between the LAYERS of the GOSPELS, and its representative STONE in each LAYER of the WALL. One might see a striking similarity in their NUMBER (as arrived at by the NUMERICAL SUM of the letters of their WORDS). The following list of these LAYERS will give the substance WORDS of each GOSPEL LAYER, and also the NUMERIC VALUES of the WORDS for both the LAYER and the STONE. (The construction of the WALL can be found in Revelation 21:17 through 21:20.)

P172

THE WALL LAYER The GOSPEL LAYER
1. Jasper (69) Past (56)
2. Sapphire (92) Present (97)
3. Chalcedony (90) Future (91)
4. Emerald (58) WISDOM (83)
5. Sardonyx (120) KNOWLEDGE (96)
6. Sardius (91) FAITH (44)
7. Chrysoly (150) HEALING (56)
8. Beryl (62) MIRACLE (61)
9. Topaz (78) PROPHECY (106)
10. Chrysoprasus (182) SPIRIT DISCERNING (193)
11. Jacinth (65) TONGUES (101)
12. Amethy (111) INTERPRETATION (184)
_____ _____
TOTAL = 1168 TOTAL = 1168
P172 P173

It can be readily seen by the totals of both of these lists that the WORDS of both lists equal one thousand one hundred and sixty-eight! Therefor, the KEY to the FIRST GATE on the EAST WALL would be one's ability to see in the Scriptures, the PAST, PRESENT, FUTURE, and WISDOM LAYERS. The KEY to the SECOND GATE on the EAST WALL, would be one's ability to see in the Scriptures, the KNOWLEDGE, FAITH, HEALING, and MIRACLE LAYERS. And, the KEY to the THIRD GATE on the EAST WALL, would be one's ability to see in the Scriptures; PROPHECY, SPIRIT DISCERNING, TONGUES, and INTERPRETATION LAYERS of the GOSPELS.

P173

Being able to see these LAYERS within the Scriptures doesn't necessarily mean that that person has RECEIVED those GIFTS by THE HOLY SPIRIT, and also that ONE should not be too concerned about not already having these abilities. ALL who have been CHOSEN to go on from the MILLENNIUM will have ONE THOUSAND YEARS to LEARN any one of the FOUR GROUPS of LAYERS. SOME WILL LEARN FOUR, SOME EIGHT and SOME ALL TWELVE. Those who GOD allows to LEARN ALL TWELVE WILL RESIDE AT THE LEVEL of THE ELDERS, HOWEVER, ALL of GOD'S CHILDREN will learn at least FOUR.

P173

TONGUES, The Language of THE THRONE

P173

Whenever JESUS PRAYED or PERFORMED MIRACLES HE spoke in THE THRONE LANGUAGE! In various Scriptures you will see WORDS that are not TRANSLATED into English but are rather WRITTEN as they were SPOKEN. This is because these WORDS cannot be TRANSLATED into any language. These WORDS are not Hebrew words but are RATHER WORDS of THE THRONE Language, HEBREWAH.

P173

Within the HOLY BIBLE in the Book of Daniel, when Bel-shaz'-zar, the grandson of King Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar took the Throne as the King of Babylon, he took some of THE HOLY vessels from THE TEMPLE of GOD and drank from them while worshiping idols. Shortly thereafter A HAND appeared and WROTE some WORDS into the plaster of the wall in the King's palace. No one could INTERPRET these WORDS except for the Prophet Daniel, because they were WRITTEN in THRONE TONGUES. These are the WORDS as taken from the Book of Daniel.

P173 P174

Daniel 5:25 And this is the writing that was WRITTEN, ME'-NE, ME'-NE, TE'-KEL, U-PHAR'-SIN.

P174 Kjb1611

Daniel 5:26 This is the INTERPRETATION of the thing: ME'-NE; GOD hath numbered thy kingdom, and finished it.

P174 Kjb1611

Daniel 5:27 TE'-KEL; Thou art weighed in the balances, and art found wanting.

P174 Kjb1611

Daniel 5:28 PE'-RES; Thy kingdom is divided, and given to the Medes and Persians.

P174 Kjb1611

I would like to POINT OUT from the Scriptures that the third WORD in Daniel 5:28 is different than the THIRD WORD used in Daniel 5:25, for the INTERPRETATION of the WORDS. All three WORDS in Daniel 5:25 are WRITTEN in HEBREWAH, which is called THRONE TONGUES. The WORD, U-PHAR'-SIN, TRANSLATES INTO English as meaning, "BROKEN THROUGH, BY SIN". The WORD "SIN" is the SAME in the English language as it is in TONGUES. HOWEVER the word "PE'-RES" used instead of the WORD "U-PHAR'-SIN" in Daniel 5:28, is a Hebrew word rather than the HEBREWAH WORD having a meaning of BREACH, or BROKEN. Is this a MISTAKE in the Scriptures? The answer is NO, this was done on PURPOSE. The Person who had ORIGINALLY WRITTEN THIS SCRIPTURE HAD THE GIFT of INTERPRETATION, and HE mistakenly used the Hebrew word, "PE'RES, instead of the HEBREWAH WORD, U-PHAR'-SIN", with both WORDS having the SIMILAR MEANINGS. GOD had him unknowingly do this!

P174

Even though Daniel had the GIFT of INTERPRETATION of TONGUES, he could not SPEAK in tongues. This TRUTH can also be verified through the Scriptures.

P174

The Devil, who has none of the GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT cannot INTERPRET TONGUES. So when one PRAYS to GOD in TONGUES, the Devil cannot intercept that person's PRAYER and therefor block THE HOLY ANGELS from DELIVERING an ANSWER to that PRAYER. In Chapter 10 of the Book of Daniel, Daniel explains that he has had a bothersome vision and needed an understanding of that vision from GOD. So Daniel both PRAY and fasts for three full weeks. After the three weeks of fasting and PRAYER, the ANGEL GABRIEL finally appears to Daniel in a VISION. Let us now see what GABRIEL tells Daniel in the VISION.

P174 P175

Daniel 10:12 Then said he unto me, FEAR NOT, Daniel: for from the FIRST DAY that thou didst set thine heart to UNDERSTAND, and to chasten thyself before thy GOD, Thy words were HEARD, and I am come for thy WORDS.

P175 Kjb1611

Daniel 10:13 But the prince of the kingdom of Persia withstood me one and twenty days: but, lo, Mi'-cha-el, one of the CHIEF PRINCES, came to help me; and I remained there with the kings of Persia.

P175 Kjb1611

What is being said in these Scriptures is that Daniel's PRAYER was HEARD by THE LORD on the day that he prayed it! However, the PRAYER was INTERCEPTED by the Devil (who is called in the Scripture, "the Prince of the kingdom of Persia"), and GABRIEL had to SUMMONS HELP FROM the ANGEL MICHAEL so that GABRIEL could be freed up. This is why it took twenty-one days for GABRIEL to appear and give Daniel his ANSWER.

P175

If Daniel had had the GIFT of TONGUES this PRAYER INTERCEPTION by the Devil could not have HAPPENED. Because the Devil cannot UNDERSTAND TONGUES, he therefor would have been unable to INTERCEPT and DELAY the answer to Daniel's PRAYER.

P175

As previously stated in this chapter, JESUS both PRAYED and PERFORMED MIRACLES WHILE SPEAKING in TONGUES. Even when JESUS CHRIST was DYING on the CROSS HE had cried out: (Matthew 27:46) E'-LI, E'-LI, LA'-MA SA-BACH'-THA-NI? When the Jews had heard JESUS SPEAKING these WORDS, they thought HE was calling out for E'-li'-jah to come and help HIM because they could not INTERPRET TONGUES. But what HE was saying was: MY GOD, MY GOD, WHY HAVE YOU FORSAKEN ME! GOD has many DIFFERENT names that are spoken in TONGUES. The WORD "E'-LI" translates the WORD "GOD" into a personalized proclamation of GOD, or MY GOD. The WORD "LA'-MA", translates to mean "I HAVE". The WORDS "SA-BACH'-THA-NI", are what is called "WORD-TAGGING" in TONGUES. This "WORD-TAGGING" used in TONGUES makes the LANGUAGE IMPOSSIBLE to INTERPRET without the GIFT. Even if I was to write out each and every word used in HEBREWAH LANGUAGE, a person without the GIFT of INTERPRETATION could not UNDERSTAND it when it is SPOKEN. However, the TRANSLATION of the WORDS "SA-BACH'THA-NI" means "been frowned upon", or "to be looked upon unfavorably".

P175 P176

An example of WORD-TAGGING can be expressed by looking at individual WORDS, and WORDS SPOKEN that sound the SAME but have totally different meanings. For instance, the HEBREWAH WORD "TO'-MAH-SAH" by itself translates into English to mean, "doubtful". However, the WORD "TO'-MAH", translates to mean "diadem" or "crown" or "royalty", and The WORD "SAH", translates to mean, "granted", or "honored". So, therefor, outside of the SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING by the GIFT of INTERPRETATION, how would one translate the TAGGED word, "TO'MAH-SAH", when it is strung together with other HEBREWAH WORDS? Would it mean doubtful, or royalty honored, or crown granted? Only those HAVING THE GIFT of INTERPRETATION can UNDERSTAND the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE when it is SPOKEN. When GOD BROKE the language of NOAH (HEBREWAH), into several different dialects during the building of the TOWER of BABEL, HE took away Man's ability to CARNALLY COMPREHEND the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE. It can only be SPOKEN and TRANSLATED NOW in the SPIRIT and can NO LONGER BE COMPREHENDED MINDFULLY!

P176

In the GOSPEL of Mark, in the 7th Chapter, verses 32 through 35, JESUS HEALS a man that could neither hear nor speak. The WORDS SPOKEN by JESUS during the MIRACLE were in HEBREWAH (TONGUES).

P176

Mark 7:34 And looking up to HEAVEN, HE sighed, and saith unto him, EPH'-PHA-THA, that is, BE OPENED.

P176 Kjb1611

The TAGGED WORDS used by JESUS are slightly misspelled in the GOSPEL and are really the WORDS "EPH'-PHA-TRAH", which translates into English as, "BE OPENED". JESUS WAS COMMANDING THAT THIS PERSON'S EARS AND MOUTH "BE OPENED"! To give you a scenario of use of the same WORDS, if one were to say in TONGUES, "The RAPTURE", you would say SHEL'-E'-PHA-TRAH, meaning, "DOOR BE OPENED".

P176

Also in the GOSPEL of Mark, in the 5th Chapter, in verses 35 through 43, the story is told about JESUS raising a young girl by RESURRECTION, who had died. The words SPOKEN by JESUS are again in HEBREWAH.

P176

Mark 5:41 And HE took the damsel by the hand, and said unto her, TAL'-I-THA CU-MI; which is, being INTERPRETED, DAMSEL, I SAY UNTO THEE, ARISE.

P176 Kjb1611

In this case the HEBREWAH WORDS are properly spelled, however, the INTERPRETATION is a bit off. The HEBREWAH WORD, CO'-MAH, translates to the English word, "SLEEP". THE WORD, "CU'MI", translates to mean, "AWAKEN". So, what JESUS had said in HEBREWAH, WAS "YOUNG LADY, AWAKEN"!

P177

The ability to either SPEAK or INTERPRET TONGUES is talked about throughout the HOLY BIBLE. The Prophets traveled in BANDS and some would SPEAK in TONGUES while others would INTERPRET. Rarely could one both SPEAK and INTERPRET TONGUES. Whenever the Jews of old had heard someone SPEAK in this STRANGE LANGUAGE, they knew that Prophecy was being given. In the Book of First Samuel, in the 10th Chapter, verses 1 through 13 the Prophet Samuel gave the newly ANOINTED King Saul a PROPHECY. After Saul, the son of Kish was anointed to be the first King of Israel and the HOLY SPIRIT of GOD came UPON him, Samuel then told Saul that several things would happen to him on Saul's journey home. One of these things that was to happen to Saul was he would meet up with a BAND of Roving Prophets along the way, and Saul would join in with them.

P177

1 Samuel 10:10 And when they came thither to the hill, BEHOLD, a company of Prophets met him; And the SPIRIT of GOD came upon him, and he prophesied among them.

P177 Kjb1611

1 Samuel 10:11 And it came to pass, when all that knew him beforetime saw that, BEHOLD, he prophesied among the Prophets, then the people said one to another, What is this that is come unto the son of Kish? Is Saul also among the Prophets?

P177 Kjb1611

After Saul met with the BAND of Prophets he began to SPEAK in TONGUES. This is how the people knew that he was receiving PROPHECY, and that the HOLY SPIRIT had come UPON him. They had only heard the Prophets SPEAK in this strange LANGUAGE and when they had heard Saul SPEAKING in it, they had assumed that Saul had become a Prophet!

P177

The very first WORDS given to me by GOD in HEBREWAH, were the TAGGED WORDS: "CHA-LAH-KE'-TAH", meaning: "YOU I LOVE". This is what is called, "a reciprocating MESSAGE". The MESSAGE I was giving to GOD was that I LOVE HIM, and the MESSAGE that GOD was TELLING ME, was THAT HE LOVES ME AS WELL!

P177

JESUS CHRIST the Intercessor

P178

JESUS CHRIST intercedes on behalf of any PRAYER made in a common language when the PRAYER is made in HIS NAME. This is why even if one has received the BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT but has not RECEIVED the GIFT of TONGUES, that person MUST PRAY in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST, in order for their PRAYER to be RECEIVED by GOD. JESUS explains this throughout the GOSPELS, and HE does so for a very SPECIFIC REASON. By ONE'S PRAYERS being made in HIS NAME, that person is making the PROCLAMATION that JESUS CHRIST is the SON of GOD. Then by GLORIFYING HIM in this way, JESUS through INTERCESSION will CONVERT THAT PRAYER INTO HEBREWAH (TONGUES), and PRAY IT ON TO THE THRONE of GOD! Thus it can be said that GOD will most certainly RECEIVE any PRAYER made in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST.

P178

GOD, even though HE UNDERSTANDS ALL LANGUAGES and even YOUR THOUGHTS, will not RESPOND to a PRAYER made in a LANGUAGE other than HEBREWAH. This REQUIREMENT for PRAYER was not so PRIOR to THE RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST or was it part of the OLD COVENANT. However, after JESUS' RESURRECTION, mankind by his BELIEF in JESUS CHRIST (the only BEGOTTEN of THE FATHER), can receive the BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT. Therefor by that BAPTISM that person will either be GIFTED with TONGUES so they may directly SPEAK to GOD, or if they have not RECEIVED the GIFT of TONGUES, then by the GIFT of FAITH they will KNOW to PRAY in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST. ALL that are BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT WILL RECEIVE THE GIFT OF FAITH. The GIFT of FAITH is the FIRST GIFT GIVEN BY THE HOLY SPIRIT and will ENSURE ONE'S PRAYERS will be made in the NAME of JESUS. It is BY HIS FAITH, and HIS GRACE, you ARE HEALED (SAVED)!

P178

There are many people who claim to be an INTERCESSOR to GOD. However, any person claiming that they are an INTERCESSOR who have not been GIFTED with the ability to SPEAK in TONGUES, ARE NOT! This is TRUE even though that person may be BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT. ONE CANNOT INTERCEDE ON ANOTHER PERSON'S BEHALF IF THEY HAVE NOT RECEIVED THE GIFT OF TONGUES. INTERCESSION IS THE ABILITY TO PRAY IN THE SPIRIT AND DIRECTLY TO THE THRONE of GOD, AND THAT CAN ONLY BE DONE IN THE HEBREWAH LANGUAGE!

P178

A PRAYER in TONGUES is referred to as PRAYING in the SPIRIT. This means that the PERSON that is making the PRAYER in TONGUES hasn't any conscious UNDERSTANDING whatsoever of what the PRAYER is about. EVEN those who are also GIFTED with the INTERPRETATION of TONGUES HAVEN'T ANY conscious UNDERSTANDING of what is being PRAYED, UNTIL AFTER THE PRAYER HAS BEEN MADE. This is because the PRAYER is MADE by the SPIRIT through THE HOLY SPIRIT, with the PERSON THAT IS MAKING THE PRAYER not PARTICIPATING in THE CONTENTS or THE MESSAGE of the PRAYER.

P178 P179

When ONE wants to PRAY for ANOTHER PERSON'S WELL-BEING, they may do so by PRAYING to GOD in the NAME of JESUS CHRIST. JESUS WILL THEN INTERCEPT THAT PRAYER (ACT as the INTERCESSOR), AND THEN PRAY IT ON TO THE THRONE. By one BELIEVING in JESUS CHRIST as being THE SON OF GOD and BY HAVING FAITH in GOD that the PRAYER WILL BE ANSWERED, GOD WILL THEN ANSWER THAT PRAYER. JUST BE PATIENT and wait for it to COME TO PASS. THE FRUIT WILL BEAR IN ITS DUE SEASON!

P179

Mary, Holy Mother?

P179

I frequently HEAR amongst many of the Churches their proclaiming that Mary, the Mother of JESUS is the Holy Mother. I find it to be rather odd as to where in the HOLY BIBLE is this so stated. WHERE IS MARY REFERRED TO IN THE SCRIPTURES AS BEING HOLY? JESUS CHRIST throughout the GOSPELS calls HIS Mother, "WOMAN", rather than Mother. The only reference made in the Scriptures that JESUS even recognizes that Mary is HIS Mother, is in JESUS' LAST REQUEST made to the Apostle John for John to look after Mary for HIM. This request was made while JESUS was yet on the CROSS. The WORDS that HE SPOKE on THE CROSS to HIS Disciple John was, that now Mary was his responsibility to look after. What JESUS said while LOOKING DIRECTLY into the EYES of John was, "BEHOLD THY MOTHER", meaning, take care of her for ME as though she is your own Mother! Even though the Disciples referred to Mary as JESUS' Mother, JESUS HIMSELF never addressed her as such. HIS final WORDS to Mary while HE was yet on the CROSS was, "WOMAN, BEHOLD THY SON"! Both of these FINAL statements can be found in the 19th Chapter of the GOSPEL of JOHN, in verses 26 and 27.

P179

Throughout this BOOK you have been told of the THREE DELIVERERS in the Old Testament. You have been also told that there was a RETURN of the DELIVERER JOSEPH who came back to earth through the Tribe of Judah, to be THE FATHER to JESUS CHRIST. This was done so by GOD, so JOSEPH who had the BIRTHRIGHT to ISRAEL could PASS along that BIRTHRIGHT to HIS SON JESUS. I SHALL NOW further tell you that although each one the THREE DELIVERERS of the OLD TESTAMENT were different PEOPLE, THEY WERE ALL of the SAME SPIRIT, THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD.

P179 P180

THERE IS BUT ONE DELIVERER/REDEEMER IN THE FLESH. THIS IS THE FLYING EAGLE, THE FOURTH SERAPHIM, WHO IS THE 182 PERSON. Each of these THREE PEOPLE, NOAH, JOSEPH, and MOSES, are of the SAME SPIRIT, THE SPIRIT of THE 182 PERSON. That is why the SUM TOTAL of their THREE NAMES (NOAH (38), JOSEPH (73), and MOSES (71)) EQUALS THE NUMBER 182.

P180

So therefor, if THE DELIVERER is always the 182 SPIRIT (THE HOLY SPIRIT), THEN ONE CAN BE ASSURED, THAT IN ALL CASES THE WIVES of THE DELIVERER, WERE ALSO THE SAME SPIRIT, EACH AND EVERY TIME THE 182 SPIRIT WAS HERE ON THE EARTH. The NAME of that SPOUSAL SPIRIT is JAEL, FOR JAEL IS THE WIFE of THE HOLY SPIRIT PERSON, WHO IS THE FATHER of JESUS CHRIST. So let us take a look at the NAMES of these WOMEN throughout time who have been the WIVES of the DELIVERERS. THUS KEEPING IN MIND THAT THE TWO JOSEPHS ARE THE SAME PERSON!

P180

1. Me'-a-te'-rah, Wife of NOAH
2. As'-e-nath, Wife of JOSEPH
3. Zip-po'-rah, Wife of MOSES
4. Mary, Wife of JOSEPH
5. JAEL, WIFE of 182 PERSON
P180

Let us NOW look at the NUMERIC VALUES of the NAMES (when converted to NUMBERS as we have previously done) of the WIVES of THE DELIVERERS:

P180

1. MEATERAH = 71
2. ASENATH = 68
3. ZIPPORAH = 109
4. MARY = 57
5. JAEL = 28
____
333
P180

The NUMBER 333 arrived at by the totaling of the NUMBERS of their FIVE NAMES shows the association of those NAMES with THE HOLY SPIRIT PERSON, who is THE 182 PERSON. The WORDS "HOLY SPIRIT" have a sum total of the NUMBER 151, as do the WORDS "LORD of HOSTS", and the NAME, JESUS CHRIST. When the NUMBER 151 is then added to the HOLY NUMBER 182 it yields the NUMBER 333, WHICH IS A NUMBER ASSOCIATED WITH THE TRINITY.

P180 P181

FURTHERMORE, if you were to go through the ENTIRE HOLY BIBLE SEARCHING to FIND "THE MOST BLESSED WOMAN" in it, you would CLEARLY SEE that the MOST BLESSED WOMAN in the HOLY BIBLE, is not MARY, BUT RATHER THE NAME JAEL. The Scriptures of the HOLY BIBLE can VERIFY this. Let us first look at the BLESSING given to Mary, the Mother of JESUS, by the ANGEL GABRIEL.

P181

Luke 1:28 And the ANGEL came in unto Her, and said, HAIL, thou that art highly favoured, THE LORD is with thee: BLESSED art thou AMONG WOMEN.

P181 Kjb1611

As you can see by the Scripture, the ANGEL GABRIEL PROCLAIMS that Mary, the Mother of JESUS, is "BLESSED AMONG WOMEN". Let us NOW see how the NAME, JAEL is BLESSED by the PROPHET and JUDGE DEBORAH, by THE WORD of GOD!

P181

Judges 5:24 BLESSED ABOVE WOMEN shall JA'-EL the wife of Heber the Kenite be, BLESSED shall she be above women in the tent.

P181 Kjb1611

The Scriptures indicate that the WIFE of THE DELIVERER, JAEL, came on BEHALF of THE HOLY SPIRIT as a woman to SLAY a powerful adversary of ISRAEL who was a Captain of the Army of Ja'-bin, by the name of Sis'-e-ra. If you read this entire story in Chapter 5 of the Book of Judges you will see what I have told you previously. When either THE DELIVERER or HIS DELEGATE (In this CASE THE DELIVERER'S WIFE) show up on EARTH, THEY COME TO DELIVER THE WRATH of GOD. WHEN JAEL CAME AS THE DELIVERER'S DELEGATE, SHE was sent to drive a tent nail through the temples of Sis'-e-ra, SHOWING HIM NO MERCY!

P181

JAEL is the FOURTH COVENANT ANGEL and SHE as well is the SEVENTH ANGEL of the ARK. JAEL is ONE of the TWO ANGELS that were SYMBOLICALLY fashioned on the ARK, or more specifically, the ANGEL that HOVERS OVER THE WEST SIDE of THE MERCY SEAT of THE ARK OF THE COVENANT. Therefor, seeing that the SPIRIT of JAEL is also the SPIRIT of Mary, the Mother of JESUS, this certainly makes Mary a WOMAN of the ANGEL. Let us now go to the Book of Revelation to see what the ANGEL tells the Apostle John when John tries to worship the ANGEL.

P181 P182

Revelation 22:8 And I John saw these things, and heard them. And when I had heard and seen, I fell down to worship before the feet of the ANGEL which shewed me these things.

P182 Kjb1611

Revelation 22:9 Then saith he unto me, SEE THOU DO IT NOT: for I am thy fellowservant, and of thy brethren the Prophets, and of them which keep the sayings of this BOOK: WORSHIP GOD.

P182 Kjb1611

The only angel desiring that Man should worship the angel, is Lucifer, the Devil. So those desiring to worship Mary, the Mother of Jesus, are closely following after the order of the Devil, Lucifer. They are not only DEFILING THEMSELVES by doing so, but they are also DEFILING THE BLESSED NAME of Mary, as well as HER SPIRIT, JAEL. SO BEWARE!

P182

Chapter 6
The HOLY BIBLE STORY

P183

Prelude

P183

The HOLY BIBLE story is told through the Scriptures of the FORTY-FOUR BOOKS of the HOLY BIBLE. All the Epistles (including the Book of Acts) are not inclusive of that STORY and are the words of men rather than the WORD of GOD. However, by the direction of the Church the twenty-two Epistles of the Apostles have been added into the Canon of THE HOLY BIBLE. As we have discussed in prior Chapters of this BOOK, the NUMBER "44" is representative of the WORDS. GODHEAD, FAITH, ABRAHAM, and Judah, as ALL of these WORDS have a NUMERIC SUM of the NUMBER "44". Therefor it should be obvious that by the NUMBERS alone there are only FORTY-FOUR BOOKS that make up THE WORD of GOD. When the Church added the Twenty-two Epistles into the Canon, they then brought that NUMBER of books up from FORTY-FOUR to the NUMBER SIXTY-SIX. The NUMBER 66 represents the WORD, "WOMAN" that the Scriptures WARN about in the 2nd Chapter, verse 20, of the Book of Revelation. The Churches are WARNED about this "WOMAN" and how she proclaims herself to be a Prophetess, and deceives the people by her FALSE teaching. This is also a WARNING to GOD'S PEOPLE to beware of her (the WOMAN) for she has seduced her way into the HOLY Scriptures. The "WOMAN" is the basis of religion, and GOD SAYS THAT THE CHURCH SHOULD BE FOUNDED ON THE TEACHINGS OF JESUS CHRIST, AND NOT FOUNDED ON RELIGION!

P183

The basis of THE HOLY BIBLE is established on the NUMBER "44". If you look at the KEY "NUMBER 44" WORDS, GODHEAD, FAITH, ABRAHAM, and Judah, you will see that these FOUR WORDS are the FOUNDATION THE HOLY BIBLE is based on. THE WORD of GOD comes by way of the GODHEAD. GOD established HIS NEW COVENANT by FAITH, starting FIRST with ABRAHAM, and then down through Judah to JESUS CHRIST, THE SON of GOD. This is the entire BIBLE STORY, wrapped up in FOUR WORDS, ALL of which EQUAL the NUMBER 44.

P183 P184

The NEW TESTAMENT consists of THE FOUR GOSPELS and the Book of THE REVELATION of JESUS CHRIST ONLY. Any other words that are added beyond the WORDS of JESUS CHRIST are a blasphemy against GOD. When JESUS said that HE had finished the work GOD had sent HIM to do, HE MEANT IT. THEREFOR, with JESUS CHRIST being THE WORD of GOD, HE said all that needed to be SAID in THE FOUR GOSPELS and THE REVELATION of JESUS CHRIST!

P184

WE will only cover FORTY of the FORTY-FOUR BOOKS of THE HOLY BIBLE in this chapter that highlight "The BIBLE STORY", for WE have dedicated an entire chapter to the GOSPELS already. WE will FIRST briefly go through the THIRTY-NINE BOOKS of the Old Testament and POINT OUT some of the KEY POINTS of UNDERSTANDING that are necessary to UNDERSTAND the STORY, and then proceed on to The Book of Revelation.

P184

The BASIS for OLD TESTAMENT

P184

The 39 Books of the Old Testament can be broken down into specific categories, and here is an overview of them. The HOLY BIBLE begins with the FIVE Books of MOSES that are referred to as THE TORAH, thus meaning the Law for GOD'S PEOPLE. GOD had these FIVE BOOKS WRITTEN to give HIS PEOPLE a basis for OBEYING GOD'S COMMANDMENTS, PRECEPTS and STATUTES along with HIS RULES regarding MORALITY.

P184

The Book of Joshua that follows THE TORAH describes the CROSSING over of the RIVER JORDAN by the Children of ISRAEL. SPIRITUALLY, the Book of Joshua represents GOD'S PEOPLE crossing over from this world into HEAVEN, which is THE KINGDOM of GOD. The river Jordan SPIRITUALLY represents the WORD of GOD, whose waters are so deep that one must know how to SWIM in order to cross over it. This is why in the OLD TESTAMENT, GOD parted the waters of the River Jordan for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to cross over, as they did not yet KNOW how to SPIRITUALLY SWIM. Establishing the PROMISED LAND for GOD'S PEOPLE as it is described in the Book of Joshua, represents the battles that one must fight in this world prior to receiving their INHERITANCE and a place in GOD'S KINGDOM.

P184

The Book of Judges, which sequentially comes next in THE HOLY BIBLE, represents the establishment of the LEADERSHIP needed to keep GOD'S PEOPLE in ORDER with THE WORD of GOD. Then, the Book of Ruth depicts the STORY of the CHURCH, and it's MARRIAGE to CHRIST. The Books of First and Second Samuel describes the beginning of the Kings for GOD'S PEOPLE and shows by the Scripture that the success of a King or a Judge can only come by WAY of them who are OBEDIENT TO THE LORD.

P184 P185

Next, the Books of First and Second Kings, and the Books of First and Second Chronicles, outline the lives of the Kings OVERSEEING GOD'S PEOPLE. These Books show both the successes and the failures of those Kings. The Books of Ezra and Nehemiah depict the re-establishment of JERUSALEM after its captivity, and teach one that if FAITH in GOD is kept, HOPE will not be denied. The Story of Esther, which is inserted after the Book of Nehemiah, is done so to re-establish that there is HOPE for GOD'S PEOPLE when TIMES appear to be HOPELESS! Through the Story of Job, in the Book of Job, GOD teaches about the TRUST, and PATIENCE, and OBEDIENCE that GOD'S PEOPLE should demonstrate, regardless of the circumstances. It also TEACHES by the WORDS of Job, how important it is for one to know THE WORD of GOD for THEMSELVES, so they needn't depend on others to identify their own faults.

P185

The Book of Psalms consists of PRAYERS, PROMISES, and PROPHECY for GOD'S PEOPLE, with many of those PROMISES about to be FULFILLED. The Books of Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of SOLOMON, demonstrate the WISDOM and LOVING RELATIONSHIP that GOD offers to HIS PEOPLE, when they are WILLING to live in HIS WAY AND OBEY HIS COMMANDMENTS. The Book of Ecclesiastes also outlines the MEANING of LIFE in this WORLD.

P185

Then FINALLY, there are the SEVENTEEN Books by the SIXTEEN Writing Prophets: Isaiah, Jeremiah (which includes Lamentations), Ezekiel, Daniel, Hosea, Joel, Amos, Obadiah, Jonah, Micah, Nahum, Habakkuk, Zephaniah, Haggai, Zechariah, and Malachi. All of the Books of the WRITING PROPHETS forecast the coming events for the PAST, the PRESENT and the FUTURE for GOD'S PEOPLE!

P185

Compiling of the SCRIPTURES

P185

The Priest, Ezra, is the one who had put the majority of the 39 Books of the Old Testament into their existing order. However, these books are not necessarily chronologically placed within the HOLY BIBLE as to the time in which the events had taken place, or as to when the Books themselves were WRITTEN!

P185

This Chapter, Titled "The HOLY BIBLE STORY", merely gives you the insight to the Old Testaments FIRST LAYER, which is that of the PAST. HOWEVER, WE WILL ALLOW YOU TO SEE THE PAST MORE CLEARLY BY APPLYING OUR KNOWLEDGE OF THE OTHER TWO LAYERS CONTAINED IN THE OLD TESTAMENT, AS WE DESCRIBE THE EVENTS. One must READ the Scriptures for themselves to see beyond the PAST and then apply them to the PRESENT. Then look further through the Scriptures into the THIRD LAYER so YOU may SEE how they apply to both YOU, and the world's FUTURE. One MUST UNDERSTAND that THE HOLY BIBLE applies not only to the entire world, but it also APPLIES to YOU PERSONALLY. This is YOUR MANUAL on LIFE and your BEHAVIOR in this world, and it is your road map for the WAY to the NEXT WORLD!

P185 P186

Many people believe that the OLD TESTAMENT no longer APPLIES THIS IS NOT THE TRUTH AS IT STILL APPLIES. FURTHERMORE, ONE CANNOT SEPARATE THE OLD TESTAMENT FROM THE NEW TESTAMENT, FOR THE OLD IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE NEW. ALL GOD'S LAWS STILL APPLY, THE ONLY DIFFERENCE IS NOW YOU OBEY GOD'S LAWS BY FAITH, WHICH COMES BY THE WAY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM, THROUGH JESUS CHRIST!

P186

6.1 Genesis

P186

The Book of Genesis starts out by telling you about GOD'S SIX days of CREATION and HIS REST on the SEVENTH DAY. Then during GOD'S REST, HOW GOD MAKES HIS SEVENTH CREATION, the SOUL BEARING MAN, whom HE HAD NAMED ADAM, to LIVE in HIS GARDEN WITH HIM.

P186

The next Scene in the HOLY BIBLE STORY, SHOWS GOD spending time with ADAM in HIS GARDEN called EDEN. While in the GARDEN, GOD gives HIS SOUL BEARING MAN his FIRST COMMANDMENT, that of which is that ADAM SHOULD NOT eat of the FRUIT of the Tree of the Knowledge of GOOD and Evil. Then after a great deal of time had past (seeing that enough time had elapsed for ADAM to name all the animals), GOD DETERMINES that the MAN, ADAM is LONELY and in need of a mate because of his LONELINESS. With ADAM being the only person on earth with a SOUL at that TIME and THE LORD wanting ADAM to have a WORTHY MATE (ONE WITH A SOUL), GOD puts ADAM into a DEEP SLEEP and removes one of his ribs and makes a woman from ADAM.

P186

This story of EVE being taken out of ADAM depicts the female gender being taken out of the MAN, to create the WOMAN so both the MAN and the WOMAN could share the SAME SOUL. This GENDER SEPARATION is what makes the MAN a little lower than the ANGEL, as the ANGEL is COMPLETE having both the male and female GENDERS. The Scripture also makes the statement that they are BOTH being the same flesh and bone and were to live together as HUSBAND and WIFE, being inseparable and sharing in the same SOUL. Since they both SHARED the SAME SOUL and were also the same flesh, the TWO were meant to LIVE together with only a gender separation in the flesh. This further MEANS that when the two genders come together, they should be as one flesh and inseparable, having ONE SOUL between the TWO of THEM. This is what JESUS CHRIST was talking about in the GOSPELS.

P186 P187

Matthew 19:4 And HE answered and said unto them, HAVE YE NOT READ, THAT HE WHICH MADE THEM AT THE BEGINNING MADE THEM MALE AND FEMALE,

P187 Kjb1611

Matthew 19:5 AND SAID, FOR THIS CAUSE SHALL A MAN LEAVE FATHER AND MOTHER, AND SHALL CLEAVE TO HIS WIFE: AND THEY TWAIN SHALL BE ONE FLESH?

P187 Kjb1611

The Story continues on to tell how Lucifer the Devil, entices EVE the WOMAN, to SIN. EVE then in turn brings her Husband ADAM into the SIN. Then by both ADAM and EVE SINNING against GOD, GOD COULD NO LONGER LOOK AT THEM, BECAUSE GOD CANNOT LOOK UPON SIN! So ADAM and EVE were PUT OUT of GOD'S GARDEN and the Devil was cast out with them, for his SIN!

P187

EVE was impregnated by both her Husband ADAM and by the Devil Lucifer; she bears TWINS, one from ADAM and one from Lucifer. Both of the children have SOULS even though the Devil, Lucifer had not a SOUL for he had already lost his SOUL. The Children received a SOUL because EVE had a SOUL and passed the SOUL down to her children. This birth of TWINS creates the offspring of ADAM, NAMED ABEL who was the second out of the womb and the offspring of the Devil (Lucifer) named Cain, who was the first out of the womb, thus entitling Cain to the BIRTHRIGHT, because he was the firstborn.

P187

Note: You will see this STRUGGLE between TWINS within the WOMB throughout the HOLY BIBLE STORY.

P187

The story then goes on to tell about GOD'S relationship with the two brothers, how GOD LOVES ABEL and all that he does, and how GOD HATES Cain and all that Cain does. Then Cain driven by his jealousy of GOD'S affection towards ABEL, kills his brother ABEL and is then cast out of the family and made to live AMONG the Soulless SIXTH DAY CREATION for doing so. With Cain committing the MURDER of his brother ABEL and him being the only OFFSPRING having a SOUL, the OFFSPRING with the SOUL had now committed SIN upon SIN, because Cain was born out of SIN.

P187 P188

Since Cain is one-half GOOD (from his Mother, Eve's side of the family), and one-half evil (from his father, Lucifer's side of the family) GOD plans on using Cain to FULFILL HIS WILL. Once Cain finds out that he must leave his family, he becomes concerned about his own well being and fears being killed by one of GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATIONS. So Cain expresses this to GOD and GOD provides Cain with a GUARDIAN ANGEL for his protection from those he must now live among. The GUARDIAN ANGEL given by GOD to Cain is referred to in the Scriptures as a MARK that GOD places upon Cain. This MARK is similar to the MARK that is put upon the TRIBULATION SAINTS spoken of in the Book of Revelation, and is put there to protect Cain from the Men of the earth who are GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION. These men do not bear Souls and Cain knows that these men frequently kill one another, but GOD assures Cain of his PROTECTION by having this MARK put upon him, and SWEARS VENGEANCE against anyone who may try to SLAY Cain.

P188

The BIBLE then gives the lineage of Cain (Cain's family tree) which is parallel to the lineage of SETH, who will be the next MALE born to ADAM and EVE. The Scriptures shows this parallel to both Cain and SETH'S LINEAGE by the similarities in their family member's names, as they are nearly all the same in both of the families. THE LORD has told me that the reason in the NAME similarities is the DEPICTION of how Lucifer MIMICS THE LORD in a deceitful manner.

P188

Chapter 5 of the Book of Genesis gives the LINEAGE of the BLESSED SEED of ADAM through his son SETH and then up through the BIRTH of NOAH. The First World existed 8224 years prior to its DESTRUCTION by a GREAT FLOOD. The NUMBER of YEARS of the first world can be arrived at by adding all the life spans from ADAM up to the time of NOAH, and then adding the 599 years of NOAH'S LIFE in the Old World to it. NOAH was 600 years old when he first stepped out of the ARK into the New World, after spending ONE YEAR and ten days on the ARK. It should also be noted that the world's age of 8224 years applies to the world's age from the TIME after the CREATION of ADAM. The world prior to ADAM existed for many, many, years. THE LORD has told ME that SEVENTY THOUSAND YEARS had past from the time of GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION until the CREATION of ADAM.

P188

There is one other key event that happens in this 5th Chapter of Genesis that WE should touch on other than the BIRTH of NOAH, who is to be the FIRST DELIVERER. This EVENT is the RAPTURE of ENOCH, NOAH'S Great Grandfather. The BIBLE tells how ENOCH walked with GOD and was taken up to HEAVEN. This EVENT occurred because ENOCH was sent to earth from HEAVEN, and only ONE who has come down from HEAVEN may ASCEND back into HEAVEN. This is what JESUS CHRIST had spoken about to Nicodemus in the GOSPEL of John.

P189

John 3:13 AND NO MAN HATH ASCENDED UP TO HEAVEN, BUT HE THAT CAME DOWN FROM HEAVEN, EVEN THE SON OF MAN WHICH IS IN HEAVEN.

P189 Kjb1611

The following Scripture depicts the EVENT of the RAPTURE of ENOCH:

P189

Genesis 5:24 And E'-NOCH walked with GOD: and he was not; for GOD took him.

P189 Kjb1611

NOAH (ENOCH'S GREAT GRANDSON, and La'-mech's son) was the only Man in GOD'S EYES that was found to be Worthy of SAVING from the world's pending DESTRUCTION. So NOAH is instructed by GOD to build a GREAT ARK which seemed rather odd to the onlookers because it had never rained before in the Old World. Due to the evil throughout the world continually growing worse, GOD decided to DESTROY the earth with a GREAT FLOOD and the ARK that GOD had NOAH build would be NOAH and HIS family's place of protection and a means of transportation during the GREAT FLOOD.

P189

The WORD, "ARK" always represents DELIVERANCE and there are THREE ARKS that are written about in the Old Testament all of which are made of wood. The FIRST ARK, The ARK of NOAH, was made of Gopher wood (Genesis 6:14). The SECOND ARK, The ARK of MOSES, was made of Bulrushes (Exodus 2:3) and The THIRD ARK, THE ARK OF THE COVENANT, is made of Shittim wood (Exodus 37:1). The reason that all three of the ARKS were made of wood is TWOFOLD. This was done to symbolize that the ARKS were meant to be temporary in nature as they were meant to perform only a TEMPORARY function, DELIVERANCE. They were also made of wood to DEMONSTRATE that the ARKS had the ability to FLOAT, SPIRITUALLY speaking, to FLOAT on the LIVING WATERS, THE WORD of GOD.

P189

In the case of the FIRST and SECOND ARK (NOAH and MOSES' ARKS), GOD saw to their DESTRUCTION after they had fulfilled their PURPOSE. The THIRD ARK, the ARK of the COVENANT was HALLOWED by GOD and was taken up to HEAVEN after it had fulfilled its PURPOSE on earth, and it REMAINS in HEAVEN this very day. This is why it has NEVER been found anywhere on earth. The ARK'S whereabouts today is TOLD to you in the Scriptures of the Book of Revelation.

P189 P190

Revelation 11:19 And the TEMPLE of GOD was opened in HEAVEN, and there was seen in HIS TEMPLE the ARK of HIS TESTAMENT: and there were LIGHTNINGS, and VOICES, and THUNDERINGS, and an EARTHQUAKE, and GREAT HAIL.

P190 Kjb1611

In Chapter 7 of the Book of Genesis, NOAH, his wife, and their three sons and their wives enter into the ARK, THEN GOD DESTROYS the EARTH with a GREAT FLOOD. Prior to the GREAT FLOOD it had never rained upon the earth. The earth received its water by way of the morning dew and no one at that time had ever seen rain. So when NOAH tried to warn the people about the forthcoming FLOOD they considered him to be crazy and thought, how could there be a flood without any rain?

P190

The building of the ARK and the gathering of the animals, fowl, and insects, took place over a 119-year period of time. Only NOAH and his SEVEN other family members assisted in the building of THE ARK. NOAH and his family spent one year and ten days on the ARK until the waters had receded. They then left the ARK and GOD BLESSES both NOAH and his sons, and promises NOAH that HE would never again DESTROY the earth by WATER from a GREAT FLOOD. HOWEVER at the same time GOD WARNED NOAH and HIS Sons of the consequences that would occur to those who would shed INNOCENT BLOOD. The Scriptures in Genesis 9:5 and 9:6 tell that GOD makes it CLEAR to NOAH and NOAH'S sons, that whosoever SHEDS INNOCENT BLOOD will be held ACCOUNTABLE by GOD for doing so!

P190

If you will recall, it was explained to you previously in this BOOK how each of NOAH'S sons represent ONE of the THREE types of people that are on the earth. Through the son Shem came the BLESSED SEED (The SEED of ADAM), and Shem is in the direct LINEAGE of JESUS CHRIST. Through the son Ham came the Damned Seed (The Seed of Cain) and this is why Ham is called the father of Canaan with his offspring being later referred to as the Canaanites. Then through the son Japheth, came the seed of the Beast (GOD'S sixth day creation) with the offspring of Japheth being referred to in the Scriptures as the GENTILE.

P190

Once it was safe to leave the ARK, the Raven was the first to be released out of the ARK, for the Raven represents the Devil who is once again released back onto earth. The DOVE that is released SECOND from the ARK represents the releasing of THE HOLY SPIRIT back onto earth, and it is HE who maintains the balance between GOOD and evil on earth. It wasn't until after the releasing of the Raven and the DOVE back onto earth that NOAH and his family were allowed to leave the ARK. One should be able to see by the Scriptures that the world GOD had DESTROYED by the GREAT FLOOD was so evil, even the Devil was taken from it and brought into the New World by the way of the ARK!

P191

The mating of ANGELS, a FORBIDDEN ACT!

P191

Before we can delve any deeper into the story of NOAH, there are certain things you must UNDERSTAND about the ANGEL. Without this KNOWLEDGE the Scriptures depicting the Story of NOAH and his family can be somewhat confusing.

P191

As we have briefly touched on earlier in this BOOK, the ANGELS in HEAVEN do not have a GENDER. HOWEVER, there is an exception to this rule. There are only FIVE ANGELS in HEAVEN who have a GENDER, not inclusive of Lucifer who is a male Angel. All of the other ANGELS of HEAVEN are neither male nor female but have the qualities of both GENDERS. FOUR of the FIVE ANGELS having a GENDER, are the ANGELS, ZARALL, CHAMUEL, ASAPH, and JAEL. ALL FOUR of THESE ANGELS are FEMALE and they are the COVENANT ANGELS who are the SOULMATES and WIVES to the FOUR SERAPHIM. THE FIFTH ANGEL having a GENDER is the ANGEL RAPHAEL who is a MALE, and RAPHAEL is THE ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT. The FOUR COVENANT ANGELS ARE of the FEMALE GENDER, and RAPHAEL only is of the MALE GENDER. Lucifer (The Devil), who before falling from the GRACE of GOD had the POST of RAPHAEL and was once the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT. So Lucifer also has the gender of Male, like the ANGEL RAPHAEL. ALL FOUR of the SERAPHIM are of the MALE GENDER, but the SERAPHIM, BEING SONS of GOD are ABOVE THE ANGEL and are not referred to in HEAVEN as ANGELS. The ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT though having a GENDER, dedicates himself to CELIBACY, similar to that of the EUNUCH making a VOW of CELIBACY before entering into PRIESTHOOD. The ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT has the HIGHESTRANKING POST of any ANGEL in HEAVEN and SWEARS HIMSELF to CELIBACY BY AN OATH TO GOD. Lucifer broke this oath to GOD by having a sexual encounter with the WOMAN, EVE!

P191 P192

When an ANGEL comes down to earth to be a woman (SUCH as A COVENANT ANGEL) and while on the earth has an INTIMATE relationship with a SERAPHIM who has also come down to earth to be a MAN, their offspring (CHILDREN) will be normal in all respects. These CHILDREN once they have MATURED will have the appearance of a MAN or a WOMAN and be of normal stature (SIZE) because this is not a forbidden act by GOD.

P192

However, when an ANGEL comes down to earth to be a MAN and has an INTIMATE relationship with another ANGEL who has come down to the earth to be a woman, then their offspring will be abnormal. This abnormality occurs to the ANGELS because the mating of ANGELS is a FORBIDDEN act by GOD. The offspring (children) of the two ANGELS that have mated will have a larger than normal size and be similar to that of a GIANT. This does not always occur with the first generation offspring and may not occur for several generations afterwards, but it will occur at least once every SEVEN GENERATIONS or sooner within the ANGELS LINEAGE! This is the CURSE that GOD has placed on this activity for IT IS A FORBIDDEN ACT for an ANGEL to MATE with another ANGEL!

P192

This SAME CURSE will apply also when the SERAPHIM have a sexual relationship with a normal woman while being in the form of the SERAPHIM while on earth. The SERAPHIM can be on earth in the form of a MAN or they can also be on the earth in the form of the SERAPHIM. Only the COVENANT and the SERAPHIM can MATE IN HEAVEN. When the SERAPHIM are on earth as MEN this CURSE does not apply. However with the ANGEL it always applies, whether they are in the form of a man, a woman, or in the form of an ANGEL. So, what is being said here is that the ANGEL MUST NEVER mate with another ANGEL whether they are in the form of an ANGEL or in the form of a PERSON of the ANGEL, or in a form of a PERSON of the offspring of the ANGEL.

P192

Now keeping in mind the information I have just given you in regard to the ANGEL, let us go forward with the Story of NOAH.

P192

After NOAH departs from the ARK and establishes a place of residency in THE NEW WORLD. HE then plants a VINEYARD. One day after NOAH has had HIS fill of wine HE becomes drunk and a significant EVENT takes place.

P192

Genesis 9:20 And NOAH began to be an HUSBANDMAN, and HE planted a VINEYARD:

P192 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:21 And HE drank of the wine, and was drunken; and HE was uncovered within HIS tent.

P193 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:22 And Ham, the father of Ca-naan, saw the nakedness of his father, and told his two brethren without.

P193 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:23 And SHEM and Ja'-pheth took a garment, and laid it upon both their shoulders, and went backward, and covered the nakedness of their father; and their faces were backward, and they saw not their father's nakedness.

P193 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:24 And NOAH awoke from HIS wine, and knew what HIS younger son had done unto HIM.

P193 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:25 And HE said, CURSED be Ca-naan; a servant of servants shall he be unto his brethren.

P193 Kjb1611

At first glance it appears from the Scriptures that the son Ham had gone into NOAH'S tent and saw his Father NOAH naked, and this is certainly so. However, there is much more beneath the LAYER of the Scriptures. When a son uncovers the nakedness of his father, this means that he has DEFILED his Father's bed. Let us review the definition as explained by MOSES of this term, "Uncovering your Father's Nakedness".

P193

Leviticus 18:8 The nakedness of thy Father's wife shalt thou not uncover: IT IS THY FATHER'S NAKEDNESS.

P193 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 22:30 A man shall not take his Father's wife, nor discover his Father's skirt.

P193 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 27:20 CURSED be he that lieth with his Father's wife; because he uncovereth his Father's skirt. And all the people shall say, Amen.

P193 Kjb1611

The underlying TRUTH within the Scriptures in Genesis 9:20 through 9:25 is that Ham RAPED his mother. This may seem rather odd that NOAH and HIS WIFE were still able to have sex in their old ages. NOAH and MEATERAH at the time of this EVENT were quite old, with NOAH being 605 years old, and MEATERAH being 585 years old one would think that they were indeed too old to have sex. However, they both had the appearance (as in today's world) of a 35-40 year old person. This is because they both still maintained some of the MILLENNIA GENE from their ancestry which caused them to age very slowly, and their appearances changed very little even with their old ages. For example, Methuselah died at the age of 969 years old, and THE LORD has told me that even at the time of his death he had the appearance of a 45 year old man! It may also be noted from the Scriptures, that NOAH'S father La'-mech was 182 years old at the time of NOAH'S BIRTH, and La'-mech was considered at that time to be quite young to have children when comparing his age to his forefathers.

P193 P194

As you were told earlier in this BOOK, NOAH'S Wife MEATERAH was a woman of the ANGEL, for she was the SPIRIT of JAEL. You were also told that Ham was of the SEED of Cain and with Cain being the SEED of Lucifer, he was the offspring of the Angel Lucifer. Therefor, as we go further into the LINEAGE (offspring) of NOAH'S three sons as covered in Chapter 10 of Genesis, you will see that Ham had a son named Cush by his Mother MEATERAH. Now Ham's son Cush was of a normal stature (meaning, of a normal size) and Cush had five sons who were also normal in size. However, Cush later on had a sixth son whom he named Nimrod, who was a child of the CURSE!

P194

Nimrod was of GREAT STATURE, a GIANT and all the GIANTS were very tall people between the height of eight to ten feet tall. The Giants, who are called Anakim later on in the Scriptures, all came through the lineage of Nimrod. One of the GIANTS, who had come through the lineage of Nimrod, was the GIANT, Goliath of Gath. He was the GIANT that lived among the Philistines and was SLAIN by DAVID the son of Jesse!

P194

With Nimrod being so much larger than the other people of the land, it allowed him to overpower and dominate them. It also enabled Nimrod to establish himself a kingdom in the land of Shi'-nar that was later called Babel. In the kingdom of Babel, the people were FAR from THE LORD in all that they did. They performed human sacrifice and worshiped carved images of wood and of stone rather than GOD. At a certain point in time those of the kingdom of Babel decided to construct a great tower to heaven. This represented to the people of Babel that they had the ability to reach up to HEAVEN by the work of their own hands, and this DISPLEASED GOD.

P194

Once GOD saw what the people were doing with the Tower they were building, it greatly TROUBLED HIM. GOD then broke their COMMON language of HEBREWAH into many dialects so they could no longer understand one another. Then with only small groups of people being able to understand one another, the people of Babel separated themselves from the City and traveled in small groups speaking the same language. These groups of people went out in all directions, scattering themselves throughout the world. They did this because they could no longer communicate with the other groups of people who they had formerly lived among.

P194 P195

NOTE: All the races of people that exist in the world today exist as a result of GOD'S breaking the COMMON LANGUAGE. The human body eventually adapted to its new location in the world over time and this is what created the difference in appearance of the various races of people in the world. This is also why each race has its own LANGUAGE!

P195

ABRAM, GOD'S CHOICE

P195

After several generations had gone by of NOAH'S THREE SONS, then through the LINEAGE of SHEM, NOAH'S eldest son (The BLESSED SEED), there comes a MAN by the NAME of ABRAM, and it is ABRAM who GOD CHOOSES to establish HIS COVENANT. This BLESSED SEED that had come forth from ADAM to SETH and so forth down through NOAH to Shem and finally to ABRAM, is the SEED of JESUS CHRIST and you should keep this in mind, henceforth.

P195

This is why through the Book of Genesis the GENERATIONS of the THREE different SEEDS are meticulously TRACKED up until the time of ABRAM. Then after ABRAM, only the BLESSED SEED is TRACKED. The other two seeds (The seed of the Beast and the seed of the Damned) after the time of ABRAM are then listed in the Scriptures as categories of people, and they are no longer tracked by their GENERATIONS. This is because the genealogy of the other two seeds is no longer of importance in the telling of the STORY of JESUS CHRIST. This is also why GOD forbids the marriage of the HEBREW to the Canaanite after the time of ABRAM, as before that time intermarrying was acceptable,

P195

From this point forward in The HOLY BIBLE, the SEED of the BEAST is referred to as the GENTILE (the offspring of Japheth), and the SEED of the DAMNED is called the CANAANITE (the offspring of Ham). The DAMNED SEED (the Canaanite), the SEED of the Devil, which is also called "The Tare" in the Scriptures, will eventually be weeded out from among the LIVING so GOD did not want it to be intermingled with the BLESSED SEED until after the BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST. This is why in the last verse of the final chapter of The Book of Zechariah the STATEMENT is made: "and in that day there shall be no more Canaanite in the house of the LORD of HOSTS". "That day", refers to the end of the "LAST DAY", when THE LORD DESTROYS all of the DAMNED SEED, the Canaanite who is the offspring of the Devil, from among the LIVING!

P195 P196

6.2 The Story of (Abram) ABRAHAM

P196

Abram the son of Te'-rah was the first born of three brothers. Te'-rah who was an idol sculptor lived at that time in the country of Ur, of the Chal'-dees with his entire family. Abram soon after the story starts, relocates with his father and his wife, Sa'-rai (who is also Abram's half-sister) along with his nephew Lot to a place called Ha'-ran. With Abram being of the LINEAGE of SHEM, the son of NOAH (The BLESSED SEED), GOD tells Abram to leave his father's house in Ha'-ran and move out of the land. GOD also PROMISES Abram that HE will make a GREAT NATION come forth from him and will BLESS both Abram and his OFFSPRING. Abram, being unsure as to where GOD is sending him off to takes his wife Sa'-rai and his nephew Lot along with his servants, and goes off towards the land of Canaan. When Abram gets to the plain of Mo'reh, THE LORD appears a second time to Abram and tells him that HE WILL give Abram's SEED after him (meaning all the generations of his children) the entire land of Canaan, which later on in the Scriptures will be called ISRAEL. Abram then continues on his journey throughout the land of Canaan making periodic stops along the way to build ALTARS for sacrificing to GOD.

P196

Due to a famine in Land of Canaan where they now live, Abram, Sarai, Abram's nephew Lot and their servants, are forced to leave Canaan and enter into the Land of Egypt where they might find food to eat. Once they arrive in Egypt, Abram is concerned about Sarai his wife being taken from him by Pharaoh for himself because of her great beauty. So Abram tells Pharaoh who is the king of Egypt that Sarai was his sister rather than telling him she was his wife. Abram does this because he fears that if Pharaoh finds out that he is her husband that Pharaoh will have Abram killed so he can take Sarai for himself. Once Pharaoh sees Sarai and is led to believe that she is Abram's sister, he takes her for a concubine. In return for Sarai, Pharaoh gives Abram herds of sheep and oxen and other valuable things, along with some additional male and female servants.

P196

Once GOD SEES that Pharaoh has taken Sarai from Abram. HE then puts a CURSE on Pharaoh for taking her. Pharaoh, being informed by GOD in a dream that Sarai is the wife of Abram and not his sister, is told by GOD that he and his house had been CURSED because of his taking Sarai from Abram. With Pharaoh being greatly displeased with Abram's lying to him about Sarai, he then forces Abram, Sarai and Lot to leave Egypt. However, Pharaoh allows Abram to leave Egypt with all the gifts that he had given him for Sarai. Pharaoh does this in HOPE that GOD would remove the Curse from him and his house. GOD'S LOVE and BLESSING of Abram for his obedience to GOD continually brings Abram great wealth and GOD does this in some cases in rather UNIQUE and strange ways.

P196 P197

After Pharaoh forces Abram out of Egypt, both he and his nephew Lot decide that they should go off into different directions. This decision was made because of the size of their herds of sheep and cattle, and camels and oxen had grown so large as a result of GOD'S BLESSINGS, that the land could not support both Abram's and Lot's herds together. Lot then goes off toward the plain of Jordan that is near to the city of Sodom, and Abram remains camped in the Land of Canaan.

P197

While Abram moves about in the land of Canaan remaining close to THE LORD, GOD continually reiterates HIS PROMISE to Abram of how HE will give Abram all the Land of Canaan and will also make a GREAT NATION come forth from him. After several re-locations within the land of Canaan Abram comes to settle into a place in the Plain of Mam'-re. This is in an area that was known as He'-bron, near to Sanai, the Mountain of GOD. Abram is about 75 years old at this time, and his wife Sarai is unable to bear children and is also getting up in years. Abram wonders how a GREAT NATION can come forth from him with he and Sarai not yet having any children. However Abram never loses hope in what GOD had PROMISED him.

P197

Meanwhile there is a war going on between the kings in the area and word comes to Abram that the cities of Sodom and Gomorah have been taken by force and that alien kings were holding his nephew Lot in captivity. Once Abram hears of this, he then arms and trains 318 of his servants for WAR, and they pursue the rogue kings who are holding his nephew Lot captive. Once Abram and his troops catch up to the opposing forces they annihilate them in the area of Ho'-bah, even though they were greatly outnumbered. Abram then returns all of the spoils of war to the Kings of Sodom and Gomorah and the King of Salem who was also a High Priest by the name of Mel'-chiz'-e-dek, comes out to congratulate Abram on his victory. Mel'-chiz'-e-dek then BLESSES Abram for his service to GOD and Abram in turn gives TITHES to Mel'-chiz -e-dek for the blessing.

P197

Abram then refuses to keep any of the spoils of war after the Kings of Sodom and Gomorah offered them to him. However he does give some of the spoils to his servants who had fought with him. NOTE: Abram refuses the spoils offered to him because he knows that GOD had given him his GREAT WEALTH and does not want anybody to be able to say that they had taken part in it other than GOD!

P197 P198

Then both Abram and his servants return to their camp. Once back at the camp GOD then appears to Abram again in a vision to confirm all the things that HE had previously PROMISED Abram, Then Abram reminds THE LORD that he doesn't have any children as of yet, and asked THE LORD which of the Stewards (servants) of his household would be the heir to GOD'S PROMISE? GOD then tells Abram that his heir will be one of his own children who he is yet to have and not one of his Stewards. THE LORD then gives specific instructions to Abram on a sacrifice that he is to make to GOD and Abram prepares the sacrifice as GOD had instructed him to do. THE LORD then puts Abram into a deep sleep. While Abram is asleep, GOD gives Abram the PROPHECY of his forthcoming NATION, and how this NATION would eventually go into captivity for 400 years and then after the 400 years would be delivered out of their BONDAGE.

P198

NOTE: This PROPHECY is referring to ISRAEL'S CAPTIVITY by both Egypt and Babylon!

P198

In the days of Abram when a SACRIFICE was made to THE LORD, the person making the sacrifice would know if GOD had accepted their sacrifice because fire would come down from the sky and consume the sacrifice. That day GOD received and ACCEPTED the sacrifice Abram had prepared for HIM, by sending FIRE down from the sky and CONSUMING the SACRIFICE. Thus making that day the day that GOD'S COVENANT was made with Abram.

P198

With Abram now getting up in his years and Abram's wife Sarai still unable to bear children, Sarai then offers her handmaiden an Egyptian woman by the name of Ha'-gar as a concubine to her husband Abram. Sarai does this in HOPE that Ha'-gar might bear Abram a SON. Ha'-gar then has sexual intercourse with Abram and CONCEIVES a child. However her pregnancy causes problems between Ha'-gar and Sarai, as Ha'-gar being pregnant with Abram's child starts to contend with Sarai for Abram's affection. This bothers Sarai to the point where Sarai demands that Ha'-gar be made to leave the camp of Abram. Ha'-gar then being pregnant with Abram's child goes off by herself into the wilderness, and an ANGEL of THE LORD comes to her.

P198

The ANGEL tells Ha'-gar, that she will bear a son and his name shall be called Ish'-ma-el. The ANGEL also tells her that Ish'-ma-el will be a "WILD MAN" and through Ish'-ma-el will come the Arab nations for he will be the father of the Arab tribes.

P198

NOTE: By Ish'-ma-el being one-half Hebrew and one-half Egyptian, he becomes the first Arab. Also by his being referred to by the ANGEL as the "WILD MAN", the Scriptures indicate that there will always be a CONFLICT within the Arab nations and between them and ISRAEL. The PROPHECY given by the ANGEL to Ha'-gar strongly indicates an ongoing rivalry between the HEBREWS and the Arab nations. You will also see as the Story of Abram unfolds that Ish'-ma-el being the first born to Abram, feels that the INHERITANCE given to ISAAC should have been his!

P198 P199

The ANGEL also tells Ha'-gar that she should return to the camp of Abram and humble herself before Sarai. He also instructs her to stop competing with Sarai for her husband Abram's affection, and if she does as she is told then she will be allowed to come back into the household of Abram. Ha'-gar then returns to the camp humbling herself before Sarai and is FORGIVEN by Sarai for her previous actions and is allowed back into Abram's camp. Ha'-gar shortly after returning to the camp then gives birth to Ish'-ma-el and Abram is eighty-six years old at the time of birth.

P199

At the time when Abram turns ninety-nine years old, THE LORD appears again to Abram and reminds Abram of HIS COVENANT. THE LORD then COMMANDS Abram that he and all of the males in his household as well as their male children MUST be CIRCUMCISED. The reason that GOD REQUIRES the HEBREW to be circumcised is threefold. First of all, it separates GOD'S PEOPLE from the animal and from other peoples of the world by their removing the male foreskin. Secondly, it provides exposure and an improvement in the cleanliness of the male genital when bathing. But most IMPORTANT is that the circumcision of the Male Organ causes a desensitizing of the penis due to its exposure, which in turn will allow for a longer period of copulation and a higher probability of CONCEPTION.

P199

Abram in HONORING GOD'S COMMANDMENT then has all the males in his household CIRCUMCISED, including himself. After the circumcising, GOD HONORS Abram by RENAMING both he and Sarai. GOD'S new name for Abram, is ABRAHAM, and GOD'S new name for Sarai, is SARAH.

P199

NOTE: In regard to NAMES, ALL names that are given to GOD'S CHILDREN, are GIVEN to them by GOD. Although one may think that a parent or a relative has chosen their name, it is GOD who has put that NAME in their MINDS to GIVE to that CHILD. GOD also GIVES A NEW NAME to those who HE CLAIMS for ETERNITY, BECAUSE THEY ARE NOW WITHIN HIS COVENANT LIKE ABRAHAM! THIS IS MUCH LIKE A FATHER NAMING HIS FIRSTBORN CHILD. The RENAMING of Abram and Sarai is symbolic of ONE RECEIVING THEIR NEW ETERNAL NAME by their being RECEIVED BY GOD INTO HIS ETERNAL COVENANT.

P199

Revelation 2:17 HE THAT HATH AN EAR, LET HIM HEAR WHAT THE SPIRIT SAITH UNTO THE CHURCHES; TO HIM THAT OVERCOMETH WILL I GIVE TO EAT OF THE HIDDEN MAN'-NA, AND WILL GIVE HIM A WHITE STONE, AND IN THE STONE A NEW NAME WRITTEN, WHICH NO MAN KNOWETH SAVING HE THAT RECEIVETH IT.

P200 Kjb1611

After their RENAMING, THE LORD then continues on to tell ABRAHAM that his wife SARAH will soon BEAR HIM a SON, regardless of her age, and the SON shall be named ISAAC and that SARAH will be a Mother of NATIONS and of KINGS. Once ABRAHAM hears this he then laughs at THE LORD and says, "how can I being 100 years old and SARAH being 90 years old, have children"? THE LORD then reminds ABRAHAM that there isn't anything HE CANNOT DO! THE LORD then tells ABRAHAM that HIS COVENANT will continue on through his SON ISAAC and not through Ish'-ma-el. However, THE LORD SAYS that Ish'-ma-el will be blessed and twelve princes will come forth through him, thus indicating that Ish'- ma-el will be the father of twelve Arab nations.

P200

The appearance of The GODHEAD to ABRAHAM

P200

In the 18th Chapter of the Book of Genesis, The GODHEAD (TRINITY) appears to ABRAHAM in the form of THREE MEN. Although ABRAHAM recognizes that there are THREE MEN, when he addresses them he does so in a SINGULAR form as "LORD" rather than, Lords. He is told by GOD (THE THREE MEN) of SARAH'S impending birth of ISAAC. Then SARAH, overhearing the CONVERSATION of ABRAHAM and THE LORD, laughs when she hears that she is to have a child. For SARAH no longer menstruates, and ABRAHAM, being one hundred years old is seemingly too old to have sex.

P200

Genesis 18:13 And THE LORD said unto ABRAHAM, Wherefore did SARAH laugh, saying, Shall I of a surety bear a child, which am old?

P200 Kjb1611

Genesis 18:14 Is any thing too hard for THE LORD? At the time appointed I will return unto thee, according to the time of life, and SARAH shall have a son.

P200 Kjb1611

NOTE: Shortly after their visit by THE LORD, SARAH conceives and bears ABRAHAM a son, whom GOD instructed to be NAMED ISAAC.

P201

After GOD has told ABRAHAM about the PENDING BIRTH of his son ISAAC, GOD then tells ABRAHAM of HIS plans to destroy the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, ABRAHAM being concerned for his nephew Lot who lives in Sodom, then asks GOD to spare his Nephew and ABRAHAM does this in a rather round about way. So GOD on behalf of ABRAHAM sends two ANGELS to the city of Sodom, to remove Lot and his family prior to its destruction.

P201

After Lot and his family have left their house in Sodom, the two ANGELS then instruct Lot and his family to not look back towards the city once its destruction had begun. However, Lot's wife turns back and looks toward the city after she was told not to and is immediately crystallized for doing so. The Scripture says that she is turned into a pillar of salt. Lot and his two daughters then being completely in shock by what they had just witnessed, seeing the POWER of THE LORD DESTROY both the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah, move a great distance away from the cities.

P201

Lot and his two daughters then decide to move into a cave in the mountains to live, rather than into one of the neighboring cities. They do this out of fear of what they had just seen happen to the cities of Sodom and Gomorrah. Then while living in a cave, and fearful to leave the cave, Lot's two daughters proceed to get Lot drunk and have sex with him, so they might bear children from their father. They do this because Lot did not have any sons to carry on the family name. Both daughters then conceive and have sons. The eldest names her son, Moab, who becomes the father of the Moabite nation. The younger daughter names her son, Benamini, who becomes the father of the Ammonite nation.

P201

NOTE: Even though this act by Lot and his two daughters is seemingly a dreadful act, GOD, through this incestuous relationship by Lot and his two daughters, brings forth the Moabite woman whose NAME is RUTH several generations later. RUTH will eventually marry a man by the name of BOAZ and carry FORWARD the BLESSED SEED of JESUS CHRIST. RUTH becomes KING DAVID'S GREAT GRANDMOTHER, and in the direct LINEAGE of JESUS CHRIST. It may also be noted that ABRAHAM'S request to GOD to spare his nephew Lot was a REQUEST that was made in THE WILL of GOD, for GOD HAD PLANS FOR LOT and GOD LEAVES NOTHING TO CHANCE!

P201

Ha'-gar and Ish'-ma-el's dismissal from ABRAHAM'S Household

P202

With SARAH now having her own SON, ISAAC, there is yet another conflict that arises between her and Ha'-gar (the Egyptian Concubine). Both she and Ha'-gar argue over which of ABRAHAM'S sons is entitled to be heir to ABRAHAM'S heritage? Should it be the SON ISAAC, or the son Ish'-ma-el? SARAH then demands that both Ha'-gar and Ish'-ma-el be made to leave their Camp (Household). With ABRAHAM being concerned about his son Ish'-mael's welfare he confronts GOD about his wife SARAH'S demand. In response to ABRAHAM'S PRAYER, GOD CONFIRMS that SARAH'S request should be honored and Ha'-gar and Ish'-ma-el be made to leave his camp. But GOD also assures ABRAHAM that through his BLESSING, HE will also BLESS Ish'-ma-el, and make Ish'-ma-el a father of a great nation. After ABRAHAM had received this direction from THE LORD, he rises up early the next morning and gives Ha'-gar some bread and a bottle of water and sends both her and Ish'-ma-el out of the camp.

P202

After wandering in the wilderness of Be'-er-she'-ba for several days, and the water they had been given depleted, Ha'-gar places her son Ish'-ma-el in the shade of the shrubs for both she and him are dehydrated. She then removes herself some distance away from Ish'-ma-el, not wanting to see her child die of thirst. Ha'-gar then lifting up her voice to GOD in grief over their not having any water to drink, and seeing her son dying of thirst, hears the voice of an ANGEL from HEAVEN. The ANGEL speaking for GOD, CONFIRMS to Ha'-gar that GOD will make a great nation come forth through Ish'-ma-el. He also shows Ha'-gar a nearby well of water that she and Ish'-ma-el may drink from.

P202

With GOD looking after Ish'-ma-el and Ha'-gar as HE had PROMISED ABRAHAM HE would do, GOD makes Ish'-ma-el into an excellent archer and a good hunter for food. Both Ha'-gar and Ish'-ma-el then live in the wilderness of Pa'-ran for many years near to the well where the ANGEL had spoken to Ha'-gar. Ha'-gar then returns to Egypt to bring back from Egypt a wife for her son, Ish'-ma-el.

P202

NOTE: All the offspring of Ish'-ma-el that make up the TWELVE ARAB NATIONS, are three-quarters Egyptian and one-quarter HEBREW.

P202

ABRAHAM offers ISAAC as a SACRIFICE to GOD

P202

Genesis 22:1 And it came to pass after these things, that GOD did TEMPT ABRAHAM, and said unto him, ABRAHAM: and he said, BEHOLD, here I am.

P202 Kjb1611 P203

Genesis 22:2 And HE said, Take now thy son, thine only son ISAAC, whom thou LOVEST, and get thee into the land of Mo-ri'-ah; and offer him there for a burnt offering upon one of the mountains which I will tell thee of.

P203 Kjb1611

NOTE: GOD tells ABRAHAM to go and sacrifice his son ISAAC as a BURNT OFFERING to see if ABRAHAM will do for GOD what GOD KNOWS HE MUST DO FOR MAN. However, GOD by the way of the ANGEL does not allow ABRAHAM to SACRIFICE his SON ISAAC, but rather provides ABRAHAM a scapegoat for the BURNT OFFERING. Therefor, by ABRAHAM showing his willingness to give his son's life for GOD proves his WORTHINESS to RECEIVE GOD'S GRACE, THE LIFE of JESUS CHRIST, WHICH WILL BE GIVEN on the CROSS for MAN.

P203

6.3 The Story of ISAAC

P203

With ABRAHAM in his old age and his son ISAAC now forty years old and not yet married, ABRAHAM decides to send off his most TRUSTED Servant to find a wife for his son ISAAC. The Servant is directed by ABRAHAM to go into the land of Mesopotamia where ABRAHAM'S relatives live to find a wife for ISAAC. Milcah, who is ABRAHAM'S sister in law lives in this area of Mesopotamia and has a granddaughter by the NAME of REBEKAH. It is unknown to the Servant when he arrives at the well near to the city of Na'-hor who will be the chosen one for his Master's son ISAAC. So the Servant prays to GOD for some sort of sign so he might know which of the daughters drawing water from the well should be chosen for ISAAC. The Servant then makes the following request to GOD for assistance so he may identify the one for ISAAC:

P203

Genesis 24:14 And let it come to pass, that the damsel to whom I shall say, let down thy pitcher, I pray thee, that I may drink; and she shall say, Drink, and I will give thy camels drink also: let the same be she that thou hast appointed for thy servant ISAAC; and thereby shall I know that thou hast shewed kindness unto my Master.

P203 Kjb1611

Just as the Servant finishes his SUPPLICATION to THE LORD, REBEKAH, Mil'-cah's granddaughter shows up at the well, and the Servant sees that she is beautiful. The Servant then asks REBEKAH for a drink of water and REBEKAH'S reply is, WORD for WORD what the Servant had requested from THE LORD it should be. The Servant then KNEW that it is REBEKAH who THE LORD had chosen for ISAAC.

P203 P204

Then the Servant that was sent by ABRAHAM to find ISAAC a wife requests from REBEKAH'S family that SHE be allowed to return with him to the land of Canaan and be given to ABRAHAM'S son ISAAC in MARRIAGE. After being given the family's permission, and her brother Laban's permission as well to marry ISAAC, REBEKAH returns with the Servant to ABRAHAM'S residence in the land of Canaan.

P204

ISAAC, while being still grieved by his Mother SARAH'S death decides to go out into the field to meditate and to mourn over her loss. While in the field, ISAAC sees his father's Servant returning with REBEKAH having REBEKAH'S handmaidens also with them. When ISAAC sees REBEKAH and how beautiful she is, he immediately falls in LOVE with her and they MARRY.

P204

After twenty years of marriage, REBEKAH finally conceives and bears TWIN sons. Prior to their birth THE LORD tells REBEKAH, while she is yet pregnant, that she will bear TWINS and that the TWINS will be of two different types of people. (Meaning of two different types of SEED. One being BLESSED, and the other one being DAMNED.)

P204

NOTE: This is depicted in the Scriptures by the distinct differences in both Esau and Jacob's appearances. Esau was said to be red and hairy and once he had come out of the WOMB it was observed that his brother JACOB had a hold on his heel, thus indicating a struggle that had taken place within the WOMB to be the FIRST OUT, THE FIRSTBORN, HAVING THE BIRTHRIGHT!

P204

Genesis 25:23 And THE LORD said unto her, Two NATIONS are in thy womb, and two manner of people shall be separated from thy bowels; and the one PEOPLE shall be stronger than the other People; and the elder shall serve the younger.

P204 Kjb1611

The first of the twins was named Esau and the second to break the matrix was named Jacob, who came out clinging to his brother Esau's heel. Esau, being very hairy and reddish in color (similar to Cain the twin brother to ABEL), grows into a cunning hunter of game and a man who enjoys living in the wilderness, much like his ancestor Nimrod. On the other hand, Jacob, being the more domesticated of the two prefers to be somewhat of a tent dweller and not an outdoors type.

P204

ISAAC showed favoritism towards his son Esau because he was the FIRSTBORN, and also because Esau brought home venison from the field after hunting, and ISAAC loved venison. But REBEKAH'S favorite of the two was Jacob, who stayed very close to her around their home. One day when Jacob was making a stew his brother Esau came in from the field and being very hungry asked Jacob for some of the stew to eat. Being made unusually hungry by THE LORD, Esau says that he would do anything for some of Jacob's stew. Jacob then requested that Esau in turn for a bowl of the stew give Jacob his BIRTHRIGHT. Then Esau who is the eldest and had the BIRTHRIGHT agrees to give it to Jacob in return for a bowl of the stew.

P204 P205

NOTE: GOD had already determined that Esau would GIVE UP his BIRTHRIGHT. For GOD had always intended that the BLESSED SEED should receive the BIRTHRIGHT and not the DAMNED SEED as it was with Cain. Many of the Church's Clergymen teach that it was a mistake on the part of Esau to give up his BIRTHRIGHT for a bowl of stew. However, what they do not UNDERSTAND is that the decision to do so was OUT OF THE HANDS OF ESAU, because GOD had predetermined it! Therefor, whether the BIRTHRIGHT had been GIVEN UP for a parcel of land rather than for a bowl of the stew, or for the hand of a woman, regardless of the CIRCUMSTANCES. THE BIRTHRIGHT WOULD HAVE STILL BEEN GIVEN UP.

P205

Due to a famine in the land where ISAAC was living, THE LORD sends ISAAC and REBEKAH off to a place by the name of Ge'-rar that was under the control of a Philistine King. While ISAAC was dwelling at Ge'-rar, he has a similar experience to what his father ABRAHAM had with the Pharaoh when he was in Egypt. ISAAC feared that either the Philistine King or one of the other men of the area would take his wife REBEKAH from him. REBEKAH was a beautiful woman and ISAAC thought that someone desiring her might kill him for her. So ISAAC spread the word around the area that REBEKAH was his sister rather than him saying, she was his wife.

P205

NOTE: This EVENT in Ge'-rar spoken about in Chapter 26 actually occurs long before the birth of Esau and Jacob, even though it appears sequentially in the Scriptures after their birth. The famine that occurred in the Land of Canaan took place about ten years after ISAAC and REBEKAH'S MARRIAGE. This "out of sequence writing" is quite common in the Scriptures, because the Scriptures speak to the EVENT rather than to a TIMELINE!

P205

One day when Abimelech, the King of the Philistines sees ISAAC and REBEKAH together making romantic advances towards one another, he then realizes that REBEKAH is ISAAC'S wife and not his sister as ISAAC had said. The King, knowing that the GOD of ABRAHAM was also with ISAAC as HE was with ISAAC'S father ABRAHAM, then becomes concerned for if he or one of the men in the area had taken REBEKAH for their own they would then be CURSED by GOD for doing so. So the King pronounces a decree; if any man were to touch either ISAAC or his wife REBEKAH, they would be put to death! The King further demands that ISAAC and REBEKAH leave the area.

P205 P206

ISAAC then settles in a place just outside of the city of Ge'-rar where the King lived for the next several years. As ISAAC continues to prosper by GOD'S BLESSING, he becomes quite wealthy with large herds of cattle and sheep and renown by all the people as a MAN of GOD.

P206

Genesis 26:12 Then ISAAC sowed in that land, and received in the same year an hundredfold: and THE LORD BLESSED him.

P206 Kjb1611

Genesis 26:13 And the man waxed GREAT, and went forward, and grew until he became VERY GREAT:

P206 Kjb1611

Genesis 26:14 For he had possession of flocks, and possession of herds, and GREAT store of Servants: and the Philistines envied him.

P206 Kjb1611

With the Philistines envying ISAAC, they started stopping up all the water wells that his Father ABRAHAM had dug, causing him to continually move throughout the area. The local men then started to claim ISAAC'S water wells for themselves. As quick as ISAAC would dig a well they also would stop it up, essentially pushing him out of the land. After several years of the local people bickering over the water rights, the Philistine King came to ISAAC. The King had seen how THE LORD had BLESSED ISAAC in all that he had done, and FEARS the WRATH of GOD might come upon him and his kingdom, if he or one of his people should mistreat ISAAC. So King Abimelech and ISAAC make an agreement with each other not to interfere with the others works or cause one another any harm. ISAAC then moves again and settles into a new area where he has found water. ISAAC names the area SHE'-BAH which is referred to later in the Scriptures as Be-er-she'-bah.

P206

Esau's Intermarriage with the Canaanite

P206

With ISAAC'S son Esau now at the age of forty, Esau decides to marry two different Hit-tite (Canaanite) women by the names of Judith and Bash-e-math. This was an act forbidden by GOD, as GOD forbid the HEBREW to intermarry with the Canaanite. This brings shame to the family and the disapproval by both ISAAC and REBEKAH of Esau's intermarrying and bringing Canaanite women into their family.

P206 P207

Passing along the BLESSING to the FIRSTBORN

P207

ISAAC being well into his years and both bedridden and blind, determines that his days were nearly over and that it was time to pass along the BLESSING of GOD to his eldest son Esau. Not knowing that Esau had previously sold his BIRTHRIGHT to Jacob, (for the BLESSING was due to the one with the BIRTHRIGHT), he request a meeting with Esau.

P207

Note: It was customary of the people during those days to pass along the control of their household and all of their holdings to the eldest son, prior to their death. (This custom had changed over the course of time, and at the time of JESUS, the eldest son would receive his inheritance at the age of THIRTY.) For one to RECEIVE the BLESSING that was passed down from the father to the son, the son MUST have the BIRTHRIGHT and in some circumstances the BIRTHRIGHT did not always reside with the eldest. With the HEBREWS having more than one wife, and in some cases having concubines who also had borne them children, the BIRTHRIGHT was normally given to the Eldest son of a wife rather than to a son by a concubine. When there was a case of multiple wives, the father would choose which one of the eldest sons would receive the BIRTHRIGHT. With ISAAC having only one wife (REBEKAH) and having TWINS, the BIRTHRIGHT was given to the FIRST out of the womb, and in this case Esau was the first out of the womb.

P207

When Esau meets with ISAAC, ISAAC decides to send Esau out to hunt venison for a last meal, feeling that he was about to die from old age. ISAAC tells Esau that once he returns from hunting the venison, that he would then pass along to Esau the BLESSING of GOD, as his Father ABRAHAM had done with him.

P207

REBEKAH, overhearing this conversation between ISAAC and Esau then remembers what GOD had told her prior to the birth of the TWINS; in regard to the YOUNGER being the stronger of the two brothers. REBEKAH also remembers that THE LORD had said that the eldest would serve the youngest, thus indicating that the BIRTHRIGHT was intended to be Jacob's and not Esau's by PROPHECY. REBEKAH was also aware that Esau had sold his BIRTHRIGHT to Jacob for the bowl of stew as Jacob had told her so, and she felt that it was her responsibility to ensure that the BLESSING went to Jacob!

P207

With REBEKAH knowing that ISAAC was about to pass the BLESSING along to Esau, she hurriedly sends Jacob out to fetch a he goat. She intends to prepare the he goat and serve it to ISAAC disguised as venison, before Esau's return. REBEKAH also thinks that ISAAC being blind would depend on his feel to determine an image of Esau, and with Esau being a hairy man she decides to disguise Jacob as Esau. So REBEKAH then takes some of Esau's clothes and the goatskins from the he goat she was preparing and strategically puts them on Jacob's wrists and neck to make him feel as though he was hairy. Jacob then dressed in his brother, Esau's clothes, and having the goatskins placed on his wrists and neck, he then brings to his Father ISAAC the he goat that was disguised as being venison. Jacob then enters into ISAAC'S room and announces himself as being Esau. While ISAAC eats the he goat (thinking it is venison) he recognizes Jacob's voice and reaches out to feel him. ISAAC then comments that he feels like Esau but sounds more like Jacob, HOWEVER ISAAC after eating, PASSES the BLESSING of GOD along to JACOB.

P207 P208

NOTE: I would like to point out a few KEY POINTS in this story. The entire BIBLE STORY is about the coming of JESUS CHRIST, The BLESSED SEED, starting with ADAM down through SETH to NOAH and then to ABRAHAM, ISAAC and JACOB is the TRACKING of the SEED of JESUS CHRIST. GOD had a SPECIFIC ORDER to be followed to AUTHENTICATE the LEGITIMACY of JESUS. JESUS HAD TO BE THE SOLE HEIR TO ISRAEL IN EVERY AND ALL RESPECTS. JESUS CHRIST WAS GIVEN THE BIRTHRIGHT THROUGH HIS FATHER JOSEPH. THEN WITH JOSEPH BEING IN THE DIRECT LINEAGE OF KING DAVID, JESUS HAD THE ENTITLEMENT TO THE THRONE OF DAVID. ALSO, THROUGH HIS MOTHER MARY. JESUS INHERITED THE SPIRIT OF PROPHECY. AS SHE CAME THROUGH KING DAVID'S SON NATHAN WHO FATHERED THE PROPHETS. What is being said here is the following: JESUS CHRIST HAS THE BIRTHRIGHT AND THE BLESSING of GOD, the ENTITLEMENT TO THE THRONE of DAVID, AND THE SPIRIT of PROPHECY FOR ISRAEL!

P208

Esau's return

P208

When Esau returns with the venison he finds that his Father ISAAC had already PASSED the BLESSING of GOD down to JACOB rather than to him, and he becomes extremely angry and threatens to kill his brother JACOB. REBEKAH, overhearing the threats being made by Esau fears for JACOB'S life. She then sends JACOB quickly off to her homeland of Mesopotamia to live with her brother Laban and outside of Esau's grasp.

P208

6.4 The Story of JACOB

P209

This story begins with JACOB leaving his Father ISAAC'S camp, so JACOB would be out of the reach of his brother Esau who had threatened to kill him for taking Esau's BLESSING. So JACOB goes off to Pa'-dan-a-ram to find his Uncle Laban, REBEKAH'S brother, in hope of finding a place of refuge. Prior to his leaving home, ISAAC reiterates GOD'S BLESSING to JACOB, and warns him against taking a Ca'-naan-ite woman for a wife like his brother Esau had done.

P209

Jacob's Ladder

P209

After his first days journey, and while the sun was yet setting. JACOB decides to lay down and sleep for awhile. He gathers some stones together to make a pillow and then lays down and falls asleep, and while asleep, JACOB has a DREAM. In this DREAM JACOB sees a LADDER sitting on the earth and reaching up to HEAVEN. He also sees ANGELS who are going up and down the LADDER and back in forth from HEAVEN to earth. Then as JACOB looks toward the top of the LADDER, he sees GOD. Once JACOB sees GOD THE LORD says to JACOB, I AM THE LORD GOD OF ABRAHAM THY FATHER, AND THE GOD OF ISAAC: THE LAND WHEREON THOU LIEST, TO THEE WILL I GIVE IT, AND TO THY SEED. GOD THEN CONFIRMS HIS COVENANT WITH JACOB AS HE HAD DONE WITH JACOB'S grandfather, ABRAHAM, and his father ISAAC before him.

P209

When JACOB awakes early the next morning he gathers up the stones which he had used for his pillow and stacks them up as a pillar and ANOINTS the stones with oil. Due to the significance of this place where he had had the DREAM, JACOB renames it (which was called at that time Luz), BETH'-EL, meaning the "HOUSE of GOD". While JACOB continues on his journey to find his uncle Laban, he happens upon a well of water, and ask them at the well if they knew where the area of Ha'-ran was, and also if they had known of his Uncle Laban. The men at the well then tell JACOB that they were from Ha'-ran and they did in fact know his Uncle Laban. They also tell JACOB that very soon Laban's daughter RACHEL would be coming to the well to water Laban's sheep.

P209

Jacob meets Rachel

P210

Once RACHEL shows up at the well and JACOB sees RACHEL'S striking appearance, he immediately falls in LOVE with her. RACHEL then brings JACOB back with her to her father's house. Shortly after they arrive at the house. Jacob asks Laban for RACHEL'S hand in marriage and JACOB agrees to work for Laban for SEVEN years in exchange for RACHEL. The SEVEN years seem to go by very quickly for JACOB and when they were completed, JACOB confronts Laban on their agreement. Laban honoring his agreement with JACOB makes a great feast and all those in attendance of the feast become quite drunk, including Jacob. When the time comes for Laban to deliver his daughter RACHEL to JACOB, Laban brings his daughter Leah (covered in a veil) instead of RACHEL. JACOB being quite drunk and not aware of the switch believes that Leah is RACHEL so he brings her into his tent and there makes LOVE with her.

P210

In the morning when JACOB awakes he discovers that he is with Leah rather than RACHEL and becomes very disturbed by it. After JACOB sees what his father-in-law has done to him and how he has given him Leah instead of RACHEL, he confronts Laban on the matter. Laban then explains to JACOB how the eldest daughter must be given first in marriage by their custom, and how he had thought that JACOB was aware of this custom. After hearing what Laban had to say, being disappointed but yet accepting Laban's answer, JACOB agrees to work for Laban another SEVEN years so he may have RACHEL also for his wife.

P210

CHRIST MARKERS

P210

Throughout the HOLY BIBLE there are MARKERS placed within the Scriptures indicating the coming of the CHRIST CHILD. Some of these MARKERS are quite subtle, while others are certainly more obvious. However in any case, all of these MARKERS are only discernible when the Scriptures are translated into the English language.

P210

As previously explained in this BOOK, the Greek word "Christos ", translates into English as the WORD "CHRIST". The WORD "CHRIST" has an alphanumeric sum of its letters equaling the NUMBER 77. The NUMBER SEVENTY-SEVEN can also be referred to as TWIN SEVENS. Therefor, anything having to do with TWINS or TWO SEVENS appearing in the Scriptures, are placed there as MARKERS indicating the coming of the CHRIST CHILD. The first set of TWINS is Cain and ABEL, with Cain having the BIRTHRIGHT by being first out of the womb. The second set of twins appearing in the Scriptures, are Esau and JACOB, with Esau being the first out of the womb and having his brother JACOB clinging to his heel, indicating that there was a struggle within the womb for the BIRTHRIGHT.

P210 P211

In the story of JACOB both sets of MARKERS appear. With JACOB being one of a pair of TWINS this indicates that the TWINS identifying the WORD "CHRIST" are KEYED in the beginning of the story of JACOB. The TWIN SEVENS also appear in the story by JACOB'S having to work 7 years for Leah and yet another 7 years for RACHEL thus indicating that the CHRIST CHILD will come through the LINEAGE of JACOB. The story of JACOB depicts both sets of the CHRIST CHILD MARKERS with both the TWINS and the TWIN SEVENS appearing in his story.

P211

A Struggle over BIRTHRIGHT

P211

As you become more familiar with the Scriptures you will start to see that there is a continual STRUGGLE for the BLESSING and the BIRTHRIGHT through the entire Old Testament. This struggle continues on throughout the Scriptures until the COMING of JESUS CHRIST. At the time of CHRIST, the BLESSING and the BIRTHRIGHT then come together in the SAME PERSON. The STRUGGLE that is ongoing consists of the BLESSED SEED and the Damned seed struggling over the BIRTHRIGHT and the BLESSING of GOD. This STRUGGLE, starting from the time of Cain who had the BIRTHRIGHT and ABEL who had the BLESSING, goes on until the time of JESUS, because JESUS RECEIVED BOTH the BIRTHRIGHT and the BLESSING of GOD. To put this into a clearer PERSPECTIVE we will jump forward a bit in the Book of Genesis to the next set of TWINS that appear in the Scriptures.

P211

The next set of TWINS

P211

Later on in the lives of the TWELVE CHILDREN of JACOB (ISRAEL), JACOB'S son Judah is tricked into having sex with his daughter-in-law Tamar. In the 38th Chapter of the Book of Genesis this story of Judah and Tamar is told. Tamar, after tricking her father-in-law, into having sex with her, ultimately conceives and bears TWINS by him. Prior to the birth of the TWINS while she is still in labor giving BIRTH, one of the TWINS puts forth his hand out of her womb, so indicating that he should be the first out. The midwives who are aiding Tamar in the DELIVERY of the TWINS, then tie a SCARLET thread around the wrist of the one who had put forth his hand out of the womb.

P211 P212

However when the DELIVERY of the FIRST TWIN takes place, the one coming out of the womb first is not the one with the SCARLET thread around his wrist! They therefor name the first out of the womb PHAREZ, which means BREACH (or Broken), as he took the BIRTHRIGHT from the one having the SCARLET THREAD around his wrist, and he did so while still within the womb. If you will now look in the GOSPEL of Luke, in "Luke 3:33", you will see that PHAREZ (the TWIN who came out first) is in the direct ancestry and LINEAGE of JESUS CHRIST. *1

P212

*1 The name PHAREZ is misspelled in the GOSPEL, being spelled "PHARES" rather than "PHAREZ". There are many such misspelled NAMES that occur throughout the GOSPELS as a result of the deterioration of the HEBREW LANGUAGE, and you will find the correct SPELLING in this book when those Scriptures are cited. These variations in the HEBREW LANGUAGE resulted from the Jews spending many years in captivity in countries that spoke in other languages, thus eventually corrupting their own language.

P212

If we look at the FIRST set of TWINS occurring with ADAM and EVE there wasn't any STRUGGLE over the BIRTHRIGHT and BLESSING between Cain and ABEL, with Cain clearly having the BIRTHRIGHT and ABEL having the BLESSING. After Cain had killed his brother ABEL, the BIRTHRIGHT still remained with Cain. This is why GOD was protecting Cain even after he had killed his brother ABEL, because Cain had the BIRTHRIGHT. However, Cain did not have the BLESSING. The BLESSED SEED was then passed along through SETH who was the firstborn son after the death of ABEL. Therefor the BIRTHRIGHT remained with Cain while the BLESSING was passed down through SETH.

P212

In the SECOND set of TWINS, there was a STRUGGLE within the womb over the BIRTHRIGHT, with JACOB losing out to Esau. However, GOD made it RIGHT by having Esau sell his brother JACOB his BIRTHRIGHT for a bowl of stew, allowing JACOB to have both the BLESSING and the BIRTHRIGHT as did his father ISAAC and his grandfather ABRAHAM had had before him! In the CASE of the THIRD set of TWINS, the ONE DESERVING of the BIRTHRIGHT and the BLESSING was NAMED PHAREZ for he had WON the STRUGGLE WITHIN THE WOMB. We will continue later on in this BOOK to discuss the BIRTHRIGHT and BLESSING, but let us now return to the Story of JACOB.

P212

Return to the Story of JACOB

P212

After JACOB completes the second SEVEN years of service to his father-in-law Laban, he then receives RACHEL, his first LOVE, in MARRIAGE. After JACOB'S MARRIAGE to RACHEL, THE LORD SEES that there is a jealousy between the two sisters, and JACOB leans more toward RACHEL than to Leah. So GOD, keeping things in BALANCE between the two sisters, allows Leah to CONCEIVE and bear a child first. Leah bears Jacob his FIRST son and she calls his name Reuben. Throughout the story of JACOB the sisters, Leah and RACHEL, are continually competing for JACOB'S affection and try to win him over by bearing him sons. With RACHEL being unable as of yet to have a child with JACOB, and with Leah going through periods of time being unable to CONCEIVE, the two sisters decide to involve their two Handmaidens for bringing forth more children to JACOB. The women involved in having JACOB'S TWELVE SONS were Leah and RACHEL, Leah's handmaiden Zilpah, and RACHEL'S handmaiden Bilhah. Bilhah was also RACHEL and Leah's half-sister having Laban as well for her father. Leah would then take credit for those children being born by Zilpah, her Handmaiden, while RACHEL would take credit for those children being born by Bilhah, her Handmaiden. The following is a listing of JACOB'S TWELVE SONS, and their mothers.

P212 P213

1. Reuben (Mother: Leah) firstborn to Leah
2. Simeon (Mother: Leah)
3. Levi (Mother: Leah)
4. Judah (Mother: Leah)
5. Dan (Mother: Bilhah, RACHEL'S Handmaiden and half sister)
6. Naphtali (Mother: Bilhah, RACHEL'S Handmaiden and half sister)
7. Gad (Mother: Zilpah. Leah's Handmaiden)
8. Asher (Mother: Zilpah. Leah's Handmaiden)
9. Issachar (Mother: Leah)
10. Zebulun (Mother: Leah)
11. JOSEPH (Mother: RACHEL) firstborn to RACHEL
12. Benjamin (Mother: RACHEL) RACHEL dies giving birth to Benjamin!
P213

After the birth of Zebulun, Leah gives birth to a daughter, and names her Dinah.

P213

JACOB leaves Laban

P213

Prior to the birth of Benjamin and shortly after the birth of JOSEPH, JACOB suggests to his father-in-law that he and his family move out of Laban's household. Laban, knowing that GOD has BLESSED his house merely by JACOB'S PRESENCE there, requests that JACOB continue to stay on and care for his flocks. JACOB agrees to stay on with Laban for awhile longer and then Laban asks JACOB what pay he might want for the caring for his flocks? JACOB tells Laban that all he would require is that he would give him all the striped and spotted cattle and goats, and also all the brown sheep that are within the flocks. With less than one per cent of the herd being born with this abnormality in color, Laban agrees to honor JACOB'S request. JACOB then separates the spotted and the striped cattle and goats and as well the brown sheep from Laban's herds, and then moves himself and both of the flocks a three-day journey (21 miles) away from Laban's household.

P213 P214

Meanwhile, with JACOB looking after Laban's herds as well as his own, the ANGEL of THE LORD in a DREAM, instructs JACOB to set up a fenced border around the feeding and watering area of the animals, and to also paint white stripes on all of the fence posts. Shortly after JACOB has done what the ANGEL told him to do, the herd population of the striped and spotted cattle and goats, and that of the brown sheep start to increase. This increase in the oddly colored animals becomes significant after a period of a few short years, with JACOB'S herds then outnumbering those belonging to Laban having the normal coloring. Also, JACOB'S herds have a significantly healthier appearance than those of Laban's herd.

P214

When Laban's sons see the vast numbers of JACOB'S herd and how they now greatly outnumber their father's herd, they start to accuse JACOB of cheating their father out of his flocks. JACOB knowing how Laban had cheated him during the time he had worked for him then decides, due to their accusations against him, that it was time for him and his family to move away from Laban. During their process of moving, both Leah and RACHEL complain to JACOB about Laban not giving anything to them for a dowry and their having to leave with nothing. So RACHEL decides to steal from her father his molten images (idols) that were made of gold and silver, to make up for their loss!

P214

Once Laban has heard that JACOB left the area and sees that his molten images had been stolen, he charges JACOB with the theft and chases after him with a number of armed servants. While on the way, Laban is warned in a DREAM by an ANGEL of GOD, that he should not cause any harm whatsoever to come upon JACOB. After a few days in pursuit of JACOB, Laban and his men finally catch up to JACOB'S caravan. They immediately accuse JACOB of sneaking out of the area without any notification of leaving, and also accuse him of stealing Laban's molten images. JACOB offers to let them search his camp for the stolen articles and tells them that they may kill anyone in his camp who has those articles in their possession.

P214 P215

RACHEL, being pregnant with Benjamin remains on her camel while her father searches both her and Leah's tents for his images. RACHEL, having hid the images (idols) in her saddlebags remains on her camel and Laban does not search the camel's saddlebags. When Laban is unable to find the missing images among their possessions, he then has a change of heart. Laban decides to make a covenant (agreement) with JACOB so they may live peaceably as neighbors. JACOB and Laban then jointly set a boundary between them, and agree that neither would violate the boundary separating them and their herds. On the following morning Laban leaves the camp of JACOB and never again sees JACOB or his family.

P215

JACOB moves on

P215

With the ANGELS of GOD guarding JACOB'S every footstep and JACOB being able to see them who are providing his protection, JACOB calls the name of the area, Ma'-ha-na'-im, meaning, "two camps" (or more correctly "camped with the ANGELS"). JACOB gave it that name because the ANGELS of THE LORD were camped next to him.

P215

JACOB continues on his journey and enters the land of E'-dom. With E'dom being the area where his brother Esau lives, JACOB has a great concern regarding him and his family's welfare, remembering his brother Esau's prior threats. With JACOB not having any contact whatsoever with Esau for nearly twenty-five years, he decides to send off one of his servants ahead of him so the servant might be able to confront Esau prior to JACOB. JACOB also sends gifts with the Servant to appease any anger Esau may still have against JACOB over the BIRTHRIGHT dispute.

P215

Due to GOD'S BLESSINGS, JACOB'S caravan is enormous in size. JACOB has acquired menservants and maidservants, large numbers of cattle, sheep and goats, oxen, and camels and has to move at a relatively slow pace with the caravan being so large. So when the servant whom he had sent out returns to the caravan, he tells JACOB that his brother ESAU is approaching them with four hundred men. This causes JACOB to split up his caravan into several groups, because he assumes that Esau will attack them and maybe some of the groups might be able to escape if they were separated. JACOB also gives each of the groups some animals to be offered for gifts to Esau, in hope that the gifts would please him and forego any vengeful actions he might be planning. Being the LAST group, that evening JACOB decides to send his TWO WIVES, Leah and RACHEL, and his two Concubines, Zilpah and Bilhah, and their children, over the brook Jab'-bok, while he himself stays behind. He does this not out of fear for his own life but does so rather for his family's protection. JACOB thought that if Esau were to see that he was lagging behind the droves that had been sent out before him, that Esau would then pass by them to continue on looking for JACOB, therefor giving the forward groups a chance to escape harm's way.

P215 P216

JACOB, fights with the ANGEL

P216

This particular story about JACOB'S fighting with the ANGEL has been improperly taught by many trying to teach the WORD of GOD, and most certainly has been misunderstood by the clergy throughout the ages. One must UNDERSTAND first and foremost, that no man can possibly contend with an ANGEL even if assisted by an army. One single ANGEL in one night killed 185,000 Assyrians to keep them from entering into the city of JERUSALEM (Isaiah 37: 36). This was but a small order for the ANGEL who was sent for that mission. The ANGEL that wrestled all night with JACOB was the ANGEL GABRIEL, who is a PRINCE in HEAVEN and quite POWERFUL!

P216

GABRIEL was sent by GOD to accomplish two MISSIONS. The first mission was to prevent JACOB from crossing over the brook Jab'-bok that evening, as GOD knew that Esau needed further time to quench the anger that he still had towards his brother JACOB. As the evening wore on that night, JACOB started having second thoughts about his staying behind and felt that he should cross over the brook that evening and be with his family who he had sent across earlier. Although the story seems to be otherwise, it wasn't really JACOB that was holding back the ANGEL, but rather the ANGEL who was holding back JACOB. The TRUTH of this matter is verifiable by the Scriptures! The Scriptures say that at daybreak the ANGEL then touched JACOB'S thigh causing the muscle in his thigh to shrink, This caused JACOB to walk with a limp for the rest of his life. This incident was purposely put into the Scriptures to show those who read them, that the ANGEL had superior POWER over JACOB and at anytime could overcome him. However, the ANGEL wasn't sent to harm JACOB but was rather sent to save his life by delaying his crossing over the brook and meeting Esau, prior to the following morning.

P216

The second mission the ANGEL was sent to accomplish, was the RENAMING of JACOB, ISRAEL (meaning, "GOD'S PEOPLE"), and then to BLESS THE NAME of ISRAEL. ALL ANGELS of HEAVEN are MESSENGERS of GOD and are representatives of the HOLINESS of GOD. Therefor, any confrontation with the ANGEL can be considered to be a CONFRONTATION with GOD. This is what is meant in the Scriptures, when it is said, " JACOB wrestled with GOD", as the ANGEL that confronted JACOB was a REPRESENTATIVE of GOD. Read this story about JACOB'S wrestling with the ANGEL in the 32nd Chapter of the Book of Genesis, verses 24 through 32.

P216 P217

JACOB Reunites with Esau

P217

At daybreak after the ANGEL leaves JACOB, he crosses over the brook and joins his family. Shortly thereafter, JACOB sees Esau coming from the distance and separates first the handmaids (his Concubines) with their children from him, then Leah with his other children from her, and finally RACHEL and JOSEPH, with JACOB going out before them all. As he approaches Esau, JACOB bows himself to the ground SEVEN times to show his HUMBLENESS toward his brother. When Esau sees this, he then runs toward JACOB and when they meet they embrace one another and both weep. JACOB then introduces his Wives, his Handmaids (Concubines) and all of his children to his brother Esau, and offers Esau the gifts he had set aside for him. Esau initially refuses the gifts but after JACOB further insists that Esau take them, Esau then accepts the gifts graciously. Then each of the brothers, JACOB and Esau, go their separate ways with Esau returning to Se'-ir and JACOB going to a city in the area of She'chem. Just outside of the city Sha'-lem, JACOB pitches his tent and purchases a parcel of land. After buying the land, JACOB/ISRAEL then erects an altar to GOD and makes a SACRIFICE to THE LORD in thanksgiving for the BLESSINGS and PROTECTION that GOD had provided him with on his journey.

P217

The Defiling of Dinah

P217

Shortly after JACOB and his family and servants, had settled into their new home, Dinah, JACOB'S one and only daughter, decides to go off to meet the other people living in the area. Once She'-chem, who was the prince of the country where JACOB now lives sees Dinah and how beautiful she was, he immediately wants her. She'-chem then takes Dinah to his house and has an intimate relation with her and this DEFILES Dinah because She'-chem was not a HEBREW and was not circumcised, nor had he asked the approval of JACOB for her hand in marriage. This in the eyes of the HEBREW was a RAPE!

P217

She'-chem, being madly in love with Dinah then goes to his father Ha'-mor, a Hi'-vite, and asks his father if he would go to JACOB and ask for Dinah's hand in Marriage for him. Once Ha'-mor meets with JACOB he explains that the land they live in is plentiful and with him being the Landlord, they could live in peace together if JACOB will give Dinah to his son She'-chem in MARRIAGE.

P217 P218

When JACOB'S sons hear of what had happened to their sister Dinah, they become irate, claiming that She'-chem had DEFILED their sister. JACOB'S sons then demand from Ha'-mor that he and all of the males both relatives and servants in his household be circumcised. Ha'-mor and She'-chem are further told by the sons, that after they are circumcised they could then be accepted into the family of ISRAEL. So, She'-chem, his father, and all of their servants agree to be circumcised. Three days after this agreement, while they were yet sore from being circumcised, JACOB'S sons Simeon and Levi, take up swords and kill all of the household Ha'-mor. They also take all that Ha'-mor had in his possession for themselves. JACOB'S sons then go to the house of She'-chem and kill him as well, and remove their sister Dinah from his house.

P218

Once JACOB hears about what his sons had done to She'-chem and his father Ha'-mor, he becomes very concerned about their actions. JACOB tells his sons that once the local people find out what they had done to Ha'-mor and She'-chem, they would then come after JACOB and his family and more than likely kill them all!

P218

JACOB leaves the area of She'-chem

P218

JACOB confronts THE LORD about what his sons had just done at She'-chem, and GOD tells JACOB that he should leave the area and return to Bethel, to the place where JACOB had first seen GOD and the LADDER to HEAVEN. Once THE LORD has told JACOB this, he demands that his sons take all the molten images that they had taken from Ha'-mor and She'-chem and anything else that they had taken belonging to the Hi'-vites, and give those articles to him. JACOB then buries all of the articles of the Hi'-vites, along with their trinkets and earrings under a tree at She'-chem, prior to their leaving there and going back to Bethel.

P218

Once JACOB and his family had arrived at Bethel, GOD again appears to JACOB. GOD then RECONFIRMS HIS COVENANT with JACOB and reminds JACOB that he will no longer be called JACOB, but rather called by his NEW NAME ISRAEL, meaning "GOD'S PEOPLE". Before ISRAEL leaves Bethel he again makes a pillar of stones and pours out a drink offering on them and anoints them with oil, HONORING GOD and THE COVENANT that GOD had made with ISRAEL.

P218

ISRAEL then leaves Bethel and as they approached the city of Eph'-rath (Bethlehem). RACHEL goes into hard labor with Benjamin and dies giving birth to ISRAEL'S 12th and final son. Just prior to her death, RACHEL calls out the name, "Ben-o'-ni", but ISRAEL/JACOB decides to name the 12th son Benjamin. ISRAEL'S wife RACHEL was then buried there, just outside of the city of BETHLEHEM.

P218 P219

Reuben loses his BIRTHRIGHT, and the death of ISAAC

P219

Shortly after the death of RACHEL, ISRAEL journeys off to a place just beyond the tower of E'-dar, and there sets up his camp. Just after settling into the area the eldest son Reuben who was the first born to Leah, DEFILES his father ISRAEL'S bed. Reuben does this by having sex with his aunt Bilhah, who is his mother Leah and his aunt RACHEL'S half-sister, but more importantly, she is his father JACOB'S Concubine. By Reuben committing this act against his father and by HEBREW LAW, the BIRTHRIGHT being once Reuben's, was now passed over to the FIRSTBORN of RACHEL, ISRAEL'S son JOSEPH.

P219

NOTE: In the EYES of GOD THE BIRTHRIGHT WAS ALWAYS JOSEPH'S, BECAUSE RACHEL WAS ISRAEL'S ONLY CHOICE FOR MARRIAGE, as he had not asked for Leah's hand in marriage. Only by the betrayal of Laban did JACOB have Leah for a wife. However, with JACOB being an honorable man, after he had lain with Leah the first night, he could not deny her in Marriage. For by the HEBREW LAW, JACOB would have DEFILED the Laban family name and his own family name if he had not taken Leah to be his wife.

P219

After the act of Reuben's affair with his father's Concubine Bilhah, ISRAEL then receives word that his father ISAAC is near death. He and his brother Esau then meet again and return to the area of He'-bron together, where ISAAC dwelt. ISAAC died shortly after their arrival in He'-bron being 180 years old. ISRAEL/JACOB and Esau then bury their father ISAAC on a parcel of land that was bought by their grandfather ABRAHAM, where both ABRAHAM and SARAH were also buried.

P219

6.5 The Story of JOSEPH

P219

After the death of ISAAC the family of ISRAEL continued to live in the land of Canaan. JOSEPH, only seventeen years old at the time was the second to the youngest son of twelve brothers. While out feeding the flocks with four of his brothers, Dan, Naphtali, Gad, and Asher, the brothers proceeded to tell JOSEPH how much they and the other older brothers hated HIM. The ten oldest brothers were extremely jealous of JOSEPH because their father ISRAEL always treated HIM so much better than them. After being told this, JOSEPH goes back and tells his father what his brothers had said.

P219 P220

The elder brothers were quite jealous of JOSEPH because HE was the FIRSTBORN to ISRAEL by RACHEL, who was their father's favorite WIFE. ISRAEL had continually showed more LOVE towards her, than to Leah or his two concubines, who were the older boys' mothers. ISRAEL also made obvious his feelings about JOSEPH and did it in an extreme way. It was made quite clear to all of the family members after RACHEL'S death, that JOSEPH was ISRAEL'S favorite SON. ISRAEL'S love for JOSEPsH was obvious, for he had made JOSEPH a SPECIAL COAT of many colors, setting him apart from all the others. To further kindle the jealousy of the brothers, JOSEPH was continually having dreams about HIS GREATNESS and telling his brothers about the DREAMS. These DREAMS had depicted JOSEPH as being special and better than his other brothers were, and that someday HE was meant by GOD to rule over them! By JOSEPH mistakenly sharing HIS DREAMS with his brothers it made them hate him all the more.

P220

One day when the older brothers had gone off to She'-chem to feed the flocks and ISRAEL had not heard any word from them for several days, he began to worry about them. So ISRAEL sends JOSEPH off to check on HIS ten older brothers. When JOSEPH gets to She'-chem and his brothers are no where to be found. JOSEPH asks a local man if he had seen them. The man tells JOSEPH that his brothers had moved the flocks further on to Do'-than, for he had overheard them say that they were going to go in that direction because of the better grazing land there.

P220

JOSEPH then heads off to Do'-than to find his brothers. While he was yet far off from his brothers, they see JOSEPH coming from a distance and make a plot between themselves to kill him! But the eldest of the brothers, Reuben, suggest that rather than killing JOSEPH they drop him down into the bottom of a deep pit without any water, and just leave him there to die. Once JOSEPH finally reaches his brothers they immediately strip him out of his COAT of many colors which they had despised, and bind him hand and foot and throw him down into a pit they had found along the way.

P220

While JOSEPH is down in the pit, bound, the brothers sit down to eat and while they are eating they see a caravan of Ish'-me-el-ites on their way to Egypt. Knowing that the Ish'-me-el-ites were slave traders, the one brother Judah suggest that rather than just leaving JOSEPH to die in the pit, they should sell him to the slave traders for some money. The brothers then sell JOSEPH for twenty pieces of silver to the slave traders and he is taken away and brought into Egypt. Once in Egypt the Ish'-me-el-ites sell JOSEPH to an Egyptian man by the name of Pot'-i-phar. Pot-i-phar is a Captain of the Guard for Pharaoh's Army and well respected among the Egyptians.

P220 P221

When the eldest brother Reuben returns to check on JOSEPH'S status, he finds the pit where JOSEPH was is empty, as it was unbeknown to him that the other brothers had sold JOSEPH to the Ish'-me-el-ites. Once the brothers tell Reuben what they had done with JOSEPH, Reuben then realizes that with him being the eldest, he would be held responsible for JOSEPH'S well being. The brothers then among themselves devise a lie to tell their father regarding JOSEPH'S fate. They take JOSEPH'S COAT of MANY COLORS and dip it in goat's blood. Then they bring the coat back to their father and tell him that they had not seen JOSEPH, and found only his coat covered with blood. When their father, ISRAEL, sees the COAT, torn and full of blood, he realizes it is JOSEPHS COAT and breaks down and cries. After seeing the blood covered COAT, ISRAEL assumes that JOSEPH had been attacked by some wild animal and killed. ISRAEL grieves for many days and never gets over the loss of his son JOSEPH. However, ISRAEL knows down deep in his heart that the brothers had something to do with the loss of JOSEPH.

P221

GOD'S BLESSING remains with JOSEPH

P221

The BLESSING of ABRAHAM, ISAAC, and JACOB, being passed down through JOSEPH by BIRTHRIGHT, remains with JOSEPH throughout his ordeal in slavery. After being brought into Egypt and sold to Pharaoh's Captain of the Guard, GOD was all the while still looking after HIM. Pot'-i-phar, being a wise man, sees GOD'S BLESSING residing with JOSEPH, and because of JOSEPH'S BLESSING Pot'-i-phar places his TRUST in HIM and puts JOSEPH in charge of his entire household.

P221

The wife of Pot'-i-phar sees JOSEPH as an attractive man, and tries to solicit him for sex. She solicits JOSEPH for sex on several occasions, however JOSEPH refuses to have anything to do with her, and tells her that he will not dishonor his Master's house by laying with her. One day when she tries to solicit JOSEPH to lay with her and he refuses, she grabs hold of him and tears off his garment while he tries to flee from her. As JOSEPH runs from the house of Pat'-i-phar, the wife screams out that JOSEPH had made sexual advances towards her. Once Pot'-i-phar has returned home, he is told by the wife that JOSEPH had tried to rape her. So after hearing this, Pot'-i-phar has JOSEPH thrown into prison.

P221 P222

JOSEPH, INTERPRETER of DREAMS

P222

With JOSEPH now in prison, the Keeper of the prison sees HIM as a JUST man and puts HIM in charge of the prison ward. With GOD continually looking after JOSEPH and GOD'S BLESSING residing with him, the Keeper of the prison decides to use HIM as the Prisoner in charge of all the other prisoners and makes JOSEPH his delegate for various prison matters.

P222

Meanwhile, Pharaoh's chief butler and bearer of his wine cup, and Pharaoh's chief baker, had both displeased Pharaoh by their poor service, and were cast into prison with JOSEPH. While in the prison, both the Chief Butler and Chief Baker had DREAMS on the same night. With neither of them UNDERSTANDING what their DREAMS had meant, both appear to be troubled and JOSEPH notices this and asks them why. They both then tell JOSEPH that they had DREAMS and now they were troubled by not UNDERSTANDING what the dreams had meant. JOSEPH explains to them that the GOD, who HE SERVES, has the INTERPRETATION of all DREAMS, and HE with the HELP of GOD could INTERPRET them.

P222

The Chief Butler first tells JOSEPH about his DREAM. After hearing it, JOSEPH tells the Chief Butler that the INTERPRETATION of the DREAM is, that in three days Pharaoh will release him from prison and restore him to his former position as the Chief Butler. JOSEPH then asks the Chief Butler to please remember him once he had been released from prison, and further explains how he had been imprisoned unjustly and was accused of something he had not done. JOSEPH also asks the Chief Butler to make mention of his name to the Pharaoh, and to tell him how JOSEPH was worthy of a pardon.

P222

After hearing JOSEPH'S INTERPRETATION of the Chief Butler's DREAM and the INTERPRETATION having a good outcome, the Chief Baker asks JOSEPH to INTERPRET his DREAM. The Chief Baker then tells JOSEPH about the DREAM. After JOSEPH has heard the DREAM, JOSEPH tells the Chief Baker the INTERPRETATION of it: "In three days Pharaoh is going chop off the Chief Baker's head and hang him on a tree, and the birds are going to come down and eat his flesh from off him." After hearing the INTERPRETATION of his DREAM, the Chief Baker becomes very distressed!

P222

Three days after giving these two men the INTERPRETATION of their DREAMS, it so happens that it was the Pharaoh's birthday. In celebration, Pharaoh has the Chief Butler released from prison and restores him to his previous post, just as JOSEPH had said it would be. But Pharaoh also on that very same day has the Chief Baker beheaded, and hangs him on a tree to show the people what he does to those who improperly serve him, and this was also what JOSEPH had said would happen!

P222 P223

Pharaoh's DREAM

P223

Two full years after the release of the Chief Butler from prison and not making any mention of JOSEPH whatsoever to Pharaoh, as JOSEPH had asked him to do, JOSEPH still remains in prison. It was then rumored throughout Egypt that Pharaoh had had a troublesome DREAM and not one of Pharaoh's soothsayers, magicians, or astrologers was able to INTERPRET it. The Chief Butler, after hearing this then remembers JOSEPH, the MAN he had met in prison (because GOD had put it into his mind). The Chief Butler tells Pharaoh that while he was in prison there was a young HEBREW man there that had INTERPRETED his dream. He further told Pharaoh that whatever JOSEPH had told him would come to pass, had come to pass.

P223

After hearing what the Chief Butler had to say about JOSEPH, Pharaoh summons HIM from prison. Pharaoh has his servants clean JOSEPH up and put him into suitable clothes and bring him before him. Pharaoh then tells JOSEPH of how his Chief Butler had informed him of HIS gift to INTERPRET DREAMS. He also tells JOSEPH that he would like him to INTERPRET his DREAM, as none of his Diviners or Astrologers could interpret it, JOSEPH then explains to Pharaoh how it is HIS GOD, rather than HE, who can INTERPRET the DREAMS.

P223

Pharaoh goes on to tell JOSEPH about his DREAM and JOSEPH then gives him the INTERPRETATION of the DREAM. JOSEPH tells the Pharaoh that the DREAM means Egypt will go through SEVEN years of very fruitful crops and after these seven years, Egypt will then go through SEVEN years of drought and famine. JOSEPH further recommends to Pharaoh that he should put all the excess food from the SEVEN fruitful years into storehouses, and if he did, there would be plenty of food during the SEVEN years of drought.

P223

NOTE: As can be seen in the Story of JOSEPH, in Pharaoh's DREAM there is yet again CHRIST MARKERS, TWIN SEVENS. These TWIN SEVENS appearing in the Story of JOSEPH, are telling you that the SEED of JESUS CHRIST will come THROUGH JOSEPH, just as they did in the story of Jacob. The TWIN SEVENS MARK THE PATH OF THE BLESSED SEED.

P223

Pharaoh was impressed with JOSEPH'S INTERPRETATION of his DREAM and also with JOSEPH'S recommendation for the remedy. So Pharaoh makes JOSEPH the Viceroy and overseer of the storehouses that will house the food which will be gathered during the SEVEN FRUITFUL YEARS. Pharaoh also delegates to JOSEPH great authority, making him second only to Pharaoh in the entire Kingdom of Egypt.

P223 P224

JOSEPH now thirty years old becomes so great in the eyes of Pharaoh, that Pharaoh gives JOSEPH a new Egyptian name. This RENAMING by Pharaoh was considered to be a great honor and the name given to JOSEPH was Zaph'nath-pa-a-ne'-ah (Genesis 41:45). JOSEPH was also given As'-e-nath, the daughter of the High Priest for a wife and JOSEPH has TWO SONS with As'e-nath. The firstborn he names Ma-nas'-seh, meaning: "For GOD said HE hath made me to forget all my toil and all my father's house". The second son, JOSEPH names, E'-phra-im, meaning: "FOR GOD hath caused me to be fruitful in the land of my affliction".

P224

JOSEPH during the entire SEVEN years of the bountiful crops fills up all the storehouses in Egypt with food, and he alone has the authority to dispense this food to whomsoever he will. Throughout the entire land of Egypt and its neighboring nations, JOSEPH becomes renowned as a very WISE and POWERFUL man, second only to Pharaoh in control over the Land of Egypt.

P224

GOD fulfills JOSEPH'S DREAM

P224

With all the neighboring nations coming into Egypt for food during the SEVEN-YEAR famine and drought, JOSEPH grows to be GREATLY revered throughout the region. All those seeking to buy food from Egypt must first seek the approval of the Viceroy, prior to them buying it and JOSEPH alone decides who can buy and who cannot.

P224

With the famine throughout the region also affecting the land of Canaan where JOSEPH'S family lives, ISRAEL (JACOB), JOSEPH'S Father, decides to send the ten oldest sons to Egypt for food. ISRAEL, remembering the hatred that the elder sons had against his sons by his WIFE RACHEL, (JOSEPH and Benjamin), does not allow his youngest son Benjamin to go with them. ISRAEL does not trust the ten brothers and fears that the same misfortune would befall Benjamin, as did JOSEPH. Even though twenty years had past since the loss of JOSEPH, ISRAEL still feels in his heart that the elder sons had something to do with his death. However the brothers always claimed to be innocent of any wrongdoing, so ISRAEL sends the ten brothers off to Egypt for food, without Benjamin.

P224

Once in Egypt the brothers find out that they must first seek the approval from the Viceroy before they can buy the needed food. They make an appearance before JOSEPH, who is the Viceroy, seeking his approval for the procurement. Not knowing that it was JOSEPH their brother, (due to his renaming by Pharaoh and JOSEPH speaking in the Egyptian language, and them not seeing him for over twenty years), come humbly in, bowing themselves before JOSEPH, thus fulfilling JOSEPH'S DREAM.

P224 P225

JOSEPH, recognizing his brothers tells them that he doesn't trust them and suspects them of being spies. They in response to JOSEPH'S accusation, explain to JOSEPH that they are ten of TWELVE -HEBREW sons, one of which had died, while the youngest son remains home with their father. They also tell JOSEPH that they are only in Egypt to buy food and not to spy. JOSEPH tells them that he does not believe them and has them taken off and put into prison, claiming that they are spies against Egypt.

P225

After allowing the ten brothers to spend three days in prison, JOSEPH goes to them and tells them; that in order for them to prove their innocence, they must return home and bring back the youngest son (Benjamin). After they bring Benjamin back to Egypt with them as proof that they are who they had claimed to be, he would then believe them. JOSEPH also tells them that he will give them the food they had requested to take back home with them, but he must keep their brother Simeon in prison for BOND, insuring their return with Benjamin. Then JOSEPH who speaks to them through an interpreter, and them not knowing that he can understand HEBREW, hears the brothers speak amongst themselves; unbeknown to them that he can understand what they are saying in Hebrew. Reuben, who is the eldest, tells his brothers in HEBREW that the reason they are suffering so much misfortune in Egypt is because GOD is repaying them for what they had done to JOSEPH. After overhearing their conversation, JOSEPH has Simeon put in fetters and chains and taken back to prison, and does this in the sight of the nine other brothers. JOSEPH then sends them off for the food that they had requested to buy. Meanwhile, JOSEPH instructs his servants to secretly put the money that the brothers had given for the food, back into the sacks of food.

P225

During the brother's trip back to the land of Canaan, they decide to stop to feed their asses. While opening one of the sacks of food, the brothers discover that some of the money they had paid for the food was put into the sack. After finding the money in the sack of food, the brothers feared that when they were to return to Egypt to get their brother Simeon released from prison, they would be also accused of being thieves. They said amongst themselves, the Viceroy would accuse them of stealing some of their money back, and not completely paying for the food.

P225

After the nine brothers return home to their father ISRAEL, they explained the situation to him on how they were accused of being spies while in Egypt. They also tell their father how the Viceroy was holding Simeon in prison for BOND until they could prove their innocence and how he would remain there to insure their return to Egypt. They also tell their father that they must return to the Viceroy with their brother Benjamin for evidence proving they were who they had said themselves to be, and not spies. Then after their bringing Benjamin back to Egypt for proof, the Viceroy would release Simeon from prison. They further explain to their father that after leaving Egypt and while stopping to feed the asses, when opening one of the sacks of food, some of the money used to pay for the food was found in the sack.

P225 P226

As the brothers are telling their father about finding the money, they begin opening the remaining sacks of food. After opening them they find in each one of the sacks the money that was given to the Viceroy to pay for the food. ISRAEL, seeing the money that was supposed to be used to pay for the food falling from the open sacks, accuses his sons of dishonoring the family name and being dishonest for not paying for the food. ISRAEL further tells them that he will not allow Benjamin to go back with them into Egypt, because he can no longer trust them with Benjamin's safety.

P226

Judah then promises his father that he will personally see to Benjamin's safety, and he would even guarantee it with his own life, Judah also tells his father that the food they had brought back from Egypt would soon run out, and they needed to return to Egypt anyway for more food. ISRAEL, relying on Judah to keep his promise of Benjamin's well being, then agrees to allow Benjamin to go back into Egypt with the nine older brothers.

P226

Judah's PROMISE and the return to Egypt

P226

ISRAEL (JACOB) being a very wealthy man, instructs his sons to gather up their best fruits and spices and various kinds of nuts to bring with them into Egypt as a gift for the Viceroy, in hope that it will quench the Viceroy's anger. He also further instructs them to bring double the amount of money with them, so they could pay the Viceroy for their first sacks of food and the food they were to buy. ISRAEL then PRAYED to GOD ALMIGHTY for their safe return home and request from GOD that the Viceroy would show leniency towards his sons for what they had done.

P226

The ten brothers now leave the land of Canaan to go back into Egypt with their youngest brother Benjamin. Once JOSEPH hears that his brothers had returned to Egypt with Benjamin, he instructs his servants to prepare a feast and to bring the brothers to HIS house. The brothers being worried as to why they are being brought to the Viceroy's house by HIS Servants, say amongst themselves, the Viceroy has discovered that the first food had not been paid for. They believe that the Viceroy wants to interrogate them as to the whereabouts of money that should have been paid for the food they had taken. They also thought that the Viceroy was probably going to take all their money and the gifts they had brought for HIM, and put them all into slavery in his household.

P226 P227

Once they get to JOSEPH'S house the brothers inform the Steward of the house as to what had happened during their last trip there; how the money that they had paid for the food, mysteriously showed up in their sacks, and was not discovered until they had returned home. They also explain to the Steward how they had brought with them the money owed to the Viceroy for the first food and also they brought some gifts from their father for the Viceroy, for any inconvenience they may have caused. They further tell the Steward that they had brought additional money as well, so they might buy more food to take back with them to Canaan.

P227

The Steward after hearing the brothers pleas: tells the brothers that they had no reason to be fearful for what had happened, in regard to their payment for the food. He also tells them the GOD of their father was THE ONE who had ordered their money to be put back into their sacks. The Steward then leaves them and goes off to the prison house and returns with their brother Simeon. *2

P227

*2 As was explained to you earlier in this BOOK, JOSEPH is a DELIVERER, and a PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT and HE is also THE FATHER of JESUS CHRIST. I want you to see the hidden message that is buried in the LAYER of the Scripture below. This Scripture refers to JOSEPH as being GOD!

P227

Genesis 43:23 And he said, Peace be to you, FEAR NOT: your GOD, and the GOD of your father, hath given you treasure in your sacks: I had your money. And he brought Simeon out unto them. *3

P227 Kjb1611

*3 Who had instructed the Steward to put the money back into their sacks, wasn't it JOSEPH? And, whom did the Steward refer to as being the ONE who had given them their TREASURE in their sacks? Didn't the Steward refer to GOD as to being the ONE who had their money returned to them! JOSEPH is referred to in the Scriptures as GOD, because HE was acting on the BEHALF of GOD, being of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD!

P227

After the release of their brother Simeon out of prison, the eleven brothers are invited into JOSEPH'S house. They are given water to wash their feet and their asses are given provisions and put into a shelter. This was something that was only done for dignitaries and most honored guests. The brothers, before entering into JOSEPH'S chambers, offer the gifts that they had brought with them for the Viceroy, and again bow humbly before JOSEPH, showing reverence towards the Viceroy of Egypt.

P227 P228

JOSEPH asks the brothers after he had greeted them by way of an Interpreter, if their father was still alive and if he was in good health. The brothers acknowledge that their father is both alive and well and they again bow themselves to the ground in obeisance. JOSEPH further asks (also through an interpreter) if Benjamin is the younger brother who they had spoken about in their first meeting with him. The brothers again acknowledge that Benjamin is the younger brother, who they had referred too in their first meeting with the Viceroy. Then JOSEPH says to Benjamin, " GOD be gracious unto thee, my son".

P228

While being choked up over seeing his younger brother Benjamin whom he had not seen for over twenty years, JOSEPH gets up and leaves the room rather abruptly and goes into HIS bed chamber and cries. After weeping for awhile HE washes the tears from HIS eyes and gathers back HIS composure and returns back to HIS brothers. JOSEPH then invites them to join HIM for supper. The Stewards having set three separate dining areas in the dining room have them all gather there. In the dining room there is one area set for the brothers to sit and one for the Egyptians to sit, with JOSEPH seated at the head of the table and above the level of the others.

P228

NOTE: The Egyptians by their custom, would not eat amongst the HEBREWS, as they refused to commingle with them and thought of them as being an inferior people to Egyptians.

P228

As they all sat down to eat, the brothers sat at the table in accordance to their BIRTHRIGHT. Reuben being the eldest sat the closest to JOSEPH, and Benjamin being the youngest, sat the furthermost from JOSEPH, who sat at the head of the table. When the Servants brought out the food for the brothers to eat, it was notable that Benjamin's portion of food was five times greater than the other brother's portions. They all ate and drank and had conversation with JOSEPH through JOSEPH'S Interpreter, while the brothers still pondered over why JOSEPH had invited them into HIS house.

P228

Shortly after completing the meal, JOSEPH commands the Steward of the house to again put their money back into their sacks, as he had done the first time when they were there. JOSEPH also instructs HIS Steward to take HIS personal silver wine cup and put it into the sack that will be given to Benjamin.

P228

Early the next morning the brothers arise to start their journey back to the land of Canaan with the much-needed food for their families. Meanwhile, JOSEPH instructs HIS Steward to chase after the brothers and tells him when he catches up to them, he is to accuse them of stealing the Viceroy's silver wine cup. Once the Steward catches up to the brothers, and accuses them of stealing the Viceroy's wine cup as he had been instructed to do, the brothers deny doing anything wrong. The brothers tell the Steward they had returned the money that was not paid for the food the first time, and that they would not steal anything from the Viceroy who had treated them so good.

P228 P229

The brothers agree to allow the Steward and his guards to search their belongings for the missing wine cup. They even go so far as to tell the Steward, that if the Viceroy's wine cup is found in one of their possessions, the person having it should be killed and all the other brothers should be put into slavery for allowing it to happen! They then speedily remove their sacks from their asses and everyone opens their own sacks in the presence of the Steward and the assisting Egyptian Guards, starting with the eldest down to the youngest. When they open the last sack, which is Benjamin's sack, the silver cup falls out. The brothers after seeing the Viceroy's silver wine cup in Benjamin's sack, were so shocked by the finding of it, they again believe they had been cursed by GOD, for what they had done to their brother JOSEPH.

P229

The brothers are taken immediately into custody by the Steward, and brought back to Egypt. Once they are brought before JOSEPH to explain themselves, HE asks them how they could do such a thing after being invited into his house and treated so honorably? JOSEPH then passes JUDGMENT and proclaims that the one brother (Benjamin) who had taken the cup would remain as a slave to him, and HE would allow the other brothers to return to their homes in Canaan.

P229

Once the brothers hear JOSEPH'S proclamation, Judah who had sworn by his life to his father ISRAEL for Benjamin's safekeeping pleads with JOSEPH for mercy. Judah tells JOSEPH the story of how his father had only two sons with his beloved wife RACHEL. Furthermore he tells him how one of these two sons had already been lost and how his father who was very old still mourns for his son JOSEPH. Judah also tells the Viceroy that if he were to now lose his other son, Benjamin, his father would certainly die from grief, and the blood of his father would be on his hands forever! Judah pleads with the Viceroy to have mercy on his poor father, and let him remain as a slave to JOSEPH, in place of his younger brother Benjamin, for it was he who had guaranteed Benjamin's safety.

P229

After hearing the pleas of Judah, JOSEPH could no longer hold back his tears. HE requests that all the Egyptians leave the chambers while HE sits in JUDGMENT over the brothers. While alone with his brothers, JOSEPH makes himself known to them. He cries out so loud to HIS brothers in remorse that all the Egyptians even within the house of Pharaoh hear his CRIES! The brothers now after hearing that the Viceroy is their brother JOSEPH whom they had sold into slavery, become very concerned as to what JOSEPH will do with them out of REVENGE!

P229 P230

However, JOSEPH tells the brothers that they should neither be grieved or feel guilty for what they had done to HIM, and that even though they had thought to do him evil, that what had happened was all part of GOD'S PLAN! JOSEPH tells his brothers that it was GOD who had sent him into Egypt and not them, so HE could preserve their LIVES and prepare a new place for them to LIVE.

P230

Genesis 45:7 And GOD sent me before you to preserve you a posterity in the earth, and to save your LIVES by a GREAT DELIVERANCE.

P230 Kjb1611

NOTE: GOD knew of the coming famine in the Land of Canaan and sent JOSEPH before them into Egypt to make a place for HIS PEOPLE, ISRAEL.

P230

THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL move on into Egypt

P230

JOSEPH tells his brothers to go back into the land of Canaan and inform his father, ISRAEL, that HE is still alive. JOSEPH also tells them to gather up all their belongings along with their father and bring him and their families back into Egypt to live where there is food.

P230

Once Pharaoh has heard that JOSEPH'S brothers had been reunited with him, he then summons JOSEPH to him. Pharaoh tells JOSEPH that HIS family is welcome to come into Egypt to live and that he will give HIS family as much land as would be needed for them to live on. Pharaoh also authorizes JOSEPH to take as many wagons as would be necessary and send them back with his brothers so they may gather up their families and their belongings and come back to Egypt to live. After JOSEPH gives his brothers some provisions for their journey back and also enough food for their families to eat while returning to Egypt, the brothers then head back with the wagons towards the land of Canaan.

P230

Upon their arrival back to their father's house in Canaan, the brothers tell their father ISRAEL that JOSEPH is still alive and is a GREAT Governor over EGYPT. They also tell him that JOSEPH has sent for ISRAEL and all of their families to come and live in the land of Egypt where there will be good provisions for them. However ISRAEL refuses to believe them, until he sees the great caravan of Egyptian wagons and all the provisions sent back with the brothers from JOSEPH.

P230 P231

Before ISRAEL takes his journey to Egypt he first goes to Be'-er-she'-ba, and there ISRAEL offers sacrifices unto the GOD of his father ISAAC and of his father ABRAHAM.

P231

Genesis 46:2 And GOD spake unto ISRAEL in the visions of the night, and said, JACOB, JACOB. And he said, here am I.

P231 Kjb1611

Genesis 46:3 And HE said, I am GOD, the GOD of thy father: fear not to go down into Egypt; for I will there make of thee a GREAT NATION:

P231 Kjb1611

Genesis 46:4 I will go down with thee into Egypt; and I will also surely bring thee up again: and JOSEPH shall put his hand upon thine eyes. *4

P231 Kjb1611

*4 GOD, in these Scriptures is telling ISRAEL that it is okay to go down into Egypt, because once they are in Egypt, GOD will make ISRAEL into a GREAT NATION, GOD says also, HE is going to BRING ISRAEL back out of Egypt again, which HE indeed does four hundred and thirty years later. In the last statement of the Scripture: "and JOSEPH shall put his HAND (JESUS CHRIST) upon thine eyes", means the following: THROUGH JOSEPH SHALL CHRIST BE REVEALED!

P231

After ISRAEL reunites with his son JOSEPH he is given all the land of Go'shen within the border of Egypt to live on. This is the best grazing land in all of the land of Egypt! ISRAEL, being at this time one hundred and thirty years old, then goes to Pharaoh and thanks him for all that he has done for ISRAEL and his CHILDREN and he then BLESSES Pharaoh. ISRAEL, then lives in the land of Egypt for seventeen years and just prior to his death he BLESSES his sons and JOSEPH'S sons as well, saying, that both the sons of JOSEPH will become great nations. Then after the BLESSING of JOSEPH'S sons and prior to him BLESSING ISRAEL'S TWELVE SONS, he tells JOSEPH this:

P231

Genesis 48:21 And ISRAEL said unto JOSEPH, BEHOLD, I die: but GOD shall be with you, and bring you again unto the land of your fathers.

P231 Kjb1611

Genesis 48:22 Moreover I have given to thee one portion above thy brethren, which I took out of the hand of the Am'-or-ite with my sword and with my bow. *5

P231 Kjb1611

*5 GOD, speaking through ISRAEL is telling JOSEPH who is the SECOND DELIVERER about the THIRD DELIVERANCE by THE HOLY SPIRIT, through the man MOSES, which shall bring ISRAEL out of the land of Egypt. Buried also in the second Scripture is the "DOUBLE PORTION" that we had previously discussed, which is given to JOSEPH, indicating that HE will have a SECOND LIFE, again as JOSEPH! This is the portion given to HIM above his brethren, for they lived but only once as all others do. JOSEPH is the only MAN in all the SCRIPTURES that is given this double portion of life on earth! For it is not a reincarnation of the SPIRIT that JOSEPH receives, which happens many times throughout the SCRIPTURES. But rather the reincarnation of the PERSON JOSEPH, and being the SAME IDENTICAL MAN in both of HIS lives!

P232

The BIRTHRIGHT given forever to JOSEPH

P232

This is the BLESSING that was PASSED along from ISRAEL to HIS SON JOSEPH:

P232

Genesis 49:22 JOSEPH is a fruitful bough, even a fruitful bough by a well; whose branches run over the wall:

P232 Kjb1611

Genesis 49:23 The archers have sorely grieved him, and shot at him, and hated him:

P232 Kjb1611

Genesis 49:24 But his bow abode in strength, and the arms of his hands were made strong by the hands of the MIGHTY GOD of JACOB; (from thence is the SHEPHERD, the STONE of ISRAEL:)

P232 Kjb1611

Genesis 49:25 Even by the GOD of thy father, who shall help thee; and by the ALMIGHTY, who shall bless thee with BLESSINGS of HEAVEN above, BLESSINGS of the deep that lieth under, BLESSINGS of the breasts, and of the womb:

P232 Kjb1611

Genesis 49:26 The BLESSINGS of thy father have prevailed above the blessings of my PROGENITORS unto the utmost bound of the everlasting hills: they shall be on the HEAD of JOSEPH, and on the CROWN of the HEAD of HIM that was separate from HIS brethren. *6

P232 Kjb1611

*6 These Scriptures indicate the BIRTHRIGHT and the BLESSING being passed down by ISRAEL to JOSEPH, until the COMING of MESSIAH (The SHEPHERD the STONE of ISRAEL): with JACOB'S BLESSING prevailing above ANY PREVIOUS blessings that were made before him. These Scriptures verify that which you have been told already and they CANNOT BE BROKEN: That both the BIRTHRIGHT, and the BLESSING, RESIDES with JOSEPH until the COMING of JESUS CHRIST and JOSEPH'S PASSING THEM DOWN TO JESUS. The BIRTHRIGHT and the BLESSING can only be passed down from a FATHER to A SON, Amen!

P233

6.6 Exodus

P232

The Second Book of MOSES, called Exodus, picks up the story of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL after they had lived in the land of Egypt for 350 years. Therefor, there is a 350- year gap between the end of the Book of Genesis and beginning of the Book of Exodus. The Book of Exodus covers the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S DELIVERANCE by MOSES, out of Egypt and also DELIVERANCE OUT of the hard bondage that the succeeding Pharaoh had placed them in. It also tells of the many MIRACLES that GOD performed before their very eyes, and before the eyes of Pharaoh and the Egyptian people. Contrary to what most people believe, the Egyptian people who had lived near to the HEBREWS became very good friends with the HEBREWS, even though their religious beliefs and customs were significantly different. The Egyptian People were taught by their government to hate the HEBREWS, so many of them had to hide their affections and could not openly show their friendships with the Children of ISRAEL.

P232 P233

There was a concern with Pharaoh just prior to the birth of MOSES that the HEBREWS would soon outnumber the Egyptian people. There was a population explosion of the HEBREW PEOPLE who had come into Egypt with only SEVENTY PEOPLE and then grew to well over ONE MILLION in just 350 years. This posed a threat to Pharaoh and his regime due to the HEBREWS birthrate being significantly greater than theirs. This birthrate difference of the two different peoples living in Egypt was primarily due to the HEBREWS being circumcised, and the Egyptians being uncircumcised. This circumcision the HEBREW mates resulted in the HEBREW women conceiving at a much greater rate than the Egyptian women. The desensitizing effect caused by the circumcising allowed for a prolonged period of copulation, thus increasing the level of conception by the HEBREW women. With ongoing wars with Egypt and the other neighboring countries, Pharaoh had a great concern that there could be a civil unrest between the two peoples of Egypt, and that the HEBREWS would join forces with his enemies against Egypt. Pharaoh was also concerned that due to the continual population growth of the HEBREW people that they would soon outnumber the Egyptians, thus leading to an overthrow of his ruling government.

P233

To countermeasure the birthrate differences of the two different peoples, Pharaoh orders the Egyptian Midwives who aided the HEBREW women when giving birth, to kill all of the HEBREW males and spare only the females. He instructs the Midwives to cast all the male HEBREW children into the Nile River as soon as they are born. However, with a great deal of mutual friendship between the Egyptian Midwives and the HEBREW women, and the Midwives fearing the HEBREW GOD whom the HEBREWS SERVED, this effort fails. Once Pharaoh hears that the Midwives are not following his orders to kill the HEBREW male children, he then writes into LAW; that all male HEBREWS are to be killed at birth. This LAW allows no options for the midwives to spare the children, for any found breaking the LAW would be put to death for it!

P234

The Man named MOSES

P234

Most of the stories told about MOSES are incorrect. MOSES was never considered to be a prince in Egypt: MOSES, who was hidden by his family for his first three months of his LIFE, was placed in an ARK of bulrushes and set into the Nile river to keep HIM from being killed. Soon after the ARK had been placed into the NILE RIVER it was claimed by the daughter of Pharaoh, whose name was Mes'-e-phoph. MOSES who was three months old at that time was named MOSES by Mes'-e-phoph and with her being a widow and having no children, she claimed MOSES for herself. Once Miriam, MOSES' sister saw who had claimed MOSES, she came to Mes'-e-phoph and offered to bring her a HEBREW woman to nurse MOSES. Once Pharaoh's daughter agrees to accept the help of a HEBREW woman for the nursing of MOSES, Miriam then brings MOSES' mother, Joch'-e-bed back to Mes'-e-phoph to breast-feed HIM.

P234

MOSES grew up knowing that he was a HEBREW, and although he was not welcomed by the HEBREW people, over the course of years made many visits to see his Mother, Joch'-e-bed, his brother Aaron, and his sister Miriam. Pharaoh, himself, had known that MOSES was a HEBREW, but allowed his daughter, Mes'-e-phoph to keep him. MOSES, although living in the house of Pharaoh, was always considered to be less than an Egyptian and never considered an equal to one of Pharaoh's own kindred. In MOSES' early years he received an excellent education and could speak, read, and write in both HEBREW and Egyptian. However, due to him being bilingual, it caused MOSES some difficulty in the pronunciation of some of the WORDS in both of the languages, with him sometimes getting the two languages confused.

P234

MOSES did not look like an Egyptian. There were significant differences in the facial features of the HEBREW as opposed to the Egyptian. The Egyptian people had very sharp facial features and extremely large noses. The Egyptian people considered that having a very large nose was a symbol of nobility and beauty. On the other hand, the HEBREW people had very soft facial features with moderate sized noses. Also the HEBREW'S physical makeup and height was significantly greater than that of the Egyptian. So by appearance alone, MOSES could not have passed for an Egyptian man, and his survival in the house of Pharaoh was totally due to his ADOPTED Mother's love for him.

P234 P235

Even though most of the HEBREWS could speak in the Egyptian language, very few of the Egyptians could speak in the HEBREW language. MOSES was used by Pharaoh as an interpreter in many circumstances, and also was sent to spy on the HEBREWS. He would also teach the captains overseeing the HEBREWS the HEBREW language so they could spy. With the exception of his mother, brother, and sister. MOSES was greatly hated by the HEBREW people and considered to be an informant to Pharaoh. Hopefully you can see that the Egyptians neither accepted MOSES or the HEBREW people and HE was truly a person without nation.

P235

MOSES, being BORN of THE SPIRIT of GOD, had a relationship with GOD even as a child. Even though he was not allowed to practice his faith with the HEBREW people, he often PRAYED to GOD and knew that HIS PRAYERS were heard. MOSES didn't DEMONSTRATE to others HIS FAITH in GOD until after his CALLING by GOD for the FORTHCOMING DELIVERANCE. GOD directed MOSES' every move, from his birth to his death (if you believe that MOSES had really died).

P235

Just after MOSES' fifty-first birthday, HE was out in the slime pits and while there, saw an Egyptian guard whipping a HEBREW man to his death. In defense of the HEBREW man MOSES then killed the guard and then buried him in a shallow grave in the sand. The following day, MOSES went back to the scene of the killing and was spotted by some of the HEBREWS working in the slime pits and they openly called HIM a murderer. Knowing now by the HEBREW comments that the body had been discovered by the Egyptians and furthermore that the punishment for any HEBREW killing an Egyptian would be death, MOSES immediately flees from Egypt to Mid'-i-an, where the Ethiopians dwell. Once in Mid'-i-an, MOSES establishes himself as a SHEPHERD and tends to the flocks of the High Priest there, by the name of Jethro.

P235

Jethro, who has a daughter by the name of Zip-po'-rah, brings MOSES into their family and Zip-po'-rah becomes quite attached to MOSES. Zip-po'-rah is then given to MOSES by Jethro to be his wife. Jethro, being a fair, JUST, and a GOD FEARING man, then helps MOSES to grow his FAITH in GOD. With MOSES having THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD upon him, it becomes quite clear to Jethro that GOD had a higher PURPOSE for MOSES to serve rather than him just being a SHEPHERD and looking after the flocks. After MOSES had lived with Jethro for twelve years and already having his first son with Zip-po'rah whom he named, "Ger'-shom", (meaning: "I have been a stranger in a strange land"), MOSES then seeks by FAITH a closer relationship with GOD.

P235 P236

Being now 63 years old and having been out of Egypt for TWELVE YEARS, MOSES has his second son, and names him "E-li'-e'-zer", (meaning: "GOD has delivered me from the hand of Pharaoh"). Shortly after the birth of E-li'-e'-zer, MOSES then starts to have both DREAMS and PROPHETIC VISIONS, and is INSPIRED by GOD to WRITE the history of the world. Over the next fifteen years MOSES WRITES the entire Book of Genesis. This was all done prior to MOSES' going back into the land of Egypt, and also prior to his first meeting with GOD at the BURNING BUSH. Although MOSES had not yet HEARD the VOICE of GOD, he knew by his inspired writings of the Book of Genesis, that HIS two sons should be circumcised. However, his wife Zip-po'-rah, being an Ethiopian woman and living by the manner of the Ethiopian custom, refuses to allow it. This becomes an issue that is ongoing between MOSES and Zip-po'-rah and causes a permanent division in their marriage.

P236

It wasn't until the age SEVENTY-EIGHT (27 years after HIS leaving Egypt) that MOSES while tending to the flocks at the backside of Mount Sinai in Horeb, sees a strange phenomenon that is called "THE BURNING BUSH" This is a bush that appears to be on fire; however, there isn't any smoke from the fire. Once MOSES approaches the bush that is burning, HE sees the ANGEL of THE LORD amidst the flames. A VOICE then CALLS OUT to HIM from the bush.

P236

Exodus 3:4 And when THE LORD saw that he turned aside to see, GOD CALLED unto him out of the midst of the bush, and said, MOSES, MOSES. And he said, Here am I.

P236 Kjb1611

Exodus 3:5 And HE said, Draw not nigh hither: put off thy shoes from off thy feet, for the place whereon thou standest is HOLY GROUND.

P236 Kjb1611

Exodus 3:6 Moreover HE said, I am the GOD of thy father, the GOD of ABRAHAM, the GOD of ISAAC, and the GOD of JACOB. And MOSES hid his face; for he was afraid to look upon GOD.

P236 Kjb1611

GOD then continues to talk to MOSES and tells him how HE has heard the cry of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL due to their enslavement, and that HE has come down to DELIVER them out of Egypt, and HE WILL do so by the HAND of MOSES. GOD also tells MOSES that after the CHILDREN of ISRAEL have been brought out of Egypt that they are to be brought back to this Mountain (Sinai at Horeb), to WORSHIP HIM!

P236 P237

MOSES, being a very meek man tries to make excuses to GOD on the various problems that HE would encounter, if HE were to try to do these things for THE LORD. MOSES starts out by telling GOD, that when HE goes to the people and tells them that the GOD of their fathers has sent HIM to them, and they then ask what is THIS GOD'S NAME what shall HE then tell them?

P237

Exodus 3:14 And GOD said unto MOSES, I AM THAT I AM: And HE said, thus shalt thou say unto the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, I AM hath sent me unto you.

P237 Kjb1611

Then THE LORD proceeds to give MOSES instructions. GOD tells MOSES that HE is to go to the Elders of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL and tell them that the GOD of their fathers has sent HIM to them. And, that GOD will DELIVER them out of their BONDAGE by Pharaoh and DELIVER them out of their captivity in Egypt, and that when HE tells them this, they will believe him. *7

P237

*7 The reason that the people will believe MOSES when HE tells them these things, though it is unbeknown to MOSES at the time, is that a young boy by the name of O'-she'-a had already PROPHESIED of HIS COMING. O'-she'-a being filled with THE SPIRIT of GOD, was believed by the HEBREW people to be a Prophet, and had since Prophesied of the COMING DELIVERER. This young boy will be given a new NAME by MOSES after their DELIVERANCE, he shall be RENAMED and called by the NAME of "JOSHUA".

P237

GOD further instructs MOSES, that after he has presented himself to the ELDERS of the TRIBES of ISRAEL, that HE and the Elders must go before Pharaoh and demand that they be released, so they may come to this mountain and WORSHIP their GOD. GOD also tells MOSES that once HE has made this demand to Pharaoh that Pharaoh will not let them go, because GOD will harden his heart. GOD says to MOSES that HE shall stretch forth HIS MIGHTY HAND, and will smite Egypt with HIS MIGHTY WONDERS. After GOD has severely punished Pharaoh and Egypt for what they had done to the Children of ISRAEL, Pharaoh will then release them. Furthermore GOD instructs MOSES that prior to their release from Egypt, that all the people are to borrow items of value from their Egyptian neighbors so they will not leave Egypt empty handed.

P237

MOSES, who now is looking more like a SHEPHERD rather than a warrior ready for battle, then asks THE LORD, what shall HE use for a BATTLE WEAPON? Then GOD asked MOSES, what he had in his hand, and MOSES answers, "a ROD". GOD says, "THIS ROD SHALL BE YOUR WEAPON OF WAR"! THE LORD tells MOSES to cast THE ROD to the ground and when MOSES does as THE LORD has so instructed HIM to do, THE ROD turns into a serpent. THE LORD further tells MOSES to grab the serpent by the tail, and as soon as MOSES does it, the serpent again became THE ROD. *8

P237 P238

*8 THE ROD in the hand of MOSES REPRESENTS THE WORD of GOD! Throughout all the SCRIPTURES contained in THE HOLY BIBLE, THE LORD teaches you to fight the enemy with THE WORD of GOD!

P238

GOD, to further strengthen the FAITH of MOSES, tells MOSES to put his hand into his robe, and MOSES does as THE LORD said. When MOSES removes his hand from his robe the hand becomes white and leprous. MOSES is now told to put his hand back into his robe a second time, and this time when he removes his hand from the robe, it becomes normal again.

P238

MOSES, still being uncertain about his capabilities due to HIS lack of CONFIDENCE and his concern in being able to do as GOD instructed him to do, makes further excuses to THE LORD. MOSES tells THE LORD that HE is slow of speech and has a slow tongue, therefor making HIM unfit to SPEAK for THE LORD! *9

P238

*9 Many people believe that MOSES had a problem with stuttering. This was not the case at all. The primary language spoken by MOSES was Egyptian, however he also spoke in HEBREW. When MOSES spoke in the HEBREW TONGUE he spoke it rather poorly as he had problems pronouncing many of the WORDS. His brother Aaron and his sister Miriam teased MOSES about his HEBREW speaking on several occasions, and MOSES didn't feel comfortable when speaking in the HEBREW language. He also did not speak the Egyptian language with absolute perfection, as sometimes he would substitute a HEBREW WORD for an Egyptian word, thus causing him to have to think about what he was about to say, prior to saying it. This cautious thinking caused MOSES to be rather slow in his speaking. When MOSES spoke to GOD, HE spoke to HIM in the HEBREW language, therefor MOSES knew that THE LORD saw that he was having difficulty pronouncing some of the WORDS. However, GOD was not going to allow MOSES a way out, because HE knew that MOSES' brother Aaron spoke both the HEBREW and Egyptian languages perfectly! And also, GOD had made MOSES who was born of THE HOLY SPIRIT, to be THE DELIVERER, and there was not going to be any SUBSTITUTIONS!

P238 P239

These continuing excuses being made by MOSES finally ANGERS THE LORD. Then GOD tells MOSES that his brother Aaron can do the talking for him. GOD further explains to MOSES, that HE WILL GIVE THE WORDS TO MOSES and MOSES can give the WORDS to Aaron, and then Aaron could speak to the people. GOD goes on to tell MOSES, that furthermore; his brother Aaron will come out to meet him just prior to his entering into Egypt and that Aaron will be very happy when he sees him. And, Aaron will know that THE LORD has sent MOSES to DELIVER the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of their BONDAGE in Egypt.

P238

MOSES, after his meeting with THE LORD at the BURNING BUSH, returns to HIS father-in-law, Jethro, and MOSES tells Jethro about his meeting with GOD. But MOSES does not tell Jethro the details as to what THE LORD had wanted HIM to do. After struggling with what THE LORD had told HIM, and one and one-half years had past from the time of MOSES' INITIAL MEETING with GOD, MOSES then goes to Jethro and tells him that he must return to Egypt. He also tells Jethro how he must free the HEBREW people from their slavery, as GOD had instructed him to do. Jethro then BLESSES MOSES and prays for his safe journey back to Egypt. Then with Zip-po'-rah and their two sons riding on asses and MOSES walking before them with his ROD in hand, the four of them set out to go back into the land of Egypt.

P238 P239

Exodus 4:20 And MOSES took HIS wife and HIS sons, and set them upon an ass, and HE returned to the land of Egypt: and MOSES took the ROD of GOD in HIS hand. *10

P239 Kjb1611

*10 The ROD of GOD in MOSES' hand is also referred to elsewhere in the Scriptures as being a "ROD OF IRON". This ROD represents THE WORD of GOD. The underlying MESSAGE in the Scriptures shows that one single man, armed only with THE WORD of GOD, undertakes a journey to go into the most powerful nation in the known world to free GOD'S PEOPLE! You will see as the story progresses that MOSES, armed only with THE WORD of GOD, not only frees the PEOPLE from their BONDAGE, but also brings Pharaoh and Egypt to their knees.

P239

MOSES, having been forewarned by GOD to not enter into Egypt, until his two sons were both circumcised, then sees an ANGEL sent by GOD to RESTRAIN him. Zip-po'-rah, also seeing the ANGEL of THE LORD in their direct path, reluctantly agrees to circumcise their sons. After she has circumcised them, Zip'-po-rah then cast their foreskins at the feet of MOSES in submission and disgust for having to do so. As a result of this reluctance to be circumcised, by the TWO SONS of MOSES and their mother, the two sons are never allowed to enter into priesthood, and the relationship between Zip-po'-rah and MOSES ENDS. MOSES has both the mother and the two sons return to her father, Jethro, to wait for MOSES' return from Egypt. During the entire period that MOSES spent in Egypt, he neither sees his wife, or his two sons. After HE sends his family back to Jethro, MOSES continues on his journey to Egypt and GOD sends his brother Aaron out to meet him along the way. Aaron, being a sculptor and an engraver for Pharaoh and having one of the more esteemed jobs given to a HEBREW slave, was allowed to move freely about and to even go outside of the borders of Egypt. After being told by GOD of MOSES' coming for the DELIVERANCE of ISRAEL, Aaron goes out to meet MOSES in Horeb.

P239 P240

After the meeting of MOSES and Aaron they cross over the border and into Egypt. MOSES explains to Aaron, all that GOD had told him to do. MOSES also tells Aaron that he must speak for HIM because of HIS problem of being slow of speech. MOSES tells Aaron, that HE would explain to Aaron what GOD wants him to say, and Aaron would be the one who would talk to the people! They both then gather up the Elders of the Twelve Tribes of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL and Aaron explains to them GOD'S PLAN for their DELIVERANCE out of bondage. As GOD had told MOSES it would be, so it was, the people BELIEVED what MOSES had told them about their DELIVERANCE.

P240

After speaking to the Elders, MOSES and Aaron go to see Pharaoh. MOSES tells Pharaoh that THE LORD GOD of ISRAEL, says, "LET MY PEOPLE GO, so they may come and WORSHIP ME AT MY MOUNTAIN"! MOSES further says, if Pharaoh will not let GOD'S PEOPLE GO, GOD will punish both Pharaoh and all of Egypt.

P240

Pharaoh says in reply, that he knows not their GOD and that they should return to their work in the making of his bricks, and not bother him any further with their nonsense. Pharaoh says furthermore, because they had wasted his time on this matter that he will no longer provide them with the straw they need for the making of the bricks, and that he will no longer provide it as he had done in the past. Pharaoh continues on to say that the slaves daily count of bricks, shall not diminish, even though they must gather their own straw.

P240

After the people are informed of what Pharaoh said in regard to their gathering their own straw and the brick count should not diminish, by the Egyptian Taskmasters, the HEBREW Leaders REVOLT! For their rebelling, the Taskmasters begin beating the people for not producing enough bricks, causing the Hebrew Leaders to go to Pharaoh and complain about the new rules being imposed upon them. Pharaoh tells them that because of MOSES and Aaron's demands to FREE them, so they may WORSHIP their GOD, they had brought this burden upon themselves. After the Leaders return from seeing Pharaoh, they meet MOSES and Aaron along the way. The HEBREW Leaders then complain to MOSES and Aaron about their meeting with Pharaoh and how it had caused the workloads to increase, and how the people were being beaten now for not meeting their daily tally. The Elders then tell MOSES and Aaron that because of them, the lives of the Hebrew People had been made worse rather than better, due to the demands for their freedom being made to Pharaoh. The Leaders further say, that they held both MOSES and Aaron responsible for bringing this hardship on the Children of ISRAEL, because they had not asked either of them to speak to Pharaoh, on their behalf.

P240 P241

After hearing the cries of the people, MOSES then confronts THE LORD, and tells HIM that since they had gone to Pharaoh and had said to him what THE LORD had instructed them to say, things had become worse for the people. THE LORD tells MOSES that after Pharaoh sees what HE will do to him, that Pharaoh will not only let the people go, he will DEMAND that they leave Egypt. THE LORD also REMINDS MOSES of THE COVENANT that had been MADE with ABRAHAM, ISAAC, and JACOB, and how GOD INTENDED TO LIVE UP TO HIS PROMISE HE HAD MADE TO THE FATHERS of THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL! GOD tells MOSES that HIS NAME IS "YAHWEH", and up until this time, HE was known only as THE ALMIGHTY GOD!

P241

NOTE: Although the King James 1611 version translates the NAME YAHWEH to the name JE-HO' -VAH, this NAME CANNOT BE TRANSLATED, FOR IT IS THE NAME of GOD!

P241

GOD now gives MOSES and Aaron the names of the PERSONS who will be over each of the TWELVE TRIBES of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL once they have departed from Egypt. MOSES, still having doubt says to GOD, who am I that Pharaoh should listen to me? THE LORD IN REPLY SAYS to MOSES, "SEE, I HAVE MADE THEE A GOD to Pharaoh: and Aaron thy brother shall be thy PROPHET".

P241

MOSES, now being EIGHTY years old and Aaron EIGHTY-THREE years old, they make a total of TWELVE CONFRONTATIONS with Pharaoh, on behalf of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S CAPTIVITY, Eleven of these confrontations result in Pharaoh's refusal to let the CHILDREN of ISRAEL leave Egypt, because GOD had purposely hardened Pharaoh's heart so Pharaoh, all of Egypt, and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL might see the POWER of GOD! The following is a list of those confrontations and also the MIRACLES resulting from each confrontation:

P241

1. The first confrontation with Pharaoh results in the CHILDREN of ISRAEL having their workloads increased, and Pharaoh's refusing to give them the straw needed to make the bricks. No miracle was performed as a result of this confrontation.

P241

2. At the second confrontation with Pharaoh, Aaron cast down MOSES' ROD and it turns into a serpent. Pharaoh's Magicians then duplicate the miracle.

P241

3. The third confrontation takes place while MOSES stands on the riverbank shouting to Pharaoh as he passes by on the river, and Aaron strikes the river with the ROD of MOSES causing the water to turn to blood. Pharaoh's Magicians again duplicate the miracle.

P241 P242

4. The fourth confrontation with Pharaoh results in Aaron stretching forth the ROD of MOSES, causing the FIRST PLAGUE to occur. This plague results in an innumerable amount of frogs that come over all the land and into the houses of all the Egyptians. Pharaoh's Magicians with their enchantments also duplicate this miracle.

P242

5. The fifth confrontation with Pharaoh resulted in the SECOND PLAGUE put upon Egypt by GOD; Aaron stretched forth the ROD of MOSES and an epidemic of lice came over the whole land of Egypt. Although the Magicians tried to duplicate this miracle, they could not and warned Pharaoh that THE FINGER of GOD had performed this miracle!

P242

6. The sixth confrontation occurs when Pharaoh came down to the river and was warned by MOSES to release ISRAEL or suffer the consequences, however, he still refuses to let the people go. This brings about the THIRD PLAGUE on Egypt, which is a swarm of flies covering the Land of Egypt, except for the area of Goshen. This is because GOD severs the land of Goshen from Egypt where the HEBREWS live, so only in this area is the PLAGUE and ALL but the LAST PLAGUE, INACTIVE!

P242

7. The seventh confrontation with Pharaoh brings about the FOURTH PLAGUE, this PLAGUE is a disease that kills many of the domestic animals in Egypt, but not a one of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S animals were lost.

P242

8. The eighth confrontation with Pharaoh brings about the FIFTH PLAGUE, whereby MOSES and Aaron take handfuls of ashes from the brick furnaces and throw the ashes into the air. This results in a boil with blisters of the skin which break out on both the men and the beasts of Egypt.

P242

9. The ninth confrontation with Pharaoh results in the SIXTH PLAGUE, which was GREAT HAILSTONES coming down from Heaven that pound Egypt. When the GREAT HAILSTONES hit earth, a fire emits from the HAILSTONE and runs along the ground burning all in its path.

P242

10. The tenth confrontation with Pharaoh results in the SEVENTH PLAGUE, which brings a great swarm of locusts who come and devour the trees and the herbs of the field. These locusts destroy all that survived the GREAT HAILSTONES, thus wiping out Egypt's food supply.

P242 P243

11. The eleventh confrontation with Pharaoh results in the EIGHTH PLAGUE, which brings about a total darkness throughout the land of Egypt. Neither the sun nor the moon shine at all in the Land of Egypt for three full days. However the houses in Goshen still had LIGHT.

P243

12. During Pharaoh's twelfth and final CONFRONTATION by MOSES and Aaron, Pharaoh tells them that if they were to come before him again, he would have them killed. GOD tells MOSES that HE will yet do ONE MORE THING to Pharaoh and Egypt. GOD then tells MOSES what the people must do to survive THE NINTH PLAGUE. This PLAGUE entails the killing of ALL of the firstborn throughout the land of Egypt. All, from the Throne of Pharaoh to the least in the kingdom of Egypt. This killing of the firstborn includes even the firstborn of all the animals. GOD further instructs MOSES to have all the people on the tenth day of the month take from their flocks a male lamb. The LAMB must be without a blemish, (and it can either be of a LAMB of sheep, or of a he goat) and they are to keep the LAMB until the 14th day of the month. Then on the 14th day of the month, Abib (April), they are to kill it. After killing the LAMB, they must strike the LAMB'S BLOOD upon the two side posts and the upper post of the doors that enter into their houses. After doing this they are to roast the lamb over a fire and not break any of the lamb's bones, and all of the lamb must be eaten that evening. GOD also tells MOSES that if one family cannot eat the entire lamb, they are to share it with a neighbor, but the LAMB must be completely eaten on that night.

P243

Once all the HOUSEHOLDS have been MARKED with the BLOOD of the LAMB, then HE, meaning THE HOLY SPIRIT, will pass through the Land of Egypt and kill all the FIRSTBORN residing in the houses where there is no marking with blood on the lintels and door posts. Then, on that very night when HE SHALL PASS OVER, all the people should be dressed, packed up, and ready to leave Egypt. For after this FINAL PLAGUE has occurred, Pharaoh will demand that ISRAEL leave Egypt! *11

P243

*11 I have heard many people say that the ANGEL of death is the one who performed the EVENT of the killing of the firstborn in Egypt. However, this was not the act of an ANGEL at all! THIS ACT of DELIVERANCE WAS DONE BY THE DELIVERER HIMSELF, IXOTE, THE HOLY SPIRIT! It was HE who passed through the land of Egypt that EVENING, and it was HE who killed all the firstborn in Egypt, BOTH MAN AND BEAST and not an ANGEL!

P243

Exodus 12:12 FOR I WILL PASS THROUGH THE LAND OF EGYPT THIS NIGHT, AND WILL SMITE ALL THE FIRSTBORN IN THE LAND OF EGYPT, BOTH MAN AND BEAST; AND AGAINST ALL the gods of EGYPT I WILL EXECUTE JUDGMENT: I AM THE LORD.

P244 Kjb1611

DELIVERANCE

P244

So on the 14th day of April, being exactly four hundred and thirty years to the day (since their coming into Egypt.) at 4:44 AM in the morning, THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL are free to leave Egypt, BEING DELIVERED by the MIGHTY ARM of GOD!

P244

NOTE: By our calendar this would have been the 14th day of April. However, the HEBREW day both begins and ends at approximately 6:00PM in the evening, which is the time, called EVEN.

P244

Now GOD directs the CHILDREN of ISRAEL (with them being well over one million in number: 600,000 men over 20 years old, plus women, and children under the age of 20) through the wilderness outside of Egypt and towards the Red Sea. HE has them take this route rather than allowing them to take the shorter route through the land of the Philistines. GOD does this purposely knowing that the Philistines, being a warring nation, would not allow them to pass through their land without a fight. GOD does not at this time want to subject the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to war, knowing they have a weakness in FAITH.

P244

Exodus 13:21 And THE LORD went before them by day in a pillar of a cloud, to lead them the way; and by night in a pillar of FIRE, to give them LIGHT; to go by day and night:

P244 Kjb1611

Exodus 13:22 HE took not away the pillar of the cloud by day, nor the pillar of FIRE by night, from before the people. *12

P244 Kjb1611

*12 The CLOUD that hovered over the CHILDREN of ISRAEL by day and provided them shade; and the PILLAR of FIRE by night, providing them LIGHT and their course of direction: was enacted by the ANGEL RAPHAEL. RAPHAEL is the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD who is also called, THE ANGEL OVER FIRE AND WATER!

P244

THE LORD tells MOSES to take the people to the edge of the Red Sea and make a camp there. HE also tells MOSES that HE is going to harden Pharaoh's heart ONCE MORE so that Pharaoh will come after the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, and GOD will destroy Pharaoh's army so that Pharaoh will know THAT THE LORD IS GOD!

P244 P245

When they get to the Red Sea the CHILDREN of ISRAEL see the great Egyptian army and their chariots of war in hot pursuit after them, and immediately fear for their lives. The PILLAR of FIRE (RAPHAEL) moves from before them to their flank and divides the Egyptian army from the CHILDREN of ISRAEL with a PILLAR of FIRE. Then GOD brings forth an east wind, (The ANGEL ASAPH), who parts the Red Sea after MOSES stretches forth his ROD and says, BEHOLD, THE POWER of GOD!

P245

With the Egyptian army being held at bay by the PILLAR of FIRE, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL cross over the Red Sea. After they have gotten a sufficient distance between them and the pursuing Egyptian army, the PILLAR of FIRE diminishes from before Pharaoh's army. Once this has happened the Egyptians continue to pursue the CHILDREN of ISRAEL on chariots, horseback, and on foot, into the Red Sea, with them riding so hard in pursuit that the wheels start falling off of their chariots in the midst of the sea. Once the last of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL reach the far bank of the Red Sea, MOSES again stretches forth his ROD and the parting of the sea ceases and comes back together as it was. This causes the pursuing Egyptians to get caught up in the Red Sea killing many thousands of them, whose dead bodies eventually wash up on to the shore.

P245

The Egyptians, even over a course of time never fully recover from the GREAT WRATH of GOD and from the PLAGUES HE bestowed upon them, when HE brought the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of the land of Egypt.

P245

At the END TIMES, GOD WILL DO AGAIN TO THE WORLD, AS HE HAD DONE TO PHARAOH AND EGYPT, WHEN HE DELIVERED HIS PEOPLE OUT OF BONDAGE! SO THE WHOLE WORLD AGAIN MAY BEHOLD THE POWER OF GOD!

P245

Micah 7:14 Feed thy people with thy ROD, the flock of thine heritage, which dwell solitarily in the wood, in the midst of Carmel: let them feed in Ba'-shan and Gil'-e-ad, as in the days of old.

P245 Kjb1611

Micah 7:15 According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him marvellous things.

P245 Kjb1611

Journey to SINAI

P246

After three days journey in the wilderness without water the CHILDREN of ISRAEL come to a place called Ma'-rah and there they found water. However the water was not drinkable as it contained large amounts of minerals and there were sulfur deposits in it. MOSES PRAYED to GOD for help as the people were complaining about their not having any water to drink. THE LORD shows MOSES a certain TREE and tells him to cut it down and put it into the well of the bitter water. Once MOSES did as THE LORD had told him to do, the water immediately became drinkable. MOSES tells the people that they should TRUST in THE LORD and obey HIS COMMANDMENTS. MOSES also says if the people were to be obedient to GOD, THE LORD would provide for them ALL that they NEEDED and would not allow any of the PLAGUES that were brought to bear on Egypt to come upon them.

P246

After ten days had past, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL then come to a place called E'-lim, which has an oasis with TWELVE WELLS Of WATER and SEVENTY PALM TREES in the midst of it. While one month had passed since they had left Egypt, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had run out of food and began to complain to MOSES about their hunger. GOD, after hearing the cry of the people, tells MOSES that HE would rain upon them food from HEAVEN, and that they were to gather up only enough of that food for one day. However on the sixth day they could gather enough to eat for the two days so they would not have to violate THE LORD'S SABBATH, by gathering food on the SEVENTH DAY. THE LORD every morning thereafter, rained MANNA from HEAVEN within the borders of their campsite, and they gathered up the MANNA for their food as THE LORD had said. Those who gathered more than one day's portion of MANNA on any one day other than on the sixth day, found a worm in the MANNA the day after they had gathered it and could not eat it. It was only on the sixth day that they could gather a two days portion of food and the worm in the MANNA was not present on the SEVENTH DAY.

P246 P247

After a short period of time with them eating only MANNA, the people again complain to MOSES about not having any meat to eat. THE LORD hearing their complaints tells MOSES, HE will give them the meat they have asked for. On that very evening at EVEN (Sundown) THE LORD did as HE said HE would do. The ground throughout the entire area suddenly became covered with quail as far as the eye could see. Now the people had bread (MANNA) in the morning to eat and quail in the evening. *13

P247

*13 One must keep in mind that GOD was feeding an entire NATION of people. The population of the HEBREW NATION, ISRAEL, consisted of about one million and five hundred thousand people. Therefor, they required an enormous amount of food and water. The Scriptures indicate the people gorged themselves with the quail, If each person were to eat only a single quail, then one million and five hundred thousand quail would be required for each and every meal. During the entire FORTY YEARS that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL wandered in the wilderness, GOD provided them with the MANNA from HEAVEN to eat every morning. The MANNA from HEAVEN did not cease until The Children of ISRAEL crossed over the River Jordan and entered into THE PROMISED LAND, where there was an abundance of food.

P246

With the CHILDREN of ISRAEL continuing on their journey towards Mount Sinai, in Horeb, the people once again ran out of water. Their complaints to MOSES had now become more like violent demands and they were saying to MOSES and amongst themselves that they would have been better off if they had stayed in Egypt. MOSES, in his frustration with the people cries out to THE LORD for help, and tells HIM that the people haven't any water to drink and they are now becoming violent towards him and Aaron.

P247

THE LORD tells MOSES to gather up the Elders of the TWELVE Tribes and to stand upon a certain rock once they are assembled. THE LORD further tells MOSES, once HE had gathered the Elders together THE LORD would stand before him, and MOSES was to strike the rock with his ROD. Once MOSES had struck the rock, THE LORD would then bring forth water out of the rock. With MOSES still being angered at the people for their continual complaining, HE strikes the rock two times in anger and says: Shall we bring forth water out of this rock? After saying these words, water suddenly gushed out of the rock creating a stream the people could drink from. Although MOSES had done as THE LORD so COMMANDED, the way MOSES had behaved himself while striking the rock displeased THE LORD. This displeased GOD because MOSES did not GIVE THE GLORY for the MIRACLE UNTO GOD, but had rather implied that it was HE and Aaron who were going to bring forth the water out of the rock.

P247

Psalms 106:32 They angered HIM also at the waters of strife, so that it went ill with MOSES for their sakes:

P247 Kjb1611

Psalms 106:33 Because they provoked HIS SPIRIT, so that HE spake unadvisedly with HIS lips. *14

P247 Kjb1611

*14 Later on in THE BIBLE, in the Book of Deuteronomy, GOD tells MOSES just prior to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S crossing over the RIVER JORDAN that he could not go with them into the PROMISED LAND. The reason given by THE LORD to MOSES why he could not go into The Promised Land, was because he failed to GLORIFY GOD at the bringing forth of water out of the rock at Mer'-i-bah Ka -desh (Deuteronomy 32:51-52). With this being the TRUTH, it was not the only reason why MOSES could not enter into The Promised Land Even if MOSES had GLORIFIED GOD at Mer-i-bah Ka'-desh, HE would have still not been allowed to cross over with the CHILDREN of ISRAEL and enter into the PROMISED LAND. The PRIMARY REASON for this was that MOSES was born of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and at the time of the crossing over the RIVER JORDAN HE would have been 120 years old. This means that MOSES could NO LONGER be in possession of THE HOLY SPIRIT due to his reaching the TERM LIMIT in which THE HOLY SPIRIT can dwell with a man!

P247 P248

Genesis 6:3 And THE LORD said, MY SPIRIT shall not always strive with man, for that HE also is flesh: yet HIS days shall be an hundred and twenty years.

P248 Kjb1611

Am'-a-lek goes to war against ISRAEL

P248

Am'-a-lek, a local leader is informed that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL have entered into his land. He then comes down to where The Children of ISRAEL have entered in, to go to war against them and force them back out. MOSES and JOSHUA being informed by GOD that Am'-a-lek is about to attack them, select men from the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to go out and fight against him. During the battle, MOSES strategically places himself upon a hill where them fighting can see him, and when he holds up his ROD where it is visible to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, they prevail in their battle. But when his arms became tired and HE could no longer hold up the ROD where it could be seen, then Am'-a-lek prevailed in the battle. Once Aaron becomes aware of this, then both he and Hur go up onto the hill where MOSES is standing and sit MOSES down on a rock, and both Aaron and Hur hold up MOSES' arms so that the fighting men could see the ROD. The CHILDREN of ISRAEL then defeated Am'-a-lek, and THE LORD after the battle CURSES Am'-a-lek forever, for his coming out against ISRAEL!

P248

Once MOSES and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL reach the base of MOUNT SINAI, MOSES' father-in-law Jethro, comes out to meet him, bringing with him Zip-po'-rah and MOSES' two sons, Ger'-shom and E-li'-e'-zer. After Jethro spends a few days with MOSES and sees how many people there were of The Children of Israel, and how they depended on MOSES for all matters and disputes, Jethro makes the following suggestion to MOSES. Jethro suggests MOSES appoint Captains over various size groups of the people. Some of these Captains should be over tens, some over hundreds, and some over thousands of the people. Jethro suggests by doing this, it would allow MOSES time to take care of the more serious matters by allowing the Captains to resolve most of the trivial matters within their own respective groups. After being told this by Jethro, MOSES confronts THE LORD on Jethro's suggestion and THE LORD says that HE should do as had been suggested.

P248 P249

Now in the third month of journeying since their departure from Egypt, and ISRAEL being camped at the base of Mount Sanai, MOSES then goes up to the MOUNTAIN of GOD (Mt. Sinai) to MEET with GOD.

P249

Exodus 19:3 And MOSES went up unto GOD, and THE LORD called unto him out of the mountain, saying, Thus shalt thou say to the house of JACOB, and tell the CHILDREN of ISRAEL;

P249 Kjb1611

Exodus 19:4 Ye have seen what I did unto the Egyptians, and how I bare you on EAGLES' WINGS, and brought you unto MYSELF.

P249 Kjb1611

Exodus 19:5 Now therefore, if ye will obey MY VOICE indeed, and KEEP MY COVENANT, then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto ME above ALL PEOPLE: for ALL THE EARTH IS MINE:

P249 Kjb1611

MOSES after HIS meeting with THE LORD, then goes and tells the people what GOD had said to him. Once the people had heard THE WORDS of THE LORD, given by MOSES to them, the people tell MOSES they would do all that GOD should COMMAND them to do. THE LORD tells MOSES that on the third day, the people should be SANCTIFIED, and wash their clothes so that they might be presentable before HIM, and once they had done this, THE LORD would come down to the people.

P249

THE LORD also WARNS MOSES that the people should BEWARE, and that no one should come near to, or even touch the mountain once HE had come down. Neither man nor beast should come near to GOD and if anyone were to violate this warning, they would be put to death. THE LORD also tells MOSES that on the THIRD DAY, THE TRUMPET WILL BE SOUNDED, and when the people hear the TRUMPET, the men should gather themselves together to HEAR THE WORD of THE LORD. THE LORD COMMANDED MOSES that the men should not have any sexual relations with their wives prior to their coming, and should be CLEAN and PRESENTABLE prior to their gathering together to HEAR GOD'S WORD!

P249

On the third day, THE TRUMPET did SOUND just as THE LORD had said it would. The SOUND of THE TRUMPET being HEARD by the people, was ear piercing! After the SOUNDING of the TRUMPET there was a QUAKING of the ground, and there were THUNDERINGS and LIGHTNINGS unlike anything the world had seen before. Then THE LORD DESCENDED in a whirlwind of FIRE and SMOKE ascended up from the fire like a FURNACE, and the TRUMPET SOUNDED AGAIN! As THE TRUMPET became LOUDER AND LOUDER THE EARTH SHOOK and the people became more and more frightened, and then MOSES SPOKE OUT to THE LORD. THE LORD called MOSES then to the top of the mountain, and when the people heard THE LORD as HE SPOKE to MOSES they trembled out of fear, hearing THE VOICE of GOD!

P249 P250

THE TEN COMMANDMENTS

P250

Once MOSES had reached the top of the MOUNTAIN, THE LORD then tells MOSES that he should go back down and get Aaron and return back to the top of Sinai. GOD WARNS MOSES that HE should not allow either the Priest or the people to come any closer to HIM than they were. For if they were to come any closer they would be consumed by FIRE for approaching HIS PRESENCE. THEN GOD spoke these WORDS, AND HE SPOKE THEM ALOUD, so that all the PEOPLE could HEAR THEM!

P250

Exodus 20:2 I AM THE LORD THY GOD, WHICH HAVE BROUGHT THEE OUT OF THE LAND OF EGYPT, OUT OF THE HOUSE OF BONDAGE.

P250 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:3 THOU SHALT HAVE NO OTHER gods BEFORE ME.

P250 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:4 THOU SHALT NOT MAKE UNTO THEE ANY GRAVEN IMAGE, OR ANY LIKENESS OF ANY THING THAT IS IN HEAVEN ABOVE, OR THAT IS IN THE EARTH BENEATH, OR THAT IS IN THE WATER UNDER THE EARTH:

P250 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:5 THOU SHALT NOT BOW DOWN THYSELF TO THEM, NOR SERVE THEM: FOR I THE LORD THY GOD AM A JEALOUS GOD, VISITING THE INIQUITY OF THE FATHERS UPON THE CHILDREN UNTO THE THIRD AND FOURTH GENERATION OF THEM THAT HATE ME;

P250 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:6 AND SHEWING MERCY UNTO THOUSANDS OF THEM THAT LOVE ME, AND KEEP MY COMMANDMENTS.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:7 THOU SHALT NOT TAKE THE NAME OF THE LORD THY GOD IN VAIN; FOR THE LORD WILL NOT HOLD HIM GUILTLESS THAT TAKETH HIS NAME IN VAIN.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:8 REMEMBER THE SABBATH DAY, TO KEEP IT HOLY.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:9 SIX DAYS SHALT THOU LABOUR, AND DO ALL THY WORK:

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:10 BUT THE SEVENTH DAY IS THE SABBATH OF THE LORD THY GOD: IN IT THOU SHALT NOT DO ANY WORK, THOU, NOR THY SON, NOR THY DAUGHTER, THY MANSERVANT, NOR THY MAIDSERVANT, NOR THY CATTLE, NOR THY STRANGER THAT IS WITHIN THY GATES:

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:11 FOR IN SIX DAYS THE LORD MADE HEAVEN AND EARTH, THE SEA, AND ALL THAT IN THEM IS, AND RESTED THE SEVENTH DAY: WHEREFORE THE LORD BLESSED THE SABBATH DAY, AND HALLOWED IT.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:12 HONOUR THY FATHER AND THY MOTHER: THAT THY DAYS MAY BE LONG UPON THE LAND WHICH THE LORD THY GOD GIVETH THEE.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:13 THOU SHALT NOT KILL.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:14 THOU SHALT NOT COMMIT ADULTERY.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:15 THOU SHALT NOT STEAL.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:16 THOU SHALT NOT BEAR FALSE WITNESS AGAINST THY NEIGHBOUR.

P251 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:17 THOU SHALT NOT COVET THY NEIGHBOUR'S HOUSE, THOU SHALT NOT COVET THY NEIGHBOUR'S WIFE, NOR HIS MANSERVANT, NOR HIS MAIDSERVANT, NOR HIS OX, NOR HIS ASS, NOR ANY THING THAT IS THY NEIGHBOUR'S.

P252 Kjb1611

ONCE the people HEARD the WORDS SPOKEN by THE LORD, they were afraid and trembled out of FEAR at THE VOICE of GOD, as the very ground they stood upon shook as HE SPOKE. The people asked MOSES if HE alone could act and speak on their behalf to GOD, because they FEARED HIM. The CHILDREN of ISRAEL from that time forward no longer heard THE VOICE of GOD!

P252

MOSES remained on the mountain with GOD for forty days and forty nights, and while on the mountain GOD gave MOSES all of HIS PRECEPTS and STATUTES regarding SPIRITUAL and MORAL BEHAVIOR. Then GOD WROTE with HIS FINGER into the first set of STONE TABLETS, HIS TEN COMMANDMENTS. THE LORD also gave MOSES the dimensions and the materials that were to be used in the construction of THE ARK of the COVENANT and all the details for the construction of the TABERNACLE of GOD. GOD also gave MOSES instructions on the PRIESTS' GARMENTS that were to be worn while in HIS PRESENCE, and the RULES and CONDUCT governing the HANDLING of the ARK and the setting up and the taking down of THE TABERNACLE.

P252

When MOSES finally comes down from the mountain after being there for forty days and forty nights. HE finds the people worshiping a golden calf that Aaron had fashioned for them. In OUTRAGE, MOSES throws the stone tablets to the ground, breaking them in pieces. THE LORD tells MOSES that HE is going to kill all the people for breaking HIS LAWS and HE WILL make MOSES a new NATION using different people. But MOSES tells THE LORD, if HE kills all of the people, the Egyptians will say that the GOD of ISRAEL brought the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of Egypt just to kill them! After hearing what MOSES had to say, GOD withholds HIS anger. MOSES, to appease GOD, gathers together the Levites (who are destined to be the Priests and servants for GOD), and directs them to take up their swords and slay all of those (three thousand people) who had taken part in worshiping the golden calf. Afterwards, MOSES goes back to the mountaintop of Sanai and GOD engraves two NEW TABLETS of STONE, CONTAINING THE WORDS of the TEN COMMANDMENTS. *15 *16

P252 P253

*15 The TWO SETS of TABLETS of STONE represent the OLD and the NEW COVENANT. The first COVENANT (the first TABLETS of STONE) was broken due to GOD'S people disobeying THE COMMANDMENTS of THE LORD. Just as MOSES broke the first set of STONE TABLETS when he had found that the people were worshiping the golden calf, THE NEW TABLETS of STONE (the second set of STONE TABLETS) represent THE NEW COVENANT that was put into effect after the crucifixion and RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST.

P252

*16 If you could see into the THIRD LAYER of the OLD TESTAMENT the PROPHECY given by the events that had taken place at SINAI, then you would see that the PROPHECY PROCLAIMS a breaking of the OLD COVENANT and the making of the NEW COVENANT! This is why GOD'S PEOPLE live in accordance with THE GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST which is a COVENANT by FAITH and not according to the OLD COVENANT which was a COVENANT governed solely by LAW. However, just as the second set of STONE TABLETS had the SAME WORDS that were WRITTEN on the first set of STONE TABLETS, so do GOD'S LAWS REMAIN, and apply to the NEW COVENANT, as well as the OLD COVENANT. The only difference between the TWO COVENANTS is in the NEW COVENANT, BY FAITH in GOD WILL ALL LAWS BE FULFILLED, JUST AS THEY WERE ORIGINALLY WRITTEN. JESUS CHRIST verifies that GOD'S LAWS still apply in HIS GOSPELS.

P253

Matthew 5:17 THINK NOT THAT I AM COME TO DESTROY THE LAW, OR THE PROPHETS: I AM NOT COME TO DESTROY, BUT TO FULFIL.

P253 Kjb1611

Matthew 5:18 FOR VERILY I SAY UNTO YOU, TILL HEAVEN AND EARTH PASS, ONE JOT OR ONE TITTLE SHALL IN NO WISE PASS FROM THE LAW, TILL ALL BE FULFILLED.

P253 Kjb1611

The Book of Exodus concludes with MOSES having the people build the TABERNACLE of GOD and THE ARK of the COVENANT. They also fashioned the Priests' Garments and all the articles that were to be used in the TABERNACLE. MOSES had these ARTICLES made in STRICT ACCORDANCE with THE LORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, all of which were given to MOSES on Mount Sinai.

P253

THE LORD remained with the Children of ISRAEL both by day and by night throughout their journey in the wilderness, and GOD provided them shade by day and LIGHT by night so the people were ALWAYS aware of GOD'S CONTINUAL PRESENCE!

P253

Exodus 40:38 For the CLOUD of THE LORD was upon the TABERNACLE by day, and FIRE was on it by night, in the SIGHT of ALL the house of ISRAEL, throughout all their JOURNEYS.

P254 Kjb1611

6.7 Leviticus

P254

The Book of Leviticus opens with GOD giving MOSES instructions for a multitude of sacrifices to be given to HIM for various types of sins. MOSES was also TOLD by THE LORD how these sacrifices were to be prepared for SIN OFFERINGS and how the OFFERING itself was to be OFFERED to GOD. The details on the SACRIFICE were meant to be instructions to the Levite Priests, as before JESUS CHRIST came to the earth the people did not have any access to GOD whatsoever, except by way of the Priests. So the protocol was that if a person had been identified as having sin upon their soul, they would then bring forth a particular sacrifice to the Levite Priest to be SACRIFICED on their behalf. That person would then repent of their sins to the Priest and then the Priest prior to GIVING the sacrifice would take on the burden of the sin of that person upon himself. When the sacrifice was offered properly to GOD, HE in turn would forgive that person's sin by receiving the sacrifice. There were different types of sacrifices for different types of SINS. Not only could an individual person commit a SIN against GOD, but GOD would also hold groups of people accountable for their SIN as a commingled entity! SIN OFFERINGS had to be made as well for Families, Clans, Complete Tribes, and even for ISRAEL as a whole.

P254

This process of SACRIFICE was somewhat COMPLICATED and required a very detailed procedure that had to be precisely followed. GOD on many occasions refused the SACRIFICED offerings for them being improperly offered. GOD would consume with FIRE any of the Priests who were guilty of an IMPROPER OFFERING, when the OFFERING that was made was grossly out of order. Acting as a PRIEST was a SERIOUS responsibility and GOD expected those of the Priesthood to properly follow the procedures that were given to them by MOSES. *17

P254 P255

*17 The Book of Leviticus dedicates itself to the REMISSION and REPENTANCE of SIN by SACRIFICE, therefor WE would like to discuss HOW TODAY one must REPENT of their SINS to GOD. The only difference NOW as compared to the days of MOSES for one's REMISSION and REPENTANCE of SIN, is that in the NEW COVENANT, JESUS CHRIST has become the PERFECT SACRIFICE TO GOD FOR ALL SIN. This is why JESUS had to die in a VERY SPECIFIC manner on THE CROSS. Just as it was for the LAMB that was used during the PASSOVER in Egypt, so was it with JESUS CHRIST, not one of JESUS BONES could be broken. The common practice by the Romans was to eventually break the legs of the person who had been crucified so that they could no longer support their own weight thus causing them to suffocate. When the Jews had complained to Pilate that he should not leave the THREE that were crucified hanging on the cross during their PASSOVER, Pilate then sent out his soldiers to break their legs. However, when the soldiers found that JESUS was already dead, after they had broken the legs of the other two men, they then PIERCED HIS SIDE with a spear. This caused both BLOOD and WATER to gush from the BODY of JESUS. The SPILLING of the BLOOD of JESUS CHRIST represents the SAVING GRACE that had come by way of the SACRIFICE. This was the same as the striking of the LAMBS BLOOD on the lintels and the side posts of the Children of ISRAEL'S houses: that of which had provided their protection prior to the coming of the NINTH PLAGUE in Egypt. The WATER that came out of JESUS CHRIST represents THE WORD of GOD that HE had left behind for the WORLD by way of HIS GOSPELS (THE LIVING WATERS).

P254 P255

The greatest pain that was suffered by JESUS while on the cross was not the crucifixion itself, but rather the receipt of the world's SIN upon HIM. When JESUS CHRIST RECEIVED the SIN of the world this caused GOD TO LOOK AWAY FROM HIM, as a result of JESUS bearing that SIN! GOD WILL NOT LOOK UPON SIN! This was the first time that JESUS had ever EXPERIENCED LIFE WITHOUT GOD and the PAIN was UNBEARABLE, thus causing HIS DEATH! This is why the Centurions were surprised to find that JESUS was already dead after a few short hours, because it was unusual for one to die so soon!

P255

If a person dies with any SIN upon his SOUL then that person CANNOT be accepted into HEAVEN without prior JUDGMENT for the SIN that they bear. This was not so with JESUS CHRIST. JESUS was received into HEAVEN IMMEDIATELY because HE was RECEIVED into HEAVEN by DIVINE RIGHT, rather than by DELIVERANCE through the remission of SIN! This is why only HE could BEAR the SIN of the WORLD and this is how GOD allows MAN to defeat death by WAY OF JESUS CHRIST. Therefor, if you BELIEVE in JESUS CHRIST you need never TASTE OF DEATH, as HE DIED FOR YOU and HE is your RESURRECTION UNTO LIFE.

P255

SIN?

P255

What is SIN? SIN can be defined as an ACT against GOD by the VIOLATION of HIS LAWS. This can be either intentionally done, or unintentionally done, however, in either case the SIN is the SAME! Let us take a look at the definition of an unintentional SIN. This is defined as a SIN that is committed against GOD through IGNORANCE and the person who has committed that SIN is unaware of it. In the EYES of GOD this is looked at in a TIME of JUDGMENT to be the same as a deliberate SIN.

P255 P256

As an example, place yourself in this IMAGINARY scenario: You are brought before THE WHITE THRONE of GOD to justify your breaking of GOD'S FOURTH COMMANDMENT, thus not HONORING THE LORD'S SABBATH. As you stand accused of this SIN, you then proceed to tell HIM; that you recognize by your church's doctrine that Sunday (the 1st DAY) is your SABBATH rather than SATURDAY (the 7th DAY), as it is written in THE HOLY BIBLE. Then you are asked by THE HOLY SPIRIT (AS HE WILL BE YOUR JUDGE), as to why you did not follow the LAW as it is WRITTEN? WHAT WILL YOUR ANSWER BE THEN? Will you say to THE HOLY SPIRIT, "I am sorry, please forgive me for I was taught INCORRECTLY"? THE HOLY SPIRIT WILL THEN SAY TO YOU. "I DO NOT FORGIVE SIN, I ONLY JUDGE SIN". "YOU WILL BE HELD ACCOUNTABLE FOR THAT SIN"!

P256

As you can see from this scenario, a SIN through IGNORANCE is not any different than a SIN committed deliberately. JESUS said that HE had not come to CHANGE THE LAW, but to rather FULFILL IT. Just as the TEN COMMANDMENTS were WRITTEN the SAME on both the FIRST and SECOND set of STONE TABLETS, THEY STILL STAND IN THE NEW COVENANT AND WILL STAND FOREVER WITHOUT CHANGE! Where in THE HOLY BIBLE did the SABBATH DAY CHANGE from SATURDAY to Sunday? And why does the Church not HONOR GOD'S FOURTH COMMANDMENT? WHY ARE SOME CHURCHES STILL practicing pre-resurrection doctrine, and proclaiming THAT ONE MUST CONFESS HIS SINS before a Priest? And, who gave the Church the AUTHORITY to change THE WORD of GOD?

P256

JESUS SAID, FOR GOD SO LOVED THE WORLD, HE GAVE HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON, THAT WHOSOEVER BELIEVETH IN HIM, SHALL NOT PERISH, BUT HAVE EVERLASTING LIFE. JESUS taught HIS Disciples to PRAY directly to GOD, in THE NAME of JESUS, for the REMISSION of SIN, and to do so IN PRIVATE. HOW THEN CAN ONE PROCLAIM TO BELIEVE IN JESUS CHRIST AND NOT FOLLOW HIS DOCTRINE BY REMITTING THEIR SIN TO A PRIEST?

P256

There are many, many things that are taught by the Churches that are in DIRECT CONFLICT with THE WORD of GOD. JESUS WARNED HIS Disciples to BEWARE of the leaven of the Pharisees. This can be UNDERSTOOD to MEAN, "BEWARE of the DOCTRINE of the CHURCH". Even though ONE may be SINNING through IGNORANCE as a result of what the Churches have taught them, they themselves will still be held accountable for that SIN! This is why it is so very important that YOU READ THE WORD of GOD for YOURSELF, and not take the words of men for the explanation of it!

P256 P257

Before we leave this subject on SINNING through IGNORANCE, I would like to mention some of the STANDARD PRACTICES of the Churches that are in DIRECT conflict with the TEACHINGS of JESUS CHRIST. One in particular is the addressing of a Priest as Father. THE WORD of GOD FORBIDS THIS! Let us SEE what JESUS CHRIST SAYS about the referring to another man (other than your biological father) as your father:

P257

Matthew 23:8 BUT BE NOT YE CALLED RABBI: FOR ONE IS YOUR MASTER, EVEN CHRIST; AND ALL YE ARE BRETHREN.

P257 Kjb1611

Matthew 23:9 AND CALL NO MAN YOUR FATHER UPON THE EARTH: FOR ONE IS YOUR FATHER, WHICH IS IN HEAVEN.

P257 Kjb1611

In the first Scripture JESUS is telling HIS Disciples that they are to refer to one another as being BROTHERS. JESUS is also saying that the calling of a person "Rabbi", is the same as making reference to that person as being your Master and High Priest. JESUS CHRIST IS "YOUR MASTER" and "YOUR HIGH PRIEST"! I would also like to clarify that the WORD "MASTER" means TEACHER IN THE SCRIPTURES and NOT "BOND KEEPER". JESUS does not lead you around by your nose, HE TEACHES YOU!

P257

The second Scripture refers to those Priests who insist on being addressed as "Father". This was not something that was done in practice at the TIME JESUS GAVE THIS WARNING to HIS Disciples, but it was started by the teachings of the Apostle Paul. JESUS KNEW that this practice would be inclusive in the DOCTRINE of the Churches to come, by way of Paul, and HE THEREFOR PRE-WARNS AGAINST IT!

P257

I cannot over EMPHASIZE THAT YOU MUST READ THE HOLY BIBLE for yourselves! Don't depend on others to tell you what the Scriptures mean, as THEY can only give you an opinion and not necessarily the TRUTH. ASK GOD for the SPIRIT of UNDERSTANDING and LET HIM TEACH YOU THE MEANINGS of the Scriptures. GOD WILL HOLD YOU PERSONALLY RESPONSIBLE for YOUR SIN. HOWEVER, GOD WILL PERSONALLY GUIDE YOU THROUGH HIS WORD AND AWAY FROM SIN, IF YOU SUBMIT YOURSELF TO HIM THROUGH THE WORD OF GOD!

P257

The Anointing and Consecration for Ministry

P258

Before Aaron and his sons (the Priests) were allowed to go behind the VEIL to THE HOLY PLACE WHERE GOD SAT, MOSES had to wash them and clothe them in the special Priest Garments. MOSES also had to CONSECRATE them with Blood from off the ALTAR, and ANOINT them with oil as well. A special marking of their right ears, their right thumbs, and their right big toes with the Blood from the ALTAR was necessary so that the ANGELS would not identify them as a THREAT to THE THRONE. The MARKING that the Priests had received was necessary because it identified the Priests as being CONSECRATED UNTO GOD (SET ASIDE FOR GOD'S PURPOSE).

P258

This is similar to what JESUS had done at the LAST SUPPER. HE went around the TABLE and WASHED the feet of HIS Disciples as did MOSES wash Aaron and his sons prior to them approaching GOD. JESUS also gave them BREAD to eat, which REPRESENTED HIS BODY, and WINE to drink that REPRESENTED HIS BLOOD, in COMMUNION for the NEW COVENANT. The DRINKING of the WINE was the same as the marking of the EARS, THUMBS, and TOES, with the Blood. The EATING of the BREAD, was the same as the Eating of the sacrifice that was given to the Priests, thus completing their CONSECRATION. All that was left to COMPLETE the preparation for the Disciples for their MINISTRIES was the SACRIFICE ITSELF, and THE ANOINTING of the Disciples with THE HOLY SPIRIT. THE SACRIFICE TOOK PLACE AT THE CRUCIFIXION AND THE ANOINTING TOOK PLACE AT PENTECOST AFTER THE RESURRECTION.

P258

As you can see, the CEREMONY performed by MOSES on Aaron and the Priests, was the same as the CEREMONY PERFORMED BY JESUS CHRIST at the "LAST SUPPER"! MOSES' CEREMONY was done in the flesh, and JESUS' CEREMONY WAS DONE IN THE SPIRIT. Therefor, JESUS DEMONSTRATED by HIS CEREMONY that the BAPTISM by THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, WOULD PROVIDE BOTH THE CONSECRATION and THE ANOINTING THAT IS NECESSARY FOR ONE TO GO BEHIND THE VEIL (BE IN THE PRESENCE OF GOD). The renting (tearing) of the VEIL as it is WRITTEN in THE GOSPELS, REPRESENTS the breaking of the OLD COVENANT and the allowance of anyone who has been BAPTIZED IN THE HOLY SPIRIT, A DIRECT ACCESS TO GOD.

P258

So ONE may gather from this that the taking of COMMUNION should be done in the REMEMBRANCE of JESUS CHRIST and HIS BRINGING FORTH of THE NEW COVENANT, and, THIS IS CERTAINLY TRUE! However, when you see in the Churches the people putting oil on one another and claiming by their doing so that they are anointing one another, BELIEVE IT NOT! THIS PRACTICE IS NONSENSE! This anointing with oil serves no PURPOSE whatsoever in the NEW COVENANT, The anointing oil that was used by MOSES was replaced with THE ANOINTING of THE HOLY SPIRIT in the NEW COVENANT that was GIVEN by JESUS CHRIST. Furthermore, anyone who participates in this oil anointing is INSULTING THE HOLY SPIRIT by his or her IGNORANCE! There isn't any carnal event that took place in the OLD TESTAMENT that can FULFIL THE SPIRITUAL CONVERSION that must take place to FULFIL the NEW COVENANT! What was done in the FLESH for the OLD, must now be done in THE SPIRIT FOR THE NEW.

P258 P259

Clean and UNCLEAN animals

P259

There are two very important reasons why THE LORD (through MOSES), gave the people instructions of what animals could be eaten or touched, and considered clean or UNCLEAN. The first reason was that the ingestion of certain types of meats and fowl, and marine life without proper cooking would result in food poisoning. In the case of the pig (swine) and other types of UNCLEAN animals, if those animals were not properly preserved and cooked completely, then the parasites within the meat would cause damage to a person's internal organs and probable death. The other reason was for the prevention of the spreading of disease caused by the bacterial infection present in these animals.

P259

The CHILDREN of ISRAEL spent forty years wandering about in the wilderness and did not have the facilities for the proper preservation and sanitation of their food, nor even for themselves. Any infectious bacteria or viruses would spread amongst them and could kill thousands of people in a very short period of time due to their close living conditions. Without such things as running water, food preservatives, and cool storage for their meat, the people could not eat most of the foods we commonly eat today, due to the rapid deterioration and bacterial growth of those types of food. Because these people were very stubborn and only FEARED sinning against GOD, GOD had to forbid them to eat certain animals. GOD told the people that these animals were unclean and forbidden to eat, otherwise they would have eaten them and died. These STATUTES given to them by MOSES about the forbidden foods were given to them more so for their own protection against disease, rather than it being a sinful action against GOD.

P259

Diagnosis of Disease, Separation and Quarantine

P260

MOSES and the Priests, being protected themselves against disease by GOD, had not only to provide the people with SPIRITUAL and Practical Leadership, but also had to look after the people's health and well being. In chapters 12 through 15 of the Book of Leviticus, GOD teaches MOSES how to diagnose and safeguard against the spread of leprosy throughout the camp. In these chapters GOD explains to MOSES how to recognize the difference between skin irritations and the early warning signs of leprosy. HE also teaches MOSES how to quarantine the people to prevent the spreading of these diseases and how to contain and disinfect contaminated areas. GOD identifies disease in the same manner that HE identifies SIN. Disease is a corruption of the flesh, and SIN is a CORRUPTION of THE SPIRIT. JESUS was never sick from any kind of illness in his entire life upon the earth because HE was free from SIN. Disease is a result of SIN, and GOD will not allow anyone with a disease near to HIM, as HE will also not allow anyone with SIN near to HIM. Any of the CONGREGATION of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL who had any sort of illness were considered UNCLEAN, and could not come amidst the CONGREGATION for certain periods of time. These periods of time varied depending on the particular illness.

P260

Laws Regarding Sexuality

P260

THE LORD has specific LAWS governing one's sexual behavior. These are clearly WRITTEN in chapter 18 of the Book of Leviticus. As we have discussed earlier in this BOOK, the "UNCOVERING of ANOTHER PERSON'S NAKEDNESS", is an act of having a sexual activity with a person who has been dedicated or is related to another family member through kinship or marriage. THE LORD is quite clear on these MORAL STANDARDS. GOD forbids anyone should have any sexual activity with a woman during her female cycle. HE also forbids anyone to have any homosexual relationships, as either of these ACTS are considered IMMORAL and is an ABOMINATION unto GOD!

P260

The woman's female cycle is a blood cleansing period prior to ovulation and during that period of time, the woman is considered to be UNCLEAN as she is disposing of her bodily wastes. Homosexual relationships are a fleshly sexual act and not an act of love! The ACT of HOMOSEXUAL behavior is an ACT AGAINST THE LORD'S making of MAN and WOMAN exclusively for each other! The Devil HATES the woman, for it was because of her that he fell from HEAVEN. One must remember that the Devil, Lucifer, is himself a homosexual and wants all his following to be just like him! The following Scripture will verify that the Devil is a HOMOSEXUAL as the Scripture speaks to his description!

P260 P261

Daniel 11:37 Neither shall he regard the GOD of his fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for he shall magnify himself above all.

P261 Kjb1611

A sexual desire without the ingredient of LOVE is a physical LUST and not a SPIRITUAL DESIRE and is driven purely by the flesh. This does not mean that two persons being of the opposite sex should not be sexually attracted to one another. This ACT should be an expression of LOVE of one towards the other, and that also those two people should still have the desire to be together after the sexual act has occurred. It must also be noted, that any sexual fantasies that occur during masturbation, (and THE LORD says that all people masturbate) is not such a sin as the aforementioned. This is because the act of masturbation is an act of a single individual appeasing one's own sexual desires without breaking GOD'S MORAL STATUTES, and is the preferred method of one's pleasing him or herself without sinning.

P261

THE LORD in Leviticus advises MOSES on these MORAL VALUES and STANDARDS because HE KNOWS that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL will soon be entering into the land of Canaan where all of these forbidden acts are performed routinely. The people that lived in the land of Canaan were continually offering sacrifices to devils and sacrificing their own children in unholy religious ceremonies. THE LORD WARNS MOSES against these immoral acts and also WARNS that if the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were to participate in this type of behavior, THEY WOULD BE CUT OFF FROM ISRAEL!

P261

Leviticus 18:30 Therefore shall ye keep mine ordinance, that ye commit not any one of these ABOMINABLE CUSTOMS, which were committed before you, and that ye DEFILE not yourselves therein: I AM THE LORD your GOD.

P261 Kjb1611

Laws regarding personal behavior

P261

THE LORD instructs MOSES that once the people settle into the land and they have planted their crops that they should not mingle the various types of seed. HE also TELLS MOSES that they should also leave some of the fruit and the vegetables in the field after their initial picking of their crops for the poor, for the stranger, and for the fatherless.

P261 P262

GOD further INSTRUCTS MOSES that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL should not lie to one another, or deal falsely, nor rob each other, nor cheat anyone out of their wages, and that they should fairly measure all that is either to be sold or to be bought. They also should not crossbreed any of their animals, nor make any garments from linen mingled with wool. GOD also tells MOSES when a tree that bears fruit is planted that the fruit of it should not be gathered or eaten for the first three years, but it should rather be left on the vine. THE LORD tells MOSES that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL should love their neighbor as they love themselves (just as JESUS had said to HIS Disciples), and that any stranger that lives among them should be treated like a family member.

P262

THE LORD also WARNS MOSES against the CHILDREN of ISRAEL having any dealings whatsoever with witches or wizards, with those that have familiar spirits (those who talk to the dead), or enchanters, or astrologers, or Devil worshipers. THE LORD further instructs MOSES to tell the people about their sexual behavior and how it should be governed. And, also, how the CHILDREN of ISRAEL should not have any sexual encounters between fathers and daughters, brothers and sisters, mothers and sons, or man with man or woman with woman, or mankind with any animal of any sort.

P262

The penalties for anyone committing one of these acts was that they were to be stoned to death. HOWEVER THESE PENALTIES NO LONGER APPLY BECAUSE JESUS CHRIST abolished capital punishment! So even though these acts are still against GOD'S STATUTES and PRECEPTS for ALL of MANKIND, the penalties for committing these acts or for that matter even the breaking of any of GOD'S LAWS, are no longer punishable by death. THEREFOR, by the AUTHORITY of JESUS CHRIST, CAPITAL PUNISHMENT WAS ABOLISHED and man does not have the right to take another persons LIFE, other than in self-defense, or in an act of war, or by accident, or by unintentional negligence. This can be CONFIRMED through the Scriptures of the GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST.

P262

In Chapter 8, of the GOSPEL of John: A woman, who was caught in the act of ADULTERY (which was a crime punishable by death), was brought before JESUS. The Pharisees in an act to trick JESUS thought to put HIM into a "NO WIN SCENARIO". The Jews at that time were not allowed by Roman Law to put anyone to death. However, by the LAW given by MOSES, ADULTERY was a crime that was punishable by death. When JESUS was asked what should be done with the woman that was caught in the act of ADULTERY, if HE were to say "stone her", then HE would be breaking the Roman Law. If he were to say "free her", then HE wasn't abiding by MOSES' LAW. But what JESUS SAID WAS, "HE THAT IS WITHOUT SIN AMONG YOU, LET HIM FIRST CAST A STONE AT HER".

P262 P263

After JESUS SPOKE these WORDS they all through their own guilt left one by one until there was only JESUS and the ADULTERESS left there. What JESUS was demonstrating in the Scripture, is that no man is worthy to condemn another to death. If a person should be accused of breaking one of either GOD'S LAWS or man's laws then that person should be justly tried for the crime. If they are found guilty and convicted of the crime they should be imprisoned and put into hard labor, for as many days as the crime may warrant, even up to the balance of that person's life. But those in conviction of that person must REMEMBER that it was GOD that gave that person their life and that only HE MAY TAKE IT FROM THEM! Imprisonment and hard labor will give that person MANY HOURS to consider the crime that they committed and also a chance to REPENT for that crime.

P263

Until the TIME of JESUS CHRIST it was LIFE for LIFE, eye for eye, and tooth for tooth. But JESUS gave his LIFE willingly for ALL of MANKIND. JESUS PAID THE PRICE FOR ALL CRIME WITH HIS LIFE, even though HE HIMSELF had never committed a CRIME!

P263

Rules regarding Priesthood and Feasts

P263

The Priests that were allowed to go behind the VEIL had certain rules that they had to comply with before doing so. One of those RULES was that THE LORD would not allow anyone in the Priesthood that had any blemish whatsoever on him to come in behind the VEIL. All of the Priests at that time were of the family of Aaron and THE LORD wanted to make clearly known to MOSES those who could and those who could not come behind the VEIL. This was for their own protection, however, when you READ the specifics in the Book of Leviticus on the rules, they may seem to be a bit odd. The ANGELS assigned to PROTECT THE THRONE of GOD take their responsibilities most seriously. Any ill or maimed, or disfigured, or dwarfed, or gimped, or blind, or deaf, or speechless person, even though GOD LOVES THEM, would be considered by the ANGEL to be a THREAT to THE THRONE of GOD.

P263

These varying defects are viewed to be unholy in the same manner as SIN and when identified by the ANGEL as being in the PRESENCE of GOD, persons with those defects would be immediately CONSUMED by FIRE for PURIFICATION purposes. THE HOLY cannot be commingled with the unholy, even for a moment! This is why GOD gave you JESUS CHRIST, so that man even being imperfect could be commingled with HIM through JESUS who is the PERFECT MAN, THE LAMB without blemish!

P263 P264

The Book of Leviticus also covers other rules as well as the aforementioned. The Priests who came BEHIND the VEIL could not come near to any dead persons except under certain conditions due to the Priest's relationship with the deceased. However, even then the Priests were considered to be unclean for a specified time and had a time period and a methodology for PURIFICATION prior to them coming behind THE VEIL. The HIGH PRIEST (Aaron) could never go near to a dead body even if it was his own mother or father. The Priests were also forbidden to marry outside of virginity, or outside of the LINEAGE of the Tribe of Levi. The Levite PEDIGREE had to remain INTACT and any marriage outside of the Levites would cause that person to be removed from the Priesthood. Any VIOLATIONS of these RULES for a person coming behind the VEIL would result in their immediate death by consummation with FIRE. In Chapter 10 of the Book of Leviticus it tells of how Aaron's two sons, Na'-dab and A-bi'-hu who had been drinking wine and went BEHIND the VEIL, were consumed by FIRE! This was for their offering of strange incense in their censors while they were behind the VEIL. After that incident, GOD forbade the Priests to drink either wine or strong drink prior to them coming unto HIM.

P264

The Feasts and the Sabbaths

P264

The feasts and SABBATHS that THE LORD said that all generations must observe are compiled in the following list. These days of feasts and SABBATHS always begin at sundown (even) on the day before, and end at sundown (even) on the final day.

P264

1. The SEVENTH day SABBATH (To be observed each and every week)
2. The feast of WEEKS (SEVEN weeks after the gathering of the HARVEST)
3. The FEAST of the PASSOVER (The 14th day of April)
4. The FEAST of unleavened bread (The 15th day through the 21st day of April)
5. The DAY of TRUMPETS (The 1st day of October)
6. The day of ATONEMENT (the 10th day of October)
7. The FEAST of the TABERNACLES (The 15th day through the 21st day of October)
P264

Even though only the Jewish Faith recognizes these days as HOLY DAYS, all those who are chosen to enter into GOD'S REST (THE MILLENNIUM) will observe THESE HOLY DAYS in THE MILLENNIUM!

P265

Jubilee

P265

THE LORD told MOSES while he was yet on Mount Sinai that when the people come into the Promised Land, HE was going to allow them for the first six years to plant and harvest their crops. However, on the SEVENTH YEAR the land that had been planted previously should receive rest. GOD furthermore tells MOSES that this practice should continue throughout all of the Children of ISRAEL'S generations. The SEVENTH YEAR would then be declared a SABBATH YEAR and HALLOWED, and whatever the land had produced on it's own (without re-seeding or cultivation) on the SEVENTH YEAR could then be freely eaten by ALL. However, that which had grown on its own during the SEVENTH YEAR, could not be gathered nor stored or sold. Any person who lived on the land or had worked the land could during the SABBATH YEAR come and take what they needed for food without being charged for it by the Landlord. THE LORD also said that HE would BLESS the sixth year's harvest and it would produce enough food to feed them for THREE YEARS. The excess of that sixth year's harvest was to be laid up in their storehouses for the coming year of rest when they could neither plant nor harvest.

P265

THE LORD also tells MOSES that when SEVEN SABBATHS of YEARS (49 years) had past, that on the 10th day of the SEVENTH MONTH (October 10th "The Day of Atonement") they were to SOUND the TRUMPET, and HALLOW the 50th year, and proclaim it to be the year of JUBILEE.

P265

Up until the year of JUBILEE anything that had belonged originally to a family and was sold for whatsoever reason to another individual, the original owner would have the right to buy it back. If that person could not afford to buy it back prior to JUBILEE, then one of his next to kin could do so for him with the price of REDEMPTION declining in accordance with the amount of years that the new owner had the use of the land. However, in the YEAR of JUBILEE the land would automatically be returned to its original owner.

P265

JUBILEE not only applied to the land but it also applied to dwellings and as well to persons who may have been sold as Servants to a landlord. The Servants were also to be released in the YEAR of JUBILEE, if they or a family member prior to JUBILEE had not already redeemed them. This applied only to those servants that chose to leave the Landlord. The Servant could be redeemed with money prior to JUBILEE as was the land at a declining price based on their years of service that they had given against their obligation to the Landlord. This redemption of the Servant could be done by either themselves or by next of kin.

P265 P266

Those who had been sold into service as Servants that were of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, were to be treated as hired help and paid wages, and could not be treated like slaves. Only the heathen could be put into slavery and bought and sold freely as property, and the YEAR of JUBILEE would therefor not apply to the heathen. Those who were not of the Children of ISRAEL who had been circumcised and WORSHIPED GOD and lived among them, were to be treated the same as the Children of ISRAEL.

P266

THE LORD implemented the STATUTE of JUBILEE to insure that the land would be passed down from generation to generation within its original family ownership. This was done to protect the future generations from loss of their land and their possessions, due to their predecessors squandering or carelessly losing their inheritance. A person outside of the original owner's family could only have use of the land for FIFTY YEARS, with the land eventually returning to the family that GOD had originally given it to. *18

P266

*18 It is important for one to know ALL of THE LAWS, PRECEPTS and STATUTES given in the OLD TESTAMENT because they will still apply both in the MILLENNIUM and as well in HEAVEN. This is also why JESUS said that HE did not come to CHANGE the LAWS, but rather to FULFILL them. GOD USES THIS METHODOLOGY in the DISTRIBUTION and in the GOVERNING of HIS CHILDREN'S INHERITANCE. GOD'S LAWS WILL PREVAIL THROUGHOUT ETERNITY!

P266

6.8 The Book of Numbers *19

P266

*19 Before we get into the Book of Numbers I want you to UNDERSTAND the meaning of the WORDS "LAW", "PRECEPTS", and "STATUTES" as to their INTENDED meaning when used in THE HOLY SCRIPTURES. The WORD "LAW" means GOD'S LAWS governing both MORAL and SPIRITUAL BEHAVIOR. The WORD "PRECEPTS" applies to GOD'S RULES governing one's SPIRITUAL BEHAVIOR, and the WORD "STATUTES" applies to GOD'S RULES governing one's MORAL BEHAVIOR. An example of this is when one gets involved in Satanic rituals he or she is most definitely breaking one of GOD'S PRECEPTS. On the other hand, homosexual behavior would be the BREAKING of one of GOD'S STATUTES. Although both are SINS, the BREAKING of a PRECEPT can very easily DAMN one's ETERNITY if the SIN COMMITTED is a BLASPHEMY against THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD.

P266 P267

The fourth Book of MOSES called Numbers, opens with GOD telling MOSES to take a census of all the tribes of ISRAEL. The census is to be taken of all the MALES from the ages of twenty and upward except for the tribe of Levi. The reason THE LORD has MOSES number only the MALES are because GOD is preparing them for war. With the upper age limit being forty-nine years old and the lower age limit being twenty years old for the warrior, the total of those numbered for being warriors is 603,550. THE LORD considers a person at the age of twenty years old to be accountable to themselves for their actions therefor making them fit for battle. On the other hand, a person fifty years of age and older was considered to be too old for battle. *20

P266 P267

*20 These same lower age standards apply to a person's responsibility for their own SIN as it also begins at the age of twenty, and then continues on until they die. So any sin that is committed by a child nineteen years of age or younger, the burden for those SINS is put upon the SOULS of their parents. The only exception to this rule is if the child on their own accord leaves the family for either marriage or their own emancipation from the family. Only then are the parents free from the burden of the children's SINS. However, this does not apply to those parents who choose to put the child out of the family prior to the age of twenty, for any reason whatsoever. The burden of SIN will still be placed upon those parents' SOULS even though those children may reside outside of the household of the family. GOD holds parents accountable for the actions of their children, so the parent should use whatever means possible to correct them for their actions.

P267

The SERVICE TO GOD for the Levites

P267

GOD tells MOSES to ANOINT his brother Aaron so that Aaron may be HIS High Priest. GOD also appoints Aaron's two remaining sons, E-le-a'-zar and Ith'-a-mar to both minister in the Priest's office. GOD has MOSES and Aaron bring the Levites before them so they may instruct the Levites on their specific duties in regard to the care, transportation, the setting up, and the taking down of the TABERNACLE and the ARK of the COVENANT. GOD places Aaron and his two sons over all the Levites and PROCLAIMS that the Levites are to be HIS Priests and Ministers throughout all their generations. GOD tells MOSES that HE has done this because when HE had killed all the firstborn in the land of Egypt, HE HALLOWED all the FIRSTBORN in ISRAEL, thus making them HIS. Instead of GOD taking all the FIRSTBORN in ISRAEL to be HIS Priests and Ministers, GOD had substituted the Levites for the FIRSTBORN in ISRAEL, proclaiming the Levites for HIMSELF.

P267

THE LORD tells MOSES to NUMBER ALL the Levite males from one month old and upward. MOSES does as THE LORD has told him to do and he does so in accordance with their families. The combined total of the census of all the Levite males from one month old and upward numbered 22,000. THE LORD then gives MOSES instructions to NUMBER all the FIRSTBORN males of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL (excluding the Levites), from one month old and upward to see how they compare to the number of the Levite males. After MOSES takes the count he finds that the combined total of the FIRSTBORN males of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL numbered 22,273.

P267 P268

Then for the 273-person difference found between the FIRSTBORN of CHILDREN of ISRAEL as opposed to the NUMBER of the Levite males, THE LORD tells MOSES that the 273-person difference can be REDEEMED with money. So MOSES collects from the CHILDREN of ISRAEL the price of the REDEMPTION MONEY for that 273-person difference, and then gives that money to Aaron and his sons for the price of redemption.

P268

NOTE: With Aaron and his sons representing GOD'S TREASURY, the payment of that money to them for the difference in the head count is considered to be the same as a payment made directly to THE LORD, for the 273-person difference.

P268

THE LORD instructs MOSES as to what responsibilities each family within the Tribe of Levi will have in regard to THE TABERNACLE, THE ARK, and ALL of THE OTHER HOLY ITEMS. GOD assigns the Levites by family to the various tasks required for the setting up and the taking down and for the transport of all those ITEMS. The setting up and the taking down of ALL THE HOLY ARTICLES that were to be behind the VEIL could only to be done by Aaron or his sons. The Levites could only touch those HOLY ARTICLES after they had been properly wrapped with their coverings. THE LORD WARNS MOSES that if anybody should touch even one of the HOLY ARTICLES prior to their covering, that person would be immediately CONSUMED by FIRE. The HOLY ARTICLES that were referred to were those SPECIFIC ARTICLES that sat BEHIND THE VEIL.

P268

The Law of Jealousies

P268

If a man had suspected that his wife had committed ADULTERY and was jealous by reason of it, and if she had denied any infidelity, then that woman would be brought before the Priest with a JEALOUSY offering. The Priest would then take HOLY WATER that sat BEHIND the VEIL and mix into it dust from off the floor of the TABERNACLE from below the ALTAR. The woman would then be brought before THE LORD with her head uncovered and her offering in her hand. The Priest would then have the woman swear an oath of innocence; thus proclaiming her innocence before GOD, and to also proclaim her willingness to accept a curse that would be put upon her if she had lied. The curse she was to receive if she had lied was; that after she drank the HOLY WATER that was mixed with the dust from off the floor of the TABERNACLE her belly would then swell and her thigh would rot.

P268 P269

PROCEDURE: The Priest would write the curse into a book that was kept within the TABERNACLE and then blot the woman's name that was written next to the curse, with the WATER and the DUST THAT CAUSES THE CURSE. At that time then the woman would be made to drink the water, and the Priest would take the woman's JEALOUSY OFFERING and wave it before THE LORD, and then offer it upon the ALTAR. If the woman had lied then the curse would come to pass: and her belly would swell and her thigh would rot. If she had not lied, then the woman would be BLESSED by conceiving and bearing a child. *21

P269

*21 In the entire Old Testament the Jealousy testing and offering is the only circumstance where HOLY WATER is used to proclaim one's innocence. The water had to be brought BEHIND THE VEIL and be in the PRESENCE of GOD for it to become HOLY, which was only one of the ingredients needed for the CURSE. It also required the DUST from below the ALTAR of GOD to become COMPLETE. ONLY GOD BY HIS SANCTIFICATION and CONSECRATION CAN MAKE SOMETHING OF THIS EARTH HOLY! A PRIEST THAT HAS BEEN BEHIND THE VEIL CAN ONLY PERFORM THIS ACT AFTER GOD HAS HALLOWED HIM! GOD IS HOLY AND ONLY HE CAN HALLOW. Water deemed by the Church to be "Holy Water", is nothing more than plain old "H2O" and CANNOT SANCTIFY anything!

P269

The Law of the Nazarite

P269

A Nazarite is a person who has dedicated himself exclusively to the SERVICE of GOD. ONLY A MALE CAN ASSUME THIS RESPONSIBILITY! The person taking the oath of the Nazarite can specify the time and duration of their SERVICE that they will be giving to GOD at the time of their oath. A parent also can make a Nazarite dedication for their child, but this DEDICATION must be done prior to the child's conception. However, PARENTAL DEDICATION for the Nazarite must be a lifetime dedication of SERVICE to GOD. Some of the better known Nazarites are Samson, Samuel, and John the Baptist, although there were many, many, more than just these three. Elijah was also a Nazarite! However the HOLY BIBLE does not specifically address him as one. GOD gave varying SUPERNATURAL POWERS to all of the Nazarites, who were dedicated prior to conception, and they are most often referred to in the Scriptures, as MEN of GOD! These men were all GREATLY feared by the people and were often avoided because of those GREAT GOD GIVEN POWERS.

P269

Due to the Nazarite being CONSECRATED by GOD for service to HIM, there were certain Laws that applied only to the Nazarite. The Nazarite was FORBIDDEN to drink wine, or vinegar, or strong drink of any type. Nor could they eat anything that grew on a vine whatsoever. They were never allowed to cut their hair during their time as a Nazarite or come in contact with any dead person except during battle. They could not even be near to a parent after their death, and if it so happened that a person should die in their presence, suddenly, where they could not avoid it, then PURIFICATION was necessary for that exposure.

P270

This PURIFICATION consisted of the Nazarite having to shave their head completely SEVEN days after the event had occurred, and then come before the Priest on the eighth day for their PURIFICATION. An offering would be made of two pigeons, or two turtledoves that were brought by the Nazarite to the Priest for a SACRIFICE to GOD. The Priest would offer one of the SACRIFICES for a SIN OFFERING and one of the SACRIFICES for a BURNT OFFERING. The Priest would HALLOW the Nazarite's head by the burning of his hair at the ALTAR, because he had been in the presence of the dead and had DEFILED his head. After the Nazarite had been PURIFIED, he must bring on the following day a TRESPASS OFFERING. This SACRIFICE of a TRESPASS OFFERING was due from him for the time that he had lost in his SERVICE to GOD while he was DEFILED.

P270

Once the duration of the Nazarite's service to GOD had been fulfilled, the Nazarite would then come before the door of the TABERNACLE with his SACRIFICE, and while there shave the hair from his head in the presence of the Priest. The Priest would take the SACRIFICE brought by the Nazarite and offer it upon the ALTAR, and burn the hair from the Nazarite's head in the fire from beneath the ALTAR. The Laws governing the Nazarite would be then waived by GOD and would no longer apply to that man for he had fulfilled his service as a Nazarite. Nearly all of the Prophets as well as those referred to as "MEN of GOD" in the Old Testament had sworn the oath of the Nazarite, and carried out their duties in accordance with the Laws of the Nazarite.

P270

GOD'S COURSE and DIRECTION

P270

THE LORD instructs MOSES to make two silver TRUMPETS and these TRUMPETS would act as a public address system to the people. There were certain soundings (the number of blasts of the TRUMPET) that would indicate certain events. The TRUMPETS were also used to INDICATE GOD'S MOVEMENT. During the day a CLOUD would hover over the TABERNACLE and FIRE would hover over the TABERNACLE by night. There was always someone who would stand watch over the CLOUD or the FIRE to see if it were to move. When either the CLOUD or the FIRE would lift up above the TABERNACLE the TRUMPETS would be sounded, so the people would know that GOD wanted them to move to another place. They would pack up all their belongings and follow the CLOUD by day or the FIRE by night UNTIL IT SETTLED. It was GOD who would determine the Children of ISRAEL'S comings and goings.

P270 P271

GOD also instructed MOSES as to how the twelve tribes of ISRAEL would be situated about the TABERNACLE when they were camped. GOD even determined which group of people was to be the first to pack up and leave as well as to whom was the first to set up camp. This same sequence would also apply in the event of a war, as to who would be forward and lead and who would be flanked. The CLOUD or the FIRE would hover over the ARK of the COVENANT and would travel in the direction that the people were to go, so it ALWAYS hovered over the forward most part of the people and acted as their COMPASS. Those who carried the ARK would always observe the direction in which the CLOUD or the FIRE would go and that was the direction that the ARK would go and all the people would follow after it. THE LORD was also THE ONE who went out first in a time of battle, and when THE LORD would go out before the people to battle, they ALWAYS defeated their enemies.

P271

Numbers 10:35 And it came to pass, when the ARK set forward, that MOSES said, RISE UP, LORD, and let thine enemies be scattered; and let them that hate thee flee before thee.

P271 Kjb1611

Numbers 10:36 And when it rested, he said, RETURN, O LORD, unto the many thousands of ISRAEL. *22

P271 Kjb1611

*22 With the Children of ISRAEL consisting of over one and one-half million people, GOD could move the lot of them by the aforementioned procedure in less than two hours. They could either make camp, or break camp and be on the move, in an extremely short period of time!

P271

MOSES' Frustration

P271

With the people having only MANNA to eat most of the time, they were continually complaining to MOSES over and over again and this displeased THE LORD that these people were never satisfied. On one occasion THE LORD sent an ANGEL as a FIRE around the perimeter of the camp and the FIRE consumed all those at the outer camp boundary. When the people saw what GOD was doing out of HIS ANGER they became extremely frightened. They then cried out to MOSES for him to PRAY to GOD to stop HIS WRATH against ISRAEL. Once MOSES cried out to THE LORD GOD of ISRAEL on the behalf of the Children of ISRAEL, GOD WOULD QUENCH HIS ANGER against the people, FOR GOD LOVED MOSES!

P271 P272

The people still continually complained about them not having any meat to eat. This DISPLEASED both THE LORD and MOSES because of their continual complaints and THE LORD'S anger was again kindled against the Children of ISRAEL. MOSES asked THE LORD why he alone had the responsibility to care for all these people? MOSES also told THE LORD that the people's continual complaints were becoming more than he could bear. THE LORD tells MOSES to gather together the SEVENTY ELDERS of the Tribes of ISRAEL, and once they are gathered together, to bring them to the door of the TABERNACLE. THE LORD also tells MOSES that GOD will come down (DESCEND) and take some of the SPIRIT that HE had put upon MOSES, and put some of that same SPIRIT upon the SEVENTY ELDERS. GOD says that once HE has done this that the SEVENTY ELDERS could share in MOSES responsibility. THE LORD then gave MOSES the WORDS to say to the people.

P272

Numbers 11:18 And say thou unto the people, SANCTIFY yourselves against to morrow, and ye shall eat flesh: for ye have wept in the EARS of THE LORD, saying, Who shall give us flesh to eat? For it was well with us in Egypt: therefore THE LORD will give you flesh, and ye shall eat.

P272 Kjb1611

THE LORD further tells MOSES that HE will give them enough meat to last them an entire month. MOSES in turn asks THE LORD, "Where is this meat going to come from? Should they then kill all their cattle and their herds of sheep? Or should they gather all the fish out of the sea, and how should GOD be able to give all these people meat to eat"? THE LORD then SAYS to MOSES, is anything too difficult for THE LORD?

P272

Once MOSES calls the SEVENTY ELDERS to the door of the TABERNACLE, only sixty-eight of the SEVENTY show up. THE LORD then DESCENDED in a CLOUD and placed some of the SPIRIT that was upon MOSES upon the sixty-eight ELDERS that were at the door, just as GOD had said HE would do. GOD even put some of the SPIRIT upon the two who did not show up at the TABERNACLE and remained in their tents, even though they had not come to the door of THE TABERNACLE. Then once THE SPIRIT of GOD came upon the SEVENTY, they ALL began to speak in TONGUES (HEBREWAH), and this was rumored about the camp. Joshua not being present at the TABERNACLE DOOR came and told MOSES about the two who were not at the assembly who were now speaking in TONGUES, Joshua asks MOSES shouldn't MOSES be forbidding the two who had not shown up at the TABERNACLE DOOR from PROPHESYING (Speaking in TONGUES)?

P272 P273

Numbers 11:29 And MOSES said unto him, Enviest thou for my sake? Would GOD that all THE LORD'S people were Prophets, and that THE LORD would put HIS SPIRIT upon them!

P273 Kjb1611

THE LORD did as HE said HE would do! GOD brought forth a wind from the sea and in the wind there were quails that were then scattered over seven square miles of land. The quails were thirty-six inches deep in all directions emitting from the center of the camp to well outside of it! The people then lusted after the quail like wild animals and this further angered THE LORD. Then all those who did eat in excess and gorged themselves with the quail died, because THE LORD had put a PLAGUE upon them.

P273

Numbers 11:34 And he called the name of that place Kib'-rothhat-ta-a-vah: because there they buried the people that lusted.

P273 Kjb1611

MOSES' AUTHORITY CHALLENGED!

P273

MOSES' wife Zip-po'-rah being an Ethiopian woman had quite dark skin. This caused both Miriam and Aaron (MOSES' brother and sister) to make condemnations to the people in regard to MOSES' mixed marriage. The two were also openly questioning MOSES' AUTHORITY to lead them, and saying to the people, that GOD had also spoken through them as well as MOSES. They questioned why they shouldn't be leading the people rather than MOSES, who had married outside of the Children of ISRAEL? This never really bothered MOSES when hearing this murmuring, as the POWER that GOD had given to MOSES seemed to him at times to be more of a curse rather than a BLESSING. HOWEVER, this most certainly DISPLEASED THE LORD! GOD after hearing what Aaron and Miriam had said regarding MOSES' AUTHORITY, came down in a CLOUD VERY ANGRY and called MOSES, Aaron, and Miriam to the door of the TABERNACLE.

P273

Numbers 12:6 AND HE SAID, HEAR NOW MY WORDS: IF THERE BE A PROPHET AMONG YOU, I THE LORD WILL MAKE MYSELF KNOWN UNTO HIM IN A VISION, AND WILL SPEAK UNTO HIM IN A DREAM.

P274 Kjb1611

Numbers 12:7 MY SERVANT MOSES IS NOT SO, WHO IS FAITHFUL IN ALL MINE HOUSE.

P274 Kjb1611

Numbers 12:8 WITH HIM WILL I SPEAK MOUTH TO MOUTH, EVEN APPARENTLY, AND NOT IN DARK SPEECHES; AND THE SIMILITUDE OF THE LORD SHALL HE BEHOLD: WHEREFORE THEN WERE YE NOT AFRAID TO SPEAK AGAINST MY SERVANT MOSES?

P274 Kjb1611

After THE LORD had spoken these words to Aaron and Miriam, HE DEPARTED IN ANGER. Miriam immediately became LEPROUS from head to toe as though she had been born a leper. Once Aaron had seen what THE LORD had done to Miriam, he cried out to MOSES asking him for forgiveness. MOSES in turn CRIED OUT TO THE LORD on behalf of Miriam, and THE LORD SAID to MOSES, PUT HER OUT OF THE CAMP FOR SEVEN DAYS, and then HE WOULD HEAL HER AFFLICTION. (After this event, Miriam's name is only mentioned once more regarding her death and is never mentioned again throughout the Scriptures of the TORAH.) *23

P274

*23 MOSES, being born of the HOLY SPRIT was certainly more than a Prophet. Each and every time that THE HOLY SPIRIT COMES DOWN AS THE DELIVERER, in the form of a PERSON, THAT PERSON IS EMPOWERED to do MORE than the previous PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT was able to do. NOAH being the first DELIVERER was EMPOWERED to build the ARK and to gather up all the animals of the earth. JOSEPH, BEING THE SECOND DELIVERER WAS EMPOWERED TO RECEIVE VISIONS AND DREAMS, and was GIVEN by GOD GREAT EARTHLY AUTHORITY. MOSES BEING THE THIRD DELIVERER WAS EMPOWERED TO BRING ABOUT PLAGUES, AND CURSES, AND BLESSINGS, AND MIRACLES OF ALL SORTS. WHEN THE HOLY SPIRIT COMES AGAIN, AS THE 182 PERSON, HIS EMPOWERMENT SHALL BE UNLIMITED and WITHOUT MEASURE! HE SHALL COMMAND THE HEAVENS AND THE EARTH, AND THEY SHALL OBEY!

P274

The Prophet Micah confirms this in his Scriptures!

P274

Micah 7:15 According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him MARVELLOUS THINGS.

P274 Kjb1611

Micah 7:16 The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf.

P275 Kjb1611

Micah 7:17 They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of THE LORD our GOD, and shall fear because of thee.

P275 Kjb1611

Failure to TRUST in THE LORD!

P275

With the CHILDREN of ISRAEL now nearing the River Jordan and soon to be entering into the land of Canaan. THE LORD instructs MOSES to select one person from each of the TWELVE TRIBES, so they may go out before them and spy out the land. MOSES selects one member from each of the tribes omitting the tribe of Levi, as the tribe of Levi BELONGED to THE LORD. MOSES, in keeping the NUMBER of TRIBES to TWELVE, selects two from the tribe of JOSEPH. Namely, one from the tribe of E'-phra-im, and one from the tribe of Ma-nas'-seh, with E'-phra-im and Ma-nas -seh both being the sons of JOSEPH. The tribe of E'-phra-imn was the replacement for the tribe of Levi and the tribe of Ma-nas'-seh represented the tribe of JOSEPH. Instructions were given to those who were sent to spy out the land. They were told that they should look over the land to see how productive the land was and they were also supposed to search out where the cities were located and what kind of defenses those cities had.

P275

After the TWELVE Tribal Representatives had spent forty days of spying in the land of Canaan, they returned having brought back with them, grapes and pomegranates and figs that were growing abundantly in the land. But the report coming from all but two of the twelve spies were that the land that they were about to POSSESS was very well defended by at least four different groups of people. They also informed MOSES that they had spotted some of the Angelic-off-spring living in the land who were GIANTS, men of great stature. They referred to the Angelic-offspring (the Anakim) as GIANTS and ten of the TWELVE spies proclaimed that The CHILDREN of ISRAEL could not take this land because they could not defeat these GIANTS!

P275

Numbers 13:32 And they brought up an evil report of the land which they had searched unto the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, saying, The Land, through which we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw in it are men of a great stature.

P275 Kjb1611 P276

Numbers 13:33 And there we saw the GIANTS, the sons of A'-nak, which come of the GIANTS: and we were in our own sight as grasshoppers, and so we were in their sight.

P276 Kjb1611

After hearing the report from ten of the spies on how the land could not be taken, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL become fearful for their lives and complain to MOSES and Aaron about it. The people were now saying that they should have never left the land of Egypt, because they had now been brought into the wilderness by GOD to die! HOWEVER, two of the TWELVE that went to spy out the land said, with GOD'S HELP we KNOW that we can defeat those who now occupy the land. These two that had FAITH in GOD were O'-she-a, (whom MOSES had renamed Joshua), and Caleb the son of Je-phun'-neh. But the people refused to believe their report and wanted to stone both Joshua and Caleb for their disagreement with the other ten spies. Due to the peoples lacking in FAITH towards GOD and their unwillingness to go into battle against the current occupants of the land, MOSES became DISTRAUGHT with the Children of ISRAEL.

P276

Once THE LORD hears about the violence that the people had towards Joshua and Caleb, and SEES their unwillingness to go out and fight for the land which THE LORD had promised their fathers, HE AGAIN appears at the DOOR of the TABERNACLE before all the people.

P276

Numbers 14:11 And THE LORD said unto MOSES, HOW LONG WILL THIS PEOPLE PROVOKE ME? AND HOW LONG WILL IT BE ERE THEY BELIEVE ME, FOR ALL THE SIGNS WHICH I HAVE SHEWED AMONG THEM?

P276 Kjb1611

Numbers 14:12 I WILL SMITE THEM WITH THE PESTILENCE, AND DISINHERIT THEM, AND WILL MAKE OF THEE A GREATER NATION AND MIGHTIER THAN THEY.

P276 Kjb1611

After MOSES sees that THE LORD once again wants to destroy ISRAEL, MOSES pleads with THE LORD that HE quench HIS ANGER and have mercy on the people and excuse their ignorance. He reminds THE LORD as to what the Egyptians would say when they hear that GOD had DESTROYED all of HIS PEOPLE? MOSES further tells THE LORD that once the Egyptians hear of ISRAEL'S fate they will say, that the GOD of ISRAEL could not DELIVER these people into the land that HE had promised them, so HE therefor DESTROYED them ALL in the wilderness.

P276 P277

GOD after hearing MOSES' plea, agrees with MOSES that HE should not DESTROY ISRAEL and decides to pardon them. But GOD tells MOSES what HE will do rather then DESTROYING them. GOD reminds MOSES that The CHILDREN of ISRAEL had seen all the miracles that HE had performed in the land of Egypt and in the wilderness, yet they were still unable to TRUST in HIM. GOD said that because of their lack in FAITH, HE would not allow this particular generation of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to enter into the PROMISED LAND! GOD says, all of this generation over the age of nineteen years will die in the wilderness, excepting for Joshua and Caleb, for they were the only ones who TRUSTED in THE LORD!

P277

Due to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S lack in FAITH and TRUST in THE LORD, only Joshua and Caleb were allowed to cross over the River Jordan and enter into the PROMISED LAND. The CHILDREN of ISRAEL then wander for FORTY YEARS in the wilderness because of their LACK of FAITH in GOD, and this GENERATION never sees the PROMISED LAND!

P277

Korah's Rebellion

P277

With the AUTHORITY given to MOSES and Aaron by GOD being continually challenged by the people, a man by the name Korah of the Levites and 250 of the princes of the assembly (Levites that look after the articles of the TABERNACLE), go before MOSES and Aaron. They challenge both MOSES and Aaron's authority and threaten to take over the charge of the TABERNACLE. They tell MOSES and Aaron that they are now going to take charge over the CHILDREN of ISRAEL and the ARK of the COVENANT and TABERNACLE as well. MOSES says in response to them that they should bring their censers with them on the following day and meet at the TABERNACLE DOOR. While at the TABERNACLE they should offer up their fire before GOD and see who GOD accepts to make an offering to HIM, whether HE accepts MOSES and Aaron's OFFERING or theirs? Whosoever THE LORD allows to come near to HIM once the OFFERING has been made, they will be the ones that GOD has chosen. MOSES also explains to them that THE LORD has chosen the Levites only to serve and minister to the TABERNACLE, but not to be HIS Priests, nor could they take charge over it, as this responsibility was given ONLY to Aaron and his sons.

P277

The following day Aaron and MOSES, along with Korah and his 250 followers meet at the DOOR to the TABERNACLE. Each man in both groups had their censers in their hands full of burning incense, and prepared to make an OFFERING to THE LORD. THE LORD appears in a CLOUD by the door and THE LORD tells MOSES and Aaron to separate themselves from Korah and his men. THE LORD says that HIS patience had run out and that HE was going to CONSUME all the CHILDREN of ISRAEL for their disobedience towards HIM. MOSES again pleads for the lives of The CHILDREN of ISRAEL and begs THE LORD not to kill those who had not taken any part in Korah's rebellion. THE LORD tells MOSES to tell the entire congregation to separate themselves from Korah and any of his following.

P277 P278

MOSES goes and tells the people what THE LORD had said and how they should separate themselves immediately from Korah and his following. MOSES informs them that THE LORD was going to kill Korah for his rebellious actions, and GOD was going to do so in a way that all of the people would know that MOSES and Aaron were THE ONES GOD intended to be in charge. MOSES explains to the people that if Korah were to die in a common type of death, they would all know that THE LORD had not sent MOSES and Aaron to be in charge over them. But, if the ground were to be opened up and swallow Korah and those who followed him as well as all of their belongings, then the people should know that MOSES and Aaron had been chosen by GOD to be their leaders.

P278

Once Korah had heard the WORDS of MOSES, he was OUTRAGED. While he and his household remained standing at the door of their tents, they watched as the people withdrew themselves from them. Once the people were separated from Korah and his following, the ground opened up and swallowed Korah, his family, and all that pertained to him, and as the people watched in FEAR the ground closed over them while they were yet still alive! Meanwhile while watching this happen to Korah and his family, the Children of ISRAEL ran off in fear for their lives, but still observed what was happening from a distance. Shortly thereafter, FIRE came down from HEAVEN and consumed the 250 followers of Korah still having their censers in their hands, thus burning up them and their golden censers. THE LORD tells MOSES to take the censers that were now molten that were CONSECRATED unto HIM and HALLOWED by the FIRE, and make the censers into broad plates for a covering of the ALTAR. This would be for a memorial for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to remember to NEVER do what Korah had done.

P278

The day after GOD'S DESTROYING Korah and his following, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL gather themselves together and accuse MOSES and Aaron of being murderers, because they caused Korah and his company's death. After hearing this THE LORD again comes down to the door of the TABERNACLE and tells MOSES and Aaron to separate themselves from the CHILDREN of ISRAEL for HE HAD, HAD ENOUGH! As soon as MOSES and Aaron put some distance between them and the people, the people immediately start dying from a PLAGUE THE LORD had brought upon them. Once MOSES sees that thousands are being killed by the PLAGUE, HE hastily sends Aaron off to the TABERNACLE to get his censer filled with fire from the ALTAR, and make atonement for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. Once Aaron had gotten the censer with FIRE from the ALTAR he runs and gets between the PLAGUE and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. The PLAGUE was then halted by THE LORD, however not before fourteen thousand seven hundred people had been killed by the PLAGUE.

P278 P279

After the incident regarding Korah, and the Leadership of the other tribes still bickering for the control of the TABERNACLE of GOD, THE LORD tells MOSES to do the following. GOD says that MOSES should have each one of the TWELVE tribes take a ROD from an almond tree and then write the name of their tribe on each of the RODS. But on the ROD for tribe of Levi, write Aaron's name only, because he had been put in charge over the tribe of Levi. Then, once the RODS had been made, MOSES was to bring the TWELVE RODS into the TABERNACLE and leave them overnight. Furthermore, THE LORD tells MOSES to tell the CHILDREN of ISRAEL that THE LORD'S CHOICE for who should be in charge over the TABERNACLE, would be given to the tribe whose ROD had sprouted BUDS overnight.

P279

The next morning when MOSES went in and removed the twelve RODS from the TABERNACLE, only Aaron's ROD was BUDDED. It had not only budded and blossomed, but Aaron's ROD had even brought forth almonds out of its stem. Once the CHILDREN of ISRAEL saw that the ROD bearing Aaron's name was the only one with BUDS, they understood that only Aaron, his sons, and the tribe of Levi had the authority by GOD to oversee the TABERNACLE.

P279

Chapter 20 of the Book of NUMBERS, Full Circle?

P279

In Chapter 20 of the Book of NUMBERS the chapter opens with Miriam (MOSES and Aaron's sister) dying and being buried in Ka'-desh. The Scriptures go on to tell of the same story that had been previously told in the 17th Chapter of the Book of Exodus. This is the story about bringing forth the water out of the rock. The Scriptures in NUMBERS also repeat how MOSES failed to give GOD the GLORY by his not GLORIFYING GOD in the eyes of the people at the time of the miracle.

P279 P280

The first time this story is told in the Book of Exodus; the event takes place just shortly after the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had been DELIVERED out of EGYPT. This would put MOSES around the age of 81. However in Chapter 20 of the Book of NUMBERS, not only is this miracle referred to once again (with the water coming forth out of the rock), but it also speaks about Aaron's death. With Aaron being only three years older than MOSES and his death occurring at about the age of 120 years old, this would have put MOSES at the age of 117 at the time of Aaron's death. Is this a CONFLICT in the Scriptures? Was MOSES 117 years old at the time of this MIRACLE rather than 81 years old as the timeline would indicate in the Book of Exodus, or did this exact same event happen twice?

P280

Before these questions can be answered you must first UNDERSTAND how the WORD of GOD was COMPILED within THE HOLY BIBLE. With the exception of the Book of Genesis, Moses along with several other people wrote the Scripture that is included in the four following Books of MOSES (Exodus, Leviticus, NUMBERS, and Deuteronomy). The writing of these other four books was done over a course of many, many years, even well after the death of MOSES. Of course the bulk of the Scripture came from the writings of MOSES, however there were many insertions made to its current form.

P280

You need not be concerned as to the accuracy of THE HOLY BIBLE, for all that has been inserted into the OLD TESTAMENT is the INSPIRED WORD OF GOD! In summary what this means, is that when one READS THE HOLY BIBLE they must REMEMBER that the sequence of events taking place within the Scriptures are not necessarily in chronological order. This can be further explained if you can imagine trying to put a book into a perfect sequential order, having all of the pages available to you, but the pages are not numbered. The content of the Book would be complete, however it may not necessarily be in the proper sequential order as its AUTHORS compiled it. The Book of Revelation is purposely composed this way and cannot be put into the proper sequence without being able to discern its LAYERS. This is why the Church has so much confusion when it tries to explain The Book of Revelation and the Teachers of the Church stumble and fall about its meaning. This type of TEACHING is what JESUS CHRIST refers to as "THE BLIND, LEADING THE BLIND"! The blind are those who cannot discern the LAYERS. These teachers are those who try to teach what they themselves do not UNDERSTAND!

P280

The answer to the previously asked questions as to: "Did this event happen twice?" or "is this the same event?" can be explained as follows:

P280

The answer to the TWO previous questions is YES and NO, and NO and YES! Let me try to explain:

P280 P281

The CHILDREN of ISRAEL wandered for forty years in a relatively small area and basically walked in a big CIRCLE, with Miriam dying on one of the many times the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had passed by the area of Mer'-i-bah Ka'-desh. The person who made this particular insertion into the Book of NUMBERS, merely recalled the event that had taken place at Mer'-i-bah Ka'desh, being unaware himself which of the times the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had passed by the area. The EVENTS and the PLACES are always accurate within the Scriptures, however; the TIMES of the events are open to interpretation.

P281

GOD EXISTS IN ALL TIMES, AND ALL PLACES! So, time is irrelevant in regard to THE WORD of GOD! The "WHAT" and the "WHERE", and the "WHY" are IMPORTANT, HOWEVER: the "when" hasn't any BEARING on the TRUTH!

P281

The death of Aaron

P281

Contained also in the Scriptures of the 20th Chapter of the Book of Numbers is the death of Aaron. The Scriptures tell how MOSES was instructed by GOD to take his brother, Aaron and his brother's son, E-le-a'-zar, to the top of Mount Hor, where Aaron was to die.

P281

MOSES is also told by THE LORD that once he has reached the peak of the mountain, that he should strip Aaron of his Priestly Garments and put them on Aaron's son E-le-a'-zar, making him the next HIGH PRIEST. THE LORD also says that after MOSES has done as THE LORD has instructed him to do, Aaron will die atop the Mountain and it was as THE LORD had said it would be. Aaron died atop the mountain and MOSES came back down with E-le-a'-zar now being the High Priest REPLACING his father Aaron. The people then mourned Aaron's death for a full thirty days.

P281

The Symbol of Medicine

P281

After the death of Aaron, MOSES and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL journeyed by the shore of the Red Sea. Then shortly thereafter defeating King A'-rad of Canaan, the Children of ISRAEL start murmuring against GOD and MOSES again. The people complain to MOSES that they were tired of eating MANNA and were short of water, and they also believed that GOD by the hand of MOSES had brought them into the wilderness to die. This continual complaining by The Children of ISRAEL again angers THE LORD. So GOD IN HIS ANGER sent out a fiery serpent among them. This serpent's venom was so toxic, it caused anyone being bitten by it to die shortly after being bitten. The people now dying in mass numbers by the serpent bites, begin to humble themselves before GOD, for HIM to have MERCY on them. The people then go before MOSES admitting they had sinned against GOD and him and ask MOSES to pray for the people, for many were dying from the serpent bites.

P281 P282

MOSES PRAYS for the people for GOD to have MERCY on them. In answer to MOSES' PRAYER, GOD tells MOSES to fashion a fiery serpent on a brass pole and gather those who have been bitten by the serpents so they may look upon the brass pole MOSES had fashioned. Then after viewing the brass pole they would be healed and not die from the bite. The brass pole that was fashioned by MOSES had on it the WINGS of an ANGEL and a serpent wound around the pole. This is the same symbol used by the medical profession today, being symbolic of medicinal healing.

P282

Balaam and Balak

P282

The story of Balaam and Balak is one of the insertions that have been put into the Holy Scriptures of the Book of Numbers by someone other than MOSES, as has been earlier explained. The story begins in Chapter 22 of The Book of NUMBERS and continues through Chapter 24. When you read this story you will see that the name of MOSES is not mentioned once throughout its entirety. This is because this event wasn't well known throughout ISRAEL, however GOD wanted the event to be placed within the Holy Scriptures. This is a TRUE STORY, however because the war between the King of Moab and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL did not take place (as a result of Balaam refusing to put a curse against the CHILDREN of ISRAEL), not all of ISRAEL was aware of the details surrounding the event. This caused the event to be put into the Book of NUMBERS well after the death of MOSES.

P282

As previously explained, when MOSES had complained to THE LORD about the burden of his looking after the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, THE LORD put some of the SPIRIT that was upon MOSES, on SEVENTY of the ELDERS of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. This was done so the SEVENTY ELDERS could share in MOSES' burden. Of these SEVENTY, there were some who chronicled the events that had taken place during their journey for the forty years in the wilderness. Many of the writings of the SEVENTY ELDERS were commingled with the writings of MOSES and when Ezra compiled the OLD TESTAMENT these writings were included in the Scriptures of the last four books of MOSES. The story of Balaam and Balak is a true story chronicled by one of the SEVENTY ELDERS and was inserted by Ezra the Priest into the Book of Numbers many, many years after the event had taken place.

P282 P283

Return to Balaam and Balak

P283

When the CHILDREN of ISRAEL came into the land of Moab, the Elders of Moab were quite concerned that they might be overthrown and conquered by them. Rumors of the wars that had taken place in the surrounding kingdoms of Moab with the Children of ISRAEL, that had ultimately ended up with those Kingdoms being overthrown and DESTROYED, posed a great threat now to the Moabite people. The King of Moab, King Balak, knew with GOD fighting for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, any nation or people who would go out to war against them would be utterly destroyed. It was rummored throughout the land that complete civilizations were completely wiped out by GOD rather quickly, and the people of Moab were concerned now that the Children of ISRAEL had showed up on their land!

P283

After the one and one-half million HEBREWS showed up on the doorstep of Moab (who incidentally, was a direct descendant of ABRAHAM'S nephew, Lot), the Elders summoned Balak who was the King of Moab to go out and fight against them. Balak, being aware GOD was fighting for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL sought out a certain Enchanter by the name of Balaam, in hope Balaam would put some sort of curse against the Children of ISRAEL, so he might defeat them in battle. Balaam, although not having a personal relationship with GOD most certainly did believe in HIM, and knew that he must first seek GOD'S approval on the matter prior to him placing any curse against ISRAEL. Most of Balaam's supernatural abilities came by way of the devil, because Balaam was an Enchanter and not a Seer (a Prophet). In chapter 22, verse 20, you will see where it indicates that GOD tells Balaam to go to Balak who had summoned him. However, Balaam was being told that he should go to see Balak by the Devil and not being told this by GOD. This is why when Balaam went on his way to see Balak, GOD sent out an ANGEL to stop him. *24

P283

*24 This scenario happens several times throughout the HOLY BIBLE where the Scriptures seem to indicate that GOD has given a direction to someone, and they somehow get themselves in trouble for doing what GOD has said to do! However, the direction is actually being given to those individuals by the Devil, which is mimicking GOD! Afterwards that person who receives and follows these false instructions then receives some form of punishment by GOD for doing so. GOD WILL ALWAYS CONFIRM HIS DIRECTIONS AT LEAST ONCE, AFTER HE HAS GIVEN THEM! AND ONE SHOULD ALWAYS ASK GOD TO GIVE CONFIRMATION, WHEN THEY FEEL THEY ARE BEING DIRECTED TO DO SOMETHING IN THE NAME OF GOD! Only the TRUTH can be CONFIRMED, so therefor The Devil by deception cannot confirm anything because a lie cannot be confirmed!

P284

When Balaam finally gets to Balak, Balak then asks Balaam to place a curse against the CHILDREN of ISRAEL so he may defeat them in war. Balaam then tells King Balak that he must first confront GOD on the matter. GOD then tells Balaam that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL are to be BLESSED and should not be cursed. Balak then refusing to accept GOD'S BLESSING of ISRAEL rather than allowing him to curse ISRAEL has Balaam make an offering to GOD three times in hope of changing GOD'S MIND. Each time this offering is made to GOD, Balaam has Balak make SEVEN ALTARS and on each ALTAR make a burnt offering of SEVEN bullocks and SEVEN rams, one of each on every ALTAR. All three attempts are futile attempts to try and change GOD'S MIND, with Balaam after each and every offering continuing to BLESS the CHILDREN of ISRAEL rather than cursing them. King Balak then in frustration sends Balaam off and the war between Moab and The Children of ISRAEL is aborted. *25

P283 P284

*25 The offering made by Balaam of the SEVEN bullocks and the SEVEN rams is yet another MARKER of the prophecy of the coming of JESUS CHRIST. As previously discussed, the WORD "CHRIST" has the alphanumeric sum of the NUMBER "77". Each time this offering was made by Balaam a blessing was given to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. The BLESSING was given THREE times, thus in THE NAME OF THE FATHER. and IN THE NAME OF THE SON, and in THE NAME OF THE HOLY SPIRIT. The BLESSING given to The Children of ISRAEL is the FINAL SACRIFICE, and HIS NAME is JESUS CHRIST!

P284

The Balance of Numbers

P284

The CHILDREN of ISRAEL being in the area of MOAB start to intermingle with the Midianite people who worship a false god they have named Ba'-al. This causes many of the Children of ISRAEL to fall away from THE LORD, causing GOD to bring a plague upon them, causing twenty-four thousand of them to die!

P284

THE LORD has MOSES take another census of the men from ages twenty and upward. Nearly forty years had past since the last census and GOD prepares them again for war. THE LORD tells MOSES that he is nearing his time to die, and MOSES asks THE LORD after he dies who would take charge over the CHILDREN of ISRAEL? THE LORD tells MOSES to take O'-she-a whom MOSES had renamed Joshua, and bring him before the High Priest, and while in the presence of the entire congregation, lay his hands upon Joshua and THE LORD would pass some of MOSES' anointing on to Joshua, MOSES does as THE LORD had told him to do and GOD passes MOSES' anointing on to Joshua. The Leadership was then transferred from MOSES to Joshua, who GOD HAD CHOSEN to LEAD the CHILDREN of ISRAEL over the River Jordan and into the PROMISED LAND. *26

P284 P285

*26 Because MOSES was the living host to THE HOLY SPIRIT, and the THIRD DELIVERER, all of his anointing could not be passed along to another. Only some of MOSES' anointing could be passed along to Joshua as the Scriptures indicate. THE LORD had previously taken some of THE HOLY SPIRIT from MOSES and passed it along to the SEVENTY ELDERS, and now HE was passing some along to Joshua. No one other than MOSES could RECEIVE ALL of HIS ANOINTING. When MOSES died in the flesh, both HE and THE HOLY SPIRIT ASCENDED TO HEAVEN BEING AS ONE. With the 120 year TERM in the FLESH being fulfilled by THE HOLY SPIRIT with MOSES, THE HOLY SPIRIT AFTERWARD COULD ONLY BE WITH MAN ON A PERIODIC BASIS. HE WILL NOT DWELL WITH MAN AGAIN PERMANENTLY, UNTIL THE COMING OF JESUS CHRIST, BEING BORN AS HIS SON and SAVIOR for the world!

P285

Several years after the incident with Balaam and Balak, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL do go into battle with the Midianites (Moab), and GOD instructs MOSES to kill them all. However, the Children of ISRAEL do not follow MOSES' orders and spare the Midianite women. MOSES warns them against taking the women, because of the religious order they follow, for GOD would punish them if they did as the Midianites. *27

P285

*27 Balaam the Midianite high priest (who we had discussed a little earlier in this Chapter) had taught these Midianite women how to worship false gods. MOSES knew that these women would be a STUMBLING BLOCK to the Children of ISRAEL and would cause them to SIN against GOD. So MOSES again WARNS them that if the Midianite women begin causing the CHILDREN of Israel to sin by them following after the Midianite false gods, then GOD would bring another PLAGUE upon ISRAEL. So MOSES commands that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL kill all the Midianite women who are not virgins, but MOSES allowed those who were virgins to live and be kept by the men who had captured them. However, both they and the virgin Midianite women had to go through a SEVEN-DAY PURIFICATION process before they could come again into the congregation of GOD. You will see as we get further into the HOLY BIBLE STORY, that these Midianite women do indeed play a major role in ISRAEL'S downfall.

P285

Taking Possession of the LAND

P285

After taking control of the land in the area of Gil'-e-ad and having it now in their possession, the tribes of Reuben, Gad, and half of the tribe of Ma-nas'-seh ask MOSES if they might keep the land for themselves? With these two and one-half tribes having a great amount of cattle and sheep and the land of Gil'-ead providing good grazing for their herds, MOSES agrees to let them have the land. However a condition would apply to this agreement. The condition set forth by MOSES was that the tribes could leave their flocks and families on the Gil'-e-ad side of the Jordan, but all the men able to fight had to go over the River Jordan to help the other tribes acquire their land. Then once the other tribes had received their land, the tribes of Reuben, Gad and the half tribe of Ma-nas'-seh could return to their families and herds in Gil'-e-ad. After hearing MOSES' condition, the tribes agree with MOSES' terms, and promise to help the other tribes acquire their land across the Jordan. THE LORD tells MOSES how to set the boundaries of the land once they had taken possession of it, and what parcels would go to each of the tribes.

P285 P286

The Misunderstanding of Forgiveness

P286

Although this insertion does not necessarily pertain specifically to The Book of NUMBERS, THE LORD has asked that I further explain what FORGIVENESS means. There is a great misunderstanding about FORGIVENESS that exists in the CHRISTIAN Church today. I hear FORGIVENESS being preached continually by various church leaders and the way that it is being preached is WRONG! The Church will tell you that you must forgive someone of their wrongdoing regardless of the circumstances, and whether or not those who have done the wrongdoing ask for forgiveness or not. Let US set up a scenario and you will see how there are set conditions for forgiveness and why this misunderstanding exists in the Church TODAY.

P286

Let us take the terrorist acts that took place on September 11th 2001, the intentional killing of innocent people. Should you forgive these people that took part in this act? The answer is YES! However, there are CERTAIN requirements that MUST be met for one to RECEIVE FORGIVENESS. JESUS CHRIST told PETER when PETER had asked JESUS, how many times should he forgive someone that had sinned against him, seven times? JESUS' reply to PETER was SEVEN times SEVENTY times. JESUS also told HIS Disciples that they should always FORGIVE because their HEAVENLY FATHER FORGIVES. However, one must UNDERSTAND the CONDITIONS that GOD has set forth for FORGIVENESS. These are the same CONDITIONS that GOD has placed upon YOU for HIS FORGIVENESS.

P286

You have been given previously in this BOOK a set of NINE RULES that apply to this WORLD. I am now going to list them again and you should memorize them, for they will help you to UNDERSTAND GOD'S LAWS.

P286

In this world, YOU CANNOT HAVE:

P286

1. LIGHT without darkness
2. GOOD without evil
3. LOVE without hatred
4. BETTER without worse
5. GOODWILL without mischief
6. MERCY without punishment
7. FAITH without doubt
8. FORGIVENESS without REPENTANCE
9. DELIVERANCE without SAVING GRACE
P286 P287

As you can see by the RULE number 8, you CANNOT FORGIVE anyone who does not REPENT and ask for FORGIVENESS. Anyone who sins against you must be in agreement they have sinned against you, for you to forgive them. IF ONE DOES NOT REPENT, HE CANNOT BE FORGIVEN, for he believes he has not done anything wrong. The same CONDITIONS APPLY that apply to YOUR FORGIVENESS BY GOD. THE RULES ARE ALWAYS THE SAME! GOD WILL ONLY FORGIVE YOU AFTER YOU HAVE REPENTED of YOUR SINS TO HIM, AND YOU SHALL DO THE SAME!

P287

So in answer to the scenario of the forgiving of those involved in the terrorist acts that occurred on September 11th 2001, the answer is this: They can only be forgiven after they have REPENTED and have asked for forgiveness for their wrongdoing. If they choose not to repent, they SHALL NOT be forgiven!

P287

Luke 17:3 TAKE HEED TO YOURSELVES: IF THY BROTHER TRESPASS AGAINST THEE, REBUKE HIM; AND IF HE REPENT, FORGIVE HIM.

P287 Kjb1611

Luke 17:4 AND IF HE TRESPASS AGAINST THEE SEVEN TIMES IN A DAY, AND SEVEN TIMES IN A DAY TURN AGAIN TO THEE, SAYING, I REPENT; THOU SHALT FORGIVE HIM.

P287 Kjb1611

However, there is ONE CONDITION of SIN that will not be FORGIVEN, regardless of REMISSION and REPENTANCE of that SIN. This is a SIN against THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD! Any SINS committed against HIM will result in ETERNAL DAMNATION, for HE WILL NOT FORGIVE!

P287

However, if you are TRULY SAVED (and there are many who think they are, but are NOT!), you cannot commit this type of SIN for having been BAPTIZED and REBORN in THE HOLY SPIRIT, HE cannot SIN against HIMSELF! A SIN against THE HOLY SPIRIT is a denial of GOD and THE HOLY SPIRIT will certainly not deny HIMSELF! BEING REBORN IN THE SPIRIT MAKES YOU THE ONLY BE GOTTEN OF THE FATHER, THE SON of GOD, THEREFOR YOU ARE FOUND SINLESS!

P287 P288

6.9 Deuteronomy

P288

The fifth Book of Moses called Deuteronomy, meaning: The Refreshing of the LAW, or the 2nd giving of the Law, takes place on the Bank of the River Jordan just prior to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL'S crossing over it. At this time GOD tells MOSES that he shall not cross over the river with them into the PROMISED LAND. Once MOSES hears this he feels it is necessary to remind the Children of ISRAEL of all their past experiences and the need to reiterate the LAW to them. Of all the generation that was DELIVERED out of the Land of Egypt that was over the age of nineteen, only MOSES, Joshua, and Caleb, remain alive. After the forty years of the Children of ISRAEL wandering in the wilderness for not TRUSTING or LISTENING to THE LORD, MOSES wants to make sure that the Children of ISRAEL do not make the same mistakes over again that caused them to fall away from GOD.

P288

MOSES explains to them how he by the DIRECTION of GOD has established the foundation of their Leadership and established the LAWS for their future Judges to follow. MOSES also explains to them how their Leaders and Judges have been instructed on how to enforce and Judge in accordance to the LAWS of GOD. He also refreshes their memories as to what the results had been along the way when the CHILDREN of ISRAEL went astray from GOD'S DIRECTION. MOSES also reminds them of how the first Generation of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were denied access to the PROMISED LAND and had all died in the wilderness for their refusing to OBEY and TRUST in GOD.

P288

MOSES WARNS the Children of ISRAEL to beware of the false gods that the people in the land of Canaan worship and that if they were to worship the same gods that the Canaanite does, GOD would put a curse upon all the people. MOSES further WARNS them not to make for themselves any type of graven images of any sorts, nor worship any types of astrological things such as the sun, the moon, or the stars.

P288

MOSES knowing that the people will sin (because GOD had told him that they would) assures the people that the GOD of ISRAEL is a MERCIFUL GOD, and when they do SIN if they were to REPENT to GOD for that SIN, GOD WOULD FORGIVE them. MOSES further reminds the people as to how the previous GENERATION had feared THE LORD when they had HEARD HIM SPEAK at Mount Sinai in Horeb, when HE gave them their TEN COMMANDMENTS. So MOSES reiterates in the ears of ALL the people the TEN COMMANDMENTS given to him by GOD.

P288 P289

The people are told by MOSES that the TEN COMMANDMENTS and all the LAWS of morality given to them should be like "frontlets between their eyes", meaning they should meditate on GOD'S LAWS and teach them from generation to generation throughout all time. MOSES further tells them that the COVENANT between them and GOD hinges on all the people following after and obeying GOD'S COMMANDMENTS, LAWS, PRECEPTS, STATUTES, and JUDGMENTS.

P289

MOSES tells the people that after they cross over the River Jordan and receive the land that GOD had PROMISED to their fathers, that GOD will choose a place to put HIS NAME (SHILOH).

P289

Deuteronomy 12:10 But when ye go over Jordan, and dwell in the land which THE LORD your GOD giveth you to inherit, and when HE giveth you rest from all your enemies round about, so that ye dwell in safety;

P289 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 12:11 Then there shall be a PLACE which THE LORD your GOD shall CHOOSE to cause HIS NAME to dwell there; thither shall ye bring all that I command you; your burnt offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the heave offering of your hand, and all your choice vows which ye vow unto THE LORD:

P289 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 12:12 And ye shall rejoice before THE LORD your GOD, ye, and your sons, and your daughters, and your menservants, and your maidservants, and the Levite that is within your gates; forasmuch as he hath no part nor inheritance with you. *28

P289 Kjb1611

*28 This PROPHECY GIVEN by MOSES to the people is an ONGOING PROPHECY. The FIRST DWELLING place for THE LORD will be in SHILOH. The SECOND DWELLING PLACE of THE LORD however will not come to pass for over a thousand years after SHILOH. The SECOND DWELLING PLACE of THE LORD will be THE TEMPLE of GOD that will be built in JERUSALEM by KING SOLOMON, and during the reign of KING SOLOMON there will be a period of total peace and safety just as the Scripture so indicates. The THIRD DWELLING PLACE of THE LORD is THE TEMPLE of GOD called JESUS CHRIST. Then the FOURTH and FINAL PLACE where GOD SHALL PUT HIS NAME IS CALLED ISRAEL or ZION or more CORRECTLY CALLED, GOD'S PEOPLE!

P289

Revelation 22:3 And there shall be no more CURSE: but THE THRONE of GOD and of THE LAMB shall be in it; and HIS SERVANTS shall serve HIM:

P290 Kjb1611

Revelation 22:4 And they shall see HIS FACE; and HIS NAME shall be in their foreheads.

P290 Kjb1611

MOSES also tells the Children of ISRAEL about the forthcoming Prophets and how the Prophets will have DREAMS and VISIONS foreseeing the future. But MOSES also WARNS the people to beware of both the false Prophets and the false DREAMERS of DREAMS. MOSES says that the people should always look towards THE WORD of THE LORD for the CONFIRMATION of the Prophecy that has been GIVEN. Furthermore he says; that the false Prophet's prophecy will not come to pass, whereas the TRUE PROPHET'S PROPHECY will come to pass!

P290

MOSES details the LAWS and principles governing war and the law of the unsolved murder, laws regarding sexual morality and the law concerning divorce. MOSES recites the various laws, statutes and precepts that they must follow to remain in THE BLESSING of GOD. He continually reiterates the WARNING against worshiping false gods and idolatry, because THE LORD had forewarned MOSES that the people in the latter days would go WHORING after these false gods.

P290

After MOSES recites the LAW, he gives the people both the BLESSINGS that GOD shall give them if they ABIDE in GOD'S LAWS and the CURSES that GOD will put upon them if they do not. He then reconfirms to the people the change in command over the Children of ISRAEL that has taken place and explains how GOD has now put Joshua in charge to oversee them.

P290

MOSES instructs Joshua as to all he must do to ensure the people's continuing in OBEDIENCE to the LAW. Moses also instructs Joshua as to the importance of the Children of ISRAEL'S remaining to walk in the WAYS of THE LORD and WARNS that if they do not, then the CURSES he had warned them of will come to pass. He also instructs Joshua to remember all the FEAST DAYS and how he must routinely READ the LAW to the people.

P290

Then THE LORD AGAIN WARNS MOSES as to what will befall ISRAEL in the latter days. How the people will eventually go whoring after other gods and many evils will befall them as a result of it, thus ultimately causing HIM to BREAK HIS COVENANT with them at a later time. GOD then tells MOSES to write a SONG.

P290

Deuteronomy 31:19 Now therefore write ye this SONG for you, and teach it the CHILDREN of ISRAEL: put it in their mouths, that this SONG may be a witness for ME against the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P291 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 31:22 MOSES therefore wrote this SONG the same day, and taught it the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P291 Kjb1611

(READ THE SONG: Deuteronomy 32:1 through 32:45) MOSES then BLESSES the people and then goes up to the top of Mount Nebo, called Pis'-gah to die. While at the top of the mountain, THE LORD shows MOSES all the land that HE is going to give the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P291

Deuteronomy 34:5 So MOSES the servant of THE LORD died there in the land of Moab, according to the WORD of THE LORD.

P291 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:6 And HE buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Beth-pe'-or: but no man knoweth of his sepulchre unto this day. *29

P291 Kjb1611

*29 From this Scripture you can rest assured that the people went up on the mountain to look for MOSES' remains, however they could not find them. THIS IS BECAUSE MOSES WAS TAKEN UP TO HEAVEN: HE ASCENDED UP IN A WHIRLWIND WITH THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD!

P291

Matthew 17:1 And after six days JESUS taketh Peter, James, and John his brother, and bringeth them up into an high mountain apart,

P291 Kjb1611

Matthew 17:2 And was TRANSFIGURED before them: and HIS FACE did shine as the sun, and HIS raiment was WHITE as the LIGHT.

P291 Kjb1611

Matthew 17:3 And, BEHOLD, there appeared unto them MOSES and ELIAS talking with HIM.

P291 Kjb1611

NOTE: These last three Scriptures taken from the GOSPEL of Matthew tells you WHERE MOSES had gone from the top of Mount Nebo.

P291

Deuteronomy 34:7 And MOSES was an HUNDRED and TWENTY YEARS old when he died: his eye was not dim, nor his natural force abated.

P292 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:8 And the CHILDREN of ISRAEL wept for MOSES in the plains of Moab thirty days: so the days of weeping and mourning for MOSES were ended.

P292 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:9 And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the SPIRIT of WISDOM; for MOSES had laid his hands upon him: and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL hearkened unto him, and did as THE LORD COMMANDED MOSES.

P292 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:10 And there arose not a PROPHET since in ISRAEL like unto MOSES, whom THE LORD knew FACE to face,

P292 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:11 In all the SIGNS and the WONDERS, which THE LORD sent him to do in the land of Egypt to Pharaoh, and to all his servants, and to all his land,

P292 Kjb1611

Deuteronomy 34:12 And in all that MIGHTY HAND, and in all the GREAT TERROR which MOSES shewed in the SIGHT of all ISRAEL.

P292 Kjb1611

6.10 The Book of Joshua

P292

MOSES ASCENDED up to HEAVEN on the first day of March and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL mourned his death for thirty days. After the period of mourning, THE LORD came to JOSHUA and told him to prepare to take the CHILDREN of ISRAEL over the River Jordan. With the Jordan River nearly overflowing its banks, THE LORD tells Joshua to send the Priests bearing THE ARK of the COVENANT into the Jordan first. THE LORD tells Joshua that HE would MAGNIFY Joshua in the sight of all the people on the day that they were to cross over the River Jordan, so they would know that GOD was now with him!

P292

The Priests are then instructed by Joshua to BEAR-UP THE ARK of the COVENANT and go to the brink of the River Jordan. Once they had reached the edge of the river they should go into the water until it has reached only to their ankles, and then wait. The people are also instructed by Joshua when they see the ARK being moved they should follow along behind it. But they should not go any nearer to the ARK than two thousand cubits (one thousand yards) and should maintain that distance between themselves and the ARK until it is time for them to cross over the River Jordan.

P292 P293

As soon as the feet of the Priests that were carrying the ARK went into the water, the water began to separate and stand in a heap on the one side as though it had been dammed. The river also started to diminish as it ran down stream on the other side, therefor making a dry path through the water for the Priests bearing the ARK to pass over. As soon as the Priests BEARING the ARK had reached the middle of the River Jordan, the water had been completely parted and then the people were summoned to pass over the river. By the instruction of THE LORD, Joshua picks one man from each of the TWELVE TRIBES to gather one stone each from the middle of the Jordan River and bring the stone to the far side of the Jordan, where they will make their camp that night.

P293

THE LORD also tells Joshua that the TWELVE STONES that have been gathered from the middle of the Jordan should be set up on the far bank in the form of a pillar, for a MEMORIAL of the EVENT. THE LORD tells Joshua that this MEMORIAL would act as a reminder to them in the latter days on how THE LORD had parted the River Jordan so that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL could walk across it on dry ground. While the Priests BEARING the ARK were still standing in the middle of the Jordan, Joshua goes out to where they were standing and he gathers yet another TWELVE STONES. Joshua erects another pillar out of the second set of TWELVE STONES in the middle of the River Jordan, to mark where the feet of the Priests had stood.

P293

After the people standing on the far bank of the Jordan pass over it, Joshua then commands the Priests to come up out of the river. Once the feet of the Priests BEARING the ARK of the COVENANT had set foot on the far bank of the river, the waters returned back to their original state.

P293

So on the tenth day of April the Children of ISRAEL for the first time set their feet on the PROMISED LAND. Since they are now in the PROMISED LAND, Joshua has all the males CIRCUMCISED. This CIRCUMCISING done because during the FORTY YEARS that had past during their WANDERING in the wilderness, there were not any of the second generation who had been circumcised. On the 14th Day of April, five days after their crossing over the River Jordan, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL kept the FEAST of the PASSOVER and ate unleavened cakes and parched corn made from that which had grown in the PROMISED LAND. From that day forward, THE LORD no longer provided them with MANNA from HEAVEN to eat, for the land they were now on provided them with their food.

P293

The Battle of Jericho

P294

The first major city that had to be taken in battle, for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to take POSSESSION of their LAND, was the city of Jericho. As Joshua approaches the city of Jericho he looks up and sees the ANGEL GABRIEL with his sword drawn before him standing in his path. The ANGEL GABRIEL tells Joshua how THE LORD has given the CHILDREN of ISRAEL the city of Jericho, and GABRIEL further gives Joshua instructions as to what he must do in order to defeat Jericho in battle. *30

P294

*30 Jericho was an extremely well fortified city with a great and magnificent wall surrounding it, thus making the city nearly impossible to penetrate by force.

P294

The ANGEL GABRIEL instructs Joshua to make SEVEN TRUMPETS out of ram's horns. These SEVEN TRUMPETS are for the Levite Priests who will SOUND them at the appropriate time, and the Priests bearing those TRUMPETS should walk before the ARK of the COVENANT as it is being carried. GABRIEL also instructs Joshua to have all the men that are fit for battle walking before the trumpeters while the rest of the people walk behind the ARK, GABRIEL says to Joshua that for six days, they should walk around the wall of the city one time, and then after they had compassed the city one time they should return again to their camp. On the SEVENTH day they should proceed around the wall of the city SEVEN times. On the SEVENTH time around the city on the SEVENTH DAY, the SEVEN Priests bearing the SEVEN TRUMPETS should make a long blast on the TRUMPETS. When the people hear the SOUND of the TRUMPETS they should ALL SHOUT together as LOUD as they could. Once they had SHOUTED, THE LORD would knock down the wall of Jericho so they may enter into the city!

P294

Before crossing over the RIVER JORDAN, Joshua sends out two men into the city of Jericho to spy. While the men are inside of the city of Jericho, the King of Jericho is informed that the Children of ISRAEL had come into the city to spy. After hearing this, the King sends his soldiers out to look for them.

P294

Within the City of Jericho there lived a harlot who had a house that sat on top of the great wall of Jericho, and her name was Ra'-hab. While the men who were sent to spy on the city are looking for some place to hide, they find Ra'hab's house that sat upon the wall of the city, and the men ask Ra'-hab if she will hide them. Ra'-hab agrees to hide the spies from the soldiers, but says that she will only do so if they will spare her and her family; when they attack the city. Ra'-hab had heard of the GREAT GOD whom the CHILDREN of ISRAEL serve, who goes out to FIGHT for HIS people, also how the Children of ISRAEL had defeated all of their enemies. Ra'-hab then tells the spies that if she and those who live with her may be spared when the CHILDREN of ISRAEL take control of the city, she will provide them with a place to hide. The two men agree to provide the safety for Ra'-hab and her household for their hiding them. After being hid for a short period of time, Ra'-hab then lets the two men out of her window and down the wall suspending them with a SCARLET COLORED LINE. As they are being let down, the two men tell Ra'-hab that she should tie the same SCARLET LINE around her window as a MARKER, before the battle begins. The men tell Ra'-hab that they will instruct their people to not harm anyone within the house where the SCARLET LINE is tied around the window.

P294 P295

After making ready the SEVEN TRUMPETS, Joshua does that which the ANGEL GABRIEL had instructed him to do. He marches the CHILDREN of ISRAEL around the city once a day, for six consecutive days. On the SEVENTH DAY they marched around the city SEVEN times. Once they had completed the SEVENTH time around the city of Jericho, the TRUMPETS SOUNDED and let out a long BLAST and all the people SHOUTED, and the wall fell flat to the ground. After the wall had collapsed, the Children of ISRAEL stormed Jericho and all the people that were in the city, except for Ra'-hab and her household were killed. The Children of ISRAEL by the INSTRUCTION of GOD burnt the city of Jericho to the ground. Joshua then placed a curse against the city of Jericho; that it should never be built up again, and anyone who tries to rebuild it would be CURSED!

P295

Prior to the taking of the city of Jericho, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were instructed that only the gold and silver could be taken from the city. They were also told that the gold and silver that was taken, was to be placed in the treasury of THE LORD. They were given FIRM ORDERS that everything else in the city had to be DESTROYED and burnt with FIRE. This burning with fire included the men, the women, the children, and even all the livestock, and if they didn't do this accordingly, GOD would put a curse upon the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P295

Even though the Children of ISRAEL had thought they had done as THE LORD had so instructed them to do, a man by the name of A'-chan decided to keep some of the silver and gold wedges for himself. A'-chan also decided to keep an ephod that was part of a Babylonian priest's garment and he hides those articles under his tent. Joshua not knowing that GOD'S instructions had been breached by A'-chan, sends three thousand men out (shortly after their defeat of Jericho) to take control of a small city by the name of A'-i. However, the three thousand men sent to fight for the control of A'-i are easily defeated and are chased out of A'-i by the occupants of the city, and thirty-six of them are killed during their flight from the city.

P295 P296

When Joshua hears that he has lost thirty-six men he is shocked. Joshua, not losing a single person in the battle over the great city of Jericho, knows that something had to have gone wrong. So Joshua asks THE LORD why they had failed in their effort to take the city of A'-i. GOD tells Joshua how the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had SINNED against HIM by their taking some of the gold and silver for themselves, and how some of the cursed things were taken from the spoils of Jericho. After THE LORD discloses this to Joshua, he discovers that A'-chan is the person who had committed the sin, and because of A'-chan's sin, GOD had brought a curse upon ISRAEL. Once Joshua hears this from GOD, he has A'-chan and his family stoned to death for the crime. Joshua also has all of A'-chan's belongings burnt with FIRE, and GOD removed HIS CURSE from ISRAEL.

P296

The Sun Stands Still

P296

Once THE LORD removed HIS CURSE from ISRAEL, HE teaches Joshua certain battle tactics and war strategies to be used in their future battles. GOD allows the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to conquer A'-i, and also the Kings of Gibeon. Once these Kings had been taken out, the people of Gibeon who were the neighbors to A'-i agree to serve the CHILDREN of ISRAEL rather than be destroyed as the people of A'-i were. Joshua agrees to not kill the people of Gibeon and allows them to stay in the city and dwell with the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, however they were told that they would be ISRAEL'S servants. The Gibeonites were not given any authority whatsoever and were given menial tasks to perform such as: gathering wood for the ALTAR and bringing water into the city for the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P296

When the King of Jerusalem, Ad-o'-ni-ze'-dek hears how Joshua and the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had defeated both Jericho and A-i, and also how the Gibeonites had submitted themselves as servants to them, he calls together four of the neighboring Kings. He does this in an effort so they may join forces with him to fight against the CHILDREN of ISRAEL and take back the city Gibeon for themselves. The five kings set themselves in a battle array around the city of Gibeon, which the CHILDREN of ISRAEL now control. When the men of Gibeon see that they are about to be attacked, they send word out to Joshua who camped in Gilgal, explaining to him how the five Kings of the Amorites about to take the city by force, and request his help.

P296 P297

Joshua goes up to Gibeon and while on his way, THE LORD tells him to not be afraid for HE will deliver the Amorites into his hand before the sun goes down. THE LORD sends down GREAT HAILSTONES from HEAVEN while the CHILDREN of ISRAEL attack the Amorites, and there were more Amorites killed by the HAILSTONES than were killed by the swords of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P297

Joshua 10:12 Then spake Joshua to THE LORD in the day when THE LORD delivered up the Am'-or-ites before the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, and he said in the sight of ISRAEL, Sun, stand thou still upon Gib'-e-on; and thou, Moon, in the valley of Aj'-a-lon.

P297 Kjb1611

Joshua 10:13 And the sun STOOD STILL, and the moon STAYED, until the people had avenged themselves upon their enemies. Is not this written in the Book of Ja'-sher? So the sun STOOD STILL in the midst of heaven, and hasted not to go down about a whole day.

P297 Kjb1611

Joshua 10:14 And there was no day like that before it or after it, that THE LORD hearkened unto the voice of a man: for THE LORD fought for ISRAEL. *31

P297 Kjb1611

*31 The GREAT HAILSTONES that THE LORD had sent down from HEAVEN selectively hit only the Amorites and none of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. Imagine a battle that consists of hand to hand combat having thousands of men where both the enemy and the ally are only an arms-length apart. Imagine seeing GREAT HAIL coming down from the sky striking only the enemy. Another point being made in the Scriptures; is that THE LORD promised Joshua that HE would DELIVER the Amorites into Joshua's hand that day. THE LORD, to fulfill his PROMISE to Joshua, held back the going down of the sun until the Amorites were defeated.

P297

Once the five Kings had seen that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were destroying their armies, they went into a cave to hide themselves. When Joshua sees this, he has the mouth of the cave sealed with some very large stones so the kings could not escape, while the Children of ISRAEL continued to pursue after the soldiers, who were fleeing from them. After catching up to and killing all of the Amorite Soldiers, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL return to the cave they had sealed and bring out the five Kings. Joshua has his Army Captains put their feet upon the necks of the five Kings for a show of force and conquest. He tells the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, if they will continue to SERVE GOD, all of their enemies would end up in defeat like the five Kings. Joshua then orders the Kings to be killed, and has their dead bodies hung up on five trees until the sun had finally gone down, which was forty-eight hours after initially coming up.

P297 P298

THE LORD has Joshua immediately go out to war and defeat several more cities prior to their returning to their camp in Gilgal. THE LORD has Joshua do this to boost ISRAEL'S CONFIDENCE and to SHOW the CHILDREN of ISRAEL the ALMIGHTY POWER of GOD. In each and every city where they had gone into battle, the Children of ISRAEL were instructed by GOD to kill every single person and leave not one of them alive. THE LORD had so COMMANDED them to do this, for HE knew the people in these cities were corrupt, and if they were to remain alive, they would corrupt the Children of ISRAEL with their false gods and cause them to sin.

P298

THE LORD leads Joshua to Victory

P298

Joshua continues to go to battle against many of the Canaanite Kingdoms and conquers thirty-one kingdoms in all. He also roots out nearly all of the An'-akim people, who were a race of giants that were the offspring of the angel. Only a few An'-a-kims remained alive in the land that was possessed by the Philistines.

P298

Joshua 11:21 And at that time came Joshua, and cut off the An'-akims from the mountains, from He'-bron, from De-bir, from Anab, and from all the mountains of Judah, and from all the mountains of ISRAEL: Joshua destroyed them utterly with their cities.

P298 Kjb1611

Joshua 11:22 There was none of the An'-a-kims left in the land of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL: only in Ga'-za, in Gath, and in Ashdod, there remained.

P298 Kjb1611

The tribe of Reuben and the tribe of Gad, and one-half the tribe of Ma-nas'seh had their land allocated to them (and their land was on the other side of the Jordan), and it was now time for the other tribes to receive their land as well. THE LORD tells Joshua that he must now allocate the land to the remaining nine tribes and also to the remaining half-tribe of Ma-nas'-seh. So Joshua sets the boundaries of the land and divides it in accordance to the size of each of the tribes, with the larger tribes receiving the larger parcels of land. Joshua also gives to Caleb the city He'-bron for only he and Caleb of the prior generation of ISRAEL was willing to go out and fight for their land, after spying it out for MOSES. It was also only Joshua and Caleb who had survived from the first generation that GOD had DELIVERED out of the land of Egypt.

P298 P299

THE LORD has Joshua allocate land to the Levites so there could be made certain cities called, "Cities of Refuge". These cities were established for the protection of people whom were accused of causing the death of another person and had not yet been JUDGED for the crime. It was common place at that time, that even if a person accidentally caused the death of another, the relatives of the deceased would seek the life of the accused. The accused person could flee to one of the Cities of Refuge and there receive protection, prior to their judgment. The Levites controlled all the "Cities of Refuge".

P299

The tribe of Levi did not have any inheritance (because GOD was their inheritance), so each of the TWELVE TRIBES gave some of their land to the Levites so they would have some place to live. The Levite Priests also governed and lived in the Cities of Refuge and some other cities that encircled the area where the ARK of the COVENANT and the TABERNACLE sat. The FIRST PERMANENT place where the TABERNACLE and ARK of the COVENANT was set up, was called "SHILOH".

P299

With most of the land of Canaan taken by the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, Joshua sets boundaries for the remaining nine tribes and the half-tribe of Manas'-seh. He then allows the tribes of Reuben, Gad and the other half-tribe of Ma-nas'-seh to return to their land on the far side of the Jordan. Joshua, now being one hundred and ten years old and ill from old age, calls the CHILDREN of ISRAEL together to give ISRAEL his final BLESSING. Once the Children of ISRAEL had been gathered together, Joshua reminds them of all the GREAT WORKS they had seen with their own eyes, which THE LORD had done. Joshua also warns them as MOSES had done, to never worship any idols or false gods. Joshua tells the Children of ISRAEL how their GOD is a jealous GOD, and how GOD will hold them accountable for VIOLATING HIS COMMANDMENTS.

P299

Joshua dies shortly thereafter and is buried in the land of his inheritance, which is on the north side of the hill of Ga'-ash.

P299

Joshua 24:31 And ISRAEL served THE LORD all the days of Joshua, and all the days of the Elders that overlived Joshua, and which had known all the WORKS of THE LORD, that HE had done for ISRAEL.

P299 Kjb1611

NOTE: THE LORD has told me the way in which HE had caused the wall of Jericho to fall flat to the ground, and has also told me that I should share this explanation with you. Many of the MIRACLES that GOD had PERFORMED over the course of time have a scientific explanation to them, as to what had CAUSED the MIRACLE to HAPPEN. The MIRACLE in many cases is not the EVENT in itself, but rather the circumstances that had occurred leading up to the EVENT, which in turn had CAUSED the MIRACLE to HAPPEN!

P299 P300

In the case of the wall of Jericho, GOD had Joshua make SEVEN TRUMPETS from ram's horns. The ram's horns that were selected by Joshua had varying lengths and diameters making each one resonate at a slightly different audio frequency when it was blown. When the TRUMPETS were blown in combination with one another, the combined frequencies of the ram's horns created an odd order acoustical resonance. The resonance of the TRUMPETS in conjunction with the SHOUTING VOICES of the one and one-half million PEOPLE further combined together and created a secondary random resonance to occur within the wall of Jericho. This secondary random resonance produced an acoustic shock wave within the wall, by consisting of the proper magnitude and frequency spectrum. This caused the rock structure of the wall of Jericho to disintegrate!

P300

In summary, the resonance resulting from the PEOPLES VOICES and the TRUMPETS sounding together, created a random vibration within the rock wall, causing its molecular structure to go into a crystal resonance. The random vibration caused by this resonance caused the wall's crystalline structure to deteriorate, making the rocks within the wall to crumble and fall to the ground!

P300

6.11 The Book of Judges

P300

Before we go into the Book of Judges let us talk a bit about the PURPOSE of the JUDGE. The WORD "JUDGE" in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE (Tongues) is the WORD "Cor'-tah". This is also the NAME given to THE FOUR SERAPHIM for they are referred to in HEAVEN as the COR' -TAH. This name is given to them because THE FOUR SERAPHIM are JUDGES in HEAVEN and provide the SPIRITUAL GUIDANCE to ALL of GOD'S PEOPLE and THE HEAVENLY HOSTS in accordance with THE WORD of GOD. ALL FOUR of the COR'-TAH have either WRITTEN or RECITED THE WORD of GOD as it was to be WRITTEN into the Scriptures. THE FOURTH COR'-TAH oversees all of CONTENTS within the Scriptures of the FORTY-FOUR BOOKS contained within THE HOLY BIBLE. The FOURTH COR'-TAH who is the DIRECT DESCENDANT of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD sees that the DELIVERY of THE WORD of GOD is always SPIRITUALLY CORRECT, and HE is also the ONE who inspires ALL that is WRITTEN in THE NAME of GOD.

P300 P301

In HEAVEN THE JUDGE presides in a THRONE much like a KING. THE JUDGE in HEAVEN only judges the WORKS of a PERSON or the WORKS of an ANGEL, however, THE JUDGE CANNOT JUDGE the WORTHINESS of either a PERSON or an ANGEL, for JUDGMENT of ONE'S WORTHINESS can only be DONE by THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P301

You will see as we enter into the Book of Judges that GOD gave ISRAEL the Judge to PRESIDE over both ISRAEL'S moral and SPIRITUAL behavior. This JUDGMENT by the Judges was done in accordance with GOD'S LAWS, PRECEPTS and STATUTES, with the Judge not allowing MAN'S laws to interfere with GOD'S LAWS. You will further see when we enter into the Books of Samuel, Kings and Chronicles that because ISRAEL insisted on having a man for their King rather than GOD, that the King was limited to presiding over one's moral behavior only.

P301

THE PROPHET was given to the King by GOD to preside over the King's SPIRITUAL BEHAVIOR, for GOD did not want HIS LAWS violated because of the King's POLITICAL AFFAIRS. The PROPHET made sure that the King's behavior towards the pleasing of the people didn't interfere with the King or the people following after GOD'S LAWS! Whereas the PROPHET only took his DIRECTION from GOD and hadn't any concern about his POLITICAL CORRECTNESS, the King most always looked towards the pleasing of the people. Therefor with the PROPHET taking only his direction from GOD, the PROPHET could not be INFLUENCED on matters where POLITICAL CORRECTNESS may have CONFLICTED with GOD'S LAWS. This is because the PROPHETS did not care what the people or the King had thought of them, for they looked towards only SERVING GOD!

P301

Most of the Judges given to ISRAEL were SELECTED by GOD and came from all walks of life. However there were some that were appointed by the people to be Judges who failed in their leadership and became CORRUPT. The TRUE Judges, that is to say the one's that were SELECTED by GOD to lead the people, had both the LEADERSHIP qualities and the COUNSELING and GUIDANCE from GOD that was necessary to properly LEAD the people. THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD gave the COUNSELING and the GUIDANCE to these Judges who were men of GOD, and APPOINTED by GOD to RULE over the people. The Judge saw GOD as the KING of ISRAEL and looked towards HIM for their DIRECTION, and as long as the Judge followed the DIRECTION given to him by GOD, ISRAEL lived in PEACE and PROSPERITY as long as that Judge was in power.

P301

After the death of Joshua and the Elders of his regime who had been taught the ways of THE LORD by Joshua, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL ceased to follow the COMMANDMENTS that GOD had given them. You may recall that earlier in this BOOK you were told that the Canaanite was the offspring of the devil (Lucifer) and the worshipers of IDOLS. Prior to the Children of ISRAEL entering into the PROMISED LAND, GOD had instructed both MOSES and Joshua as to what the CHILDREN of ISRAEL must do prior to them taking POSSESSION of the land. They were clearly TOLD by GOD that they must completely DESTROY all those who had lived in the LAND before them. They were also TOLD they must DESTROY all the IMAGES, IDOLS and the GROVES that the Canaanite people had made to worship their false gods, and that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were not to intermarry with any of the Canaanite people.

P301 P302

In the opening of the Book of Judges it is recorded that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL did all that THE LORD had TOLD them NOT TO DO! They did not kill all the Canaanite people but rather allowed them to live within their borders. They did not DESTROY all the IDOLS, IMAGES, and GROVES either, but rather took part in the Canaanite religious activities. The Children of ISRAEL did what the Canaanite people were doing and went whoring after false gods, just as GOD had told MOSES that they would do. They also participated in intermarriage with the Canaanite and performed human sacrifices to the Canaanite false gods. These false gods of the Canaanite were Ba'-al and Ash'ta-roth and the Canaanite people taught the Children of ISRAEL to worship them as they did.

P302

For the SINNING that was going on, GOD allowed an evil King of Mesopotamia by the name of Chu'-shan-rish-a-tha-im, to rule over the Children of ISRAEL for an eight year period of time. After their eight years of hard RULE, THE LORD once more hears the cries of the people. GOD sees the misery that is being inflicted by this King and has compassion on them and decides to give them their first Judge.

P302

The First Judge's name is Oth'-ni-el who was the son of Caleb's brother. Oth'-ni-el then delivers the people out of the hand of the King of Mesopotamia and rules as a Judge over ISRAEL for the next forty years. Oth'-ni-el struggles, but manages to bring the CHILDREN of ISRAEL back into the ways of THE LORD, having them destroy all of the idolatry of the Canaanite and return to WORSHIPING only GOD. Over that forty-year period of time when Oth'-niel RULED there was PEACE in all the land of ISRAEL.

P302

After the death of Oth'-ni-el the CHILDREN of ISRAEL went back to SINNING against GOD and went back to worshiping the false gods of the Canaanite people. So THE LORD delivers the CHILDREN of ISRAEL back into captivity and into the hand of Eg'-lon who is the King of Moab. Eg'-lon reigns over the Children of ISRAEL for eighteen years.

P302 P303

After eighteen years of misery, THE LORD again hears the cries of the people as King Eg'-lon had inflicted them with much pain. GOD then ANOINTS a left-handed man by the name of E'-hud to be the second Judge over ISRAEL. Once E'-hud RECEIVES his ANOINTING by GOD to be a Judge, E'-hud then kills the King of Moab and defeats the Moabite people in battle and regains the control over ISRAEL. Then ISRAEL once more lives in peace under E'-hud's RULE.

P303

After E'-hud's reign as Judge, a man by the name of A'-nath is ANOINTED to be a Judge over ISRAEL. During the time of these two Judges, E'-hud and A'-nath, the land had PEACE for eighty consecutive years. (Note: GOD considers FORTY YEARS to be a complete generation.) After the deaths of E'-hud and A'-nath, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL once more return to the ways of the Canaanite people and again worship IDOLS made of stone and wood.

P303

As a result of these SINFUL acts by the Children of ISRAEL, THE LORD allows Ja'-bin who is the King of Canaan, to seize power over ISRAEL, and Ja'-bin ruled over ISRAEL quite violently. Now, King Ja'-bin had a Captain of the guard by the name of Sis'-e-ra, who was in control over King Ja'-bin's very large army. Sis'-e-ra was greatly feared by all of ISRAEL because of his fighting tactics with modern weaponry and was considered by the people to be a ruthless killer. Sis'-e-ra was so powerful a person that even the King revered him. The CHILDREN of ISRAEL, only having foot soldiers with swords for battle, and Sis'-e-ra having many well armed foot soldiers and horse drawn iron chariots, would defeat the CHILDREN of ISRAEL every time they went into battle against him.

P303

Between the cities of Ramah and Bethel there lived a woman by the name of Deborah who was a PROPHETESS, and THE LORD ANOINTED Deborah to be the next Judge over ISRAEL. Although King Ja'-bin still ruled over ISRAEL'S land, the Children of ISRAEL, would come to Deborah for Judgment and for their DIRECTION in a time of crisis, for they knew that Deborah was not only a Judge, but she was also a PROPHET of GOD. With Sis'-e-ra continually overpowering the Children of ISRAEL and taking their possessions, THE LORD tells Deborah, that HE will deliver Sis'-e-ra and his army into the hands of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL, and Sis'-e-ra will meet his fate by the hand of a woman.

P303

After THE LORD has told Deborah this she goes to a man by the name of Ba -rak who was an Elder of the tribe of Naph'-ta-li, and tells Ba'-rak what THE LORD has told her. She also tells Ba'-rak that he should gather up ten thousand of his men of war and go out to fight against Sis'-e-ra, because GOD will now deliver Ja'bin's Army into the hand of ISRAEL and Sis'-e-ra into the hand of a woman. Ba'-rak, who believes in what Deborah had told him and knowing that she is a PROPHET of THE LORD, tells her that he will only go into battle against Sis'-e-ra and Ja'-bin's Army if she will go with him. Deborah agrees to go with Ba'-rak so they go together and gather up ten thousand foot soldiers and go up to Mount Ta'-bor to stage an attack against King Ja'-bin's Army.

P303 P304

While ISRAEL prepares for war, a Ken'-ite man by the name of He'-bor tells Sis'-e-ra that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL have gathered together for battle against him, and have gone up to Mount Ta'-bor to stage their attack. Sis'-e-ra gathers his army along with 900 chariots of iron to go up and confront Ba'-rak and his ten thousand foot soldiers at Mount Ta'-bor. Once both armies meet for the battle, Ba'-rak, being assisted by GOD easily defeats the Army of Ja'-bin. Ba'-rak and his soldiers also destroy nearly all Sis'-e-ra's chariots of iron and this forces Sis'-e-ra to leap out of his chariot, and flee on foot from Ba'-rak.

P304

Now He'-bor the Ken'-ite, (who was the one who had warned Sis'-e-ra about ISRAEL'S pending attack) has a wife by the name of JAEL. JAEL is a Levite woman who has had a mixed marriage with He'-bor, because He'-bor the Ken -ite is an Ethiopian offspring and not of the Children of ISRAEL.

P304

NOTE: He'-bor the Ken'-ite is a direct descendant of Jethro, the father in law to MOSES and this is a VERY IMPORTANT POINT of the story.

P304

Meanwhile with the battle nearly over, Sis'-e-ra starts to look for a place to hide from the pursuing ISRAELITE soldiers. He comes to the tent of JAEL, and asks JAEL (thinking that SHE was his friend as her husband He'-bor was), if SHE would hide him from the pursuing Army of ISRAEL. JAEL invites Sis'-era into HER tent and once in the tent, Sis'-e-ra asks JAEL for some water to drink. JAEL gives Sis'-e-ra some milk to drink instead of the water he had asked for, and SHE also gives him a blanket for him to hide under. Once Sis'-era has fallen to sleep and is hidden under the blanket, JAEL takes a tent nail and a hammer and drives the tent nail through the temples of his head while he is asleep, pinning him to the floor of her tent.

P304

In the meanwhile with Ba'-rak still looking for Sis'-e-ra, Ba'-rak then shows up at JAEL'S tent. JAEL then tells Ba'-rak if he will come into HER tent, SHE will show him the man that he had been looking for. When Ba'-rak enters into JAEL'S tent he sees Sis'-e-ra who is the most feared man in all the land of ISRAEL dead, and pinned to the ground by a tent nail. Ba'-rak then realizes that what he is seeing is the fulfillment of the PROPHECY of Deborah, who had PROPHESIED that Sis'-e-ra would be delivered into the hand of a woman! *32

P304

*32 When Ba'-rak had asked Deborah to go with him into battle, he had so requested her presence because he had believed that she would be the woman to whom GOD had said that HE would DELIVER Sis'-e-ra to. However it was JAEL rather than Deborah that THE LORD had referred to in the PROPHECY. I would also like to point out to you the similarities in the PERSONS of THE HOLY SPIRIT; the PEOPLE who are called THE DELIVERERS. JAEL (who is the most BLESSED WOMAN in THE HOLY BIBLE) is not just a woman but rather a woman of the ANGEL who had been sent to earth by GOD to be a woman. In HEAVEN, JAEL is the SEVENTH ANGEL of the ARK and as well, the FOURTH COVENANT ANGEL. JAEL is also the WIFE of THE DELIVERER, THE 182 PERSON, who is the FOURTH SERAPHIM. Of all the ANGELS in HEAVEN only the FOUR SERAPHIM and THE FOUR COVENANT ANGELS are GIVEN in MARRIAGE. JAEL therefor by MARRIAGE, follows after the order of THE DELIVERERS.

P305

Let us review the similarities given by the Scriptures between these TWO DELIVERERS, MOSES and JAEL. MOSES was a PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT and MOSES married a dark skinned woman who was the daughter of Jethro, an Ethiopian man. JAEL is also a PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT who had married a man with dark skin and that man turns out to be a direct descendant of Jethro, MOSES' father in law. MOSES by the GUIDANCE of THE HOLY SPIRIT DELIVERED the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of the hand of Pharaoh, and JAEL by the GUIDANCE of THE HOLY SPIRIT DELIVERED Sis'-e-ra into the hand of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL. JAEL was sent to earth for the EXPRESS PURPOSE of DELIVERING Sis'-e-ra into the hands of ISRAEL. JAEL is never again mentioned throughout the Scriptures outside of this EVENT, recorded in the Book of Judges!

P305

NOTE: One of the QUESTIONS that I have asked THE LORD in regard to the Scriptures referring to JAEL is: Why did JAEL give Sis'-e-ra milk to drink rather than the water he had asked for? And, JAEL HERSELF gave ME the answer to my question. JAEL told ME that Sis'-e-ra had been running and was tired. If SHE were to give him water to drink rather than WARM MILK, he would not have fallen asleep!

P305

One other noteworthy thing must also be pointed out about the similarities BETWEEN THE TWO DELIVERERS, MOSES AND JAEL; THEY WERE BOTH LEVITES!

P305

Judges 5:24 BLESSED above women shall JAEL the wife of Heber the Ken'-ite be, BLESSED shall SHE be above women in the tent.

P305 Kjb1611

The Story of Gideon

P306

Shortly after the death of Deborah, the Judge of ISRAEL, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL return AGAIN to the forbidden ways of the Canaanite, and GOD gave ISRAEL into the hands of the Midianites for PUNISHMENT. Once the Midianites seized control of ISRAEL, they forced the CHILDREN of ISRAEL out of their cities and many of them took refuge in the mountains and hid themselves in caves. The Children of ISRAEL also had most of their cattle and other livestock taken from them by the Midianites, as well as their grazing land and their fields. In short, the Midianites took away most of what the CHILDREN of ISRAEL had in their possession at that time.

P306

It was commonplace for the Midianites while controlling ISRAEL to simply go in and seize whatsoever they wanted from the Children of ISRAEL. The Children of ISRAEL, not having any leadership whatsoever, were oppressed by the Midianites and forced to do whatever the Midianite Landlords ordered them to do, even worshiping their false gods.

P306

Now there was a man by the name of Gideon who was of the tribe of Manas'-seh. One day the ANGEL GABRIEL came to Gideon while he was threshing wheat and preparing to hide it by a winepress so the Midianites would not find it and take it from him. The ANGEL GABRIEL tells Gideon, "THE LORD is with thee, thou MIGHTY man of VALOR". Gideon, being somewhat confused by what he is being told by the ANGEL, says to GABRIEL, "How can THE LORD be with us when we are so oppressed by the Midianites"? THE LORD speaking through GABRIEL tells Gideon that he, Gideon, had been sent to the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to free them from the Midianites. (Note: Gideon is also a SEVENTH LEVEL ANGEL as is GABRIEL, but he isn't aware of it!) Gideon proceeds to tell GABRIEL that he is just a very poor man and certainly not a man of war, and furthermore how would he be able to free his people being under the control of the great Midianite army? GABRIEL responds to Gideon's comment; and says, THE LORD is with thee Gideon, and you can DEFEAT the Midianites all by yourself, needing only THE LORD'S HELP!

P306

Gideon, questioning GABRIEL'S authenticity, asks him for a sign so he would know he wasn't just imagining their meeting, as GABRIEL came to Gideon in a VISION. Before GABRIEL has a chance to respond to Gideon's request, Gideon heads off towards his house so he may bring some food out for them to eat, and request that GABRIEL wait for his return. Shortly thereafter Gideon brings out some goat's meat and bread, and also soup and offers it to the ANGEL. GABRIEL tells Gideon to lay the meat and the bread on a rock near to the house and to pour out the soup as well onto the rock. Gideon does as the ANGEL so instructs him to do. Once the bread, the meat, and the soup were put upon the rock, GABRIEL takes the staff in his hand and strikes the rock. Once GABRIEL'S STAFF had struck the rock, it suddenly shoots forth fire and consumes all of the food on it. Gideon in amazement at what he had just seen, then sees the ANGEL GABRIEL ASCEND up to HEAVEN in the smoke from the FIRE! *33

P306 P307

*33 THE LORD wants ME to explain to you the difference between a VISION and a DREAM. When one meets with an ANGEL or a HEAVENLY HOST in a dream, the person RECEIVING the DREAM is CONSCIOUSLY ASLEEP. HOWEVER, WHEN THEY AWAKEN, THE DREAM WILL BE COMPLETELY REMEMBERED IN DETAIL! The meeting place in the DREAM will always be in some unfamiliar LOCATION. On the other hand, a VISION takes PLACE while ONE IS COMPLETELY AWAKE, THE VISION OF THE MEETING WITH THE ANGEL OR HEAVENLY HOST. WILL MOST OFTEN BE IN FAMILIAR SURROUNDINGS, whereas with the DREAM, it will not. The feeling that occurs while RECEIVING the VISION, (BECAUSE YOU ARE IN THE PRESENCE OF A HOLY BEING), is a feeling of SUSPENSION. THIS FEELING FEELS TO THE PERSON HAVING THE VISION AS THOUGH THEY HAD BEEN PLACED WITHIN ANOTHER DIMENSION, WHILE YET BEING AWARE THAT THEY ARE PHYSICALLY STILL HERE ON EARTH. ALSO IN A VISION, ONE CAN BE MOVED ABOUT TO ANOTHER TIME OR TO ANOTHER PLACE ON EARTH AS WELL.

P307

Back to Gideon

P307

Once Gideon finally realizes that he has just been with an ANGEL of THE LORD, he immediately cries out to GOD in FEAR, and THE LORD says to Gideon, "PEACE BE UNTO THEE; FEAR NOT: THOU SHALT NOT DIE", Gideon, in HONORING THE LORD, immediately starts to erect an ALTAR to GOD for a SACRIFICE. THE LORD directs Gideon to take one of his father's bullocks (a SEVEN year old Bull) and place it on the ALTAR for the sacrifice. GOD tells Gideon to knock down the altar that the Midianites had made in Gideon's garden to serve the false god Ba'-al, and to also clear the grove that had been planted before the altar to Ba'-al. Gideon then makes a SACRIFICE to GOD on the ALTAR made for THE LORD. After Gideon had made his SACRIFICE to GOD, with the assistance of ten of his father's servants, then knocks down the altar that was made for Ba'-al. Gideon and the ten servants also clear the grove leaving only the ALTAR Gideon had made for GOD standing where the other altar had stood.

P307

On the following morning when some of the men of the city had come up to sacrifice to their false god Ba'-al, they see Gideon's newly constructed ALTAR STANDING where Ba'-al's altar was. They notice the altar to Ba'-al has been knocked down and the grove by the altar had been cleared. The men ask the servants of Gideon's household, who had knocked down the altar and cleared the grove made to serve Ba'-al? In response, the servants who had helped Gideon say, that Gideon had done it, for they feared for their own lives. The men of the city tell Joash, Gideon's father, (who is standing nearby to where the servants were), Gideon must die, for destroying the altar to Ba'-al! But Joash, Gideon's father, tells the men, if Ba'-al were really a god, why should they have to kill Gideon for him, couldn't Ba'-al avenge himself? The men being unable to answer Joash then decide to back down from their demands for Gideon to be put to death.

P307 P308

THE LORD comes to Gideon again, and tells him that HE wants him to go out and defeat the Midianites in battle. In reply, Gideon asks THE LORD to give him some kind of CONFIRMATION so he would know for certain that it was indeed THE LORD who was telling him to do these things. Gideon asks THE LORD, if THE LORD could make only the fleece that he would sleep on that night become wet from the morning dew, while yet all the ground around his fleece be completely dry. Gideon says to THE LORD that if HE were to perform this MIRACLE for him, he would know that is was a CONFIRMATION from THE LORD.

P308

When Gideon awakens the following morning, he sees his fleece that he had slept on that night was soaking wet from the morning dew, while yet all the ground around his fleece, was completely dry. This helps Gideon to BELIEVE that THE LORD CONFIRMED that it was HE who had spoke to Gideon and not just Gideon's imagination. But Gideon still was not absolutely certain it was GOD who had been giving him these DIRECTIONS.

P308

Gideon, not wanting to offend THE LORD, but still having some doubt, asks GOD if HE would once again give him another sign of CONFIRMATION. So Gideon asks THE LORD if on this night, GOD would do the opposite of that which HE had done on the previous night. Gideon asks THE LORD to make the fleece that he would sleep on that night remain dry while the ground around his fleece become wet from the morning dew. That night THE LORD again fulfills Gideon's request and gives him a second CONFIRMATION.

P308

Gideon, being assured now that it is THE LORD who was directing him and not his imagination, to free the CHILDREN of ISRAEL from the Midianites, now spreads the WORD throughout his tribe, of what GOD had told him to do. Once the people hear what Gideon has to say, they BELIEVE him. So Gideon gathers thirty-two thousand men from the tribe of Ma-nas'-seh to go into battle against the Midianites. However, after Gideon has gathered the people together, THE LORD tells Gideon, he has gathered more people than he will need, and should allow those who do not want to fight, to leave. So Gideon tells those who chose not to go into battle that they may leave. This causes twenty-two thousand of them who had been gathered for battle against the Midianites to leave, leaving Gideon only ten thousand men now for the battle.

P308 P309

Once Gideon had released the twenty-two thousand men, THE LORD tells Gideon that he still has too many men to fight. THE LORD says to take the men down to the river to drink, and select only a few for battle from the ten thousand. THE LORD tells Gideon to observe the men while they are drinking from the river, and choose only those men who had cupped their hands to drink and lapped the water out of their hands like a dog. THE LORD further tells Gideon that the men who kneel down to drink out of the river, rather than lapping the water out of their hands, should be allowed to leave.

P309

Once Gideon has done this, there are only three hundred men left to fight, and the other ninety-seven hundred men are sent home. Note: THE LORD purposely reduces the number of ISRAEL'S forces so it will be certain in the MINDS of the Children of ISRAEL that it was THE LORD who had DEFEATED the Midianites, and NOT ISRAEL'S fighting force!

P309

Now with Gideon's forces being reduced in size to three hundred men, THE LORD tells Gideon to go and spy on the Midianites that evening, where they were camped and ready for battle and listen to what they are saying amongst themselves. THE LORD also tells Gideon if he were afraid to go alone, he could bring one of his servants along with him.

P309

NOTE: Those, who Gideon was sent to spy on, were not only the Midianites, but were also the Amalekites and another group of people who were called "the children of the east", with them being one hundred and fifty thousand men strong. With Gideon having only three hundred men, Gideon's FAITH in GOD was definitely being challenged. However, the three hundred men that THE LORD allowed Gideon to keep were for Gideon's sake only and not needed, for THE LORD had told Gideon that HE would deliver the Midianites into Gideon's hand, thus meaning that Gideon needed no further help whatsoever!

P309

Gideon then goes covertly into the camp of the opposing forces. While he and his servant are hiding near the camp, Gideon overhears one of the Midianite soldiers telling another about a dream he has had. The one soldier says to the other that in his dream, he saw a barley cake come tumbling down the hill and into his tent, and as it ran through his tent, it knocked the tent to the ground. The soldier, who was being told the dream, tells the other man the INTERPRETATION of the DREAM. He says that the meaning of dream is that a man from the Children of ISRAEL by the name of Gideon, was being DIRECTED by THE ALMIGHTY GOD, and Gideon was going to defeat the Midianites and all their allies that very evening.

P309 P310

Once Gideon had heard this conversation between these two men, he knew for certain that GOD was with him, and it was THE LORD who had given the enemy these dreams. He also knew, with THE LORD'S HELP, he could not lose the battle with the Midianites. So Gideon returns to his own camp with a GREAT deal of CONFIDENCE in defeating the Midianites and their allies, for GOD had further CONFIRMED HIS backing of Gideon!

P310

On that same night Gideon devises a plan of attack. He divides his three hundred men into three companies of one hundred each. Gideon has each man take a trumpet and an empty pitcher with each empty pitcher having a lighted lamp (a torch) in it. Gideon instructs the three groups of one hundred men, to approach the Midianite camp from three different directions. Then, when the enemy had set the new evening watch, they were to blow on their trumpets and at the same time break their pitchers, so the light from the lamp in the pitcher could be seen. Once they had SOUNDED their TRUMPETS and broken their pitchers they were to shout out the words, "BY THE SWORD OF THE LORD and of Gideon". After they had done this, all of the three hundred men were to then rush the camp of the enemy.

P310

Once Gideon's men had set themselves in their positions, they proceeded as Gideon so instructed them to do. With the noise of the breaking of the pitchers and the exposing of the lamps within the pitchers, Gideon's men create so much confusion within the enemy's camp, the Midianites and their allies start attacking each other. In the meanwhile, three of the other tribes of the Children of ISRAEL hear the commotion being caused by Gideon and his three hundred men. They see that the Midianites are in complete disarray from the confusion caused by Gideon, and join in to fight against the Midianites. Once Gideon sees he has the Midianites on the run, he sends off a messenger to the tribe of E'-phra-im (the brother and neighboring tribe of Ma-nas'-seh) for further assistance and they as well join in the fight and chase after the fleeing Midianites.

P310

With the battle now being nearly over, Gideon and his three hundred men go off to capture the two Midianite Kings who had fled from the battle. While in pursuit of the two Kings, Gideon and his three hundred men become hungry and stop at Suc'-coth and ask the people there for some food to eat. But the Princes of Suc'-coth say to Gideon, "who are you, that we should give you food", and refuse to give them any. Gideon, being greatly displeased for the Princes refusing to give him and his men any food, tell them as soon as they capture the two fleeing Kings that he and his men were going to come back to Suc'-coth, and avenge themselves.

P310 P311

While Gideon and his men continue to pursue the two Midianite Kings they soon thereafter come to the tower of Pe-nu'-el. While at the tower they ask the men of Pe-nu'-el also for some food to eat. But the men of the tower deny Gideon and his men any food just as the Princes of Suc'-coth had done. So Gideon tells the men of the tower to beware, for as soon as he and his men capture the two Kings of Midian, they are going to return to them and knock down their tower!

P311

Once Gideon catches up the two fleeing Kings, Ze -bah, and Zal-mun'-ah and their remaining fifteen thousand soldiers, he and his men quickly defeat them and take the two Kings into their custody. Gideon then returns to Suc'coth with the two Kings in shackles and carries out his threat. He subdues the Princes and the elders of Suc'-coth and binds them with thorns and briers he and his men had taken out of the wilderness. Gideon does this to humiliate them in front of their people, for their refusing to give them food. After Gideon leaves Suc'-coth he goes back to the tower of Pe-nu'-el, where they also had denied them food and Gideon and his men knock down the Tower of Pe-nu'-el just as he had said he would do.

P311

Gideon, still having the two Midianite Kings in his custody, then slays the two Kings and takes the golden ornaments from off their camel's necks. Now that Gideon (with the HELP of THE LORD) had defeated the Midianites, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL come to Gideon and request that he be their King. But Gideon tells them that no man should rule over them, for ONLY THE LORD could ever rule over ISRAEL. However Gideon makes a request that the CHILDREN of ISRAEL gather up the golden earrings from off the dead Midianites and give all of them to him. The CHILDREN of ISRAEL honor Gideon's request for his freeing them from the Midianites. Gideon then makes the golden earrings into an e'-phod (A Priest's Vest). However, the e'-phod made by Gideon later becomes a snare to both him and his family. The reason the e'phod becomes a problem, is because the CHILDREN of ISRAEL see the e'phod as an article of conquest over the Midianites, giving the credit to Gideon, rather than honoring THE LORD for what HE had done through Gideon. After the Midianite defeat, THE LORD gives ISRAEL PEACE again for another forty years, while Gideon presided over the Children of ISRAEL as their Judge. *34

P311

*34 Through the entire Book of Judges it is evident that when THE LORD provides the Children of ISRAEL with a Judge to oversee them, (such as with Gideon), they have PEACE and happiness while that Judge oversees them. However, without the leadership of the Judge (who had been appointed by GOD), the CHILDREN of ISRAEL deviate from GOD'S COMMANDMENTS and suffer for it. GOD punishes the CHILDREN of ISRAEL for their SINNING by causing them to lose control of their land and possessions time and time again. By their refusing to OBEY GOD'S LAWS, THE LORD further punishes the Children of ISRAEL by having them ruled over by some evil and ungodly power, rather than by a Judge of HIS CHOOSING. You will see this phenomenon echoed throughout the Scriptures of the OLD TESTAMENT. This is still a stumbling block for all nations of the world. All the governments and nations that follow after GOD'S WAYS and COMMANDMENTS PROSPER, and all those who do not eventually crumble and fall! This scenario plays throughout time and is evident throughout the history of the world. Nations come and nations go, but those NATIONS who SERVE and place their TRUST and FAITH in GOD, REMAIN INTACT!

P312

ISRAEL'S Judges, GOD'S LEADERSHIP

P312

There are several other Judges of ISRAEL in the Book of Judges other than those we have briefly covered. The ones that were appointed by the people, rather than by GOD, cause disarray and hardship for the people. However, the ones that GOD appoints, provide the solid LEADERSHIP needed for the people to be HAPPY and PROSPEROUS. However, some of those judges GOD had APPOINTED, by allowing outside influences to come between them and THE LORD, met with failure as well! One such Judge was a man by the name of Samson. Read the story of Samson from the Scriptures in Judges, Chapter 13 through Chapter 16.

P312

Samson, who was a Danite and the son of Manoah, had his birth announced even prior to his conception. An ANGEL came to both his mother and father telling them of the forthcoming birth of Samson.

P312

NOTE: In nearly all cases in THE HOLY BIBLE where an ANGEL comes to give a specific MESSAGE to a person or persons, the ANGEL sent by GOD is the ANGEL GABRIEL. It is noteworthy to say that the ANGEL sent to Manoah and his wife prior to the birth of Samson, was the ANGEL GABRIEL, even though in the Scriptures GABRIEL refused to give Manoah his NAME, saying it was secret.

P312

By Samson being dedicated to GOD even prior to his conception made him a NAZARITE, so THE LORD placed Samson under the laws of the Nazarite. Samson's fascination over the Philistine women caused him to break his Nazarite VOWS to GOD. He broke his VOWS by allowing his hair to be cut and by his also drinking wine, both of which are forbidden for the Nazarite. This breach of PROMISE to GOD ends up with Samson being enslaved, blinded, and ultimately losing his life. The story of Samson in general depicts the falling away of man from GOD over man's affection towards a woman. This affection by Samson leads him to be DECEIVED by the woman and ultimately causes Samson to SIN. This is the same scenario that caused ADAM to SIN and to be cast out of the Garden of Eden. However, even though Delilah (a Philistine woman) impaired Samson's JUDGMENT, it was still Samson who SINNED against GOD. If you VOW a VOW to THE LORD, GOD will most certainly expect you to keep it, regardless of any outside influences. The VOW is between YOU and HIM and HE EXPECTS YOU TO HONOR IT!

P312 P313

Ecclesiastes 5:4 When thou vowest a vow unto GOD, defer not to pay it; for HE hath no pleasure in fools: pay that which thou hast vowed.

P313 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 5:5 Better is it that thou shouldest not vow, than that thou shouldest vow and not pay.

P313 Kjb1611

Samson was well aware of his Nazarite VOWS! This is why he knew that his GREAT STRENGTH would be subdued if his hair was to be cut, for the hair of the Nazarite is HALLOWED UNTO GOD. Samson had his hair braided into SEVEN LOCKS and his hair had not been cut from the time of his birth. If you will recall that which was covered about the NAZARITE earlier in this BOOK; if the Nazarite were to complete his vows of the Nazarite he would shave the hair off his head and it was meant to be a HOLY matter. The Nazarite's hair once shaved from his head was to be burnt with fire from below the ALTAR. THE NAZARITE'S HAIR SHOULD NEVER BE CUT AS IT IS SACRED TO GOD. THE NAZARITE ALSO IS NEVER ALLOWED TO DRINK OR EAT ANYTHING THAT GROWS ON THE VINE. Samson broke BOTH of these VOWS to GOD.

P313

Samson, being a Danite (meaning, being of the tribe of Dan) was predestined for failure before he was even born. When JACOB (ISRAEL) gave his BLESSINGS to each one of his TWELVE sons, it was made clear that the tribe of Dan would fall away from GOD and follow in the footsteps of the Devil. The Devil is referred to as being a serpent and is also known to be a heel biter. This is because the serpent crawls on his belly on the ground therefor making the heel the easiest part of the body for the serpent to bite! Let us review JACOB'S blessing given to his son Dan as it is taken from the Scriptures, and see the PROPHECY of Dan and his offspring's (Samson's) destiny!

P313

Genesis 49:16 Dan shall JUDGE his people, as one of the tribes of ISRAEL.

P314 Kjb1611

This is the PROPHECY of Samson's coming to earth to be a Judge over ISRAEL. Samson, being of the tribe of Dan was destined to be a JUDGE over ISRAEL by this PROPHECY. Samson fulfilled the PROPHECY made by JACOB nearly a thousand years after JACOB had made it!

P314

Genesis 49:17 Dan shall be a serpent by the way, an adder in the path, that biteth the horse heels, so that his rider shall fall backward.

P314 Kjb1611

This PROPHECY depicts that the tribe of Dan would eventually fall away from GOD as a result of them following after the ways of the Devil (the Canaanite). When the ARK of the COVENANT was at SHILOH and all of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL came up to WORSHIP GOD at SHILOH, the tribe of Dan stayed in the city of Dan and worshiped an idol they had stolen for themselves from a man named Micah. In the Book of Revelation, in Chapter SEVEN, there are noted to be 144,000 TRIBULATION SAINTS who are chosen and SEALED by GOD for MINISTRY during the GREAT TRIBULATION with TWELVE THOUSAND chosen from each of the TWELVE TRIBES. If you READ this chapter you will see that the tribe of Dan is not included as one of the TWELVE TRIBES. The Scriptures indicate that the TRIBE of Ma-nas' seh replaces the tribe of Dan. This is because the tribe of Dan was DESTINED for damnation just as Samson was DESTINED for failure as a JUDGE.

P314

Judges 18:30 And the children of Dan set up the graven image: and Jonathan, the son of Ger'-shom, the son of Ma-nas'-seh, he and his sons were priests to the tribe of Dan until the day of the captivity of the land.

P314 Kjb1611

Judges 18:31 And they set them up Mi'-cah's graven image, which he made, all the time that the HOUSE of GOD was in SHI'-LOH.

P314 Kjb1611

You will see as YOU READ THROUGH THE HOLY BIBLE, in many cases, GOD punished all the people for the irresponsible behavior of those whom the people had chosen to lead them. In a democratic society where the people elect the officials, it is most IMPORTANT that those who are elected to an office of power follow after the ways of THE LORD and OBEY HIS LAWS and COMMANDMENTS.

P314 P315

Just as GOD holds people accountable for their actions so does HE hold entire NATIONS ACCOUNTABLE for their actions! More IMPORTANT than a Leader's political skills, is that Leader's RELATIONSHIP with GOD.

P315

This does not necessarily mean that a fair and honest leader of a nation must be involved with the Church. As a matter of fact, it should be considered to be the contrary. As you will see later on in this BOOK, when GOD gives ISRAEL a King to lead them, HE also provides the King with a Prophet allowing the King to have a GOOD CONNECTION to GOD by way of the Prophet. The King's purpose is to GOVERN the people, and THE PROPHET'S PURPOSE is to JUDGE the actions of the King, ensuring the King's commandments coincide with GOD'S COMMANDMENTS.

P315

This is why in the Constitution of THE UNITED STATES there is a separation of Church and State. The State's actions can be considered to be the actions taken by the King or that nation's Leader. The Church's role in aiding the nation's Leadership is similar to that of the PROPHET and can be considered to be the JUDGMENT of those actions taken by its Leader. The Church should provide for the government the same as THE PROPHET had provided for the King in the days of old. A nation's Leader must have a continual dialogue with the Church when framing a new law or regulation to ensure that the new law does not in any way VIOLATE GOD'S LAWS!

P315

The United States of America was founded on the PRINCIPLES of a Country under the LEADERSHIP of GOD. "ONE COUNTRY, UNDER GOD, indivisible". On all of its currency it is WRITTEN, "IN GOD WE TRUST"! I ASK NOW WHY DUE TO YOUR POLITICAL CORRECTNESS DO YOU REFUSE TO RECOGNIZE GOD? WOULD YOU PREFER NOT TO OFFEND THE WHORE? HISTORY HAS PROVEN THAT ANY NATION THAT HAS FALLEN AWAY FROM GOD WILL MOST CERTAINLY PERISH!

P315

In the United States of America one has the freedom to worship whatever god they shall choose. This sounds good in principle, however this part of one's Constitutional Rights most definitely VIOLATES GOD'S LAWS! GOD told the CHILDREN of ISRAEL that if a stranger was to come and live amidst them, that stranger MUST LIVE UNDER THE LAWS and STATUTES of THE LORD, just as they were SUPPOSED to do! If the Leadership or the Government is of the people and for the people and by the people, it must be a SERVANT to the people. Therefor, if the Government is to be a SERVANT to the people, ALL of THE PEOPLE must be SERVING THE SAME GOD. YOU CANNOT SERVE TWO MASTERS! If the Government is serving a people and those people are not serving the ONE TRUE and FAITHFUL GOD, then that nation is DIVIDED. JESUS SAID, A HOUSE DIVIDED AGAINST ITSELF, CANNOT STAND!

P315 P316

READ for yourselves in the Book of Judges. Carefully examine how the people's behavior towards GOD affected their LIFESTYLES. When the Children of ISRAEL who WORSHIPED GOD lived among the Canaanite people who did not WORSHIP GOD, the Children of ISRAEL took on the behavior of the Canaanite, and SUFFERED for it! When a nation allows its people to worship any god they may choose or no god at all, that nation is doomed for DESTRUCTION and will eventually cause those WORSHIPING the ONE TRUE GOD, to fall away from HIM.

P316

By GOD'S CHOICE, HE has allowed HIS PEOPLE to remain SILENT where there is a CONFLICT between with HIS LAWS and man's laws. But on the other hand, the Devil and his elect have been shooting off their mouths from the very beginning creating new laws so they may make certain that man continually VIOLATES THE LORD'S! Although it may seem hopeless at times to those trying to abide in GOD'S LAWS, don't let man's laws interfere with your obedience to GOD. FOR GOD WILL SOON PERMANENTLY SILENCE them that are BREAKING HIS LAWS while observing their own!

P316

6.12 The Books of Ruth and 1st Samuel

P316

The Book of Ruth

P316

The Book of Ruth is a story of a Moabite woman who changes her Moabite ways and follows after the ways of GOD who she has learned about through her mother-in-law, Naomi. Ruth's devotion to her mother-in-law, who loved and served GOD causes her to leave the land of Moab and follow Naomi back to her homeland in Judah. This all happens after the death of Ruth's husband, who is Naomi's son. Ruth refuses to stay in Moab and separate herself from Naomi and the GOD that she serves. Ruth leaves Moab and returns to Judah with Naomi. Once Ruth and Naomi arrive back into the land of Judah, Ruth, while working in the fields, meets the Landlord of the fields, a man by the name of Boaz. Boaz shows an immediate interest in her and he goes out of his way to try to help her. Boaz, being a wealthy bachelor, buys back the land belonging to Ruth's deceased husband, who had given the land up prior to his going off to live in Moab. The land is bought back for Ruth in accordance with the laws of Jubilee. Ruth, by following the direction of her mother-in-law, being directed by GOD to kindle Ruth's relationship with Boaz, finds him to be a warm and LOVING person. Ruth eventually marries Boaz, thus bringing the SEED of LOT (the Moabite) back into the Tribe of Judah (ABRAHAM).

P316 P317

NOTE: If you will recall when we covered the Book of Genesis, ABRAHAM'S nephew's name was LOT and LOT'S two daughters had an incestuous relationship with their father while he was drunk and living in a cave. Each of the two daughters then had a son by their father, and the eldest daughter named her son Moab. Ruth then came through the lineage of Moab, thus bringing the SEED of LOT back into the SEED of ABRAHAM, who was in the ancestry of Judah. Therefor, by Ruth's marrying and having children with Boaz, their offspring were a combination of both the SEED of ABRAHAM and the SEED of LOT, bringing the two SEEDS back together through Boaz and Ruth.

P317

After marrying Boaz, Ruth has a son who they name O'-bed. After O'-bed is grown and married, he also has a son who he names Jesse, and O'-bed's son Jesse has a son also who he names DAVID, who becomes the KING of ISRAEL!

P317

NOTE: With KING DAVID being in the DIRECT ANCESTRY of JESUS CHRIST, and Ruth being KING DAVID'S GREAT GRANDMOTHER, you can readily see the importance of the Story of Ruth!

P317

There is GREAT depth in this story about Ruth and Boaz, as the story also depicts the story of the Church and it's MARRIAGE to CHRIST. The person of Ruth represents the lost SOUL, who becomes SAVED through her relationship and TRUST in GOD. Therefor depicting the role of Ruth as being the same as the role of the CHURCH, and the role of Boaz being the same as the role of CHRIST, who REDEEMS and GIVES back ALL belonging to the proper OWNER. If you READ this story and envision the Church being Ruth and Boaz being CHRIST you will see the CONNECTION, the RELATIONSHIP and the OUTCOME, that GOD has in store for ALL THOSE WHO LOVE and TRUST IN HIM through JESUS CHRIST!

P317

The First Book of Samuel

P317

There was a woman of the tribe of E'-phra-im by the name of Hannah. With Hannah being one of two wives that was married to a man by the name of EI'ka-nah and Hannah being unable to CONCEIVE and bear children, she thought that she was the least of El'-ka-nah's two wives. Even though Hannah could not bear El'-ka-nah any children like his other wife Pe-nin'-nah had, El'-ka-nah still loved his wife Hannah very much. On the other hand, Pe-nin'-nah who was the other wife was always reminding Hannah that she was the one who had given her husband his children. Not being able to bear her husband any children troubled Hannah considerably. One year when she and El'-ka-nah had gone up to SHILOH to WORSHIP THE LORD, Hannah PRAYED to THE LORD that she might CONCEIVE and bear her husband a son. In her PRAYER she told THE LORD that if HE would allow her to conceive and bare her husband a son, that she would dedicate her son's ENTIRE life to the SERVICE of GOD, thus vowing the vow of the NAZARITE.

P317 P318

THE LORD heard Hannah's PRAYER and ANSWERED it, and she conceived and had a son and called his NAME Samuel. Once Samuel had been weaned from Hannah's breasts, she took Samuel up to the TABERNACLE in SHILOH to present him to the High Priest, whose name was Eli, and to also fulfill her PROMISE to GOD. While presenting Samuel to Eli, Hannah told Eli how she had dedicated Samuel to THE LORD for a LIFETIME of SERVICE and left Samuel there at the TABERNACLE with Eli, to help Eli in his SERVICE to GOD. Hannah would on occasion come up to SHILOH to visit Samuel. She would bring Samuel clothes she had made for him and it was obvious to Hannah whenever she saw him that he was filled with THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD! Hannah also saw that Eli the High Priest and the Elders all LOVED Samuel, so she knew that he was being well cared for by them. THE LORD because of Hannah's DEDICATION of Samuel to HIM, allowed Hannah to further CONCEIVE and bear her husband El'-ka-nah more children.

P318

Eli, who had two sons of his own, was very troubled by their actions. Eli's two sons did many sinful and unlawful things and took advantage of their associate priesthood. They routinely would take bribes for favors and on many occasions pocket the TABERNACLE FUNDS. The Elders had brought this to Eli's attention several times, however, even though Eli was aware of what his sons were doing he didn't do anything to stop them. THE LORD, being ANGERED by the actions of Eli's two sons, came one night to Samuel, and GOD told him how HE was going to kill Eli's two sons and also cut off Eli from the priesthood. Once Eli had found out that GOD had been talking with Samuel, he demands that Samuel tell him all that GOD had said. Samuel, being open and honest, tells Eli what THE LORD had told him in regard to Eli and his sons. THE LORD shortly thereafter kills Eli and his two sons and this is how their deaths had occurred:

P318

With the Children of ISRAEL being in a continual war against the Philistines and most often losing to them in battle, they decide to go and remove THE ARK of THE COVENANT from the TABERNACLE in SHILOH, so the ARK might go before them in battle. The Children of ISRAEL do this thinking that THE LORD would go before them on THE ARK and fight against the Philistines for them. So the Children of ISRAEL go to the TABERNACLE in SHILOH and request from Eli's two sons that they be allowed to remove THE ARK from the TABERNACLE and take it into battle. Eli's two sons (after being paid off by those requesting the ARK) agree to accommodate them. The two sons bear up the ARK and carry it into battle before the Children of ISRAEL. During the battle with the Philistines, both of Eli's sons are slain and the ARK is then taken by the Philistine soldiers and brought to the city of Ashdod. Once the ARK comes into the city, the Philistine soldiers place THE ARK of THE COVENANT in the temple of Dagon, who is a false god that the Philistines worshiped.

P318 P319

Once Eli hears that his two sons had been killed in battle and that the Philistines had taken THE ARK of THE COVENANT, he falls over backwards in shock, and being a very fat man, breaks his neck and dies.

P319

NOTE: It was GOD'S intent to remove Eli from his priesthood because GOD HELD ELI ACCOUNTABLE FOR HIS SONS ACTIONS. However, GOD waited until Samuel was old enough to take charge of THE TABERNACLE. Since Eli the High Priest and his two sons were now dead, the TABERNACLE needed a CUSTODIAN to oversee it. So Samuel assumed the responsibilities of the High Priest and was also a PROPHET and a JUDGE for ISRAEL. Samuel holds the position as Judge over the next several years, until ISRAEL receives its first King, and then Samuel acts as a Prophet to the King.

P319

GOD BRINGS a CURSE against the Philistines

P319

On the day after the Philistines had placed the ARK of THE COVENANT in the temple of Dagon, the priests of Dagon go into their temple to worship. Once in their temple they find their false god, Dagon had been toppled over. They stand the idol, Dagon back upright, but become rather concerned as to what had caused the image to topple over. On the very next day after they had set the idol back into its upright position, the priests of Dagon go back into their temple to Worship. The Priests of Dagon find that the image of Dagon had not only been toppled over again, but also Dagon's head and hands had been broken off.

P319

Shortly thereafter, the Philistines, who lived in Ashdod where THE ARK of THE COVENANT had been taken, started to get tumors in various parts of their bodies and many of them die from the tumors. The Philistines see that all these evil things started to happen to them after THE ARK had been brought into their city. So, the Philistines, believing that THE GOD of the Children of ISRAEL had placed a curse on them for their taking of THE ARK, decide to move the ARK to another Philistine City, the City of Gath. Once the ARK arrives in the City of Gath, the men of Gath also start getting tumors just as they did in Ashdod. But now the Philistine men were getting the tumors in their gonads and they also start dying from them. So the Philistines now decide to move the ARK again to another Philistine City, and this time it is the City of Ekron.

P319 P320

Once the people in Ekron hear that THE ARK OF THE COVENANT is being brought into their city, they panic! The people having heard of the curses that had already come upon the cities of Ashdod and Gath, fear that those same PLAGUES would now be in their city also. When the ARK of THE COVENANT arrives in Ekron, the men of the city immediately start to get the same tumors as did the other two cities and the city has now become infested with mice. Then the men of Ekron start dying from the tumors and those who didn't get the tumors get painful hemorrhoids, and couldn't walk as a result of them.

P320

The people of Ekron then cry out in fear to their Leaders to remove the ARK of THE COVENANT from their city. They are saying that they will all perish from the curse that had come upon them for their taking of the HEBREW ARK from the Children of ISRAEL. The Philistine Leaders then decide to get rid of the ARK, but are uncertain where to take it. So the Philistines then place THE ARK in an ox drawn cart. *35

P320

*35 As you will see by the Scriptures in 1st Samuel, GOD allowed the Philistines to TOUCH the ARK. This was something that only the Levite Priests were allowed to do in ISRAEL, as anyone else who had ever touched THE ARK had been consumed with FIRE for doing so. GOD allowed the Philistines to touch THE ARK, because HE wanted the ARK to be MOVED throughout the Philistine cities. The reason HE did this is so HE could inflict the Philistines with THE PLAGUES for taking the ARK and instill the FEAR of GOD into them!

P320

With the Philistines now FEARING GOD, they believe that they should offer something to THE GOD of ISRAEL so HE might lift THE PLAGUES off them. So they make five golden mice and five golden tumors to give them as an offering to GOD. They make the five golden mice and the five golden tumors for the representation of the curses of the mice and the tumors they had received, and because there were five tribes of the Philistines, they made five of each for an offering. They placed the five golden mice and the five golden tumors in the cart along side of the ARK as a trespass offering to THE LORD, in hope THE LORD would then remove the curse from them. The Philistines, not being absolutely certain as to where they should take THE ARK, yoke oxen to the cart where THE ARK was placed. The two oxen that were chosen to draw the cart, had never been yoked or had ever drawn a cart before.

P320

They then send the ox drawn cart off on its own to see where the ARK should end up. The Philistines follow behind the cart carrying the ARK from a distance to observe where it may go and see that it heads directly back into the land of ISRAEL, on its own. Once back in the borders of ISRAEL the ox drawn cart stops at the field of Joshua. After the Philistines had seen for themselves how THE LORD had returned the ARK back to ISRAEL, they leave THE ARK and the cart at the field of Joshua and return to their City of Ekron.

P320 P321

When the CHILDREN of ISRAEL see that THE ARK of THE COVENANT has come back to ISRAEL, they gather around it but leave it untouched and summon the Levite Priests to come and remove the ARK from the ox drawn cart. Once the Levite Priests had removed the ARK the people out of curiosity decide to remove its cover so they may look inside to see the contents of THE ARK. THE LORD, in ANGER for their removing the cover of the ARK, kills fifty thousand and seventy of the curious on-looking people and the others scatter! Once the people were at a safe distance from the ARK, the Levite Priests bring the ARK to the nearby house of A-bin'-a-dab. The Levite Priests then sanctify A-bin'-a-dab's son, E-le-a'-zar, who is also a Levite, so he could come near to THE ARK of THE COVENANT while it is at the house of his father. The ARK remains in the house of A-bin'-a-dab for the next twenty years.

P321

ISRAEL wants a King

P321

With Samuel being a PROPHET and JUDGE over ISRAEL, the people come to him and complain about their not having a King. They tell Samuel that they no longer want a JUDGE to rule over them and now want a King to RULE ISRAEL. They go on to tell Samuel, they want to be just like the other nations who all have Kings ruling over them who are willing to fight for their cause. Samuel in frustration confronts THE LORD on the matter of ISRAEL having a King instead of a JUDGE to RULE over them. GOD tells Samuel to listen to the voice of the people and that HE will now allow them to have a King.

P321

THE LORD tells Samuel that he must however first warn the people, of the consequences associated with them having a King to RULE over them. THE LORD explains how a King will require a certain amount of taxation from the people, and how a King will take their sons to be his soldiers in battle, and also gather all the best of their land and their crops to himself, to benefit his kingdom. So Samuel explains this to the people and warns them against having a King other than GOD. Samuel also explains to the people that when they cry out to GOD because of their hardships with the King, that GOD will not help them, because it was their choice and not GOD'S CHOICE to make for themselves a King.

P321

1 Samuel 8:7 And THE LORD said unto Samuel, Hearken unto the voice of the people in all that they say unto thee: for they have not rejected thee, but they have rejected ME, that I should not reign over them.

P321 Kjb1611 P322

Saul of the Tribe of Benjamin, ANOINTED King of ISRAEL

P322

There was a man by the name of Kish who was of the tribe of Benjamin, and Kish had a son whose name was Saul. Saul was very tall and well over six feet with his shoulder height being about the height of the normal man. One day, Kish, Saul's father, sends Saul off to find his asses that had gone astray. After a two-day journey with Saul not able to locate the lost asses, both he and his servant decide to go to the city where the Prophet Samuel lives. They do this in hope that Samuel, the man of GOD, would help them locate the lost asses, for Saul BELIEVED a SEER (A PROPHET) could foresee where the lost asses may have gone.

P322

Meanwhile, THE LORD tells Samuel that HE will send him the man who is to be the New King and Ruler over ISRAEL. On the next day as Saul approaches the city where Samuel lives, THE LORD tells Samuel the man who has come into the city and is now approaching him, is the one who HE had selected to be the King over ISRAEL.

P322

When Saul meets Samuel, he explains to Samuel how he and his servant had been looking for his father's lost asses and is unable to locate them. Saul further tells Samuel how he had hoped that he being a man of GOD (A Prophet) could tell him where the lost asses were. Samuel tells Saul that the asses had already been found and he need not worry about them, for his father had the asses back in his possession. Samuel then requests that Saul remain in the city that day, and join him for dinner that evening. Saul being somewhat confused by Samuel's invitation to dinner, wonders why a revered man such as the Prophet Samuel would want someone like him to join him for dinner?

P322

That afternoon when Saul shows up for dinner, he sees Samuel seated at the table with about thirty of the Elders of ISRAEL, and that it is somewhat of a formal gathering. Samuel places Saul at the head of the table where he and the Elders are sitting and Samuel tells Saul, how they had waited dinner for him. Samuel instructs the servant who is serving the food to serve Saul the finest piece of meat on the platter, and Saul sees this. Saul being very confused as to why he is being treated with such honor, accepts that which is being given to him graciously and Samuel invites Saul to spend the night as his guest.

P322

When both Samuel and Saul awake the following morning. Samuel tells Saul to let his servant go on ahead of him because he had a message for Saul from GOD, and he didn't want the servant to hear what he had to say.

P322 P323

1 Samuel 10:1 Then Samuel took a vial of oil, and poured it upon his head, and kissed him, and said, IS IT NOT BECAUSE THE LORD HATH ANOINTED THEE TO BE CAPTAIN OVER HIS INHERITANCE?

P323 Kjb1611

After Samuel ANOINTS Saul with the oil, he gives him a PROPHECY. Samuel tells him of the events that will take place on his journey back home: How a band of roving Prophets will cross his path, and how the SPIRIT of THE LORD will come upon him. Samuel tells Saul that after his meeting up with the Prophets, he will start speaking in TONGUES, as the Prophets do. Shortly after their conversation Saul leaves and heads back towards his home, and all that Samuel had told Saul about his journey back home, came to pass!

P323

When Saul finally arrives home his uncle greets him and tells him how he has heard that Saul had spent a great deal of time with the Prophet Samuel as his honored guest. Saul's uncle further tells him how he had also heard by rumors, how Saul had been in the company of the Prophets and had also prophesied (spoke in TONGUES) like the Prophets. His uncle then asks Saul to tell him what had happened during his visit with the Prophet Samuel, for he was quite curious as to what transpired between them! Saul then tells his uncle everything, except he purposely omits telling him about the ANOINTING that had taken place, and how GOD had given Saul the authority (ANOINTING) to be the King of ISRAEL.

P323

Saul Reigns in Gibeah

P323

Shortly after Saul had returned home, Samuel calls for all the tribes of ISRAEL to gather at Mizpeh. Once all the heads of the tribes had gathered there, Samuel tells the people that THE LORD has selected Saul to be their King. However, not all the Tribes of ISRAEL wanted Saul for their King, and refused him! So Saul reigned over the Tribes of Benjamin and Judah only.

P323

After a few short years as reigning King over the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, Saul starts to do things on his own accord and this displeases THE LORD. Samuel being the Prophet and overseeing the Kings behavior had been instructed by GOD to have Saul do certain things, however Saul did not follow Samuel's instructions. *36

P323

*36 THE LORD gave ISRAEL the Prophet and the JUDGE to keep them in line with THE LORD'S COMMANDMENTS, and even though ISRAEL now had been allowed by THE LORD to have a King, the Prophet and the JUDGE (in this case Samuel) was still the VOICE of THE LORD. With Samuel being in AUTHORITY to JUDGE the actions of the King, Samuel was the VOICE of GOD and Saul needed to listen to Samuel. However, with the power given to Saul going to his head, he was not consulting with Samuel on any matters and doing whatever he pleased. The power and authority that Saul was given as King was causing him to not hearken unto the VOICE of THE LORD. Saul's tendency was to go off and do things on his own and deviate from GOD'S instructions as was spoken through the Prophet Samuel. With obedience being the KEY in serving GOD, and more important than sacrifice or offering before HIM, Saul was neither LISTENING or being OBEDIENT to THE LORD!

P324

Saul gets Ousted!

P324

THE LORD instructs Samuel to send Saul off to war against the Amalekites and to kill them all and DESTROY all their possessions and take nothing from them. Samuel explains this in detail to Saul, how he should kill every man, woman, and child, and even all of their animals, because the Amalekites were of Canaanite ancestry and worshiped idols. Samuel also tells Saul that they should not take anything from the Amalekites and he was to destroy all of their belongings. But Saul does not do as he had so been instructed by the Prophet Samuel and decides to spare the King of the Amalekites. He also decides to take the best of their cattle and their sheep for a reward for his defeat of them. This GREATLY displeases and FRUSTRATES THE LORD and HE tells Samuel to tell Saul, and Samuel confronts Saul on the matter. Saul explains to Samuel that he had kept the cattle and the sheep to make a sacrifice to THE LORD with them, and that the people did not want to kill all of the Amalekite's cattle and sheep but rather had preferred to keep them. Saul further tells Samuel how he had listened to the voice of the people and what they wanted and how their demands had caused him to deviate from Samuel's instructions.

P324

1 Samuel 15:22 And Samuel said, Hath THE LORD as great delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices, as in obeying the VOICE of THE LORD? Behold, to obey is better than sacrifice, and to hearken than the fat of rams.

P324 Kjb1611

1 Samuel 15:23 For rebellion is as the sin of witchcraft, and stubbornness is as iniquity and idolatry. Because thou hast rejected the WORD of THE LORD, HE hath also rejected thee from being King.

P324 Kjb1611 P325

Samuel then tells Saul to bring to him A'-gag, the King of the Amalekites and they bring A'-gag to Samuel.

P325

1 Samuel 15:33 And Samuel said, As thy sword hath made women childless, so shall thy mother be childless among women. And Samuel hewed A'-gag in pieces before THE LORD in Gil'-gal.

P325 Kjb1611

DAVID Anointed KING over ISRAEL

P325

While Samuel is still upset over THE LORD'S disenfranchising Saul as King. THE LORD tells Samuel not to fret because HE had rejected Saul as the King over ISRAEL.GOD tells Samuel to fill his horn with anointing oil and go up to BETHLEHEM, and while there find a man by the name of Jesse, and THE LORD will then pick one of the sons of Jesse to be the next KING over ISRAEL. Samuel tells THE LORD that if Saul were to find out that he had went to BETHLEHEM to ANOINT another to be the King over ISRAEL, he would have him put to death for it.

P325

THE LORD tells Samuel to bring a heifer with him to BETHLEHEM and if anyone were to ask why he had come up to BETHLEHEM, tell them he had come up to sacrifice to THE LORD. THE LORD further tells Samuel that once he gets to BETHLEHEM he is to call Jesse and his sons to the sacrifice, and once Samuel had viewed ALL of Jesse's sons, THE LORD would PICK one of Jesse's sons to be the REIGNING KING over ISRAEL.

P325

1 Samuel 16:4 And Samuel did that which THE LORD spake, and came to BETH'-LE-HEM. And the Elders of the town TREMBLED at his coming, and said, Comest thou peaceably? *37

P325 Kjb1611

*37 With Samuel being both a Nazarite and a JUDGE and known to be a MAN of GOD, he was both respected and FEARED by ALL the people. Whenever Samuel would show up on the scene the people knew that he was there on behalf of GOD and there was always a concern by them as to why he was there. As with the other men of GOD, Samuel was given GREAT POWER and AUTHORITY by GOD and the people knew this and were quite frightened at his presence. If someone were to oppose Samuel's PRESENCE, GOD would bring a CURSE upon them and in some circumstances send FIRE down from HEAVEN, CONSUMING them.

P325

Once in BETHLEHEM Samuel tells the Elders of Bethlehem that he has come up to sacrifice to THE LORD, and that THE LORD requested the presence of both Jesse and his sons at the SACRIFICE. Once hearing this, the Elders PROMPTLY bring Jesse and his sons to Samuel and he has Jesse's sons pass before him one by one. When Jesse's eldest son E'-li-ab passes first before Samuel, Samuel sees that E'-li-ab has a very large stature similar to Saul's. Samuel also sees that E'-li-ab is a very attractive man and says within himself, surely it must be E'-li-ab who will be THE LORD'S next Anointed.

P325 P326

1 Samuel 16:7 But THE LORD said unto Samuel, Look not on his countenance, or on the height of his stature; because I have refused him: for THE LORD seeth not as man seeth; for man looketh on the outward appearance, but THE LORD looketh on the HEART. *38

P326 Kjb1611

*38 What THE LORD is telling Samuel is that HE sees the person SPIRITUALLY and not as flesh and bones, for the HEART of MAN spoken of in the Scripture, refers to a person's SPIRIT.

P326

The Scriptures go on to say that Jesse has SEVEN of his son's pass before Samuel and THE LORD does not pick any of those SEVEN to be HIS ANOINTED and Samuel asks Jesse if he has any other sons. Jesse tells Samuel that he has one more son who is the youngest and is out in the field tending to the sheep. Samuel tells Jesse that he will not sacrifice unto THE LORD until he has seen ALL of Jesse's sons, including his youngest son.

P326

1 Samuel 16:10 Again, Jesse made SEVEN of his sons to pass before Samuel. And Samuel said unto Jesse, THE LORD hath not chosen these.

P326 Kjb1611

1 Samuel 16:11 And Samuel said unto Jesse, Are here all thy children? And he said, There remaineth yet the youngest, and, behold, he keepeth the sheep. And Samuel said unto Jesse, Send and fetch him: for we will not sit down till he come hither. *39

P326 Kjb1611

*39 The Scriptures tell us that SEVEN of Jesse's sons passed before Samuel prior to DAVID'S passing before him, making DAVID, Jesse's eighth son. However, DAVID is Jesse's SEVENTH SON and not the eighth and this can be verified in the Book of 1 Chronicles, Chapter 2, verses, 13, 14, and 15.

P326

1 Chronicles 2:13 And Jesse begat his firstborn E-li'-ab, and Abin'-a-dab the second, and Shim'-ma the third,

P326 Kjb1611

1 Chronicles 2:14 Ne-than'-e-el the fourth, Rad'-dai the fifth,

P327 Kjb1611

1 Chronicles 2:15 O'-zem the sixth, DAVID the SEVENTH:

P327 Kjb1611

Note: So therefor, one should ask is this an error in the Scriptures? The answer to this question is, yes, this is an error! However, this error has been purposely placed within the Scriptures. DAVID was indeed Jesse's SEVENTH son, so why would the Scripture in 1 Samuel state otherwise, saying, that seven of Jesse's sons had passed before Samuel prior to DAVID'S passing before him making DAVID the eighth son? THE LORD PURPOSELY put this error in the Scripture so those seeking the TRUTH through the WORD of GOD may see how the answer can be found in another Scripture within THE WORD of GOD!

P327

Ecclesiastes 11:1 Cast thy bread upon the waters: for thou shalt find it after many days.

P327 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 11:2 Give a portion to SEVEN, and also to EIGHT; for thou knowest not what evil shall be upon the earth. *40

P327 Kjb1611

*40 These Scriptures give the PROPHECY of my pointing out to YOU this error in the Scripture, that was written many thousands of years ago. The "casting your bread upon the waters", is ones placing their TRUST in the WORD of GOD. The "finding it after many days", is both the finding out of the error and as well the explanation to the error! The "giving a portion to SEVEN and also to EIGHT", is the error itself which in itself does not affect THE WORD of GOD. The Scripture also applies to the person who shall point out the error to you; for the sum of the number of my name, "ROBERT" is the number "78". "For thou knowest not what evil shall be upon the earth", relates to both the error and its explanation given to you in this BOOK, for it is given to you at the END TIMES when evil starts to abound in the earth! The HOLY BIBLE tells you that at the END TIMES all the answers to all questions regarding the Scriptures will be answered: The mystery surrounding the WORD of GOD will be REVEALED and this is only the beginning of that REVELATION!

P327

Revelation 10:7 But in the days of the VOICE of the SEVENTH ANGEL, when HE shall begin to SOUND, the MYSTERY of GOD should be finished, as HE hath DECLARED to HIS servants the Prophets.

P327 Kjb1611

However, one MUST REMEMBER that all Scripture in THE WORD of GOD has a MULTITUDE of APPLICATIONS and the Scriptures can be applied to the past, the present, or the future. The past, the present, and the future LAYERS are the first THREE LAYERS of THE WORD of GOD, therefor ONE must know in what LAYER the answer lies, to properly apply it! In regard to the MEANING of the Scripture taken from Ecclesiastes 11:2, the PROPHECY given is contained in the 2nd LAYER of the Scripture, thus applying itself to the PRESENT. The PAST and the FUTURE, LAYERS 1 and 3 of this same Scripture have an entirely different APPLICATION!

P327 P328

Back to DAVID

P328

After Samuel finds out that Jesse has yet one more son whom he has not yet seen, Jesse summons his son DAVID from the sheepfolds and brings him before Samuel. When Samuel sees DAVID, DAVID has an appearance quite the contrary to what Samuel had expected. Samuel sees a young eighteen-year old boy with red hair and having a very light complexion. DAVID is also slightly freckled across his cheeks and is rather short when compared to his older brothers, being only five foot, six inches tall. However what did impress Samuel was DAVID'S glowing countenance, and HIS beautiful smile. THE LORD then says to Samuel, "ARISE, ANOINT HIM: FOR THIS IS HE".

P328

1 Samuel 16:13 Then Samuel took the horn of oil, and anointed him in the midst of his brethren: and THE SPIRIT of THE LORD came upon DAVID from that day forward. So Samuel rose up, and went to Ra'-mah.

P328 Kjb1611

Shortly after Samuel's ANOINTING of DAVID, Saul gathered his army together and was set in an array to go into battle against the Philistines. With the area of Judah being challenged by the Philistines, Saul gathered his troops together to defend it. Once the battle area had been staged, the CHILDREN of ISRAEL were set on one mountainside while the Philistine army was on the other mountainside with each of the warring factions facing one towards the other. The Philistines, having an offspring of the Anakim (Angelic Offspring) by the name of Goliath as their mighty warrior, offer him as their representative to fight for them. The Philistines CHALLENGE the CHILDREN of ISRAEL to send their greatest warrior to be their representative so he may fight against Goliath and the winner of that match would determine the winner of the battle, between ISRAEL and Philistia.

P328

With Goliath being well over nine feet tall, King Saul cannot find anyone of the CHILDREN of ISRAEL suitable to fight against a man of that size. After several days of a standoff between the two warring factions, DAVID is sent by HIS father to the battleground to bring his older brothers some food, and to check on their well being. DAVID, not being yet twenty years old, was considered by HEBREW LAW not old enough to go into battle, and this is why HE was not among the ISRAELITE Army set to fight. DAVID inquires why the battle had not yet begun and what had caused the standoff between ISRAEL and the Philistines. The soldiers explain to DAVID as to how the Philistines had challenged them to fight against the GIANT Goliath and how the winner of that match would determine the outcome of the battle. They also tell DAVID that King Saul would HONOR the man who could defeat the GIANT, but as of yet the King had not found a worthy competitor for him!

P328 P329

DAVID tells the men, that this GIANT Goliath is nothing more than a heathen, and neither Goliath or the Philistines can compete against an army or even a man being led by THE ALMIGHTY GOD. DAVID tells Saul that he should not be offended or feel inferior to Goliath and that HE would go out to fight for ISRAEL. With Saul not having any other options he agrees to let DAVID go and fight against the GIANT Goliath. Once DAVID had received Saul's permission to fight, HE goes down to the stream and gathers FIVE smooth stones from the stream to use in his sling against the Giant. *41

P329

*41 The reason DAVID gathers five smooth stones from the stream, rather than only one (for DAVID will have only enough time to sling one stone at the Giant), is because in all of the world there were only FIVE Anakim left. Goliath was one of those five and all of them were related to one another and living among the Philistines. The five stones represent one stone for each of the Anakim, all of which DAVID or his ELECT ultimately kill prior to DAVID'S death. After the reign of KING DAVID there were not any more Anakim left on earth for HE and his ELECT had killed them all!

P329

Once DAVID goes out to battle against Goliath and Goliath sees him approaching, he feels insulted by ISRAEL'S sending a young and rather small boy to fight him. With DAVID armed only with a staff in HIS hand and a sling, and not wearing any type of armor (because DAVID refused to wear Saul's armor), Goliath becomes infuriated and curses DAVID by his gods. Goliath threatens to slay DAVID and leave his dead body for the vultures to eat. DAVID in reply to him says that Goliath may be armed with a sword, a spear, and a shield, but HE was armed with THE ALMIGHTY GOD, and on that very day GOD would deliver Goliath into his hand, and HE would have Goliath's head!

P329

Once the words had been exchanged, Goliath charges toward DAVID and DAVID takes one of the smooth stones out of his bag and slings it at the Giant hitting him directly in the temple of his head, knocking him to the ground. While Goliath is now laying on the ground unconscious, DAVID takes Goliath's huge sword from him and lops off his head. Once the Philistines had seen what had happened to their mighty giant, they all fled the scene. DAVID then stood with his foot upon Goliath's back while holding the Giant's severed head in his hand and ALL of ISRAEL cheered!

P329 P330

After DAVID'S GREAT DEFEAT of the Philistine Giant, DAVID is honored by King Saul and given a position as a captain in the army of ISRAEL, in spite of HIS age, being under twenty years old. Saul now treating DAVID like a son introduces him to all that were close to the King and DAVID plays the HARP for Saul to soothe him when he is troubled. Once Saul's son Jonathan and DAVID meet they become very close friends and are like brothers to one another.

P330

As time goes on however, Saul starts to hate DAVID and is jealous of how the people REVERE him. All of ISRAEL come to LOVE DAVID because of HIS great DEFEATS over the Philistine Army, and they openly PRAISE DAVID above Saul. On several occasions Saul tries to kill DAVID because of his jealousy, but each and every time Saul's attempts fail!

P330

Saul even goes so far in his attempts to kill DAVID, he gives HIM his daughter Michal to marry. He does this in hopes that Michal will betray DAVID'S TRUST and give Saul the opportunity to kill HIM. However Michal foils that effort by warning DAVID about her father's plan to kill HIM. Saul makes several other attempts on DAVID'S life, and on several occasions. Jonathan the son of Saul saves DAVID from his father's plots to kill HIM.

P330

DAVID eventually flees from Saul for fear of HIS life causing HIM to leave ISRAEL. While in exile HE gathers a band of dedicated men who are loyal to HIM, and DAVID and HIS men by the guidance of GOD continually defeat anyone who dares to come out against them. DAVID on several occasions is given the opportunity to kill Saul, but each and every time DAVID decides to spare Saul's life. DAVID'S refusing to kill him is due to HIS honoring Saul for being the King over ISRAEL. DAVID even for a period of time lives amongst the Philistines who believed that DAVID had defected from ISRAEL, and they even considered DAVID and HIS men to be their allies rather than their enemies. *42

P330

*42 THE LORD had DAVID live among the Philistines so HE could learn the Philistine war tactics and strategies: so in the latter times DAVID could defeat them by using their own tactics and strategies of war against them.

P330

King Saul still being outrageously jealous of DAVID in a vengeful gesture gives DAVID'S wife Michal to another man, while DAVID is in exile and living in the mountains. While living in the mountain caves as an outlaw to ISRAEL, DAVID marries again to two other women. With DAVID and his band of men growing GREATER in STRENGTH and in REPUTATION throughout the land, after several years passing since HIS exile from ISRAEL. Saul again goes into battle against the Philistines. However, in this battle both Saul and his son Jonathan, and two of Saul's other sons are killed. After the deaths of Saul and Jonathan, DAVID returns to ISRAEL bringing with HIM HIS band of loyal followers.

P330 P331

6.13 The Second Book of Samuel

P331

Shortly after the death of Saul and Jonathan, DAVID asks THE LORD if HE should return to JUDAH? THE LORD tells HIM that HE should go back to JUDAH and dwell in one of the cities of Hebron. After DAVID had gone to Hebron, (a territory of JUDAH), the people of JUDAH come to DAVID and anoint HIM to be the KING over the house of JUDAH.

P331

Meanwhile, Abner, Saul's Captain of the Guard, anoints Saul's surviving son Ish-bo'-sheth to be the next King over ISRAEL, with ISRAEL at that time being primarily the Tribe of Benjamin. Due to a power struggle going on between the House of JUDAH and ISRAEL, a man by the name of Joab, DAVID'S Captain of the Guard, confronts Abner, Ish-bo'-sheth's Captain of the Guard at the Pool of Gibeon. With each Captain of the Guard having a small group of men with them, they confront one another first with words and then in a fierce fight with swords. This confrontation ends up with a defeat of Abner, by Joab, with Abner being the only one who escapes. During Abner's flee from Joab, he kills Joab's younger brother, A'-sa-hel, who had been chasing after him, and because of the death of A'-sa-hel, Joab seeks revenge.

P331

DAVID, now RULING over Judah becomes the more popular of the two Kings in ISRAEL. As DAVID becomes more popular, King Ish-bo'-sheth (Saul's son) becomes less popular and starts losing the respect of the people. There begins to be infighting between Ish-bo'-sheth and Abner, Ish-bo'-sheth's Captain of the Guard. During one of their squabbles, Ish-bo'-sheth accuses Abner of having a sexual relationship with one of his late father Saul's, concubines. This accusation by Ish-bo'-sheth causes Abner to defect from ISRAEL and form an alliance with KING DAVID. DAVID had a great deal of respect for Abner, and feels that the people of ISRAEL would follow Abner rather than Ish-bo'-sheth, so DAVID and Abner agree to join forces.

P331

Once Joab, DAVID'S Captain of the Guard finds out that Abner had had a secret meeting with DAVID, he feels threatened, and offended by it. Joab already hating Abner for killing his brother decides to lure Abner into a trap to kill him. Abner trusting in Joab because of his alliance with DAVID, is drawn into Joab's trap and Joab kills Abner to avenge his brother, A'-sa-hel's death. This act by Joab greatly displeases DAVID because he had great respect for Abner, and DAVID never forgives Joab for killing him.

P331 P332

Shortly after the death of Abner, two of King Ish-bo'-sheth's captains assassinate him while he asleep in his own bedroom. The same two captains then go to DAVID and tell him what they had done, in hopes DAVID might praise them for it. But DAVID on the contrary is offended by their actions, and has them both killed for their assassinating Ish-bo'-sheth, King of Israel.

P332

DAVID Reigns over ALL of ISRAEL

P332

Shortly after the assassination of King Ish-bo'-sheth the Elders of the ten other tribes of ISRAEL, along with those of the Tribe of Benjamin come to DAVID, and ask him if HE would be their KING and REIGN over all TWELVE TRIBES of ISRAEL.

P332

2 Samuel 5:3 So all the Elders of ISRAEL came to the KING to He'-bron; and KING DAVID made a league with them in He'-bron before THE LORD: and they ANOINTED DAVID KING over ISRAEL.

P332 Kjb1611

DAVID was thirty years old when he was ANOINTED KING over all of the TWELVE TRIBES of ISRAEL. He had already reigned as the KING for SEVEN years and SIX months over JUDAH in Hebron, and would go on to REIGN for another thirty-three years over ALL of ISRAEL and JUDAH.

P332

DAVID'S SEVEN WIVES

P332

DAVID had SEVEN wives at the time of HIS being ANOINTED the KING over ALL of ISRAEL. One of those SEVEN wives was HIS first wife, Michal, the daughter of Saul. DAVID had reclaimed Michal after Saul had given her to another man and had Abner take her from that man and bring her back to HIM. The bringing of Michal back to DAVID was part of the deal that DAVID had made with Abner to show Abner's sincerity in joining DAVID, while making the alliance between the two kingdoms, in Hebron.

P332

The names of the other two wives after Michal, were A-hin-o-am and Ab'-igail. These are the two who DAVID had married while he was in exile. DAVID had sons with both of these women during his reign over JUDAH, in Hebron. HE also had sons in Hebron with Princess Ma'-a-cah, Hag'-gith, Ab-i-tal, and Eg'-lah. However, DAVID never had any children with Michal the daughter of Saul. This was partly due to the bitterness that Michal had towards DAVID because of her being taken forcefully from her second husband by Abner, and brought back to DAVID. This was part of the deal struck between Abner and DAVID; that Michal be returned to HIM. Even though Michal was brought back to DAVID and she was still his wife, DAVID never slept with Michal after her return, due to her willfully being with another man!

P332 P333

After DAVID'S taking the Throne of all of ISRAEL, DAVID moves to JERUSALEM. Once in JERUSALEM, DAVID meets with some resistance from the Elders there, because some of bitterness between ISRAEL and JUDAH still lingered. However, the resistance soon after diminished. While in JERUSALEM, DAVID built himself a house and its location was renamed, "The City of DAVID". The City of DAVID was a southeastern hill in JERUSALEM and not a separate city. While in JERUSALEM, DAVID continues to marry and take more concubines for HIMSELF.

P333

2 Samuel 5:13 And DAVID took him more concubines and wives out of JERUSALEM, after he was come from He'-bron: and there were yet sons and daughters born to DAVID.

P333 Kjb1611

2 Samuel 5:14 And these be the names of those that were born unto him in JERUSALEM; Sham-mu'-a, and Sho'-bab, and Nathan, and SOLOMON,

P333 Kjb1611

2 Samuel 5:15 Ib'-har also, and El-i-shu'-a, and Ne'-pheg, and Ja-phi-a,

P333 Kjb1611

2 Samuel 5:16 And E-lish'-a-ma, and E-li'-ada, and E-liph'-a-let.

P333 Kjb1611

With the LORD'S help DAVID goes on to defeat the Philistines in their entirety and decides to bring THE ARK of the COVENANT out of the house of A-bin-a-dab (where it had been for twenty years) and into JERUSALEM. Once they had removed the ARK from A-bin-a-dab's house, they placed the ARK on a cart drawn by oxen and played musical instruments before it, as it headed towards JERUSALEM.

P333

Along the way the oxen shook the cart, and Uz'-zah one of DAVID'S men, put forth his hand to steady the ARK. The moment his hand had touched the ARK, a bolt of lightning came forth from IT and struck Uz'-zah, killing him. This troubled DAVID that GOD had taken the life of HIS friend Uz'-zah for accidentally touching the ARK, and now DAVID was uncertain whether GOD would allow THE ARK of the COVENANT to be brought into JERUSALEM. So DAVID by himself carried the ARK to the nearby house of O'-bed-e'-dom and THE ARK of THE COVENANT remains in O'-bed-e'dom's house for three months. THE LORD during those three months, BLESSED the house of O'-bed-e'-dom, because O'-bed-e'-dom never let THE ARK out of his sight the entire time it was there. GOD BLESSED both O'-bed-e'dom and his household, for looking after the ARK! *43

P333 P334

*43 The reason THE LORD killed Uz'-zah was twofold. First and foremost, THE ARK of the COVENANT was always to be carried by the Levite Priests and not drawn on a cart by oxen. This was made clear in GOD'S instructions to MOSES. This act of moving THE ARK on a cart with oxen DISHONORED THE LORD because this is the manner in which the Philistines had previously moved it. Also, Uz'-zah was not CONSECRATED by GOD to either carry or touch THE ARK. However. O'-bed-e'-dom was not CONSECRATED either, but he wasn't harmed in anyway! This was because O'-bed-e'-dom offered his house to THE LORD and GOD honored him for it. During those three months in his house, neither O'-bed-e'-dom, his family or servants, came near to or touched THE ARK. You will also see from the Scripture that it was DAVID who carried THE ARK into the house of O'-bed-e'dom, because no one else would dare touch it!

P334

After THE ARK had remained in the house of O'-bed-e'-dom for three months, DAVID returns to bring THE ARK of THE COVENANT back with him to JERUSALEM. This time DAVID moves THE ARK properly, and brings the Levite Priests with HIM to bear up THE ARK and carry it on their shoulders. This time both DAVID and those bearing THE ARK are most cautious to not anger THE LORD, so while moving THE ARK they stop every six paces and make a sacrifice to GOD.

P334

The Scriptures WITNESS that DAVID while moving THE ARK, was wearing only a linen Ephod (a priest's vest) and HE danced before IT, exposing his buttocks and his most private parts to the onlookers. As THE ARK enters into the city of JERUSALEM, DAVID'S first wife Michal (the daughter of Saul) sees DAVID through her window dancing before THE ARK. When Michal sees that DAVID is wearing only an ephod and his buttocks were exposed, this embarrasses her. With their marital relationship being essentially nonexistent, and her despising DAVID for being taken forcefully by Abner and brought back to HIM, Michal accuses DAVID of making an exhibition of himself in front of the people. But DAVID tells Michal that HE was preferred by GOD over her father Saul to be the KING over ISRAEL, and if HE had offended her, so be it! Then because of Michal's open accusations against DAVID, Michal spends the rest of her life by herself and is frowned on by all the people. She never has any children; nor is she ever honored by anyone for being once a daughter and a wife to a KING of ISRAEL.

P334

Once DAVID had conquered the Philistines there was PEACE throughout the land of ISRAEL, and HE felt the need to build a TEMPLE for THE LORD and make a permanent resting-place for THE ARK of THE COVENANT. But THE LORD tells the Prophet Nathan (who is DAVID'S son), that one of DAVID'S sons (SOLOMON) will build THE TEMPLE for THE LORD, and not HIM. THE LORD said, because DAVID'S hands had shed so much blood HE would not allow DAVID to build THE TEMPLE. THE LORD tells Nathan that DAVID'S Throne, and also HIS SON'S Throne, will be established forever! *44

P335

*44 DAVID and SOLOMON both being SERAPHIM (two of the FOUR LIVING BEASTS), are two of the FOUR REIGNING KINGS in HEAVEN. In TONGUES (HEBREWAH) the WORD "Cor'-tah" means "SERAPHIM". It also means "JUDGE" or "KING". This is why in Chapter 20 of the Book of Revelation it talks of there being "THRONES" (Plural) where Judgment is made. This is because there are FOUR THRONES, one for each of the FOUR SERAPHIM. However, GOD has given the SERAPHIM only Judgment over works and not JUDGMENT, which may include CONDEMNATION! This JUDGMENT comes only by way of THE WHITE THRONE, the THRONE of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD! ONLY HE CAN CONDEMN TO ETERNAL DAMNATION!

P335

Revelation 20:4 And I saw Thrones, and they sat upon them, and JUDGMENT was given unto them: and I saw the SOULS of them that were beheaded for the witness of JESUS, and for THE WORD of GOD, and which had not worshipped the beast, neither his image, neither had received his mark upon their foreheads, or in their hands; and they lived and REIGNED with CHRIST a thousand years.

P335 Kjb1611

DAVID and Bath-sheba

P335

The Second book of Samuel continues on to tell of DAVID'S many conquests, and also about his adulterous affair with Bath-sheba, who is the mother of SOLOMON. The Scriptures describe how DAVID sends Bath-sheba's husband, Uriah, to the front line in battle purposely to cause his death. DAVID does this so he may have Bath-sheba whom he has gotten pregnant with his child for a wife. DAVID by HEBREW LAW could not take her for HIS wife if she were divorced, and could only have her if she were to become a widow. So DAVID makes certain that Bath-sheba will become a widow, by sending her husband Uriah out to fight where his chances of survival; were nil. This act by DAVID displeases THE LORD and GOD TELLS Nathan the Prophet to confront DAVID on the issue. Nathan confronts DAVID and HE REPENTS and is forgiven by GOD for his SIN; however, THE LORD does not allow the child, whom Bath-sheba and DAVID had out of wedlock to live.

P335 P336

DAVID had many sons and daughters and endures many hardships while raising them. Amnon, who was DAVID'S firstborn in Hebron by HIS wife Ahin-o-am, has a lust for his half-sister Tamar, and this lust eventually causes him to rape her and DAVID has to deal with this incestuous rape of HIS daughter. As a result of Amnon's raping Tamar, Absalom, who is Tamar's brother and also DAVID'S son, murders Amnon, causing Absalom to flee form DAVID for some period of time, fearing that DAVID would kill him for his killing Amnon. However, Absalom eventually returns to JERUSALEM and is forgiven by DAVID, for killing his half-brother.

P336

A short while after the return of Absalom to JERUSALEM, he gets into a power struggle with DAVID and tries to overthrow HIM and take possession of the Kingdom by force. However, Absalom ultimately ends up being killed in battle against DAVID'S men. Even though Absalom had caused a civil uprising in ISRAEL, his death causes DAVID to grieve over him, for DAVID had thought Absalom would be the next King of ISRAEL. *45

P336

*45 At this time, DAVID was not certain as to which one of his sons would be the King after him. Absalom was tall and quite a good-looking man and was respected by many of the people in ISRAEL, leading DAVID to believe that Absalom would be the next King over ISRAEL. But as with all men, DAVID was looking at the outward appearance of Absalom and not at his HEART, as THE LORD does!

P336

The Remaining four smooth stones

P336

2 Samuel, Chapter 21, verses 19 through 22 tell of the killing of the four remaining Anakim, fulfilling the use of the four remaining smooth stones that were gathered by DAVID in his battle with Goliath. The five smooth stones that DAVID had gathered from the brook represented the five Anakim that were left upon the earth. After DAVID'S killing of Goliath, there yet remained four of Goliath's sons, all of whom were living among the Philistines.

P336

2 Samuel 21:22 These four were born to the GIANT in Gath, and fell by the hand of DAVID, and by the hand of his servants.

P336 Kjb1611

The Devil Deceives DAVID

P337

The Second Book of Samuel ends with DAVID calling for a census of the people. The HOLY BIBLE implies that DAVID does the census by the direction of THE LORD. However DAVID is being deceived into believing that the direction is coming from THE LORD, while it was really coming from the devil. Joab, HIS Captain of the Guard, warns DAVID against taking the census, but DAVID'S insistence prevails, and the census is taken. After DAVID numbers the people, THE LORD speaks to the Prophet Gad, telling Gad that DAVID had SINNED against GOD, for taking the census! Gad tells DAVID what THE LORD had said, and how GOD had given DAVID three choices for his punishment, and these are the three choices given to DAVID:

P337

1) ISRAEL would go through SEVEN years of famine. 2) The enemies of ISRAEL would be allowed to overrun them and chase ISRAEL down for three months. 3) ISRAEL would suffer three days of plague (pestilence) in their land.

P337

Note: You should notice by the THREE forms of punishment, that GOD was not punishing DAVID alone, but HE was rather punishing ALL of ISRAEL, for DAVID'S ACTIONS!

P337

DAVID, after reviewing the three choices for the punishment of ISRAEL, chooses the third choice, with DAVID trusting in THE LORD'S MERCY for ISRAEL'S fate.

P337

2 Samuel 24:15 So THE LORD sent a pestilence upon ISRAEL from the morning even to the time appointed: and there died of the people from Dan even to Be'-er-she'-ba SEVENTY thousand men.

P337 Kjb1611

2 Samuel 24:16 And when the ANGEL stretched out his hand upon JERUSALEM to destroy it, THE LORD repented HIM of the evil, and said to the ANGEL that destroyed the people, it is enough: stay now thine hand. And the ANGEL of THE LORD was by the threshingplace of A-rau'-nah the Jeb'-u-site.

P337 Kjb1611

DAVID asks THE LORD, why HE was punishing all the people for what HE had done alone? THE LORD tells DAVID by way of the Prophet Gad, if he wants THE LORD to stop the PLAGUE he should go and make an ALTAR and SACRIFICE to THE LORD for the good of the people, so that the plague should be stayed. *46

P337 P338

*46 As we have discussed before, THE LORD holds nations accountable for sinful acts done by their Leadership! So as you start to see the horrible things that are happening to the United States of America and the world, just remember who has taken GOD out of the schools, and out of the Leadership, and out of your lives! It MUST be UNDERSTOOD that GOD will punish an entire nation and not just its Leadership, for the SINS committed by that nation's Leadership!

P338

6.14 The Books of Kings and Chronicles

P338

The First Book of Kings

P338

DAVID, KING of ISRAEL, now sixty-three years old and bed ridden, has difficulty staying warm. So DAVID'S servants search throughout the land of ISRAEL to find a worthy young lady to come and keep DAVID warm at night. After searching for some period of time, they find a beautiful young lady by the name of Ab'-i-shag. Ab'-i-shag is honored to serve the KING and comes to the house of DAVID to live with the KING in his old age, as a concubine. Although Ab'-i-shag LOVES the KING and sleeps with DAVID to keep him warm at night she and the KING never engaged in any form of intimate relationship.

P338

ISRAEL, knowing DAVID was near to HIS death, looks towards its next King, and DAVID'S son Ad-o-ni'-jah decides that he should be the one to take the THRONE and RULE over ISRAEL. Ad-o-ni'-jah, proclaiming himself as the new King over ISRAEL, gathers his following in a celebration of him being the new King. Once THE LORD hears him proclaiming himself as King, GOD tells Nathan the Prophet to go to Bath-sheba who is SOLOMON'S mother, and have Bath-sheba go before DAVID in regard to the Kingdom; to remind HIM who is the RIGHTFUL HEIR to the Throne.

P338

THE LORD tells Nathan to have Bath-sheba REMIND DAVID as to what DAVID had told her regarding SOLOMON'S reigning after him as KING. THE LORD also tells Nathan that he should let DAVID know, Ad-o-ni'-jah was already proclaiming himself the new King over ISRAEL, and was in the midst of celebrating the event. Nathan does as THE LORD tells him, and both he and Bath-sheba go before DAVID. Once KING DAVID hears the matter, HE tells Nathan to get Za'-dok the Priest and Be-na'-iah HIS loyal Servant, and to also fetch the KING'S mule. DAVID says, once they had done this they were to put HIS SON SOLOMON on the KING'S mule, and ANOINT SOLOMON, KING of ISRAEL, in the eyes of the people. The KING further says that once SOLOMON had been ANOINTED THE KING, they were to then blow the TRUMPET and say, "GOD save KING SOLOMON".

P338 P339

Nathan, Za'-dok, and Be-na'-iah do as DAVID had told them to do, and all the people gather and rejoice over their new king, KING SOLOMON. Once Ad-o-ni'-jah hears the commotion from the CELEBRATION going on for SOLOMON, he asks those around him, what had caused the TRUMPETS to SOUND? They tell Ad-o-ni'-jah that SOLOMON had just been ANOINTED KING and the people were CELEBRATING the occasion. Once he and those that were with him hear this, they quickly disperse from the gathering for fear of dishonoring KING SOLOMON. Ad-o-ni'-jah, now knowing he had done wrong by proclaiming himself to be King, then runs off to ALTAR in THE TABERNACLE and grabs hold of the HORNS of THE ALTAR, looking for mercy and fearing for his life. *47

P339

*47 Going in to the TABERNACLE and taking hold of the HORNS of the ALTAR was something that was done when a person was seeking mercy. The law indicated: if anyone was in opposition to a newly anointed KING, they were considered to be a threat to the throne, and they would be more than likely put to death for it. By Ad-o-ni'-jah proclaiming himself to be the new King, he had demonstrated his opposition to KING SOLOMON'S REIGN and had put his life in jeopardy.

P339

When KING SOLOMON hears that his brother Ad-o-ni'-jah had gone into the TABERNACLE and taken hold of the HORNS of THE ALTAR for fear of his life, SOLOMON proclaims: If Ad-o-ni'-jah will show himself as a worthy man, no harm would come to him. So the first act of KING SOLOMON was to grant his brother Ad-o-ni'-jah clemency. DAVID, now very near to his death, gives some last minute instructions on some unfinished business to his son SOLOMON, and after doing so, BLESSES him. Shortly thereafter, DAVID dies at the age of sixty-three, and is buried in the city of DAVID (an area in southeastern JERUSALEM).

P339

Although SOLOMON had granted clemency to Ad-o-ni'-jah, THE LORD knows, because of Ad-o-ni'-jah's rebellious nature, he will later become a thorn in SOLOMON'S side. So THE LORD puts into Ad-o-ni'-jah's mind to ask for permission to have DAVID'S young concubine, Ab'-i-shag, for his wife. So Ad-o-ni'-jah goes to SOLOMON'S mother, Bath-sheba, and request that she go before the KING and ask HIS permission for him to have Ab'-i-shag. Once KING SOLOMON hears this request coming from HIS Mother HE is shocked, and SOLOMON asks her who had put her up to asking HIM this! SOLOMON was concerned because this request coming from HIS mother, was considered to be a disgraceful act by HEBREW LAW. Ab-i-shag, being a concubine to KING DAVID could never be allowed to be with another man, nor could she ever be anyone's wife. Once SOLOMON finds out that the request had come from his half-brother Ad-o-ni'-jah, this left SOLOMON with no other options but to have Ad-o-ni'-jah put to death. If SOLOMON had not done so for Ad-oni'-jah making this request, the name of KING DAVID would be dishonored, by allowing DAVID'S bed to be defiled. So SOLOMON orders the death of Ad-o-ni'-jah!

P339 P340

DAVID'S LAST Instructions to SOLOMON on unfinished business

P340

While on his deathbed, DAVID tells SOLOMON about certain matters regarding unfinished business that must be attended to, immediately following HIS death. These are things that DAVID had either sworn by an oath not to do while he was yet alive, or matters that were set aside for awhile and now needed addressing.

P340

So, after the death of KING DAVID, SOLOMON carries out HIS Father's last minute instructions. The first thing DAVID had told SOLOMON to do was to have Joab, the Captain of the Guard, put to death. DAVID has SOLOMON do this to avenge the murder of Abner, who Joab had murdered. This was an act that KING DAVID never forgave Joab for; however, HE swore not to kill him as long as HE was alive! There was also other innocent blood Joab had shed during the REIGN of KING DAVID that needed to be avenged, so SOLOMON ORDERS Joab to be killed!

P340

There was also another matter that had been set aside in regard to PROPHECY given to Samuel. SOLOMON orders that A-bi'-a-thar be removed from the priesthood, and replaces him with Za'-dok. DAVID instructed SOLOMON to do this so that the PROPHECY given to Samuel by THE LORD would be fulfilled. A-bi -a-thar, being a relative of Eli the Priest, whom THE LORD had said that both he and his house would be cut-off from priesthood forever, had to be removed from the Priesthood for the PROPHECY to come to PASS! There was also one last matter that needed to be attended too. Shim'-e-i, who had mocked DAVID prior to HIS return from exile, was told by SOLOMON that he could live in JERUSALEM, but if he were ever to leave the city, he would be put to death. Even though SOLOMON gave Shim-e'-i his life, he eventually violates KING SOLOMON'S confinement to the city, and goes out to look for two of his servants that had run off. This causes Shim-e'-i to be put to death for leaving the city!

P340

The REIGN of KING SOLOMON

P341

SOLOMON is now the reigning KING over ISRAEL and HE makes an alliance with Pharaoh, King of Egypt to make PEACE between the two nations. SOLOMON also marries one of the Pharaoh's daughters and brings her back to JERUSALEM to live. SOLOMON LOVED THE LORD and walked in the ways of his Father DAVID and HE made continual sacrifices to THE LORD and THE LORD GOD ALMIGHTY BLESSED SOLOMON for doing so.

P341

1 Kings 3:5 In Gib'-e-on THE LORD appeared to SOLOMON in a dream by night: And GOD said, Ask what I shall give thee.

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:6 And SOLOMON said, Thou hast shewed unto thy servant DAVID my Father GREAT MERCY, according as he walked before thee in TRUTH, and in RIGHTEOUSNESS, and in uprightness of HEART with thee; and thou hast kept for him this GREAT KINDNESS, that thou hast given him a son to sit on his Throne, as it is this day.

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:7 And now, O LORD my GOD, thou hast made thy Servant King instead of DAVID my Father: and I am but a little child: I know not how to go out or come in.

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:8 And thy Servant is in the midst of thy people which thou hast chosen, a GREAT people, that cannot be numbered nor counted for multitude.

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:9 Give therefore thy Servant an UNDERSTANDING HEART to JUDGE thy people, that I may discern between GOOD and bad: for who is able to JUDGE this thy so GREAT a people?

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:10 And the speech pleased THE LORD, that SOLOMON had asked this thing.

P341 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:11 And GOD said unto him, Because thou hast asked this thing, and hast not asked for thyself long life; neither hast asked riches for thyself, nor hast asked the life of thine enemies; but hast asked for thyself UNDERSTANDING to discern JUDGMENT;

P341 Kjb1611 P342

1 Kings 3:12 BEHOLD, I have done according to thy WORDS: lo, I have given thee a WISE and an UNDERSTANDING HEART; so that there was none like thee before thee, neither after thee shall any arise like unto thee.

P342 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:13 And I have also given thee that which thou hast not asked, both riches, and HONOUR: so that there shall not be any among the Kings like unto thee all thy days.

P342 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:14 And if thou wilt walk in my ways, to keep my statutes and my COMMANDMENTS, as thy Father DAVID did walk, then I will lengthen thy days.

P342 Kjb1611

1 Kings 3:15 And SOLOMON awoke; and, BEHOLD, it was a DREAM. And he came to JERUSALEM, and stood before THE ARK of THE COVENANT of THE LORD, and offered up burnt offerings, and offered peace offerings, and made a feast to all his servants.

P342 Kjb1611

So THE LORD gave SOLOMON GREAT WISDOM and he continually demonstrated that GREAT WISDOM in all of his JUDGMENTS. The entire known world at that time had heard of SOLOMON'S GREAT WISDOM and came from near and far to hear SOLOMON speak HIS WORDS of WISDOM.

P342

1 Kings 4:32 And he spake three thousand PROVERBS: and his songs were a thousand and five.

P342 Kjb1611

Note: SOLOMON used his GREAT WISDOM to write the Book of PROVERBS, the Book of Ecclesiastes and the Song of Solomon. SOLOMON also wrote some of the Psalms WRITTEN in the Book of Psalms, for there were many Psalmists. Some of those who had written in the Book of Psalms were DAVID, SOLOMON'S Father, SOLOMON'S brother Nathan the Prophet, A'saph the Chief musician, Za'-dok the High Priest, and Be-na'-iah the son of Jehoi'-a-da. There are many who think that DAVID wrote all the Psalms, however, there were many AUTHORS who took part in the Book of Psalms that were WRITTEN over the course of many years, even up until the time of ISRAEL'S CAPTIVITY.

P342

The Building of THE TEMPLE of THE LORD

P343

DAVID left SOLOMON with all the needed materials and with the basic design plans for THE TEMPLE of GOD. However, SOLOMON added additional materials and also added some additional features to THE TEMPLE, as HE was so instructed to do by THE LORD. The cedar used in the construction of THE TEMPLE came from Lebanon, as a gift from King Hiram, and although the gold came from many places in the world, all of the HOLY ARTICLES that were fabricated were made with the gold that had come from Ba'-shan. This was the purest and finest gold in the world for it was refined SEVEN times in the refiner's furnace.

P343

The ANGELS that were fabricated and placed in THE TEMPLE whose wings stretched from wall to wall in THE HOLY PLACE, were fashioned after the ANGELS Uriel and Chamuel. However in HEAVEN, the Angel Uriel has been demoted to the lowest ANGELIC post and now guards the gates of hell! The post that was once held by the ANGEL Uriel has been given to the COVENANT ANGEL A'-SAPH by THE HOLY SPIRIT, for HE is THE LORD of HOSTS and RULES over all the ANGELS. All the articles that were either put into THE TEMPLE or part of its construction, were made far from it and at another site, This was done so the tools of the workman fabricating these articles would not be heard at THE TEMPLE site!

P343

THE TEMPLE took SEVEN years to build and all of the critical dimensions given to SOLOMON were included in its architecture. There were also many articles that DAVID had made for THE TEMPLE and when it was completed, SOLOMON had those articles brought into it. The last article placed in THE TEMPLE was THE ARK of the COVENANT. KING SOLOMON had also constructed during HIS REIGN over ISRAEL many other great pieces of architecture, many of which are described in THE BOOKS AND THE CHRONICLES of the KINGS.

P343

In chapter 8 of the First book of the Kings, SOLOMON dedicates THE TEMPLE to THE LORD. In SOLOMON'S PRAYER, SOLOMON asks GOD to forgive the people of ISRAEL for their SINS regardless of where they may be at the time of their PRAYERS. SOLOMON further ASKS THE LORD to always hear their PRAYERS even if they were to be abroad or be in captivity in some other nation. In chapter 9, THE LORD tells SOLOMON that HE has heard HIS PRAYER and will HONOR it; providing ISRAEL remains in the OBEDIENCE of HIS COMMANDMENTS, LAWS, and STATUTES. But THE LORD also warns SOLOMON, as HE did MOSES, as to what will happen to THE CHILDREN of ISRAEL should they turn away from HIM and turn towards the false gods of the Canaanite.

P343 P344

However SOLOMON did not take heed to what THE LORD had warned HIM of, and much to SOLOMON'S own DESTRUCTION, HE took for himself SEVEN hundred wives and three hundred concubines. A great many of these women that SOLOMON had brought into HIS house served false gods and they eventually caused SOLOMON to SIN!

P344

1 Kings 11:4 For it came to pass, when SOLOMON was old, that his wives turned away his HEART after other gods: and his HEART was not perfect with THE LORD his GOD, as was the HEART of DAVID his Father.

P344 Kjb1611

As a result of SOLOMON'S SINNING against GOD, THE LORD tells SOLOMON that for the sake of DAVID his Father HE will not take the Kingdom from him, while he remains alive. However, THE LORD SAYS, after SOLOMON'S death, GOD will take all but the Tribe of JUDAH (which also includes the Tribe of Benjamin who lived in JUDAH) from HIS sons after him. SOLOMON reigned over all of ISRAEL, as did his Father DAVID, for forty years.

P344

1 Kings 11:43 And SOLOMON slept with his fathers, and was buried in the city of DAVID his Father: and Re-ho-bo'-am his son reigned in his stead.

P344 Kjb1611

Judah and Israel are again Split into two Kingdoms

P344

Shortly after the reign of Re-ho-bo'-am the son of SOLOMON, the kingdom of ISRAEL is split. This split consisted of Re-ho-bo'-am ruling over Judah in Jerusalem and Jer-o-bo'-am the son of Ne'bat, coming out of exile in Egypt, and reigning in Samaria over the remaining ten tribes of Israel. The balance of the book of 1 Kings summarizes the acts of the Judah's Kings and Israel's Kings. The first Book of the Kings also introduces the Prophet Elijah, who PROPHESIES and performs many MIRACLES during the reign of King Ahab of Israel, in Samaria.

P344

2 Kings, and 1st and 2nd Chronicles

P344

The chapter in this BOOK we are now in, is titled "The HOLY BIBLE STORY" and is intended to chronicle the key events of ISRAEL up until the birth of JESUS CHRIST. THE LORD has instructed me to not dwell in any great detail on the balance of the OLD TESTAMENT. However, you should read all the books in the OLD TESTAMENT to further your UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD. To properly put into perspective The BIBLE Story, which is the story of the COMING of JESUS CHRIST, it is important to know about ALL of ISRAEL'S Kings. However, the KINGS of the GREATEST IMPORTANCE prior to the COMING of JESUS CHRIST, are KING DAVID and KING SOLOMON, who we have already covered in this chapter.

P344 P345

The other Kings that are described after SOLOMON in both Judah and ISRAEL are described in 1st and 2nd Kings and in 1st and 2nd Chronicles, and do not greatly impact The BIBLE STORY. Except for a few of these Kings, most of them continued to sin against GOD causing both ISRAEL and Judah's captivity and DESTRUCTION! The books of 1st and 2nd Kings and 1st and 2nd Chronicles summarize the acts of the Kings of Judah and ISRAEL up until the time of their captivity by Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar, King of Babylon. One should read and be familiar with all the Kings, so you may better UNDERSTAND what had caused ISRAEL to FALL FROM GOD, and REMEMBER, even though in today's world you LIVE under the NEW TESTAMENT, the LAW described in the OLD TESTAMENT still applies!

P345

6.15 Ezra, Nehemiah, Esther, Job, Psalms, Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, Song of Solomon

P345

The Books of Ezra and Nehemiah

P345

After SEVEN WEEKS of YEARS (490 years) of ISRAEL'S captivity and the TEMPLE in JERUSALEM and JERUSALEM itself being DESTROYED for many years, GOD finally allows the TEMPLE and the City of JERUSALEM to be rebuilt. With ISRAEL during that time being ruled over by the Kings of the Chal'-dees, the Kings of the Medes and the Persians, GOD puts into the MINDS of three of the Kings of the MEDES and Persians to allow the Children of ISRAEL to rebuild THE TEMPLE of GOD in JERUSALEM. GOD does this over a course of several years by inspiring these three Kings to REBUILD THE TEMPLE to a point where it becomes an obsession with them. The three Kings RECEIVING this INSPIRATION from GOD and those who had allowed the rebuilding of the TEMPLE, were DARIUS, CYRUS, and ARTAXERXES.

P345

Ezra, who was the High Priest and a Scribe, initiates the rebuilding of the wall around JERUSALEM prior to the rebuilding of THE TEMPLE. Both he and Nehemiah, who is appointed to be the Governor overseeing Jerusalem, supervise the construction and the rebuilding of JERUSALEM and THE TEMPLE of GOD. They both also sorted out the confusion as to who was, or who was not of the Children ISRAEL. This confusion in HEBREW PEDIGREE was due to the intermarriage that had taken place while ISRAEL was in captivity. After a census was taken of those who had intended to come back into JERUSALEM, Nehemiah and Ezra determined the pedigree of those people by family name and by tribe, prior to allowing them to return to JERUSALEM.

P345 P346

While ISRAEL'S FAITH in GOD could only be practiced in secrecy during captivity, many of the Children of ISRAEL did not understand GOD'S COMMANDMENTS and the LAWS, given by MOSES. While replacing the articles back into the TEMPLE after its rebuilding, the WRITINGS of MOSES (The Book of Deuteronomy) was found and read to all the people. After reading that which MOSES had written, the Elders realized they had not been following after THE LAW. Nehemiah the Governor, Ezra the High Priest and the Elders of ISRAEL make an oath to GOD after reviewing the LAW. In their oath, the Children of ISRAEL promise to teach and obey GOD'S COMMANDMENTS and LAWS, so ISRAEL may never again be taken captive for their going astray from GOD'S LAWS. They also promise THE LORD that they would properly govern the people of ISRAEL and continually RECITE THE WORD of GOD to them, so they might not make the same mistakes that were made by their forefathers.

P346

The Book of Esther

P346

Although the Book of Esther has only a single LAYER of depth, its inclusion into the Holy Scriptures was an act of GOD. Unbeknown to many people, the book of Esther is a biography of King DARIUS' mother, who was Esther. This book was written during the time of ISRAEL'S captivity in Babylon by the order of King DARIUS. DARIUS, being the son of King A'-has-u-e'-rus and Esther, wanted this biography of his mother to be written and recorded. He does this to honor his mother and to also show by its writing, that he was also half HEBREW from his mother Esther's side of the family.

P346

Daniel 9:1 In the first year of Da-ri-us the son of A-has-u-e'-rus, of the seed of the Medes, which was made King over the realm of the Chal-de'-ans;

P346 Kjb1611

Note: This Scripture taken from the 9 Chapter of the Book of Daniel verifies that King DARIUS was the Son of A-has-u-e'-rus. A-has-u-e'-rus was the King who had taken Esther (after choosing her out of a beauty pageant), to be his wife. Shortly after the King picked Esther she was made Queen of the Medes. Esther then CONCEIVED by A-has-u-e'-rus and bore him a son who the King NAMED DARIUS.

P347

There are many that believe the story of Esther is a folk tale, because THE LORD'S NAME is not mentioned in it even once! However, the story actually took place as it is chronicled in the Book of Esther. In the 1st Chapter, in verse 14, of the Book of Esther, there are seven princes listed who were the sons of King A-has-u-e'-rus. If you read this list you will see that DARIUS' name is not among them. The reason that his name is not listed in the Scripture among the Princes is, because at that point in time DARIUS had not yet been born.

P347

King A-has-u-e'-rus at the time the list of princes was compiled was married to a woman by the name of Vash -ti, who mothered the seven princes, and he hadn't as of yet met Esther, DARIUS was the first born to King A-has-u-e'-rus by Esther, and this is why he was made to be the King over the Chal-de'-ans. DARIUS' half brothers who were on the list of the seven princes, and his full brothers (Esther's other sons) remained as princes of the Medes and never reigned as kings.

P347

Ezra, who had compiled the OLD TESTAMENT with its current listing of books, added the Book of Esther to the OLD TESTAMENT in honor of King DARIUS. Ezra honored him because it was King DARIUS, who had initiated THE TEMPLE'S REBUILDING, even though it was CYRUS who had given Ezra the permission to rebuild THE TEMPLE of GOD in JERUSALEM. DARIUS is a SEVENTH LEVEL ANGEL who was sent from GOD to earth! Although DARIUS (as with all ANGELS who have come to earth as a person) did not know while here he was an ANGEL, he indeed was sent by GOD to earth, as was also CYRUS and ARTAXERXES to oversee the Children of ISRAEL during their time of captivity.

P347

When you read the Book of Esther you will see that THE LORD'S NAME is not mentioned in it even once throughout the entire story. Nor are there any references in it made to GOD whatsoever! This is due to DARIUS (even though he is an ANGEL of GOD) not having the AUTHORITY to write THE WORD of GOD, unlike the other AUTHORS of THE HOLY BIBLE. Nevertheless the story of Esther is a good story which gave hope to the Jewish people, during their time of captivity. The story of Esther describes the coming of a SAVIOR in a MEEK form (in this case a beautiful woman), to SAVE the people from annihilation.

P347

NOTE: Similar to the Epistles (Doctrines of the Church), the book of Esther has only one single layer of depth to it. This is because, it, like the Epistles is the word of man, and not THE WORD of GOD!

P348

Adolph Hitler banned the Book of Esther during his reign over Germany, because the Jewish People during their captivity in Germany clung to the hope that was expressed in it. The story led the people to believe: GOD would always provide a means of DELIVERANCE for HIS people. Adolph Hitler made the Book of Esther an illegal piece of literature and banned both the reading of it as well as the celebration of "Pu'-rim", that was a ceremony created by the Jewish People as a result of its writing. Hitler did this so he might deprive the Jewish people of any possible hope for their ever being DELIVERED out of his control!

P348

The Book of Job

P348

The Book of Job tells the story of a man's FAITH in GOD being challenged by Satan so that Satan could prove to GOD; man in a time of trouble would turn away from HIM. Although this story is placed within the HOLY BIBLE well after the reign of KING DAVID, it actually took place long before DAVID. There is a GREAT DEAL of INFORMATION in the Book of Job, as it describes the use of Satan (Lucifer) by GOD to challenge one's FAITH. It also clearly shows GOD'S people, that GOD can only defeat Satan and that man by himself cannot defeat him. The entire 41st Chapter of the Book of Job is dedicated to showing the great power that GOD has given Lucifer, the Devil. He is referred to in the Scriptures as the Leviathan (the Red Dragon), and he is also referred to as the King over the children of PRIDE.

P348

One of the strong points made in the Book of Job is the demonstration of how quickly GOD can change the circumstances of a person's life. One can go from having a peaceful and prosperous LIFE to having a life of misery and pain, in a very short span of time! It also shows that it can happen to anyone, even to the most righteous of people for seemingly no apparent reason. Man cannot reason as to why GOD allows certain things to happen. However, you can be assured that any person whom may be afflicted by the WILL of GOD, (regardless of how one may perceive the circumstances to be), will have a FAIR and RIGHTEOUS outcome resulting from their afflictions! This is why it is SAID: through my afflictions I am HEALED!

P348

Psalms 119:67 Before I was AFFLICTED I went astray: but now have I kept thy WORD.

P348 Kjb1611

Psalms 119:71 It is good for me that I have been AFFLICTED; that I might LEARN thy statutes.

P349 Kjb1611

In the story of Job, his friends come to him in his time of grief and trouble to try to explain to him why GOD was punishing him. However, Job refuses to believe that he has done anything wrong, because he had always tried to WORSHIP, HONOR, and OBEY THE LORD. But Job's friends try to assure him that GOD only afflicts those who have sinned against HIM.

P349

Even with Job's afflictions being overwhelming, he refuses to allow his FAITH in GOD to be diminished. Nor does Job cast aside his TRUST in THE LORD, even though his friends tell him, that GOD had FORSAKEN him. The outcome of Job's TRUST in GOD does not betray his HOPE, and all that was taken from Job by the Devil, was eventually given back to him by GOD in significantly GREATER MEASURE.

P349

The moral of the story of Job is to remember: regardless of one's current circumstances, THE LORD can GIVE or THE LORD can take away from any person as HE so chooses. However, GOD will never betray one's TRUST in HIM. So it is only a question of one's FAITH and PATIENCE in THE LORD that will carry them through their time of trouble. GOD'S PEOPLE can always be certain that THE LORD'S AFFLICTIONS are intended to RESULT in FAIR and RIGHTEOUS CONCLUSIONS!

P349

The Book of Psalms

P349

The Book of Psalms consists of one hundred and fifty Psalms that were written by DAVID, SOLOMON, A'-saph, Nathan, and several other HOLY men. The Psalms were written over a course of many years, with Psalms being written up until shortly after the first fall of JERUSALEM. A Psalm is both a SONG and a PRAYER to the ALMIGHTY GOD and also contained within the Psalms, is PROPHECY.

P349

Often in the Psalms you will see the WORD "Selah" that is used many times as a break in the Psalm. The WORD "Selah" indicates the sounding of the high cymbals that would occur during the reciting of that Psalm by the CONGREGATION. However, the WORD "Selah" also has the meaning of "The Unfulfilled Promise". You can arrive at this UNDERSTANDING by knowing how the WORD Selah was derived. The WORD "Selah" is a derivative from the name SHELAH, who was the youngest son of Judah.

P349

In the story of Judah and Tamar told in the 38th Chapter of Genesis, SHELAH (Judah's youngest son) was promised to be given in marriage to Tamar, who was Judah's daughter-in-law. However this promise made by Judah (after Judah's two other sons had both died while being married to Tamar), was never fulfilled. This WORD is quite often used in the Psalms to indicate that the PROMISE being made by the Psalm is yet to be fulfilled. The WORD "SHELAH" also means, when speaking in TONGUES (HEBREWAH), "GLORY UNTO GOD". So when you see this WORD "Selah" used as a break in the Psalms REMEMBER its meaning: "the sounding of the high cymbals", "the unfulfilled promise", and "GLORY UNTO GOD"!

P349 P350

The longest Psalm is Psalm 119, which has 176 verses, and the shortest Psalm is Psalm 117 having only 2 verses. The Psalms contain some of the most POWERFUL Scriptures in the OLD TESTAMENT, and one should read them daily to increase their FAITH and HOPE in GOD. The Psalms will teach you how to PRAY and will also TEACH you how to accurately INTERPRET the WORD of GOD. THE LORD taught DAVID through the Psalms. If YOU in a time of trouble or confusion turn to the Psalms and read them out loud as though they are your spoken PRAYERS, YOU can LEARN from them as well.

P350

The Psalms are composed to fit a person's SPIRITUAL needs (mood swings) at any place or time in their LIFE. By becoming familiar with them you will know which Psalm applies to your particular SPIRITUAL need. You will know which Psalm to read in a time of TROUBLE or in a time of HOPELESSNESS, in a time you may be LACKING in FAITH, or feeling PERSECUTED. You will know which Psalm will apply to a time of LONELINESS or a time of SORROW, a time of feeling HELPLESS or a time of needing PROTECTION. The Psalms may be viewed as a medicine cabinet that has a remedy for any and all SPIRITUAL ILLNESSES.

P350

JESUS CHRIST refers to the PROPHECY contained within the Psalms in the GOSPEL of Luke and HE also used the Psalms (Psalm 110) to throw into the face of the Pharisees, when they had challenged HIS AUTHORITY! Even the Devil used the Prophecy contained within the Psalms (Psalms 91:11 and 91: 12) to try to confuse JESUS, however he failed in doing so!

P350

Luke 24:44 And HE said unto them, THESE ARE THE WORDS WHICH I SPAKE UNTO YOU, WHILE I WAS YET WITH YOU, THAT ALL THINGS MUST BE FULFILLED, WHICH WERE WRITTEN IN THE LAW OF MOSES, AND IN THE PROPHETS, AND IN THE PSALMS, CONCERNING ME.

P350 Kjb1611

The Book of Proverbs

P351

KING SOLOMON WROTE all but chapters 30 and 31 of the Proverbs contained in the Book of Proverbs. The Book outlines both the SPIRITUAL and MORAL "Do's and the Don'ts" for a person to follow. Any person choosing to follow the DIRECTIONS given in the Proverbs will find that both they and their children will lead a more fruitful and productive life. When you read the Book of Proverbs you will see that many of the guidelines given by SOLOMON for raising your children properly are now considered illegal! As a result of man deviating from the WORD of GOD in the raising of his children, each and every generation doing so moves further away from THE LORD and closer to hell.

P351

Proverbs 23:13 Withhold not correction from the child: for if thou beatest him with the rod, he shall not die.

P351 Kjb1611

Proverbs 23:14 Thou shalt beat him with the rod, and shalt deliver his SOUL from hell.

P351 Kjb1611

This Proverb by no means indicates that parents should brutally beat their children. However LOVING parents should try reasoning with their children first, and if that fails, then some form of corporal-punishment should be used to make them obey and UNDERSTAND. It is so much more important a child learns to obey and follow the RULES of GOD and HIS COMMANDMENTS, rather than the rules of man and his laws. For if the child is taught to follow THE WORD of GOD, they will also abide by the rules of man, providing those rules do not CONFLICT with THE WORD of GOD. If a parent does not hold their child's behavior in strict accordance to THE WORD of GOD, that parent is almost certainly destining that child for hell.

P351

Proverbs 22:6 Train up a child in the way he should go: and when he is old, he will not depart from it.

P351 Kjb1611

Proverbs 6:20 My son, keep thy father's commandment, and forsake not the law of thy mother:

P351 Kjb1611

Proverbs 6:21 Bind them continually upon thine heart, and tie them about thy neck.

P351 Kjb1611

Proverbs 6:22 When thou goest, it shall lead thee; when thou sleepest, it shall keep thee; and when thou awakest, it shall talk with thee.

P352 Kjb1611

Proverbs 6:23 For the COMMANDMENT is a lamp; and the LAW is LIGHT; and reproofs of instruction are the way of LIFE:

P352 Kjb1611

All children must learn how to live in a world with laws. If your child is to be successful and productive in this LIFE they must learn how to obey the LAWS and the COMMANDMENTS of GOD, prior to them learning the laws of the land. The parent's first and foremost responsibility is to TEACH their children THE WORD of GOD so the children will grow up with it in their frontlets (the eyes of their MIND), and not TRANSGRESS from it, and TEACH THE WORD also to their children!

P352

The Book of Ecclesiastes

P352

The Book of Ecclesiastes is the explanation as to "What is the purpose of Life?" It was written during the latter years of the reign of King SOLOMON, by King SOLOMON. The WORD "Ecclesiastes" means the "Clergy Man" or "The Preacher". If one could fully comprehend The Book of Ecclesiastes they would behold the meaning of life in this world. An important point made in the writings of the Book of Ecclesiastes is that all things that happen in this world have happened before, and that also this world is never-ending!

P352

The reason this world goes on forever; is because the world is only in existence for SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS at a time! Every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS GOD recreates the heavens and the earth and every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS GOD DESTROYS them. GOD then recreates that which HE has destroyed and starts all over again, and again, and again and this goes on throughout eternity. This POINT is most certainly made clear in the Book of Revelation, when it is read in conjunction with the Book of Ecclesiastes. The only thing remaining after the DESTRUCTION of the heavens and the earth, is THE WORD of GOD, for the SAME WORD of GOD is reintroduced into each and every New World. All of the key people that are instrumental in setting the course of the world return to the "New World" over and over, again and again. Even the Devil is continually released from hell to return to the earth every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS! This is why the description of the Devil as it is WRITTEN in the Book of Revelation is: "The Beast that was, and is not, and yet is."

P352

Revelation 17:8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not WRITTEN in THE BOOK of LIFE from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.

P353 Kjb1611

GOD is FOREVER building HIS KINGDOM and the earth provides the WOMB for HIS CHILDREN to come OUT of! All those who return to the "New World" remember nothing of the past world when they were in it, and the "New World" is as new to them as it is to those who have come for the first time.

P353

Ecclesiastes 1:11 There is NO REMEMBRANCE of former things; neither shall there be any REMEMBRANCE of things that are to come with those that shall come after.

P353 Kjb1611

Isaiah 65:17 For, BEHOLD, I create NEW HEAVENS and a NEW EARTH: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into mind. *48

P353 Kjb1611

*48 Let us spend a minute to discuss the problems SOLOMON had during his REIGN as King. When you read the Book of Ecclesiastes and receive the UNDERSTANDING of it by THE SPIRIT of TRUTH, you can feel the frustration SOLOMON had as a result of his RECEIVING GREAT WISDOM. Once SOLOMON had received it from GOD, HE then by HIS WISDOM tried to perceive the PURPOSE of LIFE on earth. SOLOMON, in the Book of Ecclesiastes looks in general at the life of both the GOOD man and the evil man to see what differences if any there were between the two. The deeper HE looks into the matter the more he sees this LIFE serving only a VAIN PURPOSE.

P353

SOLOMON finds that there is very little difference in a carnal sense between the man and the beast as to their final outcome. They both live and die in much the same way. HE also finds that other than the SPIRIT given to man by GOD, the person of flesh never leaves earth and only the SPIRIT of MAN returns to GOD. This is because man only sees himself as a fleshly person here on this earth and not as the SPIRITUAL PERSON who eventually ASCENDS up to GOD in HEAVEN. This is what JESUS CHRIST taught HIS Disciples about being SPIRITUALLY REBORN (John 6:63) and this is why JESUS said that the flesh will not profit by SPIRITUAL REBIRTH! JESUS was trying to tell HIS Disciples that only the SPIRIT of MAN would ASCEND up to HEAVEN and the man's body of flesh will go back into the earth from where it came, once that person has ASCENDED in a SPIRITUAL FORM!

P353 P354

John 6:62 WHAT AND IF YE SHALL SEE THE SON OF MAN ASCEND UP WHERE HE WAS BEFORE?

P354 Kjb1611

John 6:63 IT IS THE SPIRIT THAT QUICKENETH; THE FLESH PROFITETH NOTHING: THE WORDS THAT I SPEAK UNTO YOU, THEY ARE SPIRIT, AND THEY ARE LIFE.

P354 Kjb1611

If you are of the SEED of GOD, then your purpose in this world is to find YOURSELF SPIRITUALLY. This can only be done via THE HOLY SPIRIT through THE WORD of GOD and you can only receive THE HOLY SPIRIT through JESUS CHRIST who is THE WORD of GOD. This is referred to in the Scriptures as "The SEEING of GOODNESS", as only through the EYES of JESUS CHRIST (THE WORD of GOD) can GOODNESS be seen.

P354

Ecclesiastes 6:6 Yea, though he live a thousand years twice told, yet hath he seen no good: do not all go to one place? *49

P354 Kjb1611

*49 This Scripture again verifies that a person may only enter into HEAVEN through JESUS CHRIST and there isn't any other way. I have heard it said by many, who believe if you are a good person (as seen through the eyes of man), you will be received into HEAVEN. This is simply not so and a ploy used by the Devil to DECEIVE you. You can only see GOODNESS through the EYES of JESUS CHRIST, and through any other eyes you will be DECEIVED, by seeing evil as good, and the EYES of JESUS CHRIST is THE WORD of GOD!

P354

Further explained in Ecclesiastes, is that the spirit of the beast goes back into the earth and only the GOD given SPIRIT of MAN ascends to HEAVEN. The good news in these writings of SOLOMON is that GOD has already determined who is HIS and the bad news is that GOD has also determined who is not! Therefor, if YOU do BELONG to GOD, it is only a question of time until YOU RETURN to GOD, for there is a time and a season for ALL THINGS and ALL THINGS have been PREDETERMINED!

P354

Ecclesiastes 3:18 I said in mine heart concerning the estate of the sons of men, that GOD might manifest them, and that they might see that they themselves are beasts.

P354 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 3:19 For that which befalleth the sons of men befalleth beasts; even one thing befalleth them: as the one dieth, so dieth the other; yea, they have all one breath; so that a man hath no preeminence above a beast: for all is vanity.

P355 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 3:20 All go unto one place; all are of the dust, and all turn to dust again.

P355 Kjb1611

Ecclesiastes 3:21 Who knoweth the SPIRIT of MAN that goeth upward, and the spirit of the beast that goeth downward to the earth?

P355 Kjb1611

In Regard to SIN!

P355

Pertaining to SOLOMON as a person of flesh, while he was here on earth, SOLOMON sinned, even though SOLOMON in HEAVEN is of the SERAPHIM. In HEAVEN HE hasn't any FAULTS, however during HIS time in this world HE did sin, as His father DAVID sinned before him. Even the HOLY SPIRIT, as he has walked here upon this earth as a MAN has sinned. There is ONLY ONE who has NEVER SINNED, the LAMB of GOD, the THIRD SERAPHIM, for he is the LAMB WITHOUT A BLEMISH. This is why JESUS was sent to the earth to be the EXAMPLE for MAN to FOLLOW, because ONLY JESUS CHRIST NEVER SINNED!

P355

However, there is a major difference between DAVID and SOLOMON and THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, who being sent to the earth as MEN, as COMPARED to the man that has come out of the earth! THEY HAVE A DIVINE RIGHT TO HEAVEN, as does the ANGEL, whereas the man of the earth hasn't any right to HEAVEN whatsoever! The only WAY the man of the earth can be RECEIVED into HEAVEN SPIRITUALLY is by the GRACE of GOD. The man of the earth MUST be REBORN SPIRITUALLY and at the time of his physical death be WITHOUT SIN!

P355

The GOOD NEWS for man is that ALL SINS can be forgiven by THE GRACE of GOD, making one's SOUL white and free from SIN through THE BLOOD OF THE LAMB. In days of old, sins could only be forgiven through an animal sacrifice! However, in THE NEW COVENANT, THE LAMB of GOD replaced the animal sacrifice and only by THE BLOOD of JESUS CHRIST can one's SOUL be cleansed, FREEING THAT SOUL FROM SIN!

P355

Read Ecclesiastes in its entirety, for it most accurately describes the purpose of one's life on earth. It critiques how the body of flesh is a product of the earth whereas the GOD GIVEN SPIRIT is a PRODUCT of HEAVEN. The book also details how one most live their life on earth in STRICT accordance with GOD'S LAWS and COMMANDMENTS and how man must continually be OBEDIENT to GOD throughout his entire LIFE, for that is the PURPOSE of MAN!

P355 P356

Ecclesiastes 12:13 Let us hear the conclusion of the whole matter: FEAR GOD, and keep HIS COMMANDMENTS: for this is the whole duty of man.

P356 Kjb1611

The SONG of SOLOMON

P356

The book, "The Song of Solomon", was also written by King SOLOMON and is a reciprocating expression of LOVE. It explains how one should offer their LOVE as well as how one should receive it. This is how GOD has intended for you to express your LOVE to those WHOM HE LOVES. You will notice when reading this book that there is a great deal of sexual overtones expressed between the two LOVERS. This SEXUAL EXPRESSION of LOVE is NORMAL between SOUL MATES. As explained to you before, the FOUR SERAPHIM and the FOUR COVENANT ANGELS are SOUL MATES, and the WRITINGS in the Song of Solomon express the intimate LOVE between the SERAPHIM and COVENANT ANGEL. GOD CREATED MAN and WOMAN to be like the SERAPHIM and THE COVENANT ANGEL.

P356

There is also a GREAT deal of Prophecy in the Song of Solomon, and through the Scriptures it is made clear how those who are chosen for HEAVEN will live, while in the PRESENCE of GOD. It also expresses the LOVE and PASSION between one another for those who will have SOULMATES. In HEAVEN, only those of THE BRIDE of CHRIST will have a SOUL MATE. Those who are guests of THE WEDDING SUPPER will be as the ANGEL and will have neither GENDER nor a SOUL MATE. The reason for this is because only the SONS of GOD can mate in HEAVEN, and the BRIDE becomes a SON through MARRIAGE!

P356

6.16 The SIXTEEN WRITING PROPHETS

P356

Before we get into The Writing Prophets there are a few things that one must UNDERSTAND in order to see the PROPHECY in both the PRESENT and the FUTURE LAYERS of the Scriptures. The nations and groups of people that are referred to in the Scriptures represent certain TRAITS that existed in the nations and people at the time of the WRITING. Those same TRAITS still apply to both people and nations in the present times, even though they have been given different names. A good example of this is that the world as a whole when it is barren of any GOODNESS can be referred to as Egypt or Babylon, as these two nations were FAR from THE LORD in all that they did.

P356 P357

Therefor when reading the Scriptures and how they apply to the PRESENT day conditions and to the FUTURE conditions, one must first UNDERSTAND the TRAITS of those nations or people's LIFESTYLES. To further explain, when reading Chapter 18 of the Book of Revelation you will see many references made to the fall of the City of Babylon. The Babylon spoken of here is not the ancient City of Babylon, but rather cities and nations and people who have taken on the Babylonian TRAITS.

P357

There are also references in the PROPHECIES made in regard to "The Assyrian". These are references made in regard to the Devil, for he is referred to as "The Assyrian" in the Scriptures. The Devil is also referred to in the Scriptures as "Satan", "the Leviathan", "Lucifer", "the Adulterer", "the Whore" and "the Accuser".

P357

The Book of Isaiah

P357

Of the sixteen Writing Prophets Isaiah was among the greatest, THE LORD gave Isaiah Prophecy of ISRAEL'S future as well as the future outcome of their neighboring nations. He was given the world's future outcome before, during and after THE GREAT TRIBULATION. GOD also gave Isaiah Prophecy of the coming MESSIAH (JESUS CHRIST) in Chapter 53, and the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT in the form of a MAN in Chapter 42 of the Book of Isaiah. The RAPTURE is also spoken about in the 57th chapter. JESUS CHRIST most often quoted the writings of Isaiah along with the Psalms while giving HIS SERMONS. JESUS also learned a GREAT deal about HIMSELF through the Scriptures in Isaiah's writings. The Scriptures CONFIRMED HIS mission here on earth and also told HIM about HIS pending death on the CROSS.

P357

JESUS lived as a common man for thirty years and by HIS continually READING THE WORD of GOD during those thirty years, HE received an UNDERSTANDING of who HE was and what GOD had intended for HIM to do. This UNDERSTANDING came by way of certain TRIGGER mechanisms that are contained within THE WORD of GOD. These TRIGGER mechanisms are placed within the Scriptures specifically to refresh one's memory, and in the case of JESUS, they allowed HIM to remember certain HEAVENLY things. TRIGGERS are present throughout the entire FORTY-FOUR Books of THE HOLY BIBLE and even in the Book of Esther, which has only a single LAYER of depth, they are present. Once the Scriptures are READ and also SPOKEN aloud, the TRIGGERS are ingested into one's SPIRIT by way of THE HOLY SPIRIT, thus giving the READER varying DEPTHS in their UNDERSTANDING of the Scriptures. Except for THE HOLY SPIRIT, no one that has ever walked upon the earth has UNDERSTOOD THE WORD of GOD more EXCELLENTLY than JESUS CHRIST. This is why JESUS CHRIST is called "THE WORD of GOD" and THE SPIRIT of PROPHECY.

P357 P358

Even during the WRITING of the Scriptures, the WRITING PROPHETS did not fully understand much of what they themselves had written. THE WORD came to them by GOD via THE HOLY SPIRIT. They would write down THE WORD as they had heard it and never questioned its full meaning, for they KNEW it was THE WORD of GOD! When reading the Scriptures one should ask THE LORD if they might RECEIVE THE SPIRIT of TRUTH and UNDERSTANDING? For those who do RECEIVE IT, the TRIGGERS buried in the depth of the Scriptures will be snapped for them, REVEALING to them, THE BIBLE'S TRUTH.

P358

As with most of the Prophets, Isaiah did some pretty bizarre things to get the people's attention when he would SPEAK. He walked naked through the streets for three years to demonstrate the fate that was soon to befall ISRAEL, Egypt, and Ethiopia, by the King of Babylon.

P358

Isaiah 20:3 And THE LORD said, Like as my servant Isaiah hath walked naked and barefoot three years for a sign and wonder upon Egypt and upon E-thi-o'-pi-a;

P358 Kjb1611

Isaiah 20:4 So shall the king of Assyria lead away the Egyptians prisoners, and the E-thi-o'-pi-ans captives, young and old, naked and barefoot, even with their buttocks uncovered, to the shame of Egypt.

P358 Kjb1611

There are many such TRIGGERS as we have previously discussed, buried within the Scriptures of the Book of Isaiah. So, one must READ the Scriptures before they can RECEIVE the PROPHECY and after their FIRST READING them, ask THE LORD for the UNDERSTANDING of them and how they may apply to the PRESENT and the FUTURE. When reading in the Book of Isaiah, REMEMBER, the nations being referred to in a particular PROPHECY given by the Scriptures, had various types of traits. The PROPHECY given in the Scriptures apply more so to those nations traits than to the nations themselves, and the same PROPHECY can be applied to existing nations in the world today. The PROPHECY can be applied as well to certain groups of people having those same traits as the nations referred to in the Scriptures.

P358 P359

For instance, the references made in the Scriptures for the coming DESTRUCTION and DAMNATION of the nation of Babylon, are also references made to the coming FATE of many nations and people exhibiting the same traits as Babylon in the world today. These nations and its people will suffer total DESTRUCTION just as Babylon had. Any references made to "the Assyrian", are references made to the Devil, and references made to the nation of Egypt apply to the Earth in its entirety. Therefor it is very important for you to UNDERSTAND the traits of those nations, for it is because of those traits they ultimately cause their own DESTRUCTION!

P359

The Books of Jeremiah and Lamentations

P359

Both the Books of Jeremiah and Lamentations were recited by Jeremiah the Prophet and then written for him by Ba'-ruch the Scribe, because Jeremiah himself did not know how to write. Jeremiah's prophecy was about the destruction of JERUSALEM, and he prophesied during the reign of Jo-si'-ah, Je-hoi'-akim, and Zed-e-ki'-ah, Kings of Judah. Due to Jeremiah's LOVE for JERUSALEM and his people, he wept continually over them because they refused to listen to his warnings! According to the Scriptures, JERUSALEM suffers a TOTAL DESTRUCTION three times every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS, with two of those three times being already fulfilled. It's final DESTRUCTION comes at the END of THE GREAT TRIBULATION. GOD compares JERUSALEM in its final days as to Sodom and Gomorah and Babylon and Egypt.

P359

Revelation 11:8 And their dead bodies shall lie in the street of the GREAT CITY, which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt, where also OUR LORD was crucified.

P359 Kjb1611

The three over-turnings of ISRAEL and JERUSALEM is caused by the CORRUPTION of its LEADERSHIP and are spoken about by the Prophet Ezekiel, in Chapter 21 of the Book of Ezekiel. These three over-turnings cause the total destruction of JERUSALEM and all three happen every SEVEN THOUSAND years, over and over again!

P359

Ezekiel 21:25 And thou, PROFANE wicked prince of ISRAEL, whose day is come, when iniquity shall have an END,

P359 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 21:26 Thus saith THE LORD GOD; Remove the diadem, and take off the crown: this shall not be the same: EXALT him that is LOW, and abase him that is high.

P360 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 21:27 I WILL OVERTURN, OVERTURN, OVERTURN, it: and it shall be no more, until HE come whose RIGHT it is; and I WILL give it HIM. *50

P360 Kjb1611

*50 GOD is saying through these Scriptures that HE will OVERTURN ISRAEL every time its LEADERSHIP becomes CORRUPTED! The "HIM" spoken about in the last Scripture is JESUS CHRIST! The Prophecy that was given by Jeremiah can be applied to any one of the THREE times that JERUSALEM is DESTROYED! Jeremiah's PROPHECY should be READ and UNDERSTOOD to be in accordance with the WORDS of the other sixteen Writing Prophets, as their writings pertain also to JERUSALEM and ISRAEL'S fate, when they are properly commingled.

P360

Even though King Zed-e-ki'-ah was Jeremiah's grandson, Jeremiah was treated horribly by the King. Jeremiah was put into prison and nearly starved to death because King Zed-e-ki'-ah did not want to hear Jeremiah's words in regard to the fate of Judah and JERUSALEM.

P360

After the fall of JERUSALEM to Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar the King of Babylon, Jeremiah was allowed to remain in JERUSALEM for a short period of time and during that time, Jeremiah by the hand of Ba'-ruch wrote the Book of Lamentations. He shortly there after went to Egypt to reside, and died there never seeing his Homeland again. Jeremiah is one of twelve of the Writing Prophets who sit amongst the ELDERS in HEAVEN. The other four of the Writing Prophets, who do not sit among the ELDERS, also RESIDE in the SIXTH LEVEL of HEAVEN, however, they do not sit in COUNSEL with the ELDERS.

P360

The entire Book of Lamentations is a description of the DESTRUCTION of JERUSALEM and how Jeremiah perceived JERUSALEM'S fate through his own eyes, after the captivity of Judah by Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar. If one would replace the NAME, "JERUSALEM" with the name "World", the Book of Lamentations would then describe what THE LORD is going to do to this world, for it's falling away from HIM, much like HE had done to JERUSALEM. GOD ordained Jeremiah to be a Prophet even prior to his birth, and for many years Jeremiah wore an oxen yoke around his neck. He wore the yoke to demonstrate the PENDING DESTRUCTION and forthcoming captivity of Judah and JERUSALEM.

P360

NOTE: When the King of Babylon took the people who had lived in JERUSALEM captive, they were chained one to the other and led out of JERUSALEM NAKED, as it was PROPHESIED by ISAIAH. In the END TIMES, SO SHALL IT BE AGAIN!

P360 P361

Isaiah 20:4 So shall the king of Assyria lead away the Egyptians prisoners, and the E-thi-o'-pi-ans captives, young and old, NAKED and barefoot, even with their buttocks uncovered, to the SHAME of EGYPT.

P361 Kjb1611

The Book of Ezekiel

P361

Ezekiel the Prophet was visited by GOD with HIM coming down on HIS THRONE, as was Isaiah. Both Ezekiel and Isaiah were brought before THE THRONE of GOD prior to their ANOINTING to be PROPHETS. Ezekiel, like Isaiah, was given prophecy by THE LORD about ISRAEL and Judah's pending fate, as well as the END TIME prophecy for the world. The "Abomination that makes Desolate" that the Prophet Daniel wrote about, is described in detail in chapters 8 and 9 of the Book of Ezekiel. If you READ these chapters in conjunction with the 11th and 12th chapters of the Book of Daniel, it will broaden your UNDERSTANDING of the EVENTS that will take place during THE GREAT TRIBULATION, which is about to BEGIN! The MARKING spoken about in the 8th and 9th chapters of Ezekiel, is the MARKING of the TRIBULATION SAINTS spoken about in Revelation Chapter 7.

P361

GOD had also explained to Ezekiel how the common belief that the people had in regard to being blessed through ABRAHAM, was a false belief. Ezekiel was told that each person must work out his or her own SALVATION with GOD, and merely by being of the LINEAGE of ABRAHAM had nothing to do with his or her own SALVATION. In Chapter 14 GOD tells Ezekiel that HE would not hold the fathers responsible for the son's actions, nor would HE hold the sons responsible for the father's actions. THE LORD uses the NAMES of NOAH, Daniel, and Job for examples of the RIGHTEOUS PEOPLE who may have lived among the evil ones that were DESTINED for DESTRUCTION. GOD tells Ezekiel that once the DESTRUCTION had begun, only NOAH, Daniel and Job would be spared and NOT THOSE who lived amongst them.

P361

NOTE: The people of ISRAEL had believed at that time, because they were the descendants of ABRAHAM, they would share in ABRAHAM'S BLESSING and be SAVED by GOD in a time of TROUBLE. But THE LORD told Ezekiel that that was a false understanding on the part of ISRAEL, and HE wanted to set the matter STRAIGHT before them.

P361

Ezekiel 14:17 Or if I bring a sword upon that land, and SAY, SWORD, GO THROUGH THE LAND; so that I cut off man and beast from it:

P362 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 14:18 Though these three men were in it, as I LIVE, SAITH THE LORD GOD, they shall DELIVER neither sons nor daughters, but they only shall be DELIVERED themselves. *51

P362 Kjb1611

*51 As you can see from the aforementioned Scriptures, Daniel the Prophet was before Ezekiel the Prophet. However, the Book of Ezekiel is inserted into the HOLY BIBLE just prior to The Book of Daniel. The out of sequence insertions of the Books of the Sixteen Writing Prophets continues throughout THE OLD TESTAMENT. This out of sequence occurs because when Ezra the Priest had inserted the books as they were compiled, the order in which they were inserted into the OLD TESTAMENT was not necessarily in accordance with their sequential time of writing. THE LORD PURPOSELY did this out of sequence presentation of the WRITTEN PROPHECY in the OLD TESTAMENT to demonstrate that time hasn't any bearing on the MESSAGE GIVEN by THE WORD of GOD. Regardless of what sequence THE WORD of GOD is READ, the MESSAGE coming from THE WORD of GOD remains unchanged. For GOD is TIMELESS as HIS WORD is also TIMELESS and GOD cannot and WILL NOT be governed by TIME! The MESSAGE given by GOD in Ezekiel 14:18 also applies to the CHURCH, for there are MANY going to the CHURCH believing by their being there and part of it, they will be SAVED! THIS IS SIMPLY NOT SO AND ALSO A FALSE BELIEF!

P362

In the closing chapters of the Book of Ezekiel, Ezekiel is taken in a VISION of GOD to see THE TEMPLE of GOD. While there at THE TEMPLE, Ezekiel was given all of its features and its dimensions. Ezekiel RECORDED the TEMPLE'S dimensions and features because its original architecture had not been recorded. This was done, so that at a later time when the Children of ISRAEL would be allowed to rebuild THE TEMPLE, its CONSTRUCTION would be done in accordance with THE WORD of GOD.

P362

The Book of Daniel

P362

The Book of Daniel shows that GOD demonstrated to the Kings ruling over ISRAEL, that HE is ALMIGHTY and had POWER over them. GOD did this by displaying many MIRACLES before these Kings so they would come to KNOW and FEAR HIM! Contained within the Scriptures of Daniel is END TIME PROPHECY that was given to Daniel in VISIONS, and further explained to him by the ANGEL GABRIEL and it is in the Book of Daniel that the ANGEL GABRIEL'S NAME is REVEALED! GOD also demonstrates in the Book of Daniel how HE guides and protects you in a time of TROUBLE, regardless of where you are, if you RELY and TRUST in HIM for your well being. Many of the gifts of THE HOLY SPIRIT were given to the Prophet Daniel because GOD LOVED Daniel. Daniel was given the INTERPRETATION of DREAMS and VISIONS, PROPHECY, and the INTERPRETATION of TONGUES (the ability to UNDERSTAND HEBREWAH), even though Daniel himself could not speak in TONGUES. Daniel was both visited and protected by THE ANGELS of HEAVEN and had several conversations with GABRIEL who is a Prince in HEAVEN, and THE ANGEL of CHRIST.

P362 P363

As were the Kings of Judah and ISRAEL given Prophets to JUDGE their actions, so were the Kings of Babylon given Daniel and other Prophets to JUDGE their actions. Even though foreign Kings were RULING the Children of ISRAEL, GOD still RULED over them and wanted those Kings to understand that HE was in charge. GOD demonstrated on many occasions that HE was in CONTROL of all things and made that point clear to Neb-u-chad-nez'zar the King of Babylon. GOD showed the King that it was HE who had made Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar a King and had empowered him, and it was not of his own doing. The entire 4th Chapter of the Book of Daniel was written by Neb-u-chadnez'-zar the King of Babylon, to GLORIFY THE GOD of ISRAEL. Neb-uchad-nez'-zar did this writing after he had been brought down to the level of a beast and lived in the wilderness for SEVEN YEARS like a wild animal. This changed Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar into a HUMBLE man making him realize that the GOD of ISRAEL was the ONE and ONLY TRUE GOD, and it was GOD who had put him in power and was not of his own doing.

P363

THE ANGEL GABRIEL in the Book of Daniel explains to Daniel about the rise and fall of the kingdoms of the world. Daniel had seen these things in VISIONS and DREAMS but did not UNDERSTAND them. GABRIEL also gave him an explanation of the END TIME EVENTS that were to take place in the latter days. Daniel had seen these events in his PROPHETIC DREAMS, but again did not understand what they meant. Even after GABRIEL had given him the explanation to his VISIONS and DREAMS, Daniel did not fully COMPREHEND them. But the PROPHECY given to Daniel was for him to write about, more so than for him to UNDERSTAND. Much of Daniel's writing was beyond his own comprehension, but he still wrote all that he saw into a book as THE LORD had instructed him to do. The Book of Daniel ties directly to The Book of Revelation and all other END TIME PROPHECY.

P363

A MESSAGE from THE LORD!

P364

THE LORD has asked me to insert this message from HIM even though the MESSAGE does not pertain directly to The Prophets. I recently heard a sermon being presented by a Pentecost Minister who was telling the congregation "that the ALLAH who the Muslims worship was not GOD, but rather the Devil, This simply is not true! The Muslims do in fact try to WORSHIP GOD. However, they do not have a personal relationship with HIM and continually use HIS NAME in VAIN. The Muslims cannot ever have a relationship with GOD, because that can only be accomplished through JESUS CHRIST whom they REFUSE to RECOGNIZE.

P364

You may find it interesting to know that the WORD "ALLAH" in TONGUES (HEBREWAH) means GOD! However, it means GOD in a general and not in a personalized sense. Therefor those that pray to ALLAH are only recognizing GOD as BEING the SUPREME RULER over them, although unknowingly do not realize that they themselves do not have a personal relationship with GOD!

P364

The WORD "E'-LI" in TONGUES (HEBREWAH), also means GOD. However unlike the WORD ALLAH, "E'-LI" is the personalized use of the WORD GOD. When one uses the WORD "E'-LI" in reference to GOD, that person is proclaiming that GOD is their GOD, and their FATHER, and that that PERSON both KNOWS HIM and has a PERSONAL relationship with HIM.

P364

Before JESUS CHRIST had died upon the CROSS HE cried out to E'- LI and those who had heard HIM thought HE was calling for Elijah, This is because the Jews could not INTERPRET the LANGUAGE JESUS was SPEAKING in, and didn't know what the WORD "E'-LI" meant, Even JESUS' Disciples didn't know what HE was saying at the time, because the Disciples could not INTERPRET the WORD "E'-LI" until after the DAY of PENTECOST, when they had been BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT and had RECEIVED THE GIFT of the INTERPRETATION of TONGUES. After RECEIVING the GIFT they KNEW what the WORD E'-LI meant, and wrote it into the Scriptures of the GOSPELS.

P364

Matthew 27:46 And about the ninth hour JESUS cried with a LOUD VOICE, saying, E'-LI, E'-LI, LA'-MA SA-BACH'-THANI? That is to say, MY GOD, MY GOD, WHY HAST THOU FORSAKEN ME? *52

P364 Kjb1611

*52 While we are on the subject of SPEAKING in TONGUES I would like to share with you some of my observations. I have been to several churches where I have heard gibberish being spoken by some of the people, who claimed they were speaking in TONGUES. Many of these people were not saying anything at all and can be compared to a baby making odd sounds! There are but a few people I have heard in the churches, truly speaking in TONGUES (HEBREWAH). One young Man who I heard one day kept saying over and over again the WORD. "PA-PAH". This man indeed was speaking in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE, even though he knew but only ONE WORD, and probably wasn't aware of what the WORD meant. The WORD, "PA-PAH" in HEBREWAH is the referencing of GOD as to being YOUR DADDY. This PERSON had been TRULY BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT for only a SON of GOD is GIVEN this WORD!

P365

Back to the MESSAGE

P365

In further regard to the Muslim faith and the serving of ALLAH: The Muslims share in the same PROBLEM, as do the Jews with Judaism, who also believe they are serving YAHWEH. Although both of these religions do in fact recognize the ONE TRUE GOD and in their own way try to serve HIM, they cannot serve GOD in this way. It is GOD'S WAY OR NO WAY AT ALL! With neither of these two religions having a personal relationship with GOD, even though they recognize HIM as did Neb-u-chad-nez'-zar the King of Babylon recognize GOD, there cannot be any REDEMPTION nor SAVING GRACE for ANYONE not SERVING THE LORD through JESUS CHRIST! THIS IS A SET CONDITION OF THE NEW COVENANT!

P365

Here on the earth GOD BLESSES both the GOOD and the evil and many people confuse BLESSINGS with GRACE. BLESSINGS are given and BLESSINGS are taken away, but GRACE is ETERNAL, and ONLY by GRACE can one RECEIVE ETERNAL LIFE. GRACE can only be RECEIVED after being BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT, which comes after being FORGIVEN of SIN. SIN can only be forgiven by a BLOOD SACRIFICE, and the BLOOD SACRIFICE of the NEW COVENANT is THE LAMB of GOD, JESUS CHRIST. Therefor because neither the Jews nor the Muslims believe in JESUS CHRIST, neither can be forgiven of their sins.

P365

FURTHERMORE: to those Muslims, who have shed innocent blood in the name of ALLAH, THE LORD SAYS THE FOLLOWING TO THEM: GOD WILL HOLD YOU ACCOUNTABLE FOR YOUR DEEDS. THOSE WHO HAVE SHED INNOCENT BLOOD IN MY NAME TAKE HEED, FOR I WARN YOU THAT THE MOMENT YOUR BREATH LEAVES YOUR BODY IN THIS WORLD, YOU WILL OPEN YOUR EYES IN HADES. THE SEVENTY-TWO VIRGINS THAT YOU SEEK FOR YOUR DEEDS WILL INSTEAD BE SEVENTY-TWO DEMONS WHO WILL TORTURE YOUR SPIRITS THROUGHOUT ETERNITY!

P365 P366

JESUS CHRIST warned HIS Disciples about this kind of people, who will kill the innocent and claim to be doing so in the NAME of GOD.

P366

John 16:2 THEY SHALL PUT YOU OUT OF THE SYNAGOGUES: YEA, THE TIME COMETH, THAT WHOSOEVER KILLETH YOU WILL THINK THAT HE DOETH GOD SERVICE.

P366 Kjb1611

Once NOAH entered into the NEW WORLD, THE LORD TOLD HIM that HE WOULD HOLD THOSE ACCOUNTABLE WHO HAD SHED INNOCENT BLOOD. This still holds TRUE, and GOD WILL MOST CERTAINLY PUNISH ALL WITHOUT MERCY WHO HAVE DONE SO AND ARE CLAIMING TO DO IT IN HIS NAME.

P366

Genesis 9:5 And surely your blood of your lives will I require; at the hand of every beast will I require it, and at the hand of man; at the hand of every man's brother will I require the LIFE of man.

P366 Kjb1611

Genesis 9:6 Whoso sheddeth man's blood, by man shall his blood be shed: for in the IMAGE of GOD made HE man.

P366 Kjb1611

The Book of Hosea

P366

Hosea prophesied during the same era as Isaiah and traveled throughout Judah and ISRAEL with a Band of roving Prophets, whereas Isaiah remained almost exclusively in the area of Judah. As with most of the Prophets being told by GOD how to demonstrate the fate of Judah and Israel by their performing some sort of strange act, so was the Prophet Hosea given an oddity to perform by THE LORD. While Isaiah was told to walk naked through the streets of JERUSALEM, and Jeremiah made to wear an oxen yoke about his neck, and Ezekiel told to eat the parchment scroll containing the WORDS of GOD, the Prophet Hosea was told to marry a harlot (prostitute). This was done to demonstrate the whoredoms being committed by Judah and ISRAEL AGAINST GOD, and for their seeking after and worshiping strange gods.

P366

Nearly all of the prophecy given to Hosea relates to Judah and ISRAEL and the warning given to them by THE LORD through Hosea of there pending downfall. However, these warnings also apply to the world today. The SINS throughout today's world can be related to ISRAEL'S sins of yesteryear by simply replacing ISRAEL'S idols and graven images with today's false religions and objects of this world being put before GOD. This applies to all PROPHECY that warns against IDOLATRY. IDOLATRY today can be a big house, or a shiny new car, a powerful position in politics, or a business. It can be a woman or a man or a celebrity who is idolized, money or status within the world, as these traits today are the same as the idols and images of yesteryear. Anything of this world placed within your heart as being more important than your relationship with GOD is in THE EYES of GOD, whoredoms, and the committing of adultery. THE LORD SEES those who are giving their LOVE and SERVICE for worldly payment and possessions, the same as the prostitute who performs her service for payment.

P366 P367

This does not mean that GOD does not want you to have good things in this life. What it does means is that GOD does not want you to put anything before HIM, nor allow anything to come between HIM and you. This holds true in any MARRIAGE and your RELATIONSHIP with GOD, is a MARRIAGE. Should you allow your job, or a house, or a car, or money to be more important to you than your HUSBAND or your WIFE? If you were to allow this to happen, and let these things come between you and your SPOUSE, then you certainly could not LOVE them more than those objects!

P367

The Book of Joel

P367

The Book of Joel is dedicated primarily to END TIME PROPHECY and blends in with the Book of Revelation and the other END TIME PROPHECY written by the PROPHETS.

P367

Joel 2:10 The earth shall quake before them; the heavens shall tremble: the sun and the moon shall be dark, and the stars shall withdraw their shining:

P367 Kjb1611

Joel 2:11 And THE LORD shall utter HIS VOICE before HIS ARMY: for HIS camp is very GREAT: for he is STRONG that executeth HIS WORD: for the day of THE LORD is GREAT and very terrible; and who can abide it?

P367 Kjb1611

This WARNING matches the WARNINGS given in The Book of Revelation to the Apostle John.

P367

Revelation 6:12 And I beheld when HE had opened the SIXTH SEAL, and, lo, there was a GREAT EARTHQUAKE; and the sun became black as sackcloth of hair, and the moon became as blood;

P368 Kjb1611

Revelation 6:13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

P368 Kjb1611

Revelation 6:14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

P368 Kjb1611

The Book of Amos

P368

Amos was a herdsman who was taken from the flocks by THE LORD to be a Prophet so he might WARN the people of ISRAEL'S pending downfall! Amos was given by GOD PROPHECY about ISRAEL and Judah's JUDGMENT by GOD for their SINNING against HIM. Amos prophesied as did Hosea and the other Prophets about ISRAEL'S upcoming destruction and captivity. However, Amos was more vocal than the false prophets of ISRAEL were at that time, and due to his outspokenness to the people and the leadership, he was made to leave ISRAEL and go to Judah with his PROPHECY. While in Judah, Amos joined in with the company of Isaiah and the other Prophets, and remained there until his death. Shortly thereafter, ISRAEL was taken captive by the King of Babylon, as Amos had so prophesied.

P368

With ISRAEL having many false Prophets during this period of time, the King and his following despised Amos, because he was telling them of the King's pending death by the sword and their being led off into captivity by the Chaldeans because of ISRAEL'S sins. This differed in what the false Prophets were telling the King, so the King allowed the false Prophets to cast Amos out of ISRAEL, because he preferred to hear their words about a prospering ISRAEL, rather than the TRUTH of its future being given by Amos.

P368

Amos warns in chapter 8 of the Book of Amos about the corruption of ISRAEL that was being caused by the false Prophets. He warns ISRAEL about how the false Prophets would eventually have the people's minds so twisted by lies, it would ultimately cause their destruction.

P368

Also buried in the Scriptures of chapter 8 of the Book of Amos is The END TIME PROPHECY of what the world will do to cause THE WORD of GOD to be nonexistent.

P368

These Scriptures relate to the many false interpretations of THE HOLY BIBLE being published, and the changing of THE WORD of GOD to the point where it has lost its MESSAGE. Whereas the false Prophets were corrupting the people with their lies in the days of Amos, so is it even this day that the misinterpretations of the Scriptures given in these new BIBLE translations are corrupting one's UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD. ONLY THE 1611 KING JAMES VERSION OF THE HOLY BIBLE IS THE CORRECT INTERPRETATION OF THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, ALL OTHERS, ARE FALSE AND MISLEADING, and will cause those who read them to err!

P369

THE LORD WARNS of the time when the people will seek the WORD of GOD and will not be able to find it. The Devil is too smart to simply abolish THE HOLY BIBLE. He will simply change the meaning of the Scriptures so that the TRUE WORD of GOD will be nonexistent! He will do this in such a way that when the unlearned seek to find the TRUTH from THE HOLY SCRIPTURES, there will be so many variations of the Scriptures that the TRUTH will be LOST! This changing of THE WORD of GOD has been going on within the Church for many years, and has gotten WORSE with TIME. There are so many new interpretations now of the Scriptures, it will soon be impossible to determine which INTERPRETATION of THE WORD of GOD is the TRUTH. THIS IS THE DEVIL'S PLAN!

P369

To PROVE this point, simply lay two or three of these new TRANSLATIONS alongside the KING JAMES 1611 VERSION, and read from the 2nd Chapter of the Book of Habakkuk, and see if they say the same thing. You will find significant changes to THE WORD of GOD have been made in these new translations. The Devil has been corrupting THE WORD of GOD since the coming of JESUS CHRIST and diligently works towards the hiding of the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the world for its DELIVERANCE. This is why many of the churches disallow any one of its members to PRACTICE in the GIFTS given by THE HOLY SPIRIT. The reason this CORRUPTION of THE WORD of GOD exists in the new translations of the 2nd chapter of the Book of Habakkuk, is because these Scriptures outline the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the earth as a MAN, and the Devil wants to HIDE that from you!

P369

Amos 8:11 Behold, the days come, saith THE LORD GOD, that I will send a famine in the land, not a famine of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the WORDS of THE LORD:

P369 Kjb1611

Amos 8:12 And they shall wander from sea to sea, and from the north even to the east, they shall run to and fro to SEEK THE WORD of THE LORD, and shall not find it.

P369 Kjb1611 P370

I cannot over-emphasize the IMPORTANCE of the casting away of these FALSE interpretations of THE HOLY BIBLE and putting them out of the Church of JESUS CHRIST. This is why THE LORD has had me WARN YOU so many times in this BOOK on how the Devil wants to mislead YOU through these false interpretations of THE BIBLE, and cause you to err in THE EYES of GOD.

P370

THUS SAITH THE LORD THY GOD: ALL THOSE INVOLVED IN THESE FALSE INTERPRETATIONS ARE DESTINED FOR HELL AND ALL THOSE TEACHING THEM AND FOLLOWING AFTER THEM, WILL CONTINUE TO FOLLOW THEM INTO THE LAKE of FIRE; WHOSE FLAME CANNOT BE QUENCHED!

P370

The Book of Obadiah

P370

The Prophet Obadiah was given a very specific prophetic message by THE LORD in regard to E'-dom. E'-dom was a nation that was established by the offspring of Esau, Jacob's twin brother. Although one may say that this prophecy does not pertain to the people today, this is a wrong conclusion, because it still applies. Esau sold his BIRTHRIGHT to his brother Jacob for a bowl of stew, and was forever damned by GOD for doing so. This prophecy applies as well to those people who even this day have sold out their SOULS to this world, and have become subjected to the Devil's deception. The BIRTHRIGHT represents one's place in HEAVEN. Therefor when the things of this world become more important to a person than their relationship with THE LORD and their place in HEAVEN, they too have essentially sold their BIRTHRIGHT. The following Scriptures relate to the outcome of those people who have cast GOD aside and sold their BIRTHRIGHTS for the things of this world.

P370

Obadiah 1:17 But upon MOUNT ZION shall be DELIVERANCE, and there shall be HOLINESS; and the house of Jacob shall possess their possessions.

P370 Kjb1611

Obadiah 1:18 And the house of Jacob shall be a FIRE, and the house of JOSEPH a FLAME, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them; and there shall not be any remaining of the house of Esau; for THE LORD hath spoken it.

P370 Kjb1611 P371

The Book of Jonah

P371

Jonah was given a prophetic message by THE LORD in regard to Nin'-e-veh. But Jonah was reluctant to give the MESSAGE. However, once Jonah had given the PROPHECY to the King, it never materialized, so Jonah became concerned about his credibility as a Prophet. The reason the PROPHECY had not come to pass was because the people and the King of Nin'-e-veh after hearing Jonah's MESSAGE from GOD, repented of their sins against GOD. So GOD delayed Nin'-e-veh's DESTRUCTION and prolonged the people's days.

P371

Due to the message from THE LORD to Jonah being a MESSAGE of the DESTRUCTION of Nin'-e-veh, because of their sins, he was reluctant to tell the King of Nin'-e-veh fearing for his own life. Then, rather than DELIVERING the MESSAGE, Jonah tried to flee from THE LORD and was punished for doing so. During Jonah's flight from THE LORD he gets on a ship that is going to Tar'-shish and the ship suddenly endures a violent storm. Once the ship's captain and crew realize that it was Jonah who had brought the curse upon the ship, they throw Jonah overboard. After Jonah is thrown overboard, he is swallowed by a whale and spends THREE DAYS in the whale's belly. While in the whale and yet alive, Jonah PRAYS continually to GOD asking for GOD'S forgiveness. After THREE DAYS of continual PRAYER in the whale's belly, Jonah is then thrown up by the whale and onto the land, thus giving Jonah a second chance to DELIVER the MESSAGE from GOD to the City of Nin'-eveh. *53

P371

*53 The THREE DAYS of Jonah's being in the belly of the whale represents the THREE DAYS JESUS CHRIST spent in the bowels of the earth, prior to HIS RESURRECTION. JESUS used the Scriptures from the Book of Jonah to demonstrate this when the Pharisees had asked HIM to give them a sign. JESUS told the Pharisees that this would be the only sign they would receive that would verify that HE is THE CHRIST, and THE SON of GOD.

P371

Matthew 12:40 FOR AS JO'-NAS WAS THREE DAYS AND THREE NIGHTS IN THE WHALE'S BELLY; SO SHALL THE SON OF MAN BE THREE DAYS AND THREE NIGHTS IN THE HEART OF THE EARTH.

P371 Kjb1611

After Jonah's release from the belly of the whale, he most vigorously goes off and DELIVERS the MESSAGE from GOD to the King of Nin'-e-veh. After hearing the WORDS from Jonah, the King in turn proclaims a fast and repents of his kingdoms sinful nature to GOD. Once Jonah sees that THE LORD has stayed HIS WRATH upon Nin'-e-veh, due to their REPENTANCE, he feels that his credibility as a TRUE Prophet of THE LORD was in jeopardy, and goes outside of the city to sulk. But THE LORD explains to Jonah that HE is a forgiving GOD, and that the well being of the City of Nin'-e-veh was significantly more important to HIM than Jonah's pride.

P371 P372

The Book of Micah

P372

Micah also prophesied among the Prophets in Judah during the time of Isaiah. He was given the prophetic knowledge of the pending DESTRUCTION and CAPTIVITY of both ISRAEL and Judah, as was the other Prophets. But more pointedly was his prophecy aimed towards the END TIME, and the coming of JESUS CHRIST as well as the COMING of the DELIVERER, the 182 PERSON (THE HOLY SPIRIT as a MAN). Chapter 5 of the Book of Micah speaks specifically to both of these EVENTS.

P372

Micah 5:2 But thou, Beth'-le-hem Eph'-ra-tah, though thou be little among the thousands of Judah, yet out of thee shall HE come forth unto ME that is to be RULER in ISRAEL; whose goings forth have been from of OLD, from EVERLASTING.

P372 Kjb1611

This Scripture PROCLAIMS the coming forth of JESUS CHRIST out of BETHLEHEM. The Jews knew that the MESSIAH was to come forth out of BETHLEHEM from this Scripture. However, the Jewish Leaders were unaware that JESUS CHRIST was born in BETHLEHEM and had thought HE had been born in Nazareth of Galilee. By their thinking this, they had said among themselves that JESUS could not be the CHRIST who was to come out of BETHLEHEM. This lack of knowledge was a STUMBLING BLOCK THE LORD had PURPOSELY set before the Jews.

P372

The name Eph'-ra-tah (who was the founding father of Bethlehem), was the name that BETHLEHEM had prior to it's being renamed BETHLEHEM. The name Eph'-ra-tah in the Hebrew language means "fruitful", however; The WORD Eph'-ra-tah in TONGUES (HEBREWAH) means, "BE OPENED". This WORD is spelled incorrectly in the Gospel According to Mark, when Mark tells of how JESUS healed the deaf and dumb man (Mark 7:34). There are many names misspelled in THE GOSPELS due to changes in dialect that had taken place in the Hebrew language. The HEBREWAH definition is the more correct INTERPRETATION of the Scripture thus indicating the OPENING UP of BETHLEHEM to give BIRTH to the CHRIST CHILD (The bringing forth of the "MAN CHILD" Rev. 12:5). To further your UNDERSTANDING of the use of the WORD EPH'-RA-TAH, the word, "RAPTURE", as it is spoken in the HEBREWAH LANGUAGE (TONGUES), is SPOKEN: SHE-LE' EPH'-RATAH, meaning: "DOOR BE OPENED!"

P372 P373

Micah 5:3 Therefore will HE give them up, until the time that she which travaileth hath brought forth: then the REMNANT of HIS BRETHREN shall return unto the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P373 Kjb1611

The Scripture indicates that JESUS CHRIST will give up HIS THRONE as KING for a period of time, until THE FOURTH SERAPHIM (Remnant of HIS BRETHREN), the LAST SERAPHIM comes to earth as a MAN. This also means that the Church has been completed, and has all of its members intact, like the members of a PERSON'S BODY.

P373

Micah 5:4 And HE shall stand and feed in the STRENGTH of THE LORD, in the MAJESTY of the NAME of THE LORD HIS GOD; and THEY shall ABIDE: for now shall HE be GREAT unto the ends of the EARTH.

P373 Kjb1611

This Scripture DENOTES the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT, as a MAN (Remember, all through the GOSPELS, JESUS CHRIST refers to HIMSELF as being the SON of MAN), and this MAN will be the HOLY TEMPLE of GOD. For what is that that PROCEEDS from the THRONE of GOD? The SEVEN SPIRITS of GOD, THE 182 PERSON, IN THE IMAGE OF GOD IS HE!

P373

Micah 5:5 And this MAN shall be the PEACE, when the Assyrian shall come into our land: and when he shall tread in our palaces, then shall we raise against him SEVEN SHEPHERDS, and EIGHT PRINCIPAL MEN.

P373 Kjb1611

The last Scripture explains how the 182 PERSON will PROVIDE the protection for THE LORD'S PEOPLE, when the Devil (The Assyrian) is cast down onto earth and takes control over Israel. This is the time when the Devil sets up the ABOMINATION that makes DESOLATE in the Temple in JERUSALEM. The "SEVEN SHEPHERDS" spoke about in the Scripture are seven MINISTERS, and the "EIGHT PRINCIPAL MEN" are EIGHT of the SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS sent from HEAVEN to be with HIM. The NAMES of the EIGHT ANGELS are as follows: JAEL, RAPHAEL, GABRIEL, DARIUS, MOR'-PHE'-ET, BEN-I'-EL, AR'-MON, and RABBAH-JAH. RA-BAH-JAH is THE ANGEL of the Church of Philadelphia (The Pentecost Church). If you look up the meaning of the Hebrew word, "Rabbah", you will see that it means "GREATNESS" and was also the name of the City prior to it being renamed by the Greeks, "Philadelphia". The WORD "JAH" is the shortened form for the NAME, "YAHWEH", meaning GOD. So in further translation to the NAME RABBAH-JAH, it means, "THE GREAT CHURCH of GOD".

P373 P374

The Books of Micah, and Isaiah (42nd Chapter), Habakkuk (2nd Chapter), and Chapters 3 through 14 of the Book of Zechariah, and Chapter 10 of the Book of Revelation all speak to the coming of THE HOLY SPIRIT to the world as a MAN. THE HOLY SPIRIT COMES to set the world in order for the 2nd COMING of HIS SON, JESUS CHRIST.

P374

The Book of Nahum

P374

The Prophet Nahum was given the same prophecy as was given to Jonah, about Nin'-e-veh's destruction, although Nahum was given it several years after Jonah. However, when the Prophecy was given to the people of Nin'-e-veh this time, they did not repent, and Nin'-e-veh was DESTROYED for its sin. This PROPHECY also applies to any nation or people during the END TIME who have not RECEIVED JESUS CHRIST as their LORD and SAVIOR. Those nations and people will SUFFER in the same DESTRUCTION as Nin'-e-veh and Sodom and Gomorah had!

P374

The Book of Habakkuk

P374

Habakkuk prophesied during the time of Jeremiah in Judah, just prior to Judah's DESTRUCTION and CAPTIVITY. THE LORD gave Habakkuk the END TIME PROPHECY in answer to Habakkuk's supplication to GOD for JUDGMENT of the world for its wickedness. Habakkuk is given a VISION of the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT as a MAN, and THE LORD has Habakkuk WRITE IT DOWN as it is WRITTEN into the 2nd Chapter of Habakkuk. This vision frightened Habakkuk so much that he wrote also his PRAYER for protection from the WRATH of GOD in the very next chapter (Chapter 3). Habakkuk had thought that the END TIME PROPHECY given to him by THE LORD, applied to the time he was in and that it was DIRECTED towards the 1st DESTRUCTION of JERUSALEM, he knew was forthcoming by the Chaldeans.

P374 P375

I have yet to hear of anyone who UNDERSTANDS the PROPHECY given by Habakkuk. THE LORD had Habakkuk write this PROPHECY in such a way that only HIS ANOINTED could UNDERSTAND its MEANING. The key WORDS to the description of this PERSON are twofold, with both descriptions given in the 4th verse of the 2nd chapter. The first of the KEY WORDS (TRIGGERS) describing this PERSON, is that this PERSON'S SOUL is not upright in HIM (Habakkuk 2:4). The reason this PERSON is described in this way, is because THE HOLY SPIRIT PERSON comes to the earth FIRST in the form of THE HOLY SPIRIT (as HE did with the Apostles) and then in the FLESH (as the 182 PERSON). This COMING FIRST in THE SPIRIT rather than in the FLESH is reversed from ALL that had ever come before HIM. ALL of the others had come first in the flesh and then had been REBORN in the SPIRIT. This SOUL REVERSAL only occurs with THE 182 PERSON, and was not so with any of the other DELIVERERS. NOAH, JOSEPH, and MOSES all came first in the flesh and then ASCENDED up in THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD whereas THE 182 PERSON COMES BY WAY OF THE HOLY SPIRIT FIRST!

P375

The second set of KEY WORDS (TRIGGERS) describing the PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT is also WRITTEN into that same verse as the following message: "but the JUST shall LIVE by HIS FAITH". FAITH is the FIRST GIFT GIVEN of the NINE GIFTS GIVEN by THE HOLY SPIRIT. Anyone who RECEIVES the BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT RECEIVES THE GIFT OF FAITH FIRST, even though some may RECEIVE other GIFTS along with the GIFT of FAITH. This also CONFIRMS; that one must be BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD IF THEY ARE TO LIVE, BECAUSE THEY MUST BE GIVEN THE GIFT of FAITH FOR THEM TO LIVE ("BUT THE JUST SHALL LIVE BY HIS FAITH")! The LIFE spoken about in the Scriptures by the Prophet and the Apostle, is the ETERNAL LIFE of THE GOD GIVEN SPIRIT of MAN.

P375

John 6:63 IT IS THE SPIRIT THAT QUICKENETH; THE FLESH PROFITETH NOTHING: THE WORDS THAT I SPEAK UNTO YOU, THEY ARE SPIRIT, AND THEY ARE LIFE.

P375 Kjb1611

THE LAYERS of PROPHECY

P376

To help you better UNDERSTAND PROPHECY Scripture, WE will use a well known Story told in the FIRST BOOK of MOSES, called "Genesis". When ABRAHAM was told by THE LORD that he should go to the mountaintop in the Land of Mo-ri'-ah and OFFER his only SON ISAAC for a BURNT OFFERING; while climbing up to the top of the mountain, ISAAC asked his father ABRAHAM the following:

P376

Genesis 22:7 And ISAAC spake unto ABRAHAM his father, and said, My father: and he said, Here am I, my son. And he said, Behold the fire and the wood: but where is the LAMB for a BURNT OFFERING?

P376 Kjb1611

Genesis 22:8 And ABRAHAM said, My son, GOD will provide HIMSELF a LAMB for a BURNT OFFERING: so they went both of them together.

P376 Kjb1611

When ABRAHAM had told ISAAC that "GOD will provide for HIMSELF a BURNT OFFERING", he was giving his son PROPHECY. In the PROPHETIC MESSAGE from ABRAHAM to ISAAC, were the PAST, the PRESENT, and the FUTURE MESSAGES of the SACRIFICIAL LAMB, and here are those THREE MESSAGES:

P376

THE PAST: THE LORD told ABRAHAM that ISAAC was to be the SACRIFICE; So ABRAHAM told ISAAC, GOD had chosen him to be the SACRIFICE which GOD provided HIMSELF!

P376

THE PRESENT: However, once ABRAHAM was told by THE ANGEL not to harm ISAAC and that GOD was just testing him, ABRAHAM looked up and saw a ram caught up in the thicket. ABRAHAM then used the ram for the SACRIFICE rather than ISAAC for a BURNT OFFERING to THE LORD. Therefor GOD DID PROVIDE for HIMSELF a SACRIFICE, the ram!

P376

THE FUTURE: What THE LORD was ULTIMATELY saying in the Scripture by the WORDS of ABRAHAM to ISAAC, is that GOD WOULD PROVIDE JESUS CHRIST FOR A SACRIFICE of BURNT OFFERING UNTO HIMSELF.

P376 P377

The MESSAGE OBVIOUS in the STORY, is a message about a FATHER who LOVES GOD so MUCH, he is willing to GIVE his son's LIFE for HIM. BUT THE MESSAGE BURIED DEEP WITHIN THE STORY, IS ABOUT GOD LOVING MAN SO MUCH HE IS WILLING TO GIVE HIS ONLY BEGOTTEN SON'S LIFE FOR THE MAN.

P377

The Book of Zephaniah

P377

Zephaniah prophesied also during the time of Isaiah and was one of the many Prophets in Judah prior to its DESTRUCTION. THE LORD gave both ISRAEL and Judah ample warning by the Prophets to REPENT of their SINS prior to them being destroyed and taken captive by the Chaldeans. However, because THE LORD was slow to ANGER and PUNISH the people for their SINNING against HIM, they chose not to take heed to the warning being given them. Due to GOD'S GREAT PATIENCE and prolonging HIS ANGER the people thought that they were getting away with their SINFUL ACTIONS, but they were NOT! So for ISRAEL'S refusal to listen to the Prophets they ultimately met up with the fate caused by their SINNING.

P377

The Book of Haggai

P377

Haggai prophesied during the time of Judah's CAPTIVITY in Babylon and was given the prophecy of the rebuilding of THE LORD'S TEMPLE in JERUSALEM. The permission to REBUILD THE TEMPLE was granted by DARIUS, King of the Medes, in Babylon. Although DARIUS in the flesh was a King over the Heathen, in HEAVEN he is a 7th LEVEL ANGEL, as is CYRUS, and AR-TAX-ERX'-ES with all three being 7th LEVEL ANGELS. These three Kings that ruled over ISRAEL during their captivity in Babylon were sent by GOD to OVERSEE HIS PEOPLE, even though they themselves were not at that time aware of their HEAVENLY STATUS. ALL three of them UPHELD THE WORD of GOD during ISRAEL'S CAPTIVITY, and GRANTED ISRAEL the permission needed to rebuild THE WALL and THE TEMPLE in JERUSALEM.

P377

The Book of Zechariah

P377

Zechariah also prophesied during ISRAEL'S time of CAPTIVITY and was given similar prophecy as Haggai, about the rebuilding of the TEMPLE in JERUSALEM. However Zechariah was also given PROPHECY in regard to the COMING of JESUS CHRIST, referred to in the Scriptures as both "THE BRANCH" and "BEAUTY". Zechariah PROPHESIED also of the COMING of THE HOLY SPIRIT as a MAN, who is also called "THE BRANCH" (as was JESUS) and in the 11th Chapter is called "BANDS".

P377 P378

GOD refers to both JESUS CHRIST and THE HOLY SPIRIT as HIS TWO STAVES in the 11th Chapter, verse 7. The Scriptures show the TWO DIFFERENT PURPOSES that GOD'S TWO STAVES SERVE. "BEAUTY", who is JESUS CHRIST, is sent to the earth to BREAK the old COVENANT and to FEED the POOR of the flock. In the 11th verse of the 11th chapter, JESUS is referred to as "THE WORD of THE LORD". The Apostle John refers to JESUS CHRIST as "THE WORD of GOD" in the 1st Chapter of the Gospel of John, and does so again in the Book of Revelation.

P378

"BANDS", THE HOLY SPIRIT, SERVES AN ENTIRELY DIFFERENT PURPOSE than that of "BEAUTY" (JESUS CHRIST). "BANDS" SEPARATES the brotherhood of the Jewish faith, Judaism, from the CHRISTIAN FAITH (ISRAEL), and JUDGES the earth. BANDS starts first with the JUDGMENT of the Shepherds who lead the Church (Pastors, Priests, Ministers and other Christian Church Leaders).

P378

The Book of Malachi

P378

Malachi was given the PROPHECY of the reincarnation of the SPIRIT of SOLOMON/Elijah (being John the Baptist), who was to come to announce the COMING of JESUS CHRIST. He was also given the PROPHECY of the writing of THE GOSPELS and the compiling of the HOLY SCRIPTURES into THE HOLY BIBLE that were to occur after the COMING OF CHRIST.

P378

Malachi 3:16 Then they that feared THE LORD spake often one to another: and THE LORD hearkened, and heard it, and a BOOK of REMEMBRANCE was WRITTEN before HIM for them that feared THE LORD, and that thought upon HIS NAME.

P378 Kjb1611

Conclusion of THE HOLY BIBLE STORY

P378

Now that we have covered the HOLY BIBLE STORY from Genesis through Malachi (although briefly in most cases), and THE GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST, all that remains of THE WORD of GOD is the Book of Revelation. One might ask the question, "What about the twenty-two other books"? The answer to that question is a simple one: The twenty-two other books are not really books at all but rather letters (epistles). These letters (epistles) are not THE WORD of GOD but rather the words of men that have been put into Canon of THE HOLY BIBLE by THE CHURCH. Howbeit, the men that wrote the epistles never intended for them to be included into THE HOLY BIBLE, for they were letters to the Churches and not books! The insertion of the Epistles was the work of the Church, with the Church Leadership thinking they could expand upon THE WORD of GOD. This SUBJECT will be OUR lead-in to the Book of Revelation, as it opens with the WARNINGS to the Churches.

P378 P379

Chapter 7
The Book of THE REVELATION of
JESUS CHRIST

P381

Revelation 1:7 Behold, HE cometh with clouds; and every eye shall see HIM, and they also which pierced HIM: and ALL kindreds of the earth shall wail because of HIM. Even so, A-men.

P381 Kjb1611

PRELUDE to THE REVELATION

P381

The basis for WRITING the Revelation of JESUS CHRIST, is to WARN the CHURCH (THE BODY of CHRIST) against RELIGION being made part of the Church's protocol! As we proceed into the Book of Revelation you will see that there are references made in regard to THE GREAT WHORE throughout the Scriptures. Although THE GREAT WHORE means several things, its PRIMARY MEANING refers to the inclusion of RELIGION within the churches. At the very conception of the CHURCH the people tried to include some substance of RELIGION in addition to what had been taught by JESUS CHRIST. Religion has brought DIVISION to the CHURCH thus causing it to err. JESUS said that a HOUSE DIVIDED against itself could NOT STAND. Of the SEVEN CHURCHES referred to in The Book of Revelation, only ONE of these churches, "THE CHURCH IN PHILADELPHIA" is found to be WORTHY, even though "THE CHURCH IN PHILADELPHIA" had shown signs of weakness as well!

P381

GOD SEES RELIGION as an ABOMINATION and a STUMBLING BLOCK! However, the religious nature of the church has grown over a course of years (regardless of the WARNINGS given to it in The Book of Revelation), and continues growing even until today. This RELIGIOUS PROTOCOL is so HEAVILY WEIGHED upon the CHURCH today that it has superseded THE WORD of GOD and THE HOLY SPIRIT, in giving THE CHURCH its DIRECTION.

P381

GOD SAYS, BECAUSE THE CHURCH HAS INCLINED ITSELF TO FOLLOW AFTER THE EPISTLES WRITTEN BY THE APOSTLES, RATHER THAN THE WORD OF GOD, THE CHURCHES HAVE CAUSED MY PEOPLE TO ERR. NOW HEAR WHAT THE SPIRIT SAYS UNTO THE CHURCHES: ALL THOSE WHO EITHER TEACH OR FOLLOW AFTER THIS FOOLISHNESS SAITH THE LORD, WILL SUFFER MY WRATH AND THE WRATH of the LAMB THAT IS ABOUT TO COME UPON THE EARTH!

P381 P382

The OPENING

P382

The Book of Revelation opens with the WARNING given to John by JESUS CHRIST about the deficiencies found by HIM in the SEVEN Churches that are in Asia. JESUS CHRIST knew that the Devil would corrupt the church by using religion as a STUMBLING BLOCK, just as the Jews had been corrupted and moved away from GOD by their religious TRAITS. The SEVEN Churches identified in the Book of Revelation not only refers to the Seven Christian Churches that existed at the time of its writing, but also to the denominations that exist in the church today. These WARNINGS are meant to IDENTIFY the SEVEN religious TRAITS that are still within all the churches today, as they were at the time of the writing of the Book of Revelation. THE LORD has shown ME that man still loves his religion more than he LOVES GOD, therefor allowing his religion to come between him and THE LORD.

P382

The following is a list of the SEVEN CHURCHES as well as the NAMES of the ANGELS of the SEVEN CHURCHES. Also listed is THE ANGEL of the CHURCH of JESUS CHRIST who in the GOSPELS is CALLED PETER. PETER will assume this POST after the RAPTURE of THE CHURCH and once that GOD'S BELOVED are brought together as ONE CHURCH without DIVISION. Each of these Churches that were in Asia had specific types of religious TRAITS, and although many of those churches today bear new names, they still exhibit those same TRAITS. Within any one of the churches today you can find one or more of the deficiencies caused by these religious TRAITS that the CHURCHES are warned about in the second and third chapters of the Book of Revelation.

P382

The Angels of the Seven Churches:

P382

1. The Church of Eph'-e-sus (Baptist), The Angel Cal'-don, the 37th angel of the 7th level
2. The Church of Smyrna (Presbyterian), The Angel Ti'-amos, the 55th angel of the 7th level
3. The Church of Per'-ga-mos (Lutheran), The Angel Ar'-mon, the 56th angel of the 7th level
4. The Church of Thy-a-ti'-ra (Episcopal), The Angel Ja'-bel, the 27th angel of the 7th level
5. The Church of Sar'-dis (Methodist), The Angel Ben-i'-el, the 44th angel of the 7th level
6. The Church of Philadelphia (Pentecost), The Angel RA-BAH-JAH, the 36th angel of the 7th level
7. The Church of La-od-i-ce'-a (Catholic), The Angel Ra'-mos, the 66th angel of the 7th level
P382 P383

The Church of JESUS CHRIST, The Angel Ce'-phas, the 78th angel of the 7th level.

P383

The SEVEN Church Traits:

P383

Starting in Chapter 2 of the Book of Revelation, the Apostle John is told to write a letter to the Church in Eph'-e-sus to warn the members of that church of the errors they are making. The PRIMARY MESSAGE of these Scriptures lies within the ERRORS that each church is making, and is POINTED towards the erroneous TRAIT of that church more so than to the church itself. Each and every letter that John wrote to each of the Seven Churches identifies a particular TRAIT that is causing that church to err. All of these erroneous TRAITS still exist in the various divisions of the church and you can find in any particular church one or more of these traits today! Some churches have more of these errors than others do, but nevertheless these errors are all still present within the churches.

P383

The Eph'-e-sus Trait:

P383

The Eph'-e-sus TRAIT is one which troubles nearly all churches today and that is why it is listed in the Scriptures first. This is the common belief amongst the congregation that a person's works for the church and their offered time and charity is more important than their daily RELATIONSHIP with GOD. This TRAIT also places JESUS CHRIST above GOD, which causes that church to put JESUS before GOD, and in the Scriptures JESUS WARNS AGAINST THIS. All of the churches exhibiting this TRAIT have a tendency to serve JESUS instead of GOD. This does not trouble THE LORD nearly as much as it troubles JESUS, as JESUS CHRIST taught all of HIS followers to WORSHIP ONLY GOD, WHO IS YOUR FIRST LOVE. Listen to what JESUS CHRIST has to say about this TRAIT:

P383 P384

Revelation 2:4 NEVERTHELESS I HAVE SOMEWHAT AGAINST THEE, BECAUSE THOU HAST LEFT THY FIRST LOVE.

P384 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:5 REMEMBER THEREFORE FROM WHENCE THOU ART FALLEN, AND REPENT, AND DO THE FIRST WORKS; OR ELSE I WILL COME UNTO THEE QUICKLY, AND WILL REMOVE THY CANDLESTICK OUT OF HIS PLACE, EXCEPT THOU REPENT.

P384 Kjb1611

One's FIRST LOVE is GOD ALMIGHTY! Therefor a person's dedication and service to their church means nothing at all to THE LORD (Read Isaiah 64: 6). GOD sees this as a person who is serving his religion and not SERVING HIM. There are many such people that will work for the church and give to the charities and even attend all the services of the church. In doing this they believe that they will RECEIVE SAVING GRACE for it. However, if the people who are serving the church are not BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT all of their works are irrelevant, and they will never ENTER THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN! What JESUS is saying to the churches in this warning is; that one must change (REPENT) from this course of action, and if they do not change, then JESUS will disenfranchise them! ("REMOVE THY CANDLESTICK OUT OF HIS PLACE").

P384

The Smyrna Trait:

P384

This is a TRAIT in which the church feels that it lacks the glamour needed to be a successful member of CHRIST. Then by allowing this TRAIT to exist as a church PRIORITY, the TRAIT becomes a STUMBLING BLOCK and interferes with the fruitfulness of the church. Many of its members come to the church so they may be able to say they had attended the church service, rather than being there to WORSHIP GOD and bring about a change in their lives. This CHURCH TRAIT will cause a lot of hardships to fall amidst its congregation because of the church's lack of FAITH. The Devil routinely attacks this church and its members because they are WEAK, and NOT SAVED, nor do they have a RELATIONSHIP with GOD, therefor leaving themselves unprotected. The congregation of this church feels that their presence in the church facility is all that is needed for them to be SAVED. HOWEVER this is SIMPLY NOT SO! UNFORTUNATELY THOSE of this sort of church will not RECEIVE ETERNITY, and will suffer the GREAT TRIBULATION as a result of their errors. However, those of this church that do survive the GREAT TRIBULATION and refuse to take "The Mark of the Beast" will RECEIVE a ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD of REIGNING with CHRIST on EARTH.

P384 P385

The Per'-ga-mos Trait:

P385

This is a TRAIT in which the church places its religion and customs above the HOLY BIBLE and in doing so causes its congregation to make fatal errors. By this church's following after the order of their religious doctrine rather than the WORD of GOD it has placed its faith in RELIGION, rather than its FAITH in GOD! This type of TRAIT also causes this church to follow after the selective use of the Epistles that were written by the Apostles rather than the following after GOSPELS of JESUS CHRIST to guide the course of the church. By this church's leadership setting strict religious standards for the church by its doctrine, causes hypocrisy within its ranks and treachery within its walls. Also due to the church's setting of unrealistic standards for the people to follow (much like the Pharisees did to the Jews), it turns many people away from THE LORD rather than bringing them CLOSER. This type of church becomes a STUMBLING BLOCK to the people who are serving it by its strict religious doctrine and is DESTINED for FAILURE!

P385

Matthew 16:6 Then JESUS said unto them, TAKE HEED AND BEWARE OF THE LEAVEN OF THE PHARISEES AND OF THE SAD'-DU-CEES.

P385 Kjb1611

Matthew 16:12 Then UNDERSTOOD they how that HE bade them not beware of the leaven of bread, but of the DOCTRINE of the Pharisees and of the Sad'-du-cees.

P385 Kjb1611

The Thy-a-ti'-ra Trait:

P385

This CHURCH TRAIT is one of the more serious in nature as it deals with IDOLATRY and SYMBOLISM as well as its denial of practicing the GIFTS GIVEN BY THE HOLY SPIRIT. It also reeks of religion and is DESTINED for DEATH. You can readily IDENTIFY this CHURCH TRAIT by the decoration within its walls. For within the walls of this church you will find many objects of art and statues and the DEFILING of HOLY things by way of IMAGERY. The flashy robes and garments that are worn by its priests give the appearance of nobility rather than their BLASPHEMY, and its leadership can be readily identified.

P385 P386

Revelation 2:21 AND I GAVE HER SPACE TO REPENT OF HER FORNICATION; AND SHE REPENTED NOT.

P386 Kjb1611

Revelation 2:22 BEHOLD, I WILL CAST HER INTO A BED, AND THEM THAT COMMIT ADULTERY WITH HER INTO GREAT TRIBULATION, EXCEPT THEY REPENT OF THEIR DEEDS.

P386 Kjb1611

The Sar'-dis Trait:

P386

The Sar'-dis Church TRAIT is one that allows its methodology and its doctrine to continually change to suit the demands of its members, rather than closely adhering to the WORD of GOD. This sort of church for instance, will allow the marrying of homosexual partners within its walls as well as the promotion of conflicting and unholy doctrine to exist within the confines of the church to accommodate an increase in its revenues. This church places its revenues above GOD and makes up its own rules as it goes along. It also prides itself on its LIBERAL behavior, saying to its congregation, "Come as you are, we won't ask you to change, GOD doesn't care how you are, but just make sure you bring your wallet".

P386

The Philadelphia Trait:

P386

Even though this CHURCH is weak, it by far exceeds the others in its practices of FAITH and its SERVING of GOD. Unlike the other churches, many within this CHURCH are SAVED and have RECEIVED the GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT. The other churches routinely criticize this CHURCH for its utilizing THE GIFTS GIVEN by THE HOLY SPIRIT and for its free SPIRIT and GOD LOVING nature. This CHURCH however also has faults; it routinely brings in merchandising amidst its walls to generate revenue, Even though this Church does this to help the needy, JESUS WARNS the CHURCH against taking GOD'S HOUSE of PRAYER and making it into a house of merchandising. Nevertheless for the most part, the Church of Philadelphia (The PENTECOST CHURCH) CONTINUES to WIN SOULS for THE LORD. THIS is the CHOSEN CHURCH, THE BRIDE OF CHRIST and the CHURCH that will receive the RAPTURE and a MANSION in HEAVEN!

P386 P387

The La-od-i-ce'-a Trait:

P387

This CHURCH TRAIT has had the mark of death upon it from the time of its CONCEPTION! This is the wealthiest of all the churches and in fact this church is so wealthy that it believes it can buy whatever it needs with money. This church is also so wrapped up in its religion that it also believes that its church leaders can at the time of their choosing, rewrite the rules for the church as well as THE LAWS of GOD. Due to its following after the direction of its leaders rather than the WORD of GOD, it has ALL of the abominable TRAITS that are found to be in the other churches, as well as some of its OWN! This is the church of the wealthy and famous who proclaim themselves to be above all of the other churches, however, it is not a CHURCH of JESUS CHRIST. This is a religion of choice and also the seat of SATAN!

P387

Revelation 3:16 SO THEN BECAUSE THOU ART LUKEWARM, AND NEITHER COLD NOR HOT, I WILL SPUE THEE OUT OF MY MOUTH.

P387 Kjb1611

This warning given by JESUS CHRIST to the Church of La-od-i-ce'-a means the following: The Church is referred to as the BODY of CHRIST and because this church is neither cold nor hot it will be vomited out of the BODY of CHRIST (REJECTED). This church does not believe it has any problems because it is rich. However it may be rich with money, but it is most certainly POOR in spirit. Due to its being far from THE LORD it has been DESTINED for DOOM from its CONCEPTION, and already has become the WOMB of the WHORE, and the HOUSE of the FALSE PROPHET, and the SEAT of SATAN!

P387

The RAPTURE of John

P387

There are two different types of RAPTURE. There is RAPTURE of the SPIRIT and the PHYSICAL BODY and also a RAPTURE of the SPIRIT only. The SPIRITUAL and PHYSICAL RAPTURE is defined as a TRANSFIGURATION (CHANGING) of the physical body while the BODY and the SPIRIT are held intact. The TWO are then transported together to a different PHYSICAL dimension. There are TWELVE different PHYSICAL dimensions that EXIST below the LIGHT DIMENSION. Any of the dimensions that exist above the TWELFTH dimension are LIGHT DIMENSIONS and physical (solid) objects cannot enter into them. For one to enter into a LIGHT DIMENSION they must first be transfigured into a LIGHT STRUCTURE. HEAVEN is within a LIGHT DIMENSION and can only be entered by a LIGHT BEING.

P387 P388

Chapter 4 of the Book of Revelation begins with the Apostle John receiving the SPIRITUAL RAPTURE. He, at the time of the RAPTURE, is TRANSFIGURED into a BODY of LIGHT so he could ENTER IN to GOD'S HEAVENLY DOMAIN. The KEY WORDS that anyone will hear prior to receiving the RAPTURE, are the WORDS, "COME UP HITHER". These WORDS will be spoken through a PORTAL between HEAVEN and earth that has been opened MOMENTARILY for an ENTRY into HEAVEN. When the WORDS "COME UP HITHER" are spoken they will sound like a blast from a TRUMPET to those who will HEAR them. The SOUND of the TRUMPET will be quite similar to HEARING a VOICE that is SPOKEN through a bullhorn, except the VOLUME of the TRUMPET BLAST will be ear piercing. The SOUND of the TRUMPET can be likened to the sound of THUNDER that occurs after a lightning strike or a SONIC BOOM!

P388

The transporting of the SPIRIT takes only a moment and the acceleration that one goes through during this transportation is quite breathtaking. DURING the RAPTURE, the SPIRIT is ACCELERATED to GREATER than a LIGHT SPEED and this happens in an instant. The feeling caused by this ACCELERATION is similar to having an orgasm (ECSTATIC FEELING) and this is why it is CALLED "RAPTURE", which means "ECSTASY"! Once the TRANSPORTATION is COMPLETE, the feeling of the RAPTURE will still remain with that individual. This ecstatic state takes awhile for one to adjust to after the TRANSPORTATION of the SPIRIT. Any person experiencing the RAPTURE will instantly find themselves in another PLACE and it will take a moment or so to COMPREHEND their NEW surroundings. While keeping the aforementioned in mind, let us read the first two verses in Chapter 4, of the Book of Revelation.

P388

Revelation 4:1 After this I looked, and, behold, a DOOR was OPENED in HEAVEN: and the first VOICE which I heard was as it were of a TRUMPET talking with me; which said, COME UP HITHER, and I will shew thee things which must be hereafter.

P388 Kjb1611

Revelation 4:2 And immediately I was in the SPIRIT: and, behold, a THRONE was set in HEAVEN, and ONE sat on the THRONE.

P388 Kjb1611

After John had RECEIVED the RAPTURE he finds himself in HEAVEN and in the PRESENCE of THE LORD. John then gives the description of what he sees. With his BODY now being TRANSFIGURED, John is in the BODY of CHRIST, that is to say that he is now in a BODY of LIGHT (JESUS said, "I AM THE LIGHT OF THE WORLD"). With him being in CHRIST (LIGHT), John can now look into the FACE of IXOTE, who is THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD and John does so through THE EYES of CHRIST. John sees first THE WHITE THRONE having a GREEN GLOW such as an emerald about it! And on THE WHITE THRONE, John sees IXOTE SEATED.

P389

As John looks around THE THRONE he also sees a semi-circle (an arc) of people sitting about THE THRONE. These are the TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS of HEAVEN, and John sees all of them wearing WHITE ROBES and having CROWNS (GOLDEN HALOS) on their heads. The CROWNS that John sees on the ELDERS heads are really HALOS of LIGHT, as those who have been made HOLY by GOD emit an AURA of LIGHT just like the ANGELS of HEAVEN.

P389

The TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS consists of TWELVE of the PROPHETS from the OLD TESTAMENT, and TWELVE of the APOSTLES of JESUS CHRIST. ALL OF THE ELDERS RESIDE in the SIXTH LEVEL of HEAVEN. There are also other Prophets and Apostles that do not sit amongst the ELDERS in COUNSEL but still RESIDE in the SIXTH LEVEL. The ELDERS consist of ONE PROPHET and ONE APOSTLE REPRESENTING each one of the TWELVE TRIBES of ISRAEL. Along with the TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS at the SIXTH LEVEL, there are also other PEOPLE and ANGELS as well residing at the SIXTH LEVEL with them. Here are the NAMES of THE TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS:

P389

1. Representing the tribe of Reuben: THE PROPHET Jeremiah and THE APOSTLE Matthew.
2. Representing the tribe of Simeon: THE PROPHET Daniel and THE APOSTLE Thomas.
3. Representing the tribe of Zab'-u-lon: THE PROPHET Isaiah and THE APOSTLE Simon.
4. Representing the tribe of Is'-sa-char: THE PROPHET Zechariah and THE APOSTLE Philip.
5. Representing the tribe of Ma-nas -ses: THE PROPHET Ezekiel and THE APOSTLE Mark.
6. Representing the tribe of Naph'-ta-li: THE PROPHET E-li'-sha and THE APOSTLE Luke.
7. Representing the tribe of Judah : THE PROPHET ABRAHAM and THE APOSTLE Paul.
8. Representing the tribe of Levi: THE PROPHET ISAAC and THE APOSTLE Mary Magdalene.
9. Representing the tribe of JOSEPH: THE PROPHET JACOB and THE APOSTLE James.
10. Representing the tribe of Gad: THE PROPHET Joshua and THE APOSTLE John.
11. Representing the tribe of Asher: THE PROPHET Samuel and THE APOSTLE Andrew.
12. Representing the tribe of Benjamin: THE PROPHET REBEKAH and THE APOSTLE Bartholomew.
P389 P390

NOTE: While John was viewing THE ELDERS he had seen himself among them, even though he was not aware of it, as John still perceived his appearance to be as it was in his PHYSICAL FORM. The APOSTLE John is the only MAN in HEAVEN that has been given the GIFT of OMNI-PRESENCE, and this is why he could see himself because John can be in more than one place at a time. John has been given this GIFT because his SPIRIT remains on the earth for two thousand out of every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS of its existence. Each and every time that the flesh of John dies as a person on this earth, his SPIRIT leaves his body and enters into a newly CONCEIVED child.

P390

The SPIRIT of John remains on the earth though he is also in HEAVEN (OMNI-PRESENCE) from the TIME of JESUS CHRIST'S first coming until the TIME of HIS Second Coming. John preaches THE GOSPEL on earth up until the TIME of THE FINAL RAPTURE and THE RETURN of JESUS CHRIST to earth. John and the Church ENTER into THE MILLENNIUM (GOD'S DAY of REST) for the ONE THOUSAND YEARS of HEAVEN on EARTH. After the ONE THOUSAND YEARS of the MILLENNIUM have been fulfilled, John is received back into HEAVEN to sit amidst THE ELDERS and at that time John loses his OMNI-PRESENCE. SEVEN YEARS after the BIRTH of JESUS CHRIST, John again returns to the NEW earth. This SCENARIO repeats itself every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS and is done over and over again throughout ETERNITY.

P390

RETURN TO THE THRONE ROOM

P390

While John is still viewing the THRONE ROOM he sees before THE THRONE, THE FOUR LIVING BEASTS who are the FOUR SERAPHIM (THE SONS OF GOD). John gives their descriptions in the Scripture, as he perceives them to be in his SPIRIT. The actual appearances of the FOUR LIVING BEASTS (as seen by those who dwell in HEAVEN) are the appearances of FOUR MEN. However John sees only THE THIRD SERAPHIM who is JESUS, in the form of a MAN. *1

P390 P391

*1 When John sees the FOUR SERAPHIM he notes that THE SERAPHIM were full of eyes within. The eyes that John sees within the FOUR BEASTS (the FOUR SERAPHIM) symbolically represent the SOULS in CHRIST. These eyes seen within the FOUR BEASTS (when seen through the eyes of a HEAVENLY RESIDENT) are actually the PEOPLE that are in CHRIST. The EYES represent the people that have been received into HEAVEN through JESUS CHRIST. These people (the eyes within the SERAPHIM) are referred to in THE HOLY BIBLE as THE BRIDE of CHRIST. By the MARRIAGE of THE BRIDE to JESUS CHRIST (THE LAMB of GOD) the people of CHRIST become unified in CHRIST and are as ONE with HIM and that is why the eyes are part of the FOUR LIVING BEASTS. This does not mean that a person will lose their IDENTITY in CHRIST, if that were so, then John in the SPIRIT would not have seen all of the eyes within CHRIST. John's perception in HEAVEN is as a spectator in this EVENT who is not able to COMPREHEND the SPLENDOR of HEAVEN while yet remaining in the SPIRIT of MAN. Therefor one must UNDERSTAND that all the things that were observed by John are symbolic in NATURE, and appear to John differently than they appear to those who RESIDE in HEAVEN.

P391

To further explain John's VISION in the SPIRIT, in HEAVEN, as a RESIDENT of HEAVEN, men, women, and ANGELS all have the appearance of a PERSON similar to how it is here on earth. However, while John was still in the Spirit of MAN, those who he had seen in HEAVEN other than CHRIST, appeared only symbolically to him and not actually how they would appear to a HEAVENLY RESIDENT. It may also be noted that only a select few of the ANGELS in HEAVEN have a gender. Although the ANGELS themselves do not have a gender (except for NINE of them, excluding Lucifer who is the tenth and a male), some of the ANGELS in HEAVEN although not having a GENDER, exhibit a feminine appearance while yet others exhibit a masculine appearance. It may also be noted that ANGELS do not have wings, although they have been perceived to have wings by the SPIRIT of MAN. Even GOD ALMIGHTY WHO IS SPIRIT ONLY has the form of a MAN. Although the ANGEL has the appearance of a man or a woman, the ANGEL in HEAVEN is significantly more stout than a man in HEAVEN is. One might say that man is a scaled down version of the ANGEL. Although being similar in appearance, the man in HEAVEN is smaller in size than the ANGEL. For instance, in HEAVEN, an ANGEL of the SEVENTH LEVEL will have the appearance of a man or a woman with an average height of nine cubits (13.5 feet tall). While on the other hand, a man in HEAVEN has the same average height as a man does here on earth.

P391 P392

ANGELS of the LOWER ORDER'S (SIXTH LEVEL and below) have declining heights as compared to the SEVENTH LEVEL ANGEL even though an ANGEL'S height never declines below six cubits (9 feet tall). The ANGELS in HEAVEN are a LOVING sort full of THE LOVE of GOD and they look after the KINGDOM of GOD while perceiving MAN in HEAVEN to be THEIR BROTHERS and SISTERS. Only GOD and JESUS CHRIST can LOVE YOU more than the ANGELS in HEAVEN do.

P392

HEAVEN can neither be explained nor COMPREHENDED by the mind of man. Therefor, when THE LORD allows one to view certain HEAVENLY things HE does so symbolically and partitions the eye in such a way as to not cause a permanent change to the onlooker. When MOSES viewed the BACK PARTS of THE LORD he was forever CHANGED, and no one after MOSES had done so could look at MOSES' face or into his EYES. This was due to the HEAVENLY AURA that he afterward emitted (In the Scriptures it is said, that MOSES' face SHONE.). So therefor all that John was allowed to see was SYMBOLIC in nature and a HEAVENLY representation of certain things in HEAVEN rather than their TRUE appearances. For example, when John sees JESUS prior to his RAPTURE to THE THRONE of GOD, JESUS appears to him as having WHITE HAIR. JESUS appeared this way to John in his VISION so that John could perceive JESUS' GREAT AGE as one would expect in earth years. However, in HEAVEN JESUS has the appearance of a THIRTY-THREE YEAR-OLD MAN. As a matter of fact, ALL that are in HEAVEN, even the ANGELS have the appearance of a THIRTY-THREE YEAR- OLD PERSON. ONLY THE FATHER HAS AN APPEARANCE OF AN ELDERLY MAN. FOR WE ARE ALL HIS CHILDREN.

P392

THE GLORIFICATION and the WORSHIPING of GOD

P392

John notes in the Scriptures how the FOUR LIVING BEASTS and THE ELDERS continually express their LOVE and GRATITUDE towards GOD by WORSHIPING HIM that sits on THE THRONE both day and night. Due to GOD'S HOLINESS, GOD can only be SEEN through THE EYES of THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD and it is IXOTE that John sees sitting on THE THRONE.

P392

Now one might think that HEAVEN would be quite a boring place due to all this WORSHIPING of GOD that takes place in John's VISION, with nothing else apparently going on. But again, what John sees is only SYMBOLIC in NATURE and the point to be made in the Scriptures is the THANKS that are CONTINUALLY given to GOD for HIS GOODNESS and KIND LOVING NATURE. All the things on this earth that are found to be appealing are most certainly in abundance in HEAVEN. There are also other things that cannot be found on this earth in HEAVEN, that are even BETTER. With the splendor and beauty and joy found in HEAVEN, and the ONE BEHOLDING IT knowing they had RECEIVED it by THE GRACE of GOD, THANKS towards THE ALMIGHTY GOD for the RECEIVING of it comes quite NATURALLY!

P392 P393

Worthy is THE LAMB

P393

In chapter 5 of the Book of Revelation, John takes a closer look at the THRONE and sees that THE HOLY SPIRIT has a BOOK in HIS HAND. He also denotes in the Scriptures that the BOOK has WRITINGS on both sides of its pages and is SEALED with SEVEN SEALS. These SEVEN SEALS represent SEVEN INCREMENTAL JUDGMENTS against the earth and they also represent the SEVEN LAYERS of UNDERSTANDING contained within the Book of Revelation.

P393

There are THREE PROFOUND JUDGMENTS that THE LORD has determined for the earth. The first JUDGMENT is the JUDGMENT of the earth in its entirety. The FIRST PROFOUND JUDGMENT of the earth is broken into SEVEN distinct SENTENCES that are WRITTEN into the BOOK and then SEALED with SEVEN SEALS until the TIME of the END.

P393

The second PROFOUND JUDGMENT is the JUDGMENT of those who are not in CHRIST. However these people are the people that are NOT condemned to SUFFER the SECOND DEATH. These people are those who will martyr themselves during THE GREAT TRIBULATION by refusing to take the "Mark of the Beast" and also those who had already died in the flesh who are of the same category of people. "The Dead" are those who have been sleeping in the earth who are neither wicked enough to go to Hades, or GOOD enough to go to PARADISE at the time of their deaths. Both of these types of people ("Martyrs" and good but "not SAVED people") will RECEIVE RESURRECTION rather than RAPTURE to live ONCE MORE on the EARTH and reign with CHRIST for the one thousand years (THE MILLENNIUM). These people WILL NOT RECEIVE ETERNITY!

P393

The THIRD JUDGMENT is the WHITE THRONE JUDGMENT and this is the JUDGMENT of each individual PERSON who is not in CHRIST or not a GUEST of THE WEDDING SUPPER. The WHITE THRONE JUDGMENT also is inclusive of those who were allowed to enter into THE MILLENNIUM by way of the RESURRECTION of the dead. ONLY THOSE IN CHRIST and the GUESTS of CHRIST WILL NOT STAND BEFORE GOD in JUDGMENT, FOR THEY HAVE BEEN JUDGED ALREADY in CHRIST. The reason that these people (THE SAVED) need not stand before GOD in JUDGMENT is because JESUS CHRIST HAD RECEIVED THEIR SINS AND HAD BEEN JUDGED ALREADY. FOR ALL IN CHRIST ARE FOUND TO BE WORTHY, FOR WORTHY IS THE LAMB OF GOD. THE ONE WHO PRESIDES over the WHITE THRONE JUDGMENT IS THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, IXOTE.

P393 P394

Back to John's VISION

P394

John then hears the ANGEL GABRIEL PROCLAIM in a loud VOICE, "WHO IS WORTHY TO OPEN THE BOOK AND TO BREAK THE SEALS THEREOF?" When John hears this he looks around and finds that there wasn't anyone to be found who was WORTHY to OPEN the BOOK or BREAK the SEALS of the BOOK, Once John sees that there isn't anyone found to be worthy either in HEAVEN or on earth to open the BOOK or break its SEALS, he suddenly breaks into tears. *2

P394

*2 There is a reason why there wasn't anyone to be found that was worthy to open or break the SEALS of the BOOK. The reason is, if a person had been found to be worthy, then that same person would also be WORTHY to PASS JUDGMENT on earth. However, the JUDGMENT of earth has been given SOLELY to JESUS CHRIST, and John is told this by one of THE TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS.

P394

Once it had been proclaimed that THE LAMB of GOD had been found WORTHY to open the BOOK and BREAK its SEALS, then John sees the FOUR SERAPHIM come together as ONE BEING, CHRIST. When the FOUR SERAPHIM come together they appear to John to look like a LAMB who had been slain, with THE LAMB having SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES Again this is a SYMBOLIC OBSERVATION made by John. The LAMB represents the ASCENDING of the FOUR SERAPHIM into CHRIST and the SEVEN HORNS and SEVEN EYES of THE LAMB represent the DESCENDING of THE HOLY SPIRIT into CHRIST. This is the PASSING DOWN of the AUTHORITY of JUDGMENT by THE HOLY SPIRIT to THE LAMB of GOD, JESUS CHRIST. This DESCENDING DOWN into CHRIST is what JESUS meant when HE said, "MY FATHER AND I ARE ONE" (IMMANUEL)!

P394

After John sees the appearance of THE LAMB, the LAMB goes over to THE THRONE and takes the BOOK out of the RIGHT HAND of THE HOLY SPIRIT. Once this AUTHORITY is PASSED DOWN to CHRIST, all that are in HEAVEN rejoice because NOW CHRIST is perceived as having the AUTHORITY, HONOR, and the BLESSING of GOD.

P394 P395

Revelation 5:11 And I beheld, and I heard the VOICE of many ANGELS round about THE THRONE and the BEASTS and the ELDERS: and the number of them was ten thousand times ten thousand, and thousands of thousands;

P395 Kjb1611

Revelation 5:12 Saying with a LOUD VOICE, WORTHY is the LAMB that was slain to receive POWER, and riches, and WISDOM, and strength, and HONOUR, and GLORY, and BLESSING.

P395 Kjb1611

The Breaking of the SEALS

P395

Chapter 6 begins with the BREAKING of the FIRST SEAL. Each of the SEVEN SEALS is broken on the SECOND DAY of PASSOVER over a course of SEVEN YEARS, with one SEAL being broken every year after the BREAKING of the FIRST SEAL. This is representative of the EXODUS of the Children of ISRAEL from Egypt and the crucifixion of JESUS CHRIST, because both of these EVENTS took place on the SECOND DAY of PASSOVER. With each BREAKING of a SEAL comes ONE INCREMENTAL JUDGMENT. This JUDGMENT is inclusive of an EVENT or in some cases MULTIPLE EVENTS that WILL take place upon earth.

P395

The BREAKING of the FIRST SEAL is the going forth of THE HOLY SPIRIT into BATTLE. This is described in the Scriptures as John seeing a WHITE HORSE with the ONE sitting on the horse having a bow in his hand and a CROWN being given to HIM. THE HOLY SPIRIT is the ONE who always goes forth FIRST into BATTLES being fought for THE LORD. It was also explained to you earlier in this BOOK that it was THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD who had COME and SLAIN all the First Born in Egypt prior to the Children of ISRAEL'S EXODUS. The following Scripture taken from the Book of 2nd Samuel shows how THE HOLY SPIRIT goes out before GOD'S PEOPLE into BATTLE!

P395

2 Samuel 5:24 And let it be, when thou hearest the sound of a going in the tops of the mulberry trees, that then thou shalt bestir thyself: for then shall THE LORD go out before thee, to smite the host of the Phi-lis'-tines. *3

P395 Kjb1611 P396

*3 These were the instructions given to DAVID by THE LORD prior to his going into BATTLE against the Philistines. Once DAVID had seen the wind blow through the tops of the mulberry trees, he knew that THE LORD had gone out before HIM into BATTLE and it was now SAFE for HIM to proceed.

P396

The BREAKING of the SECOND SEAL is the taking away of PEACE from the earth. This is described in the Scriptures as John being shown a RED HORSE going out to take the peace from earth. The MESSAGE given in the Scripture about the BREAKING of the SECOND SEAL, is the breaking out of war in many areas of the world along with terrorist activities that will take place resulting in many deaths. It will initially start out as a conflict in the Middle East but will very rapidly turn into a World War. All these conflicts will start as a result of religious fanatical beliefs by various factions of the Arab people who will feel that they must kill all the Jews and Christians to preserve the integrity of their religion. This will ultimately result in the Christians and Jews of the world being attacked by Islamic and other non-Christian radicals. This is the SEPARATION of the SHEEP and the GOATS that is spoken about by JESUS that takes place during END TIME.

P396

Matthew 25:32 AND BEFORE HIM SHALL BE GATHERED ALL NATIONS: AND HE SHALL SEPARATE THEM ONE FROM ANOTHER, AS A SHEPHERD DIVIDETH HIS SHEEP FROM THE GOATS:

P396 Kjb1611

Matthew 25:33 AND HE SHALL SET THE SHEEP ON HIS RIGHT HAND, BUT THE GOATS ON THE LEFT.

P396 Kjb1611

The BREAKING of the THIRD SEAL is the beginning of a worldwide famine and the rationing of food. This is described in the Scriptures as John being shown a BLACK HORSE being sent out with its rider having a pair of balances in his hand. This famine that takes place is due to the wars that have been started throughout the world and a gross change in the weather patterns. With the wars that have taken place being a priority rather than the growing of food, and the devastation of the lands and properties that grow food, the demand for food will be much greater than its supply. These shortages will happen over a very short period of time. Although these shortages of food will be worldwide, the CHILDREN of GOD will have all the food that they will need. Many of the UNSAVED will be CONVERTED by HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM during this time, as it will be obvious to THOSE who are intended to be SAVED, that the Christians are being provided food by THE LORD, while the rest of the world is going hungry.

P396 P397

Revelation 6:6 And I heard a VOICE in the midst of the FOUR BEASTS say, A measure of wheat for a penny, and three measures of barley for a penny; and see thou hurt not the OIL and the WINE. *4

P397 Kjb1611

*4 This Scripture represents the PROTECTION that GOD'S PEOPLE will RECEIVE during this time of world trouble. The OIL mentioned in the Scripture represents GOD'S ANOINTED, and the WINE represents GOD'S CHILDREN. The THIRD SERAPHIM, JESUS, is telling the ANGELS that they should make sure that GOD'S ANOINTED and HIS CHILDREN are not effected by these PLAGUES that are being brought upon the earth.

P397

The BREAKING of the FOURTH SEAL results in the casting down of the Devil upon the earth. However in between the BREAKING of the THIRD SEAL and the BREAKING of the FOURTH SEAL, the FIRST TRUMPET will SOUND. This will cause the first RAPTURE to HAPPEN, called "THE RAPTURE of the CHURCH" and at that TIME GOD will remove ALL those who are called "THE BRIDE" from the earth. This will leave only the ANOINTED (THE TRIBULATION SAINTS) behind on the earth who have been MARKED with the SEAL of THE LIVING GOD for their protection. THE TRIBULATION SAINTS will then PREACH THE GOSPELS and CONVERT them who are to be called "THE WEDDING GUESTS", who still remain on the earth. The number of people receiving this FIRST RAPTURE will be rather small. There will be only 800,000 adults (over the age of 20) and 9,600,000 children (under the age of 20) who will RECEIVE the FIRST RAPTURE. These will be taken from amongst those living on earth to a place of protection, and away from those who must remain and endure at least part of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, which also begins at the SOUND of the FIRST TRUMPET.

P397

The Devil, Lucifer, once he has been cast down to the earth will immediately seize control over one-fourth of the earth's population. He will enter into a man who will be known as a "World Peace Keeper" thus allowing him to deceive many people and nations. By his flatteries and his political clout, he will build a coalition of nations to support his effort. This man will initially appear to be a Christian who will use THE LORD'S NAME as a matter of practice when he makes his addresses to the public. Many people and world leaders will be DECEIVED by his CLEVERNESS. Those who are blinded by their religion will not see through his falsity and will be DECEIVED by him. Those who have come to KNOW THE LORD during this period of time will soon see through him and will not be taken into his snare. This man who the Devil has possessed will proclaim that his mission is to root out evil from the world, and he will appear to be doing so by his actions. But this is only to further his own agenda and obtain the power he needs to set-up the ABOMINATION that makes DESOLATE in the TEMPLE of GOD, that will be constructed in JERUSALEM.

P397 P398

Even those people who will be close to this man will not see him for who he is, as they will be overwhelmed by his charm and his somewhat humorous demeanor. He will convince the Jewish people who will place a high degree of faith in him, that the rebuilding of the TEMPLE of GOD will be a token of their honor to THE LORD. The time in which the TEMPLE will be built will be shockingly quick, as an all out world effort will be extended in its construction. Many of the Muslim people will be killed during the first six months of its building, as they will rebel against the building of it and the removal of their Mosque. For the TEMPLE will stand where the Mosque had once stood.

P398

During the building of the TEMPLE this person will try to do away with all types of currency and convert the world into a computerized credit and debit system. He will claim that this will aid in stopping money laundering from the drug lords and terrorist groups, and the world will accommodate his proposal. Then shortly after its implementation, ALL USERS of the credit and debit system that he has imposed will be required to have proof of IDENTITY, prior to their using the system. This system will initially only require an identification card but shortly after its implementation a more elaborate means of identification will be necessary, thus initiating the "Mark of the Beast".

P398

The BREAKING of the FIFTH SEAL constitutes the beginning of the "Mark of the Beast" and writing its use into world law. Shortly after the completion of the TEMPLE in Jerusalem this man will proclaim himself as being god! Many will believe him as he will reveal many of his powers and display miraculous acts of POWER, capturing and astounding the eyes of his audience. Shortly after his initiation of the "Mark of the Beast" this man will deny access to the credit and debit system to anyone who will not proclaim him as being god. Those who will try to use the system to either buy or sell anything, that have not proclaimed him to be god, will be denied access to the system. The system will identify those persons and give their locations. Once those who are trying to use the system without the proper identity are caught, they will be incarcerated and beheaded publicly. This EVENT will be shown on a worldwide telecast daily and carried on all the major news networks.

P398

Those refusing to proclaim the Beast (the man) to be god are those SOULS seen by John in the Scripture. These are the SOULS being under the ALTAR of GOD in Revelation 6:9 and 6:10, that are beheaded because they refused to take the "Mark of the Beast". In the Scripture these SOULS are asking THE LORD, how long must they wait before HE will avenge them and JUDGE the earth for its actions.

P399

Revelation 6:11 And WHITE ROBES were given unto every one of them; and it was said unto them, that they should rest yet for a little season, until their fellowservants also and their brethren, that should be killed as they were, should be fulfilled. *5

P399 Kjb1611

*5 The reason these SOULS are under the ALTAR and not free to move about, is because these are the people who will RECEIVE the FIRST RESURRECTION of the dead, and this event does not occur until after the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET!

P399

The BREAKING of the SIXTH SEAL is the WRATH of THE LAMB. When this SEAL is broken there is a GREAT EARTHQUAKE and a meteor shower hits the earth. This meteor shower hits with such a GREAT magnitude that the dust created by its impacts on the earth completely darkens the sky and the day becomes like night due to the dust blocking out the sunlight.

P399

Revelation 6:13 And the stars of heaven fell unto the earth, even as a fig tree casteth her untimely figs, when she is shaken of a mighty wind.

P399 Kjb1611

Shortly after the earthquake and the great meteor shower takes place, the FOUR METATRON (these are the FOUR GREAT BEINGS that guard the FOUR CORNERS of HEAVEN) hurl the earth through space like a ball. This course of action causes the magnetic poles in the earth to reverse and it is as though the earth has been turned upside down. As the earth moves violently through space it appears to John as though the heavens are being rolled together like a scroll. The earth accelerates through space taking the moon with it but leaving the sun behind and eventually it comes to rest in a totally different orbit around another star.

P399

Revelation 6:14 And the heaven departed as a scroll when it is rolled together; and every mountain and island were moved out of their places.

P399 Kjb1611

Isaiah 24:1 BEHOLD, THE LORD maketh the earth empty, and maketh it waste, and turneth it upside down, and scattereth abroad the inhabitants thereof.

P400 Kjb1611

Isaiah 24:19 The earth is utterly broken down, the earth is clean dissolved, the earth is moved exceedingly.

P400 Kjb1611

Isaiah 13:13 Therefore I will shake the heavens, and the earth shall remove out of her place, in the WRATH of the LORD of HOSTS, and in the day of HIS fierce anger.

P400 Kjb1611

All those who are left on earth that see these catastrophic events taking place become panicked and very concerned as to whether or not their names are listed in THE LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE. These are the people that have been left behind who had at one time believed they were Christians, and had thought they were SAVED. The concern of these people begins once they hear from the TRIBULATION SAINTS, that ALL who had been SAVED (other than the ANOINTED) had already been taken from earth, and the only chance of their survival would be if their names had been WRITTEN into THE LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE. Out of FEAR these people try to hide themselves behind rocks and in caves and in the mountains for nearly all structures have been DESTROYED. Each person is panic-stricken and look after only themselves. They no longer care for their children or look after their spouses for they know they are on their own!

P400

Revelation 6:16 And said to the mountains and rocks, Fall on us, and hide us from the FACE of HIM that sitteth on THE THRONE, and from the WRATH of the LAMB:

P400 Kjb1611

Revelation 6:17 For the GREAT DAY of HIS WRATH is come; and who shall be able to stand?

P400 Kjb1611

Zechariah 12:11 In that day shall there be a GREAT MOURNING in JERUSALEM, as the mourning of Ha-dad-rim'-mon in the VALLEY of Me-gid-don.

P400 Kjb1611

Zechariah 12:12 And the land shall MOURN, every family apart; the family of the house of David apart, and their wives apart; the family of the house of Nathan apart, and their wives apart;

P400 Kjb1611

Zechariah 12:13 The family of the house of Levi apart, and their wives apart; the family of Shim'-e-i apart, and their wives apart;

P401 Kjb1611

Zechariah 12:14 All the FAMILIES that REMAIN, EVERY FAMILY APART, and THEIR WIVES APART.

P401 Kjb1611

The SEALING of the TRIBULATION SAINTS

P401

Chapter 7 of the Book of Revelation opens with the FOUR COVENANT ANGELS standing at the FOUR CORNERS of the earth and holding back the four winds. Although John is given the vision of THE BREAKING of the SEVEN SEALS, THE SOUNDING of the SEVEN TRUMPETS, and THE POURING OUT of THE SEVEN VIALS in a TANDEM SEQUENCE, these events actually happen simultaneously.

P401

As you have been told earlier in this BOOK, the TRIBULATION takes place over SEVEN YEARS and THE SEVEN SEALS are opened over that SEVEN-YEAR PERIOD of time, with ONE SEAL being broken at the beginning of each of the SEVEN YEARS. THE GREAT TRIBULATION takes place over the last three and one-half years (FORTY-TWO MONTHS) of the SEVEN-YEAR TRIBULATION. THE GREAT TRIBULATION begins at the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET, which SOUNDS in between the BREAKING of the THIRD and FOURTH SEALS. This means that THE GREAT TRIBULATION starts between the third and fourth years of the SEVEN YEAR TRIBULATION. THE SEVEN VIALS of THE WRATH of GOD are POURED OUT upon the earth during the LAST TWENTY-ONE months of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, The FIRST VIAL is POURED OUT upon the earth between THE SOUNDING of the THIRD and FOURTH TRUMPETS or five years and three months after the BREAKING of the FIRST SEAL, or twenty-one months after THE SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET.

P401

Therefor, the EVENTS that take place at the BREAKING of the SEVENTH SEAL, THE SOUNDING of THE SEVENTH TRUMPET, and THE POURING OUT of THE SEVENTH VIAL are the same EVENTS! ALL these EVENTS occur at the END of THE LAST DAY and THE LAST DAY will last for ONE THOUSAND YEARS. Let us review the Scriptures so you may see that these EVENTS that occur as a result of the BREAKING of the SEVENTH SEAL, the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET, and the POURING OUT of the SEVENTH VIAL are the SAME EVENTS, and ALL take place at the SAME TIME.

P401

THE OPENING of THE SEVENTH SEAL:

P402

Revelation 8:5 And the ANGEL took the censer, and filled it with FIRE of the ALTAR, and cast it into the earth: and there were VOICES, and THUNDERINGS, and LIGHTNINGS, and an EARTHQUAKE.

P402 Kjb1611

THE SOUNDING of THE SEVENTH TRUMPET:

P402

Revelation 11:19 And THE TEMPLE of GOD was OPENED in HEAVEN, and there was seen in HIS TEMPLE the ARK of HIS TESTAMENT: and there were LIGHTNINGS, and VOICES, and THUNDERINGS, and an EARTHQUAKE, and great hail.

P402 Kjb1611

THE POURING OUT of THE SEVENTH VIAL:

P402

Revelation 16:17 And the SEVENTH ANGEL POURED OUT his VIAL into the air; and there came a GREAT VOICE out of THE TEMPLE of HEAVEN, from THE THRONE, saying, it is DONE.

P402 Kjb1611

Revelation 16:18 And there were VOICES, and THUNDERS, and LIGHTNINGS; and there was a GREAT EARTHQUAKE, such as was not since men were upon the earth, so MIGHTY an EARTHQUAKE, and so GREAT.

P402 Kjb1611

Time of SEALING:

P402

The SEALING of the TRIBULATION SAINTS takes place just prior to the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET and prior to THE RAPTURE of THE CHURCH (THE BRIDE). The FOUR COVENANT ANGELS are instructed not to harm the earth until after the SEALING of THE TRIBULATION SAINTS. ALL of THE TRIBULATION SAINTS are JEWS that have been CONVERTED to CHRISTIANITY. There will be TWELVE THOUSAND TRIBULATION SAINTS taken from each of the TWELVE TRIBES of ISRAEL thus totaling ONE HUNDRED and FORTY-FOUR THOUSAND TRIBULATION SAINTS. The SEAL that they will RECEIVE is a SPIRITUAL SEAL that identifies the SAINTS as BELONGING to GOD. Neither a Demon nor the Devil himself can harm anyone RECEIVING the SEAL of GOD.

P402

Shortly after the SEALING of THE TRIBULATION SAINTS, John sees a large group of people (10,400,000 PEOPLE) standing before THE THRONE of GOD. This is the CHURCH (THE BRIDE of CHRIST) who has RECEIVED the RAPTURE and is taken out of the world just prior to the BEGINNING of THE GREAT TRIBULATION.

P403

Revelation 7:13 And one of the ELDERS answered, saying unto me, What are these which are arrayed in WHITE ROBES? And Whence came they?

P403 Kjb1611

Revelation 7:14 And I said unto him, Sir, thou knowest. And he said to me, These are they which came out of GREAT TRIBULATION, and have WASHED their ROBES, and made them WHITE in the BLOOD of THE LAMB. *6

P403 Kjb1611

*6 The ELDER of HEAVEN, who is speaking to John in this Scripture, is John himself! However, John is not aware that it is he who is speaking to him! This is why John said to THE ELDER, that he knew who these people were after THE ELDER had asked John who they were! It may also be noted that the group of people known as the GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER had not been taken yet from earth. For they are taken along with THE TRIBULATION SAINTS just prior to the POURING OUT of the FIRST VIAL that occurs TWENTY-ONE MONTHS prior to beginning of THE LAST DAY. THIS IS THE DAY OF THE SECOND COMING OF JESUS CHRIST, WHEN THE SAINTS AND THE GUESTS ARE GATHERED TOGETHER AND TAKEN FROM THE EARTH! The number of them will be TWO BILLION. They represent ONE-THIRD of the earth's population who has spent TWENTY-ONE MONTHS out of the FORTY-TWO MONTHS of time, in the GREAT TRIBULATION and has survived it. These are the people referred to in the Scriptures, as being brought through the FIRE and made PURE, like the refining of SILVER.

P403

Zechariah 13:8 And it shall come to pass, that in all the land, saith THE LORD, two parts therein shall be cut off and die; but the third shall be left therein.

P403 Kjb1611

Zechariah 13:9 And I will bring the third part through the FIRE, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: they shall call on MY NAME, and I will hear them: I will say, It is MY PEOPLE: and they shall say, THE LORD is my GOD.

P403 Kjb1611

The BREAKING of the SEVENTH SEAL

P404

Chapter 8 opens with the BREAKING of the SEVENTH SEAL. John notes in the Scripture a GAP in time that occurs shortly after the SEAL is broken, which he refers to as a space of half an hour in HEAVEN. The actual elapsed time of this GAP is ONE THOUSAND YEARS although not perceived as such by John, as HEAVEN is a TIMELESS PLACE. Once the SEVENTH SEAL is broken, it will mark the BEGINNING of THE MILLENNIUM (THE DAWNING of the LAST DAY), with THE WRATH of THE LAMB to come at the CONCLUSION of THE LAST DAY! This is why there is a GAP in TIME!

P404

The SOUNDING of the SEVEN TRUMPETS

P404

The EVENTS that take place as a result of the FIRST through the SIXTH TRUMPETS are disclosed in Chapters 8 and 9 of the Book of Revelation with the EVENTS that take place at the SOUNDING of THE SEVENTH TRUMPET being found in verses 15 through 19 in the 11th Chapter. Read these Scriptures as they will further YOUR UNDERSTANDING of THE END TIME EVENTS. The EVENTS described in THESE SCRIPTURES SHOULD BE TAKEN MOST LITERALLY for they are both NATURAL and SUPERNATURAL EVENTS!

P404

The coming of the ANGEL RAPHAEL

P404

Chapter 9 announces the coming of RAPHAEL, the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT, who comes to open Hell. At this time JESUS CHRIST gives RAPHAEL the keys to Hell and he comes down to earth and opens the bottomless pit, releasing the spiritual Demons out of the pit and onto the earth.

P404

Revelation 9:1 And the FIFTH ANGEL SOUNDED, and I saw a STAR fall from HEAVEN unto the earth: and to him was given the KEY of the BOTTOMLESS PIT. *7

P404 Kjb1611

*7 RAPHAEL also comes down to earth prior to this EVENT to be with THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD who is on earth as the 182 PERSON. Then the 182 PERSON and FIVE of HIS ANGELS (INCLUDING RAPHAEL) LEAVE THE EARTH AT THE SOUNDING OF THE FIRST TRUMPET (THE RAPTURE) WITH THE "BRIDE OF CHRIST" (The Church). The FIVE ANGELS spoken of here are JAEL, RAPHAEL, GABRIEL, DARIUS, and MOR-PHI-ET.

P404

John's VISION of THE 182 PERSON

P405

Revelation 10:1 AND I saw another MIGHTY ANGEL come down from HEAVEN, clothed with a cloud: and a RAINBOW was upon HIS HEAD, and HIS FACE was as it were the SUN, and HIS FEET as pillars of FIRE:

P405 Kjb1611

Revelation 10:2 And HE had in HIS hand a LITTLE BOOK open: and HE set HIS right foot upon the sea, and HIS left foot on the earth, *8

P405 Kjb1611

*8 The RAINBOW seen on the HEAD of this ANGEL, is the IDENTIFICATION of THE HOLY SPIRIT. Listen again to the description that John gives of the ONE who sits upon THE THRONE:

P405

Revelation 4:2 And immediately I was in the SPIRIT: and, BEHOLD, a THRONE was set in HEAVEN, and ONE sat on THE THRONE.

P405 Kjb1611

Revelation 4:3 And HE that sat was to look upon like a jasper and a sardine stone: and there was a RAINBOW round about THE THRONE, in sight like unto an emerald.

P405 Kjb1611

The RAINBOW is REPRESENTATIVE of THE TRINITY of GOD, by the THREE PRIMARY COLORS of LIGHT. These COLORS are: RED, GREEN, and BLUE. The COLOR RED, represents THE FATHER, the COLOR GREEN, represents THE HOLY SPIRIT, and the COLOR BLUE, is representative of CHRIST. When all THREE COLORS are COMBINED the COLOR of the LIGHT is WHITE. The predominant COLOR as seen through the eyes of John that is emitted from THE THRONE was the COLOR GREEN (the emerald),thus representing THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD, IXOTE, for it is HE who sits on THE THRONE.

P405

In the next Scripture, John also hears the NAME of THE 182 PERSON during HIS CONVERSATION with THE THRONE, but he is told not to write down the CONVERSATION spoken between THE 182 PERSON and THE THRONE of GOD.

P405

Revelation 10:3 And CRIED with a LOUD VOICE, as when a LION roareth: and when HE had CRIED, SEVEN THUNDERS uttered THEIR VOICES.

P405 Kjb1611 P406

Revelation 10:4 And when the SEVEN THUNDERS had uttered THEIR VOICES, I was about to WRITE: and I heard a VOICE from HEAVEN saying unto me, SEAL UP those things which the SEVEN THUNDERS uttered, and WRITE them not.

P406 Kjb1611

It is very difficult for the mind of man to COMPREHEND THE TRINITY of GOD, however, I will try to explain. The SEVEN THUNDERS heard by John is the VOICE of THE HOLY SPIRIT, who is SPEAKING to THE 182 PERSON who is THE PERSON of THE HOLY SPIRIT in the form of a MAN. THE HOLY SPIRIT who has OMNI-PRESENCE can be in all places at ONE TIME. THE LORD has explained OMNI-PRESENCE to me in this way: THE HOLY SPIRIT can be looked upon like a FIFTY-SIX faceted STONE that can reflect LIGHT from a single point into FIFTY-SIX different directions. THE 182 PERSON being in the form of a MAN and in the SPIRIT of MAN has only certain remembrances of HEAVENLY THINGS and therefor receives HIS INSTRUCTIONS by way of THE THRONE.

P406

THE LORD has also told me that when THE 182 PERSON is made aware of whom HE is, HE asks THE LORD to GIVE HIM the UNDERSTANDING of THE TRINITY of GOD. THE LORD GIVES THE 182 PERSON the following UNDERSTANDING: "I AM YOU, YOU ARE HE, AND HE IS US"!

P406

This is the DESCENDING of GOD into THE HOLY SPIRIT and THE HOLY SPIRIT DESCENDING down into CHRIST. CHRIST further DESCENDS DOWN into one or more of the FOUR SERAPHIM. In the case of the DESCENDING DOWN to THE 182 PERSON, CHRIST DESCENDS into the FOURTH SERAPHIM who is THE DELIVERER. This METHOD of DESCENDING or ASCENDING always maintains the same PROTOCOL, however for ASCENDING the PROTOCOL is in REVERSE ORDER. THEREFOR, ONE can only ASCEND UP to GOD THROUGH CHRIST. So any and all that may enter or exit the DOMAIN of GOD can only do so through CHRIST, who in the Scriptures is referred to as the EAST GATE or the MORNING STAR. THIS IS WHAT JESUS MEANT WHEN HE SAID, "I AM THE DOOR OF THE SHEEP"! (John 10:7)

P406

In verse 6 of the 10th Chapter, THE 182 PERSON PROCLAIMS that there should be TIME no longer. At the first glance at this Scripture it may appear that HE is saying that it is time for the "World to End" and indeed HE is saying that. When HE says, "THERE SHOULD BE TIME NO LONGER", the depth of the THIRD LAYER of the Scripture REVEALS that it also means, it is time for LIFE to be TIMELESS!

P406 P407

Revelation 10:5 And the ANGEL which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up HIS HAND to HEAVEN,

P407 Kjb1611

Revelation 10:6 And SWARE by HIM that liveth for ever and ever, who created HEAVEN, and the THINGS that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be TIME NO LONGER:

P407 Kjb1611

Revelation 10:7 But in the days of the VOICE of the SEVENTH ANGEL, when he shall begin to SOUND, the MYSTERY of GOD should be finished, as HE hath DECLARED to HIS SERVANTS The Prophets. *9

P407 Kjb1611

*9 Revelation 10:6 is the ANNOUNCEMENT made by THE 182 PERSON of the BEGINNING of THE MILLENNIUM. This is the ONE-DAY that will last for ONE THOUSAND YEARS, thus holding TIME CONSTANT for that ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD, which will begin at the SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET. It may be also noted that it is THE 182 PERSON who is speaking DIRECTLY to THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. FOR IT IS HE WHO SITS UPON THE THRONE and it is THE HOLY SPIRIT who CREATED ALL THINGS THAT EXIST for GOD. In the Scripture it indicates that the ANGEL directs HIS PROCLAMATION to THE CREATOR of HEAVEN and EARTH! This can be further verified through the 2nd and 3rd verses of the 1st Chapter of the Book of Genesis which says, that GOD SPOKE and THE HOLY SPIRIT CREATED for GOD that which GOD had SAID SHOULD BE!

P407

Also through these very same Scriptures in Genesis, verification can be made that THE HOLY SPIRIT is the FATHER of JESUS CHRIST. For it was JESUS THAT SAID, THAT HE WAS BOTH THE "LIGHT OF THE WORLD" and "THE BEGINNING OF CREATION". Therefor if JESUS CHRIST is the BEGINNING of CREATION and it was THE HOLY SPIRIT who had CREATED HIM for GOD, then THE HOLY SPIRIT had to be BEFORE HIM!

P407

Genesis 1:2 And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep. And THE SPIRIT of GOD moved upon the face of the WATERS.

P407 Kjb1611

Genesis 1:3 And GOD SAID, LET THERE BE LIGHT: and there was LIGHT.

P408 Kjb1611

The remaining Scriptures in Chapter 10 of the Book of Revelation speak about a LITTLE BOOK that the ANGEL has in HIS HAND. The Apostle John is told that he should take the LITTLE BOOK out of the ANGEL'S HAND and eat the BOOK and it will become sweet in his mouth but it will make his belly bitter. The reason that the LITTLE BOOK is sweet in John's mouth is because John KNOWS that it is the TRUTH about the WORD of GOD. However, once John had digested the WORDS that were WRITTEN in the LITTLE BOOK it made his belly bitter. The reason it made his belly bitter was because his NEW UNDERSTANDING of THE WORD of GOD was SIGNIFICANTLY different from what he had originally believed it to be!

P408

In verses 8 through 11 of Chapter 10, John is informed that his SPIRIT will remain on the earth to continually preach THE GOSPELS until THE END TIME, or one might say, UNTIL THERE IS TIME NO LONGER.

P408

The coming of THE TWO WITNESSES

P408

Even though the Book of Revelation sequentially shows the coming of THE TWO WITNESSES after the SOUNDING of THE SIXTH TRUMPET, they are both made AWARE of who they are long before the SOUNDING of the SIXTH TRUMPET. As a matter of FACT, THE TWO WITNESSES let their presence be known to the earth just after the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET. At the same instance of the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET there are SEVEN MAJOR EVENTS that will take place upon the earth. These are those SEVEN EVENTS:

P408

1. The Church (THE BRIDE of CHRIST) will receive RAPTURE.
2. The HOLY SPIRIT leaves the earth as THE 182 PERSON with the Church.
3. THE GREAT TRIBULATION BEGINS.
4. The TWO WITNESSES are awakened in the earth and start their MINISTRIES.
5. The TRIBULATION SAINTS are MARKED and SEALED.
6. A meteor shower hits earth causing GREAT DAMAGE to the ozone and the dust particles from the impacts severely block out the sunlight over one-third of the earth.
7. The ANGEL MICHAEL casts Lucifer, the Devil, and his following out of HEAVEN and down onto earth.
P408

The TWO WITNESSES who make themselves known during the GREAT TRIBULATION are not the same TWO WITNESSES spoken about in the Book of Zechariah. These TWO WITNESSES are the FIRST and SECOND SERAPHIM who are the SPIRITS of Enoch/DAVID, and SOLOMON/Elijah that in HEAVEN are KNOWN as the SONS of GOD. There are TWO WITNESSES of the OLD COVENANT and TWO WITNESSES of the NEW COVENANT, and the TWO WITNESSES who are referred to in the Scriptures of Zechariah are those of the NEW COVENANT. However the TWO WITNESSES written about in the Book of Revelation are those of the OLD COVENANT. These two men are given a GREAT deal of POWER by GOD, and will perform many MIRACLES as well as bringing DROUGHT, FAMINE, and PLAGUES upon the earth to those who have not been CONVERTED to CHRIST! BOTH of these WITNESSES will come to ISRAEL to warn about the rebuilding of the Temple from elsewhere in the world, and will BEGIN their MINISTRIES there thus fulfilling the PROPHECY of Micah.

P409

Micah 5:3 Therefore will HE give them up, until the TIME that she which travaileth hath brought forth: then the remnant of HIS BRETHREN shall return unto the CHILDREN of ISRAEL.

P409 Kjb1611

The "HE" in this Scripture is JESUS CHRIST and the "SHE" in this Scripture is the EARTH. Those that are "brought forth" out of the earth are those of The Church by THE 182 PERSON, and "the remnant of HIS BRETHREN" are the TWO WITNESSES written about in the Book of Revelation.

P409

After the TWO WITNESSES of the OLD COVENANT begin their MINISTRIES, the Devil and his elect will try on many occasions to kill them. However, all those who the Devil sends on his behalf to do them harm, will themselves be killed in a like manner. All attempts made on their lives will fail until the TWO WITNESSES' MINISTRIES have been completed. Once they have completed their MINISTRIES, the Devil will personally kill them both. Due to the TWO WITNESSES opposition to the Devil's plan to rebuild the Temple in Jerusalem, they will be deemed publicly, by the FALSE PROPHET, to be menaces and their deaths will receive public notoriety and will be televised. Both the Beast (the man possessed by the Devil) and the False Prophet will label them as being Christian fanatics and those who have been deceived by the Devil will celebrate their deaths.

P409

The dead bodies of the TWO WITNESSES will be left to lie in the streets where they had been killed, with the people fearing to touch them. This is because the people have been made to believe that they're Demon possessed. After three and one-half days of their bodies lying in the street, the TWO WITNESSES will be RESURRECTED just as JESUS CHRIST had been. After their RESURRECTION they will receive RAPTURE, and all this will be televised worldwide. Immediately after the RESURRECTION and RAPTURE of the TWO WITNESSES there will be a GREAT EARTHQUAKE, and many that will witness the EVENT of their RAPTURE will be CONVERTED to CHRIST out of FEAR! *10

P409 P410

*10 There is one KEY POINT that I must inform you about RESURRECTION! ONLY a SON of GOD can be RECEIVED into HEAVEN through RESURRECTION, and those of CHRIST never DIE, because they have RECEIVED JESUS CHRIST as their RESURRECTION. All others who have been BLESSED by being RESURRECTED from the dead, cannot receive ETERNITY and will live and REIGN with CHRIST for ONE THOUSAND YEARS. JESUS tells about those who receive RESURRECTION from the dead, in the GOSPELS.

P410

Matthew 22:30 FOR IN THE RESURRECTION THEY NEITHER MARRY, NOR ARE GIVEN IN MARRIAGE, BUT ARE AS THE ANGELS OF GOD IN HEAVEN.

P410 Kjb1611

Matthew 22:31 BUT AS TOUCHING THE RESURRECTION OF THE DEAD, HAVE YE NOT READ THAT WHICH WAS SPOKEN UNTO YOU BY GOD, SAYING,

P410 Kjb1611

Matthew 22:32 I AM THE GOD OF ABRAHAM, AND THE GOD OF ISAAC, AND THE GOD OF JACOB? GOD IS NOT THE GOD OF THE DEAD, BUT OF THE LIVING.

P410 Kjb1611

What JESUS is saying in the Scripture is that if you are RESURRECTED in HIM, you will never taste death. This is because when you leave this world you will RECEIVE LIFE in HIM, and therefor NEVER TASTE of DEATH. ABSENT FROM THE BODY AND PRESENT WITH THE LORD! Furthermore, anyone one who dies in this world and was not RECEIVED into CHRIST by HOLY SPIRIT BAPTISM PRIOR to their death, cannot RECEIVE ETERNITY. There will be some that enter into THE MILLENNIUM by the GRACE of GOD by their being RESURRECTED from among the dead. These people will live again only during THE MILLENNIUM and will not RECEIVE ETERNITY. This Resurrection is only available to those living at the time of THE GREAT TRIBULATION who had refused to take the Mark of the Beast, and had lost their lives as a result of it! All others who died and have NOT BEEN SAVED will be RESURRECTED at the END of THE LAST DAY FOR JUDGMENT!

P410 P411

John 11:25 JESUS said unto her, I AM THE RESURRECTION, AND THE LIFE: HE THAT BELIEVETH IN ME, THOUGH HE WERE DEAD, YET SHALL HE LIVE:

P411 Kjb1611

John 11:26 AND WHOSOEVER LIVETH AND BELIEVETH IN ME SHALL NEVER DIE. BELIEVEST THOU THIS?

P411 Kjb1611

John 11:27 She saith unto HIM, Yea, LORD: I believe that thou art the CHRIST, THE SON OF GOD, which should come into the world.

P411 Kjb1611

The summary of the WORLD

P411

Chapter 12 of the Book of Revelation is a summary of the world from its beginning to its end.

P411

Revelation 12:1 And there appeared a GREAT WONDER in HEAVEN; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of TWELVE STARS:

P411 Kjb1611

Revelation 12:2 And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be DELIVERED.

P411 Kjb1611

The woman spoken of in the 1st Scripture is earth. When the sun is above earth the moon appears to be below her and out of sight, thus making the moon below her feet. The crown of TWELVE STARS represents her twelve months, the TWELVE tribes of ISRAEL, and the TWELVE APOSTLES of JESUS CHRIST.

P411

As had been previously explained to you, earth is like a womb to THE LORD and a refiner's melting pot. GOD uses earth for the bringing forth of new SOULS. Some of these NEW SOULS will enter into the KINGDOM of HEAVEN and some will be condemned to hellfire. In the refiner's melting pot after a period of heating, the dross (slag) floats to the top and separates from the purified metal. This same SEPARATION occurs on earth between GOOD and evil. The DELIVERANCE, is the REMOVAL of the GOOD from the earth just as SILVER is taken from the earth and heated and refined and then separated from the dross!

P411 P412

Psalms 119:119 Thou puttest away all the wicked of the earth like dross: therefore I LOVE thy TESTIMONIES.

P412 Kjb1611

Lucifer the Devil fell from THE GRACE of GOD after the CREATION of MAN. He did not believe that MAN could be found WORTHY to enter into ETERNITY. Lucifer was also JEALOUS of the SOUL BEARING MAN who was GIVEN a GENDER like him.

P412

NOTE: The Devil did not approach ADAM until ADAM had been given the male and female GENDERS.

P412

Lucifer is continually trying to prove MAN'S unworthiness to GOD. The moment a NEW SOUL is born into this world, Lucifer immediately tries to deceive the child by blinding it against THE WORD of GOD with things of the earth. If the Devil can bind that SOUL to earth, it will return to the dust of earth and will be forever lost.

P412

Each and every time a person is made to sin against THE LORD the Devil accuses that person of their sin to GOD, even though it was he who had enticed them to sin. Chapter 12, verses 3 and 4 tell of Lucifer's revolt in HEAVEN and how one-third of the angels joined with him in his revolution against THE LORD because of the man. An ANGEL, being an ETERNAL BEING as GOD had made them to be ETERNAL, cannot be killed. After the fall of Lucifer, THE LORD gave him and his following their own dominion. The dominion they were given is as far from HEAVEN as can be and out of GOD'S PRESENCE. This place they were given is called HELL!

P412

GOD still allows Lucifer access to HEAVEN for conference only, and has given him and his fallen angels freedom to move about the world. The Devil is allowed control of the world during six out of the SEVEN thousand years of its EXISTENCE, to stir the REFINER'S MELTING POT. During GOD'S DAY of REST (THE MILLENNIUM), the Devil and his fallen angels are bound ONCE AGAIN in Hell. ALL evil during the MILLENNIUM is REMOVED from earth for this is a period of HEAVEN on EARTH, and the fulfilling of THE LORD'S PRAYER. "THY KINGDOM COME, THY WILL BE DONE, ON EARTH AS IT IS IN HEAVEN"!

P412

Chapter 12 verse 5 speaks about the "MAN CHILD". The "MAN CHILD" refers to JESUS CHRIST and to those who are RECEIVED INTO CHRIST (THE BRIDE of CHRIST). But more specifically the 5th verse refers to THE 182 PERSON, THE DELIVERER. ALL THREE have COME FORTH out of the earth and ALL THREE are brought before THE THRONE of GOD.

P412 P413

Chapter 12 verses 6 through 10 tell of the RAPTURE of the Church (THE BRIDE of CHRIST). This is the CHOSEN PEOPLE referred to as the BRIDE of CHRIST who will be taken out of THE GREAT TRIBULATION and put into a place of PROTECTION. The Scriptures further go on to tell of the casting down of Lucifer to earth from HEAVEN. The Scriptures are speaking to both the Devil's initial revolution against GOD when he was cast out of HEAVEN, and also to the Devil's pending denial to be able to CONFRONT THE LORD in HEAVEN. This is the REFUSAL of GOD to HEAR any further Lucifer's accusations against MAN.

P413

Verses 11 through 17 of the 12th Chapter tell of how JESUS CHRIST (THE LAMB of GOD) has defeated the Devil and how those BELIEVING in JESUS CHRIST can also defeat him. It also tells of how the Devil during the END TIME persecutes the earth and all those who believe in THE WORD of GOD and the TESTIMONY of JESUS CHRIST. The Scriptures show how THE LORD will protect those who believe in HIM and how HE will DELIVER THEM in their time of trouble, during THE GREAT TRIBULATION.

P413

The PROTECTION spoken of here, refers to those who become SAVED during THE GREAT TRIBULATION (The WEDDING GUESTS). These SAVED PEOPLE are MARKED and SEALED by GOD after their CONVERSION for their PROTECTION, just as the TRIBULATION SAINTS had been MARKED and SEALED by GOD for their PROTECTION. The accumulative NUMBER of this GROUP of SAVED PEOPLE is TWO BILLION, representing ONE-THIRD of the earth's population. These are the people spoken about in the Book of Zechariah, the ONE-THIRD that are brought through the FIRE and REFINED like silver.

P413

The Scriptures also tell how THE LORD will even use the earth itself as a means of PROTECTION for HIS PEOPLE. This is expressed in the Scriptures by saying that the earth swallows up the flood sent forth by the Devil to consume the WOMAN. This means that regardless of what threat the Devil sends forth against the "SAVED PEOPLE" (The WOMAN), they will escape it by what will appear to be a natural phenomena caused by earth. Once the Devil sees that he cannot cause any harm to those who have been SAVED, he will try to attack those who BELIEVE in GOD and JESUS CHRIST but are yet to be SAVED!

P413

The WORD of GOD will be continually PREACHED on earth until the TIME that the TWO BILLION PEOPLE that are DESTINED to be GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER are SAVED!

P413

SPIRITUAL AWAKENING

P414

Without SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING one cannot comprehend the EVENTS that will take place during the GREAT TRIBULATION for many of these EVENTS are SPIRITUAL EVENTS. Without this SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING it would be meaningless to try to explain the particulars of things that are going to happen to the earth during THE GREAT TRIBULATION. Therefor, before we go any further into the Book of Revelation, THE LORD wants me to point out to you certain things that will help you to UNDERSTAND the Prophecy contained within it. It is very IMPORTANT that you READ the entire Book of Revelation for YOURSELVES so you can be familiar with the Scriptures that will be referred to as we go forward!

P414

A short while back in this chapter of this BOOK you were told of SEVEN EVENTS that will take place at the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET. One of those EVENTS is the AWAKENING of the TWO WITNESSES out of the earth. The AWAKENING that the TWO WITNESSES RECEIVE is a SPIRITUAL AWAKENING (SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT), which is a GIFT of THE HOLY SPIRIT. THE HOLY SPIRIT brings with HIM NINE GIFTS and dispenses them as HE so chooses. ALL those who RECEIVE BAPTISM of THE HOLY SPIRIT will RECEIVE at least ONE of HIS NINE GIFTS. The ONE GIFT GIVEN to ALL that are BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT is the GIFT of FAITH. However, one may RECEIVE more than ONE GIFT if so DETERMINED by THE HOLY SPIRIT.

P414

When the GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT is RECEIVED it allows that person to COMPREHEND and SEE certain SPIRITUAL things that could not otherwise be perceived. The ability of one to KNOW his or her own SPIRITUAL IDENTITY also comes with this GIFT. Shortly after the time a person RECEIVES the GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT, they will learn their "NEW NAME", which is a NAME that GOD had given their SPIRIT LONG AGO. Only GOD and that PERSON will recognize the NAME when it is given. This particular phenomenon is spoken about in the early chapters of the Book of Revelation.

P414

Revelation 2:17 HE THAT HATH AN EAR, LET HIM HEAR WHAT THE SPIRIT SAITH UNTO THE CHURCHES; TO HIM THAT OVERCOMETH WILL I GIVE TO EAT OF THE HIDDEN MAN'-NA, AND WILL GIVE HIM A WHITE STONE, AND IN THE STONE A NEW NAME WRITTEN, WHICH NO MAN KNOWETH SAVING HE THAT RECEIVETH IT.

P414 Kjb1611 P415

This GIFT of KNOWLEDGE and SPIRITUAL AWAKENING will only come to THOSE who have been here on earth before. They will RECEIVE their NEW NAME and SPIRITUAL AWAKENING because they will in some way MINISTER for THE LORD prior to their ENTERING INTO THE MILLENNIUM. This phenomenon can happen to anyone that GOD so chooses it to happen to, regardless of who or what type of person he or she had been up until the TIME of THEIR AWAKENING.

P415

The Apostle Paul is a perfect example of this. Prior to Paul's AWAKENING he was a killer of CHRISTIANS by the name of Saul. After his AWAKENING he was given back his GOD GIVEN NAME, the NAME of Paul and became a MINISTER for THE LORD. Paul, prior to his AWAKENING, did not have a clue as to his own IDENTITY or what his PURPOSE was to be in this world. This is one of the reasons why JESUS CHRIST teaches ALL HIS DISCIPLES to not JUDGE. How can you JUDGE another when you yourself do not know your own TRUE IDENTITY in GOD?

P415

Judas Iscariot did not know that THE LORD had put him here on earth to DECEIVE JESUS CHRIST. However, that was his PURPOSE and there wasn't anything that would change that, for it was PREDESTINED by GOD! When one RECEIVES the GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT from GOD they will learn not to THINK, but rather HOW TO FEEL and RECEIVE SPIRITUAL GUIDANCE from ABOVE. THE SPIRIT is DISCERNED (made aware) by a FEELING rather than by a thought. Certain UNDERSTANDINGS will just come to those who have RECEIVED this GIFT without the presence of thought, and he or she will know the FEELINGS RECEIVED are correct.

P415

This ability to FEEL the TRUTH is called "SPIRITUAL AWARENESS". The PERSONS RECEIVING this GIFT will also have the ability to SPIRITUALLY see both the GOOD and the evil in a person and the ability to perceive the RIGHTEOUSNESS of a person's actions. They will also RECEIVE the AUTHORITY of JUDGMENT. However, this AUTHORITY is not the JUDGMENT of a person's WORTHINESS but rather the JUDGMENT of the RIGHTEOUSNESS of a person's ACTS. This is called the JUDGMENT of WORKS. This is what JESUS meant when HE says you can JUDGE a TREE by the FRUIT that it bears. A GOOD TREE will BEAR GOOD FRUIT and an evil tree will bear corrupt fruit. If you do not know your OWN SPIRITUAL NAME then you DO NOT have the GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT, and therefor you should not and cannot JUDGE the WORKS of another!

P415

The SPIRITUAL DEPTH that lies beyond the 12th Chapter of the Book of Revelation can only be COMPREHENDED (DISCERNED) SPIRITUALLY making it very difficult to be taught to those who are not SAVED, and even to those who are SAVED but do not BEAR the GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT. Therefor the EVENTS caused by the WRATH of GOD and the WRATH of THE LAMB will not be covered in detail.

P416

I have heard many Preachers try to explain the EVENTS that occur in the Book of Revelation by relating the Spiritual beings that John saw in his VISION to helicopters and tanks, and various other earthly things. However they err in doing this. John's VISION was a SPIRITUAL VISION and cannot be explained by using earthly items for examples. ALL the Scriptures throughout the FORTY-FOUR BOOKS of THE HOLY BIBLE (although having variable LAYERS of SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING), must be taken literally! Although John was shown many things in his VISION that had a SYMBOLIC meaning, as we have previously discussed, he also had RECEIVED THE GIFT of SPIRITUAL DISCERNMENT enabling him to see certain spiritual beings and SPIRITUAL EVENTS.

P416

After the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET, which MARKS the BEGINNING of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, many of the things that will take place will entail both natural (earthly) CATASTROPHES and also SUPERNATURAL (SPIRITUAL) ATROCITIES. Prior to the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET all the EVENTS taking place on the earth will appear to those who witness them as being of natural causes. Horrific, but natural! But after the SOUNDING of THE FIRST TRUMPET and the BEGINNING of the GREAT TRIBULATION the EVENTS taking place on earth will consist of NATURAL CATASTROPHES and SUPERNATURAL ATROCITIES unlike the prior EVENTS and people will actually see spiritual beings!

P416

If one were given only an explanation of the natural portion of these EVENTS then the information given would be very misleading. The FEAR, the PAIN, the SUFFERING and the SORROW those remaining on earth will endure during this time, is beyond one's most terrifying DREAMS. GOD is going to open ALL EYES to SEE so HE might DEMONSTRATE HIS GREAT POWER and AUTHORITY to the UNBELIEVERS. These EVENTS cannot even be imagined much less described, because they are beyond one's comprehensible understanding of FEAR!

P416

Daniel 12:1 And at that time shall MICHAEL stand up, the GREAT PRINCE which standeth for the CHILDREN of thy people: and there shall be a TIME of TROUBLE, such as never was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at that TIME thy people shall be DELIVERED, every one that shall be found WRITTEN in THE BOOK.

P416 Kjb1611 P417

Daniel 12:2 And many of them that SLEEP in the dust of the earth shall AWAKE, some to EVERLASTING LIFE, and some to SHAME and EVERLASTING CONTEMPT.

P417 Kjb1611

I once heard a Minister say he believed that the battle of Armageddon had already been fought, and that GOOD had already triumphed over evil. This Minister believed that JESUS CHRIST had defeated evil and therefor no such battle would need to take place. This is somewhat the TRUTH for those who are SAVED and removed from the earth at the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET. However this does not apply to those who are left behind to endure the GREAT TRIBULATION; for them this battle will take place!

P417

Daniel 12:10 Many shall be PURIFIED, and made WHITE, and TRIED; but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the WISE shall UNDERSTAND.

P417 Kjb1611

Zechariah 13:9 And I will bring the THIRD PART through the FIRE, and will refine them as silver is refined, and will TRY them as gold is TRIED: they shall call on MY NAME, and I will HEAR them: I will say, IT IS MY PEOPLE: and they shall say, THE LORD is my GOD.

P417 Kjb1611

Those who will come to KNOW JESUS CHRIST during the GREAT TRIBULATION can only do so by the WILL OF GOD and cannot do so on their own. This is not a person's choice but rather it is GOD'S CHOICE. A RELATIONSHIP with JESUS CHRIST is not something that is owed to anyone that he or she may receive anytime. It is a GIFT from GOD THAT IS GIVEN AT HIS TIME AND ONLY BY HIS GRACE TO THOSE WHOM HE HAS CHOSEN. It is not THE WILL of GOD that any should perish. But GOD has already DETERMINED it FOR THOSE WHO WILL PERISH!

P417

Revelation 16:9 And men were scorched with GREAT HEAT, and BLASPHEMED the NAME of GOD, which hath POWER over these PLAGUES: and they REPENTED NOT to give HIM GLORY.

P417 Kjb1611

NOTE: The men spoken of in this Scripture, accept the PAIN over REPENTANCE not because they had chosen to do so, but because GOD DETERMINED that they should not REPENT, for HE HAS REFUSED THEM!

P418

THE BOOK OF LIFE HAS ALREADY BEEN WRITTEN AND A NAME WILL NOT BE ADDED TO IT, SAITH THE LORD. However, a NAME can indeed be BLOTTED OUT of it. GOD leaves nothing to CHANCE and you may call it one's DESTINY or one's FATE, but what you call it makes no difference whatsoever. For it is FOR CERTAIN THAT WHAT HAS BEEN DETERMINED BY GOD WILL BE AS GOD HAS DETERMINED IT TO BE!

P418

Where the Spirit goes after the death of the flesh

P418

Another subject that needs to be covered prior to our going further into the Book of Revelation, is the clarification of what happens to the SPIRIT after the death of the flesh. There are many misconceptions as to the immediate outcome of one's SPIRIT when it leaves the body at the time of physical death. The TRUTH of this matter is that the GOOD neither go to HEAVEN, nor do the evil go to hell, as neither HEAVEN nor hell are opened but ONCE every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS.

P418

There are three distinct categories concerning where the SPIRIT goes when it leaves the body. The GOOD (Those who are SAVED) go to a place called PARADISE. This is a DREAM WORLD and is as REAL to them entering into it as this world was to you when you first opened your eyes. It is a WORLD of PEACE and HAPPINESS, fellowship and LOVE. PARADISE has a GARDEN appearance much like the Garden of Eden. In the MIDST of the GARDEN that is in PARADISE there is a TREE of LIFE and all the INHABITANTS of PARADISE will eat the FRUIT from the TREE of LIFE at the time of their RAPTURE into THE MILLENNIUM. The FRUIT from the TREE will provide those coming out of PARADISE with a NEW BODY that the SPIRIT will live in during the ONE THOUSAND-YEAR MILLENNIUM PERIOD. The number of the SPIRITS coming from PARADISE will be TWO BILLION SOULS with the large majority being the GUESTS of CHRIST and a smaller NUMBER of SOULS BEING of CHRIST.

P418

Revelation 2:7 HE THAT HATH AN EAR, LET HIM HEAR WHAT THE SPIRIT SAITH UNTO THE CHURCHES; TO HIM THAT OVERCOMETH WILL I GIVE TO EAT OF THE TREE OF LIFE, WHICH IS IN THE MIDST OF THE PARADISE OF GOD.

P418 Kjb1611

The second category of what happens to the Spirit at the time of physical death applies to those who have not known JESUS CHRIST nor had they RECEIVED SPIRITUAL BAPTISM during their life on earth. These are UNSAVED people who tried to live as a good person during their life and avoided evil prior to their death. These Spirits after physical death just sleep in the earth having no consciousness whatsoever during their SLEEP. All those who are sleeping in the earth will be resurrected back into their original earthly form at the CONCLUSION of the MILLENNIUM, to stand before THE LORD at the TIME of JUDGMENT.

P419

Hell is opened only once every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS and those who are evil and worthy of Hellfire enter into the third category. This is a place called Hades (A temporary Hell). This is a dream world like PARADISE, however it is the extreme opposite to that of PARADISE. All those who enter into Hades enter into their own worst nightmare, thus making it a REALITY. This is a place of agony and torment of the spirit and a place that will cause the spirit to endure absolute and total loneliness (A separation from GOD). They too remain in this state, as do those that sleep in the dust of the earth, until their TIME of JUDGMENT. They too are resurrected back into their original earthly form to stand before GOD in JUDGMENT (THE WHITE THRONE) just as those who have SLEPT in the earth.

P419

Many of them that sleep in the earth who had known their GOD but died prior to the RESURRECTION of JESUS CHRIST (such as Daniel the Prophet) will also stand before GOD in JUDGMENT. However, because they had SERVED GOD prior to JESUS' RESURRECTION, they will be JUDGED and found WORTHY to ENTER into THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN. ALL will be raised at the CONCLUSION of the LAST DAY and after THE MILLENNIUM. THE MILLENNIUM is reserved for only those of CHRIST (THE BRIDE), GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER, and also they who by refusing to take the Mark of the Beast have entered into THE MILLENNIUM as martyrs, through their own blood.

P419

Daniel 12:13 But go thou thy way till THE END be: for thou shalt rest, and stand in thy lot at THE END of THE DAYS.

P419 Kjb1611

This raising of the dead from the earth happens at the CONCLUSION of THE MILLENNIUM and at the END of THE LAST DAY. THE SECOND SOUNDING OF THE SEVENTH TRUMPET WILL INDICATE THE TIME OF JUDGMENT, WHICH WILL OCCUR ONE THOUSAND YEARS TO THE DAY FROM ITS INITIAL SOUNDING. AT THAT TIME, ALL THE NAMES THAT ARE NOT FOUND WRITTEN INTO THE LAMB'S BOOK OF LIFE, WILL BE JUDGED AND CAST INTO HELL! Also at THE SECOND SOUNDING OF THE SEVENTH TRUMPET all those in Hell (Hades) will be raised from the dead to STAND BEFORE GOD in JUDGMENT.

P419 P420

Revelation 20:11 And I saw a GREAT WHITE THRONE, and HIM that sat on it, from whose FACE the earth and the heaven fled away; and there was found no place for them.

P420 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:12 And I saw the dead, small and great, STAND BEFORE GOD; and the BOOKS were opened: and another BOOK was opened, which is THE BOOK of LIFE: and the dead were JUDGED out of those things which were WRITTEN in the BOOKS, according to their works.

P420 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:13 And the sea gave up the dead which were in it; and death and hell delivered up the dead which were in them: and they were JUDGED every man according to their works.

P420 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:14 And death and hell were cast into the Lake of Fire. This is the SECOND DEATH.

P420 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:15 And whosoever was not found WRITTEN in THE BOOK of LIFE was cast into the Lake of Fire.

P420 Kjb1611

The Rising of the Antichrist

P420

Chapter 13 of the Book of Revelation begins with John seeing in a VISION a Beast rise up out of the sea. The Beast rising up out of the sea pertains to a SPIRITUAL UNDERSTANDING of both a nation and persons that will rise up out of the earth.

P420

Revelation 13:2 And the beast which I saw was like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his mouth as the mouth of a lion: and the dragon gave him his power, and his seat, and great authority.

P420 Kjb1611

The beast spoken of in the Scripture has the appearance of three distinct animals; these animals are the leopard, the bear, and the lion. These three animals represent the three nations that had held the CHILDREN of ISRAEL in captivity after the first fall of ISRAEL and JERUSALEM. The listing of these nations that are given in the Scripture, are given in a reverse sequential order making the last nation to control ISRAEL (the leopard) to be first listed. This is done purposely in the Scriptures to give the appearance of one being able to look back in time! The lion represents the nation of Babylon who was the first to conquer ISRAEL and put them into captivity. The bear represents the nation of Persia who afterwards conquered Babylon and took control over it. Persia was the second nation to take control of ISRAEL while ISRAEL was in captivity in Babylon. The leopard represents the nation of Greece who being lead by "Alexander the Great" took control over the known world including control over Babylon. The first beast, or the nation that is spoken of here who had the appearance of these three great nations was the Roman Empire, who eventually conquered and took control over the entire area and kept ISRAEL under its command and rule.

P420 P421

The Romans worshiped many false gods and publicly performed human sacrifice. They also would routinely have public performances displaying sexual acts and inhumane satanic rituals in their Coliseum. The Romans most frequently persecuted the CHRISTIANS and the Jews and forced them to participate in many of the events being held at their Coliseum. They would force those whom they had imprisoned to be gladiators and to fight against one another. Many were made to fight for their lives against wild animals for public entertainment. The Romans prided themselves on coming up with new and more abominable methods of torture and pain that would ultimately end with a slow and horrible death for the participants. Due to the fear of all those under the control of the corrupt Roman government, many innocent people were made to unwillingly participate in their public exhibitions, which at times included Human Sacrifice and body mutilation.

P421

The Beast as seen through the eyes of John that comes out of the earth exhibits the same virtues as the Roman Empire. Then in John's VISION he further sees that the Roman Empire had been DESTROYED (as it were wounded to death). This VISION appears to John as though the Roman Empire had risen up again after its DESTRUCTION and was given a new life (and his deadly wound was healed). This is a nation that rises up out of the earth and initially adopts the Roman style of government. It will also take on the same satanic behavior as the Roman Empire had done over a forty-two month period of time (THE GREAT TRIBULATION).

P421

John also sees that Christians and Jews are once again being used in public exhibitions. They are being brutalized and humiliated in much the same way as they were made to do in the Roman Coliseum. They are being burnt alive, fed to wild animals, crucified, and even boiled in hot oil before great audiences. They are also made to fight and kill one another for public entertainment similar to what the gladiator was made to do at the Coliseum.

P421 P422

The beast that will rise up out of the earth will continue in the Roman format for a period of forty-two months (During the GREAT TRIBULATION). The Beast, having complete control over the world, will make all the people come to worship him and the Devil (the first and second Beast). The Beast will also make all the people whose names are not WRITTEN into THE LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE renounce GOD publicly and take on the Mark of the Beast. The BEAST spoken of here represents a nation.

P422

Revelation 13:7 And it was given unto him to make war with the SAINTS, and to overcome them: and power was given him over all kindreds, and tongues, and nations.

P422 Kjb1611

Revelation 13:8 And all that dwell upon the earth shall worship him, whose names are not WRITTEN in THE BOOK of LIFE of THE LAMB slain from the foundation of the world.

P422 Kjb1611

John is shown in his VISION where the Beast (in this case the person of the Beast) originates. This is the Beast (a person in control of a nation), who exhibits the same behavior as the first beast (The Roman Empire). However this Beast has the appearance of a Christian which is indicated by it having two horns like a Lamb, however he speaks like the Devil (and he spake as a Dragon). This describes the person of the Beast who appears to be a Christian and very cleverly DECEIVES those who hear him.

P422

Revelation 13:11 And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; and he had two horns like a LAMB, and he spake as a dragon.

P422 Kjb1611

Revelation 13:12 And he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed.

P422 Kjb1611

John sees this Second Beast (the person ruling a nation that is following after the order of the Roman Empire) with an initial appearance of being fair and just. However both he and the nation he controls begin to do the same devilish things that were done by the first beast (Caesar and the Roman Empire).

P422 P423

You should by now have figured out that the Second Beast is a nation who adopts a similar style of government to that of the Roman Empire. The Roman Empire was a Republic and was governed by a head of State who was a Caesar, and a Senate, very similar to The President of United States of America and its Congress which is also a Republic. Also, if you will take a close look at the architecture of many of the buildings in Washington DC you can plainly see that it follows after the order of the Roman style architecture. Therefor to a person who is seeing Washington DC in a VISION such as John was shown, it would appear to him as though he was seeing Rome rising up again in the future. John was previously shown in his REVELATION VISION the fall of the Roman Empire (as it were wounded to death) and then shortly thereafter he is shown a new version of the Roman Empire rising up out of the earth. The United States of America is the nation that John was seeing in his VISION, which appeared to John as another nation that had the appearance of Rome. In John's VISION he not only sees that this nation has the appearance of Rome but also that it has the same type of government controlling it!

P423

Revelation 13:13 And he doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven on the earth in the sight of men,

P423 Kjb1611

Revelation 13:14 And deceiveth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live.

P423 Kjb1611

John sees in his VISION the United States of America's airplanes dropping bombs from the sky, which appeared to John as fire coming down from the sky. John also sees nuclear bombs being used to gain world power and seize control over the nations of the world. When this begins the Antichrist who will have taken control over the United States of America will have the support of many nations. But that support will soon erode leaving him with only ten nations to support his war efforts to take control of the world.

P423

The Beast will be given the power to conquer all nations and people who oppose his plan, and will continually change the Laws to accommodate his agenda. This person will manipulate the laws on his behalf to a point where the Congress of the United States of America and those nations who have allied with him will be powerless, and he alone will be in control!

P423

The image of the beast as referred to in the Scriptures, is a unified world government that accepts his image of dictatorship, as well as an image of himself that he will display in the TEMPLE in Jerusalem. Any person opposing his style of government will be deemed as a traitor and killed for treason. There will be other world powers at the onset that will oppose him but when they come up against him in battle they will be greatly defeated and will eventually capitulate to be under his control due to his dominance of power.

P424

Anyone who is caught either PRAYING or in the possession of a HOLY BIBLE will be immediately put to death by decapitation. This will be the Beast's preferred method of execution and it will be televised throughout the world as an exhibition much like the Romans did in the Coliseum. The Antichrist (the Beast) will then institute the computerized debit and credit monetary system and shortly thereafter implement the "Mark of the Beast". The Beast will then proclaim himself to be god. All business transactions will be monitored and the use of any form of currency will be abolished so that one can neither buy nor sell without going through the computerized system. Access to the system will be denied to anyone not having the proper identification (The Mark of the Beast).

P424

This man's identity will be the numeric sum of his full and complete name and his official title which will equal the number "743". Then, when the WORD "CHRIST" which equals the number "77" is taken away from the number "743", (due to him being an Antichrist, like the GREAT WHORE) it will leave the number "666"!

P424

A Break to Discuss, "The WILL of GOD"

P424

THE LORD has asked me to further your UNDERSTANDING on GOD'S WILL prior to our going further into the Book of Revelation. Earlier in this BOOK we have touched on this subject however no book in itself could entirely explain all things hinging on the WILL of GOD. As we further cover the Book of Revelation we will be touching on matters beyond one's normal comprehension and explain in general, the EVENTS that will take place on earth. There will be many that will read this BOOK in conjunction with the Book of Revelation and will REPENT out of FEAR. Hopefully because of the FEAR caused by your visualizing the terror that is about to come on earth, you will rethink your RELATIONSHIP with THE LORD. The warnings that are given in the Book of Revelation are put there intentionally to frighten you, and the time for them to take place is NOW. If you are indeed a CHILD of GOD you will take heed of the MESSAGE given in this BOOK and in the Book of Revelation and REPENT, and look towards the SALVATION of GOD, and PRAY, you need not endure the GREAT TRIBULATION!

P424 P425

Nothing can exist outside the WILL of GOD, not in this world or outside of it. All things that are or ever will be, are so because it is the WILL of GOD. GOD'S WILL comes in TWO FORMS. GOD'S "DIVINE WILL", and GOD'S "PERMISSIVE WILL", and outside of these TWO FORMS of GOD'S WILL, NOTHING can EXIST. The things within GOD'S DIVINE WILL are those things that THE LORD has determined TO BE by Scripture, and the things that are within GOD'S PERMISSIVE WILL are those things THE LORD allows to be. A blade of grass cannot grow nor can the Devil do a single thing, outside the WILL of GOD.

P425

By knowing all things are UNDER GOD'S CONTROL and nothing can be CHANGED to be outside GOD'S WILL, one might ask, why should I PRAY? The reason for PRAYER is to FURTHER your RELATIONSHIP with THE LORD. Once you have established a RELATIONSHIP with GOD, all SUPPLICATIONS (PRAYED REQUESTS) made by YOU, will be for the things that THE LORD either wants YOU to have, or WILL allow you to have. In either case, GOD WILL ANSWER YOUR PRAYERS BECAUSE HE WANTS YOU TO WANT WHAT HE WANTS. After YOU have made YOUR PRAYERS in the WILL of GOD, GOD WILL NOT BETRAY YOUR TRUST NOR DENY YOUR FAITH IN HIM and GOD WILL ANSWER THOSE PRAYERS. The closer you move towards GOD in PRAYER the closer you will move towards HIS WILL and PRAY within GOD'S WILL!

P425

ALL the EVENTS WRITTEN in the Book of Revelation are GOD'S DIVINE WILL, and cannot or WILL NOT be changed. This is the WRITTEN WORD of GOD and the PROPHECY WILL REMAIN RELEVANT throughout ETERNITY. Furthermore, all the PRAYERS in the WORLD cannot change or delay a single EVENT scheduled to take place DURING the END TIMES. ONCE THESE EVENTS START TAKING PLACE you are either WITH THE LORD or within HIS WILL, or you are without THE LORD and OUTSIDE HIS WILL. If you are without HIM and OUTSIDE of GOD'S WILL, YOU CANNOT ESCAPE these EVENTS!

P425

Those of you that will be left behind in this world must remember one very IMPORTANT thing; you can only survive these EVENTS of the GREAT TRIBULATION by the WILL of GOD. There isn't anything that anyone can do on their own behalf or on the behalf of others to avoid or survive the tragedy of these EVENTS; ONLY with GOD'S PROTECTION can one SURVIVE. The ATROCITIES that are about to come on earth are not by the will of the Devil: or by the will of man; or by the will of the ANGEL in HEAVEN; but only by the WILL of GOD, and GOD'S WILL IS UNCHANGEABLE!

P425 P426

The Devil's Deception regarding THE WILL of GOD

P426

When a person opens their eyes and takes their first breath on earth, the Devil STARTS to convince this new person that they are in control of their life. That person capitulates to the DEVIL'S DECEPTION, and submits to the belief of having control. However, the Devil is the father of lies, and anyone who believes in his lies become just like him, DESTINED for DEATH. One's destiny lies SOLELY in the HANDS of GOD. GOD IS IN CONTROL OF YOUR BEGINNING, AND GOD IS IN CONTROL OF YOUR END. THIS MUST ALWAYS BE REMEMBERED!

P426

I would like to use a story to illustrate the TRUTH on this MATTER. It is a simple story but once you've given it some thought, I think you will receive the MESSAGE in it.

P426

The Fool and the Wise Man

P426

There was a fool and a WISE MAN who were both discussing their future. While arguing over what could be done to ensure a long and prosperous life, the Fool made a foolish statement. The Fool said to the WISE MAN, "I will not smoke or drink alcohol and I will exercise regularly and eat all the right foods to ensure my good health and long life". "And, I will also save a good portion of my money and make wise investments so I may have a secure financial future!" The WISE MAN then asked the Fool, what he had planned on doing to protect himself against the hazards of life. The Fool then explained how he planned on being careful in all that he did to ensure his safety and well being! After the WISE MAN heard what the Fool had to say, the WISE MAN replied and simply said, "I will place my HEART and MY SOUL, and my TRUST in THE LORD, and GOD WILL look after me. Then regardless of how many days I may have on this earth, THE LORD WILL SEE that those days will be fruitful ones. For I look not to this world for my future, but rather to GOD and HIS KINGDOM for MY ETERNITY!

P426

After they both finished what they had to say about the matter, a violent storm suddenly came in and they both ran for shelter and got under a tree. While under the tree, the tree was struck by lightning and both the Fool and the WISE MAN were killed.

P426

There is a simple moral to this story: Although both the Fool and the WISE MAN had met their fate in the same way, the Fool met his end in disappointment. For the Fool was not prepared to die, whereas the WISE MAN was! When one places his TRUST in himself or in anyone else that person is destined for disappointment and FAILURE. FAILURE occurs because the control over one's LIFE rests SOLELY in the HANDS of GOD. However, those who place their TRUST in THE LORD will live their lives in this world not worrying about how long their life may be, and while they are here will look towards a LIFE in HEAVEN and not in this world. Only GOD is in CONTROL of ONE'S DESTINY, for your BEGINNING is by the WILL of GOD and so is your ENDING!

P426 P427

The RAPTURE of the TRIBULATION SAINTS

P427

Revelation 14:1 AND I looked, and, lo, a LAMB stood on the mount Si'-on, and with HIM an hundred forty and four thousand, having HIS FATHER'S NAME written in their foreheads.

P427 Kjb1611

It can be seen from the Scripture that THE LAMB (JESUS CHRIST) returns to earth to gather up HIS ONE HUNDRED and FORTY-FOUR THOUSAND TRIBULATION SAINTS. The Scripture also NOTES, not a one of the SAINTS was lost even though they had been on earth for the first twenty-one months of the GREAT TRIBULATION. ALL of the SAINTS were accounted for due to the PROTECTION they had RECEIVED from the SEAL of GOD being placed on them prior to THE HOLY SPIRIT leaving the earth.

P427

The TRIBULATION SAINTS are all Jews and Hebrew descendants. All of them will be CONVERTED to CHRISTIANITY prior to the beginning of their MINISTRIES that take place during THE GREAT TRIBULATION. None of the TRIBULATION SAINTS prior to the GREAT TRIBULATION had ever preached THE WORD of GOD or the TESTIMONY of JESUS CHRIST publicly. When THE LAMB of GOD returns to the earth to gather up HIS TRIBULATION SAINTS for RAPTURE, there are also others who will RECEIVE this same RAPTURE!

P427

The "OTHERS" are called the GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER. This is the final RAPTURE that will take place without a RESURRECTION because they are taken from among the living. The WEDDING GUESTS are similar to those of the BRIDE of CHRIST having already RECEIVED the RAPTURE. However THE BRIDE is in CHRIST whereas THE GUESTS are of CHRIST!

P427

Only those who had previously died being SAVED (The BRIDE and the GUESTS, these are the ones in PARADISE), RECEIVE a RESURRECTION in CHRIST prior to their RAPTURE, for the living need not be RESURRECTED. As with the BRIDE of CHRIST, the WEDDING GUESTS have also been made CLEAN by the BLOOD of the LAMB. This is the last of those among the living that will enter into THE MILLENNIUM by RAPTURE without RESURRECTION. This group will consist of TWO BILLION SOULS that will join THE BRIDE of CHRIST in the MILLENNIUM and in HEAVEN!

P427 P428

All others from this point forward who will be allowed to enter into THE MILLENNIUM, will be those who have martyred themselves by refusing to take the "Mark of the Beast". The martyred are those who by the GRACE of GOD go into THE MILLENNIUM through their own blood, rather than by the BLOOD of THE LAMB. These are the people that will be beheaded (the beheaded SOULS), for refusing to take the "Mark of the Beast". Although the Beheaded Souls are partakers in GOD'S REST (THE MILLENNIUM), at the CONCLUSION of THE MILLENNIUM they SHALL ALL go back into the dust of the earth and do not RECEIVE ETERNITY. This is because they had martyred themselves in the NAME of GOD, but they had not been made CLEAN through the BLOOD of THE LAMB and therefor are NOT SAVED SOULS.

P428

Only THE BRIDE of CHRIST and the GUESTS of THE WEDDING SUPPER will RECEIVE ETERNITY. The Beheaded Souls cannot ENTER into ETERNITY because they had never been BAPTIZED in THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. At the conclusion of the ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD, the Beheaded Souls return to the dust of the earth.

P428

The TWO REAPERS

P428

As previously mentioned, there are TWO REAPINGS that take place during THE GREAT TRIBULATION. The FIRST REAPING takes place prior to the POURING OUT of the FIRST VIAL of THE WRATH of GOD, and the SECOND REAPING happens just after the gathering at AR'-MA-GED'-DON (also called "Me-gid'-don" in Zechariah 12:11). The FIRST REAPING is the RAPTURE of the WEDDING GUESTS and TRIBULATION SAINTS. This RAPTURE takes place twenty-one months prior to the beginning of the LAST DAY. At the exact same TIME of the RAPTURE, the FIRST VIAL of THE WRATH of GOD is POURED OUT UPON THE EARTH.

P428

During the last TWENTY-ONE MONTHS of THE GREAT TRIBULATION, there will be a total of SIX VIALS of THE WRATH of GOD POURED OUT on earth. Also during this TWENTY-ONE MONTH period, THE FOURTH, FIFTH, SIXTH and SEVENTH TRUMPETS will SOUND along with the BREAKING of THE SIXTH and SEVENTH SEALS! The Chaos and Calamity caused by these EVENTS during this TWENTY-ONE MONTH PERIOD is HORRIFIC!

P428 P429

A ONE THOUSAND-YEAR GAP in time will elapse prior to the EVENTS taking place during the BREAKING of the SEVENTH SEAL, the initial SOUNDING of the SEVENTH TRUMPET, and the POURING OUT of THE SEVENTH VIAL. All EVENTS NUMBERING SEVEN will take place at the END of THE LAST DAY, thus MARKING THE END OF THIS WORLD!

P429

The SECOND REAPING occurs during the BATTLE of AR-MA-GED'DON. This is the area where over two billion people gather to fight and die in the battle over JERUSALEM. This battle will be so fierce it will take SEVEN MONTHS after it has ended for the dead bodies to be buried. The residue of weaponry that is left on the battlefield will take an additional SEVEN YEARS to burn. It may also be noted that the battle at AR-MA-GED'-DON takes place prior to the beginning of the LAST DAY and the world is not DESTROYED at this time. THIS IS THE SECOND REAPING!

P429

Ezekiel 39:11 And it shall come to pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of graves in ISRAEL, the valley of the passengers on the east of the sea: and it shall stop the noses of the passengers: and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude: and they shall call it THE VALLEY of Ha'-mon-gog. *11

P429 Kjb1611

*11 GOD refers to all those who oppose HIM as Gog. (Therefor meaning: GOD'S enemies! )

P429

Ezekiel 39:12 And SEVEN MONTHS shall the House of ISRAEL be burying of them, that they may cleanse the land.

P429 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 39:13 Yea, all the people of the land shall bury them; and it shall be to them a renown the day that I shall be GLORIFIED, saith THE LORD GOD.

P429 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 39:8 Behold, it is come, and it is done, saith THE LORD GOD; this is the day whereof I have spoken.

P429 Kjb1611

Ezekiel 39:9 And they that dwell in the cities of ISRAEL shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows and the arrows, and the handstaves, and the spears, and they shall burn them with fire SEVEN YEARS:

P429 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:19 And the ANGEL thrust in his sickle into the earth, and gathered the vine of the earth, and cast it into the GREAT WINEPRESS of THE WRATH of GOD.

P430 Kjb1611

Revelation 14:20 And the WINEPRESS was trodden without the city, and blood came out of the WINEPRESS, even unto the horse bridles, by the space of a thousand and six hundred furlongs.

P430 Kjb1611

The blood from the wounded and the dead resulting from the Battle at Armageddon is said to be five feet deep and cover an area of 183.6 miles. At this time earth's population will be reduced to only 104,000,000 people, and these people will be scattered throughout the entire world. During THE MILLENNIUM those who survive the battle will repopulate the world. However, they will live and die over a normal life span, unlike those who have been BLESSED and will LIVE for the ONE THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD in the City of "NEW JERUSALEM".

P430

The JUDGMENT of "The Great Whore"

P430

One question that must be answered before YOU can UNDERSTAND anything regarding the JUDGMENT of "The Great Whore": who is "The Great Whore"? Let us first look at the meaning of the WORD "Whore". The simple meaning of the WORD "Whore" is the WORD "PROSTITUTE", which has a PRIMARY definition of: "to put to corrupt or unworthy purposes", while its SECONDARY definition is: "one who engages in sexual intercourse for pay". In regard to the Scriptures, the references made specifically to the JUDGMENT of "The Great Whore", refers to the PRIMARY definition of the WORD "PROSTITUTE". These are those people who use the WORD of GOD for their own vain reasons and for monetary gain. Furthermore, this could be an enterprise or a person seeking to gain power or financial benefit by the misuse of the WORD of GOD, and teaching others to do it as well. The Great Whore is the foundation and basis for religion and the CORRUPTION of the Church today.

P430

Whereas the WORD "Whore" as used in the Scriptures refers to the PRIMARY definition of the WORD "PROSTITUTE", the WORD "religion", as used in the WRITING of this BOOK, refer to its SECONDARY definition, rather than to its PRIMARY definition. The PRIMARY definition of the WORD "religion" is, "the service and worship of GOD", whereas its SECONDARY definition is, "the organized system of faith and worship". This BOOK'S use of the WORD "religion" refers to the methodology and practice of the Church to determine one's style of worshiping GOD. This also includes what the congregation must do by Church DOCTRINE, to SERVE GOD.

P430 P431

With the churches today setting the standards as to how one may worship GOD, they have ALLOWED their interpretation of worship to INTERFERE with THE WORD of GOD and those trying to WORSHIP GOD. There are WARNINGS throughout the BIBLE to THOSE referred to in the Scriptures as "FALSE PROPHETS", about the punishment they will receive for their continual misuse and false teaching of THE WORD of GOD.

P431

In Chapter 17 of the Book of Revelation, the TITLE "Great Whore" is used in a very broad sense. It refers to a PERSON and an ORGANIZATION. It also applies to a NATION or NATIONS who misuse the WORD of GOD for CORRUPTIVE reasons, and for their own personal gain! The Whore, as described in the Scriptures, rides upon a Beast being scarlet in color having seven heads and ten horns. The description of the Beast, that the Whore rides on, fits the description of the Devil, who in the Scriptures is called the "Great Red Dragon"(Rev 12:3). The Beast that "The Whore" rides on is described in this way to show it is the Devil who has empowered "The Whore" to CORRUPT the Church.

P431

Furthermore, this PERSON, ORGANIZATION and NATION all exhibit being an enterprise in the service to GOD, although they are in REALITY not serving GOD but rather the Devil. The Scriptures also indicate that the Great Whore has an attractive appearance and presents herself to be an authority on GOD'S WORD, and by this disguise she can conceal her true identity. The Great Whore steals from the REAL Church and is also responsible for losing the SOULS of them who follow her. Many who have come to her trying to serve THE LORD have been MISLED by her religious order believing they were serving GOD. Unbeknown to them that her CORRUPTION of THE WORD of GOD has deceived them, causing them to lose their own SOULS!

P431

It MUST be CLEARLY UNDERSTOOD that each individual person must work out his or her own SALVATION with THE LORD, and NO CHURCH can do that for YOU. Do not be DECEIVED by the Great Whore's appearance, for it is YOUR SOUL that is at stake!

P431

The Scriptures in the 17th Chapter of the Book of Revelation verify the aforementioned, for the ANGEL tells John the same things about the WOMAN we have told you. The ANGEL explains to John. (who had initially seen the WOMAN as being quite attractive and admirable), because of the WOMAN'S appearance, many had been DECEIVED by her, causing them to lose their SOULS. The ANGEL further tells John that the WOMAN was not serving GOD, although she appeared to be in the VISION. The ANGEL provides more detail about the Beast having seven heads and ten horns that the WOMAN was riding on. He refers to the BEAST as the one "who was, and is not, and yet is"! The Beast spoken of here is the Devil, who (at one time) WAS in HEAVEN and IS NOT in HEAVEN (for he was cast into hell ), and YET IS for he is back on earth again!

P431 P432

Revelation 17:8 The beast that thou sawest was, and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and go into perdition: and they that dwell on the earth shall wonder, whose names were not written in the BOOK of LIFE from the foundation of the world, when they behold the beast that was, and is not, and yet is.

P432 Kjb1611

This Scripture describes how the Church had DECEIVED the people. Those following the false religious order of THE GREAT WHORE (who is also known as The False Prophet), then become very concerned about their spiritual status once THE GREAT WHORE has been REVEALED. After those left on earth realize it is the Devil who has taken control of the Church, they wonder whether or not their NAMES were included in the LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE!

P432

The ANGEL further tells John that this WOMAN (The False Prophet), sits in a place sitting on SEVEN mountains (SEVEN HILLS). He also shows John how the Beast (The Antichrist) will rise up as a nation's LEADER, and will be a direct descendant of a previous world leader!

P432

Revelation 17:10 And there are SEVEN kings: five are fallen, and one is, and the other is not yet come; and when he cometh, he must continue a short space.

P432 Kjb1611

Revelation 17:11 And the beast that was, and is not, even he is the eighth, and is of the SEVEN, and goeth into perdition.

P432 Kjb1611

The ANGEL explains to John that the ten horns on the Beast represent ten nations supporting the Beast's efforts to control the world. The ANGEL says that the Antichrist and his following will try to DESTROY the FAITH of them BELIEVING in GOD and JESUS CHRIST. However, the GUESTS of CHRIST (THE SAVED during THE GREAT TRIBULATION) cannot be defeated or deceived by his cleverness. The ANGEL says the reason the SAVED cannot be defeated, is because the BLOOD of THE LAMB is more POWERFUL than the deceitfulness of the Devil and JESUS CHRIST, who is THE LORD of LORDS, and THE KING of KINGS CANNOT be DEFEATED by ANYONE!

P432

Let us now look into the LAYER of the Scriptures to see if we can determine the IDENTITY and the Location where the WOMAN (The False Prophet) resides. The RESIDENCE of the WOMAN according to the Scripture is located in a place that sits on seven mountains or SEVEN HILLS. The Scripture also indicates that the person being THE GREAT WHORE takes on the form of a religious person, because John sees her with a golden cup in her hand. The golden cup represents the WOMAN appearing to make some sort of offering to GOD.

P433

The area SPOKEN of in the Scripture refers to THREE DISTINCT PLACES in the world, however we will only speak about one of them for now. There is one place fitting the description given in the Scriptures that comes to MIND: the Vatican that sits in Rome. The Vatican sits on the seven hills described in the Scripture. The GOLDEN CUP that is in the hand of THE GREAT WHORE resembles the dispensing of holy water similar to what The Pope and the Priests of the Catholic Church do. The Vatican is where the Pope resides and CONTROLS the Catholic Church. The GREAT WHORE described in the Scriptures fits the description of The Pope! *12

P433

*12 The word "POPE" in itself is an ABOMINATION to GOD, as it has been derived from the HEBREWAH WORD "PAH-PAH". The WORD "PAH-PAH" should NEVER be used to ADDRESS any MAN, for GOD has HALLOWED the WORD "PAH-PAH" UNTO HIMSELF! This is what JESUS CHRIST MEANT WHEN HE SAID, CALL NO MAN FATHER! JESUS was giving PROPHECY to HIS Disciples because at that time no priests were referred to as "Father", however JESUS KNEW the title of "Father" would later come into the Church!

P433

Let us read the description of THE GREAT WHORE and review her apparel:

P433

Revelation 17:4 And the WOMAN was arrayed in purple and scarlet colour, and decked with gold and precious stones and pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of ABOMINATIONS and filthiness of her fornication:

P433 Kjb1611

The WOMAN'S (The False Prophet and GREAT WHORE'S) description can also be applied to an ORGANIZATION, and there are THREE DISTINCT ORGANIZATIONS that the Scripture applies to. However, for now we will discuss only one of them. When we apply the DESCRIPTION GIVEN to a particular ORGANIZATION it most definitely fits the Roman Catholic Church and ALL of that Church's offspring. This is a Church that appears to be decked out in its apparel. The Catholic Church has great cathedrals and her priests wear fancy and colorful garments thus fitting the DESCRIPTION of the GREAT WHORE. Furthermore, within the walls of the Catholic Church and those Churches with similar DOCTRINE, you will find statues, crucifixes and stained glass images and all sorts of DETESTABLE ARTICLES OF IMAGERY. THE LORD HAS FORBIDDEN MAN TO MAKE SUCH ARTICLES as these in HIS 2nd COMMANDMENT! GOD gave MOSES STERN WARNINGS about this type of IMAGERY being brought into HIS HOUSE of PRAYER!

P433 P434

Exodus 20:4 THOU SHALT NOT MAKE UNTO THEE ANY GRAVEN IMAGE, OR ANY LIKENESS OF ANY THING THAT IS IN HEAVEN ABOVE, OR THAT IS IN THE EARTH BENEATH, OR THAT IS IN THE WATER UNDER THE EARTH:

P434 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:5 THOU SHALT NOT BOW DOWN THYSELF TO THEM, NOR SERVE THEM: FOR I THE LORD THY GOD AM A JEALOUS GOD, VISITING THE INIQUITY OF THE FATHERS UPON THE CHILDREN UNTO THE THIRD AND FOURTH GENERATION OF THEM THAT HATE ME;

P434 Kjb1611

Exodus 20:6 AND SHEWING MERCY UNTO THOUSANDS OF THEM THAT LOVE ME, AND KEEP MY COMMANDMENTS.

P434 Kjb1611

The DESCRIPTION of the WOMAN (The False Prophet and GREAT WHORE) when applied to a NATION, applies to THREE DISTINCT NATIONS who proclaim they are serving GOD, but are not. At this time we will only address one of these nations. The NATION for discussion is a NATION that is also decked out in her appearance! However, beneath all of her beauty lies DECEITFULNESS and CORRUPTION. This nation proclaims itself to be a nation under GOD. HOWEVER, the NAME of GOD or HIS COMMANDMENTS cannot be exhibited or displayed in any of its public places. Nor can anything in regard to THE WORD of GOD be taught in its public schools. How can a nation proclaiming itself as being a NATION under GOD be DIVIDED in its BELIEF of GOD? And, how can a NATION allow those who choose not to BELIEVE in GOD, to live within its borders? Isn't this the SAME SCENARIO that CAUSED ISRAEL to FALL and be taken CAPTIVE? A NATION THAT IS TRULY UNDER GOD MUST ALSO BE UNDER GOD'S RULES and COMMANDMENTS!

P434

Revelation 17:18 And the WOMAN which thou sawest is that great city, which reigneth over the kings of the earth.

P435 Kjb1611

The "GREAT CITY" referred to in this Scripture exists in THREE different NATIONS in the world today. However, only ONE of those cities will be addressed in this BOOK the City of Washington DC, which is located in the United States of America!

P435

"Babylon the great is FALLEN"

P435

The 18th Chapter of the Book of Revelation opens with another ANGEL coming down from HEAVEN. This is the ANGEL DARIUS who comes to ANNOUNCE the FALL of Babylon. The ANGEL DARIUS was once the King of the Babylonian Empire and who more fitting than he should announce its DESTRUCTION? *13

P435

*13 The name Babylon represents the world as a whole, and the nations of the United States of America and Israel, with ALL THREE being CORRUPTED entities.

P435

At this point in the Apostle John's VISION there are only a few GOOD people left on the earth who have not taken the Mark of the Beast. GOD, in the Scriptures pleads with these few GOOD people still remaining on the earth, to "COME OUT OF HER", for it is NOW time for her DESTRUCTION. The Beast, who is now the reigning King of the entire world has his SEAT moved from Washington DC, to the Temple in JERUSALEM, which is the THIRD CITY that sits on SEVEN hills.

P435

With "The New World Order" now being fully implemented into world law, the ten nations who had originally supported the Beast and his rule over the world, now abhor him, and withdraw their allegiance from the Coalition and from "The New World Order". This causes the United States and Israel to stand alone like a single nation against the rest of the world, who is now in rebellion against them. With all the Middle East being under the control of the Beast, violence erupts throughout the region, which causes the Beast to DESTROY nearly every Arab nation.

P435

NOTE: THE LORD SAYS, LESS THAN THREE PERCENT OF ALL THE ARAB PEOPLE WILL BE LEFT ALIVE ON EARTH!

P435

While the battle rages against the Arab nations, a struggle begins for world dominance with China and Russia joining forces against the Beast (the USA and ISRAEL). With China and Russia nearly starving to death from all the food shortages, the two align themselves for battle against the United States of America and Israel. China and Russia agree to take JERUSALEM by force and overthrow the "New World Order". JERUSALEM is a key target because the United States and Israel have set up their capitol, the "NEW WORLD ORDER" in the City of JERUSALEM. This is where the Devil, the Beast, and the False Prophet now sit maintaining CONTROL over the world. Nuclear strikes are made on Washington DC and on JERUSALEM, with retaliatory strikes also being made by the "New World Order". The retaliatory strikes cause the COMPLETE DESTRUCTION of every major city in both China and Russia with USA and Israel also taking very heavy casualties.

P435 P436

Revelation 16:10 And the FIFTH ANGEL poured out his VIAL upon the seat of the beast; and his kingdom was full of darkness; and they gnawed their tongues for pain,

P436 Kjb1611

China and Russia already mobilized for war, prior to the "New World Order's" retaliatory strikes on them, move their forces very quickly into the Far and Middle East. The combined forces of Russia and China overrun and take control of the countries of Iran, Iraq, Syria, Pakistan, India, Afghanistan, and Saudi Arabia along with several other small Arab nations, enabling them to occupy those areas. This is accomplished in a very short period of time as nearly all of the Arab nations had been weakened due to the ongoing strikes made by Israel. Russia and China's forces come together in the Valley of Me-gid'-don to mount their attack against JERUSALEM. The combined forces of both armies will be two hundred million.

P436

Zechariah 12:11 In that day shall there be a GREAT MOURNING in JERUSALEM, as the mourning of ha-dad-rim'-mon in the VALLEY of Me-gid'-don.

P436 Kjb1611

By using small tactical nuclear weapons, China and Russia destroy JERUSALEM and its Temple and invade and take control of Israel. The human bodies that were possessed by The Devil, The Beast, and The False Prophet are killed in this strike, however their spirits go out of them and into the Field Marshals of the Russian invading forces. This causes the Field Marshals of Russia to turn against its allied Chinese forces, thinking that they can now seize world power for Russia!

P436

Revelation 16:13 And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of The Dragon, and out of the mouth of The Beast, and out of the mouth of The False Prophet.

P436 Kjb1611 P437

Revelation 16:14 For they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that GREAT DAY of GOD ALMIGHTY.

P437 Kjb1611

The battle between Russia and China goes on for five months, and at its conclusion the total number of the military and civilian casualties will number two billion people. At this TIME in John's VISION, the United States of America, Europe, China, Russia, and Israel, along with nearly every Arab nation on earth have been DESTROYED, and a cloud of smoke covers the earth! Only small parts of Egypt and Jordan remain in the region, however they also have suffered great casualties and nearly total destruction. The earth now after forty-two months of war and chaos, has only a total of 104,000,000 people still remaining alive. Approximately four billion have been killed since the beginning of The GREAT TRIBULATION. Those who remain on the earth at this TIME are in shock from the atrocities they have witnessed. Every major city in the entire world has been DESTROYED and this all happened in a very brief period of TIME!

P437

Revelation 18:15 The merchants of these things, which were made rich by her, shall stand afar off for the fear of her torment, weeping and wailing,

P437 Kjb1611

Revelation 18:16 And saying, Alas, alas, that Great City, that was clothed in fine linen, and purple, and scarlet, and decked with gold, and precious stones, and pearls!

P437 Kjb1611

Revelation 18:17 For in one hour so great riches is come to nought. And every shipmaster, and all the company in ships, and sailors, and as many as trade by sea, stood afar off,

P437 Kjb1611

Revelation 18:18 And cried when they saw the smoke of her burning, saying, What city is like unto this Great City!

P437 Kjb1611

Revelation 18:19 And they cast dust on their heads, and cried, weeping and wailing, saying, Alas, alas, that Great City, wherein were made rich all that had ships in the sea by reason of her costliness! For in one hour is she made DESOLATE.

P437 Kjb1611 P438

From the Scriptures of Revelation and the WRITINGS of this BOOK you should CLEARLY SEE, after the SOUNDING of the FIRST TRUMPET when THE HOLY SPIRIT (182 PERSON) and the Church leave the earth, the earth goes into a downward spiral of SELF-DESTRUCTION. At that time the POWERS between the forces of GOOD and evil are no longer in BALANCE, allowing the overwhelming forces of evil to DESTROY the earth.

P438

Revelation 18:21 And a MIGHTY ANGEL took up a stone like a great millstone, and cast it into the sea, saying, Thus with violence shall that Great City Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no more at all.

P438 Kjb1611

The coming of HEAVEN on earth, the Answering of THE LORD'S PRAYER

P438

"THY KINGDOM COME. THY WILL BE DONE IN EARTH, AS IT IS IN HEAVEN". These WORDS of the LORD'S PRAYER are POWERFUL WORDS! This PRAYER is one of the many GREAT GIFTS JESUS CHRIST brought with HIM to earth. THIS PRAYER IS A PROMISE, of MAN'S PENDING RELATIONSHIP WITH GOD. Although I know many of you have recited this PRAYER sometime in your LIFE and are familiar with it, I still FEEL the NEED to break the PRAYER'S WORDS down line by line for YOU. I want to do this, IN HOPE of your seeing the POWER of the WORDS in THE LORD'S PRAYER.

P438

Let us start with the opening PROCLAMATION; "OUR FATHER WHICH ART IN HEAVEN, HALLOWED BE THY NAME". We open this PRAYER by acknowledging that GOD is our FATHER who resides in HEAVEN and ACKNOWLEDGE that HIS NAME is HOLY.

P438

"THY KINGDOM COME". This is our PROCLAMATION TO THE ALMIGHTY GOD, that HIS KINGDOM WILL come to earth.

P438

"THY WILL BE DONE IN EARTH AS IT IS IN HEAVEN". This statement is our acknowledgment that "GOD'S WILL" prevails both here on earth as it also does in HEAVEN. It also means we know there will come a time when all of the earth will WORSHIP GOD, just like they do residing in HEAVEN! This statement further means that there will come a TIME when GOD will be on EARTH and make it into a similitude of HEAVEN!

P438

"GIVE US THIS DAY OUR DAILY BREAD". We are now asking THE LORD to FEED US daily with THE WORD of GOD for our SPIRITS SAKE and also provide us with the bread of the earth, the food for our bodies sake.

P438 P439

"AND FORGIVE US OUR DEBTS, AS WE FORGIVE OUR DEBTORS". In this part of the PRAYER we are asking GOD to forgive us for our sins. We also ACKNOWLEDGE that as GOD forgives us for our sins, we must also do the same for those who have sinned against us, ONCE they have asked for our forgiveness.

P439

"AND LEAD US NOT INTO TEMPTATION, BUT DELIVER US FROM EVIL". In this part of the PRAYER we are telling THE LORD, we UNDERSTAND it is THE LORD who sets our course in this LIFE and we MUST TRUST in HIM, and we also KNOW ONLY GOD CAN KEEP US FROM SIN!

P439

"FOR THINE IS THE KINGDOM, AND THE POWER, AND THE GLORY, FOREVER. AMEN." In OUR CLOSING, we acknowledge that in earth and in HEAVEN, ALL OF THE POWER AND THE GLORY RESIDE WITH GOD and HIS ANOINTED!

P439

GOD'S PROMISE:

P439

All of CHRIST (THE BRIDE) and the GUESTS of the WEDDING SUPPER, and those who had not taken the Mark of the Beast", will see this PRAYER made by JESUS CHRIST FULFILLED. FOR HEAVEN will indeed come to the earth with THE LORD AND HE WILL RULE OVER EARTH during THE MILLENNIUM. Afterwards, those in CHRIST and of CHRIST will see this PRAYER FULFILLED AGAIN, IN GREATER MEASURE IN HEAVEN!

P439

Reclaiming the EARTH

P439

Chapter 19 of the Book of Revelation opens with a celebration taking place in HEAVEN. This is the time for GOD'S JUDGMENT of The Great Whore, and HIS taking back earth from the Devil, the Beast, and the False Prophet. John sees in his VISION, THE LORD coming back to earth riding on a WHITE HORSE being followed by HIS SAINTS and HIS PROPHETS who are also riding on white horses, to RECLAIM EARTH. Although the Devil, the Beast, and the False Prophet have gathered the armies of the world together to make war against THE LORD, there isn't any battle that actually takes place. THE LORD simply DESTROYS those who had OPPOSED HIM with the SWORD of HIS MOUTH, by saying: "IT IS DONE"! HE cast the Beast and the False Prophet, and those who had taken "the Mark of the Beast", into the LAKE of FIRE (Hell) that BURNS FOREVER.

P439 P440

DAY of JUDGMENT and the FALL of The Angel Uriel:

P440

Revelation 20:1 And I saw an ANGEL come down from HEAVEN, having the KEY of the bottomless pit and a great chain in his hand.

P440 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:2 And he laid hold on the Dragon, that Old Serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound him a thousand years,

P440 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:3 And cast him into the bottomless pit, and shut him up, and set a seal upon him, that he should deceive the nations no more, till the THOUSAND YEARS should be fulfilled: and after that he must be loosed a little season.

P440 Kjb1611

The ANGEL coming down to earth with the KEY to hell and a great chain in his hand, is the ANGEL RAPHAEL. The seal placed on the Devil as indicated by the Scripture is an ANGELIC GUARD, the Angel Uriel. Uriel holds the lowest post in all of HEAVEN, for it is Uriel's responsibility to GUARD the gates of hell throughout ETERNITY! Uriel is the only Angel in Heaven that has SINNED against THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD and had not been cast into Hell for doing it. However, Uriel can never ASCEND above the FIRST LEVEL in HEAVEN. This is because none of the ANGELS, who RESIDE above the FIRST LEVEL in HEAVEN, can bear to look at her.

P440

Uriel was once a COVENANT ANGEL of the SEVENTH LEVEL who since has been REMOVED from her post, after she had BLASPHEMED THE HOLY SPIRIT. She committed this UNFORGIVABLE SIN when THE HOLY SPIRIT WAS ON EARTH IN THE FORM OF THE 182 PERSON. Both Uriel and Lucifer were at one time SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS, and are the ONLY ANGELS of the SEVENTH LEVEL to ever be permanently removed from their posts. Lucifer, being known as the Great Red Dragon, was cast into Hell. Whereas Uriel received a lesser sentence and given a post befitting her, guarding Hell! Both the Devil and Uriel retain their GENDERS and are INCOMPLETE Angels, for neither of them have a mate. RAPHAEL, IS THE ONLY ANGEL IN HEAVEN WITH A GENDER NOT HAVING A MATE, WHO IS COMPLETE. WHEREAS URIEL IS THE ONLY ANGEL IN HEAVEN HAVING A GENDER, WHO IS INCOMPLETE.

P440

Judgment of the Beheaded Souls

P441

The Scriptures in verses 4 through 6 of the 20th Chapter of the Book of Revelation refers to the Judgment of them entering THE MILLENNIUM by martyring themselves. These are the people who had refused taking the "Mark of the Beast", and were beheaded by the Antichrist. Their JUDGMENT is a JUDGMENT of WORKS and not of ETERNAL FATE. This JUDGMENT is PRESIDED over by the FOUR SERAPHIM rather than THE HOLY SPIRIT. The martyred SOULS cannot be given in marriage, nor can they reside in HEAVEN, because they are of the Resurrection and NOT of CHRIST. During THE MILLENNIUM they will serve as Levites and Priests in the TEMPLE of GOD.

P441

Isaiah 66:21 AND I WILL ALSO TAKE OF THEM FOR PRIESTS AND FOR LEVITES, SAITH THE LORD.

P441 Kjb1611

Revelation 20:6 Blessed and HOLY is he that hath part in the FIRST RESURRECTION: on such the SECOND DEATH hath no power, but they shall be Priests of GOD and of CHRIST, and shall REIGN with HIM a THOUSAND YEARS.

P441 Kjb1611

The earth's remaining 104,000,000 people will continue to live their normal life spans on earth and reside outside of the CITY of NEW JERUSALEM during THE MILLENNIUM. These people who survived THE GREAT TRIBULATION and remain on earth, will FEAR GOD because of HIS GREAT POWER, and will routinely come up to WORSHIP GOD in the City of NEW JERUSALEM on HOLY DAYS, but will do so only out of FEAR. They will again repopulate the earth during THE MILLENNIUM.

P441

At the conclusion of THE MILLENNIUM the earth's population will have increased from 104,000,000 to 7,000,000,000. If any of them who reside outside of NEW JERUSALEM refuse to WORSHIP THE LORD, they will be utterly consumed with FIRE. This FIRE will come down from the sky and burn them alive, and many of these people during THE MILLENNIUM will die in this manner, for their refusing to WORSHIP GOD. Also if any city or nation on earth (that had been allowed to remain during the MILLENNIUM-PERIOD) refuses to HONOR THE LORD'S SABBATHS, they will undergo a famine in the land where they live.

P441

Zechariah 14:11 And men shall dwell in it, and there shall be no more utter destruction; but JERUSALEM shall be safely inhabited.

P441 Kjb1611 P442

Zechariah 14:12 And this shall be the PLAGUE wherewith THE LORD will smite all the people that have fought against JERUSALEM; Their flesh shall CONSUME AWAY while they stand upon their feet, and their eyes shall CONSUME AWAY in their holes, and their tongue shall CONSUME AWAY in their mouth.

P442 Kjb1611

Zechariah 14:17 And it shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto JERUSALEM to WORSHIP THE KING, THE LORD OF HOSTS, EVEN UPON THEM shall be no rain.

P442 Kjb1611

Zechariah 14:18 And if the family of Egypt go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the PLAGUE, wherewith THE LORD will SMITE the HEATHEN that come not up to keep the FEAST of TABERNACLES.

P442 Kjb1611

Five months prior to the END of THE MILLENNIUM the Devil will escape from hell and Uriel will fail to warn the PEOPLE in the CITY of NEW JERUSALEM of his breaking free. Once the Devil is loose on earth again he will go out and convince the people of the earth, to mass together against the City of NEW JERUSALEM and take it by force. The people of the earth will assemble themselves together for war and all SEVEN billion of them will encompass the CITY of NEW JERUSALEM at the CONCLUSION of the LAST DAY. Shortly after their assembling, GOD will send FIRE down from HEAVEN upon them as it is WRITTEN in Zechariah. This FIRE will consume each and every living person upon the earth who resides outside of NEW JERUSALEM. The Devil is then cast back into Hell where the Beast and the False Prophet are!

P442

FINAL JUDGMENT

P442

THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD PRESIDES over THE WHITE THRONE JUDGMENT. During this time the DEAD and LIVING who are not in CHRIST or GUESTS of CHRIST will be brought before THE HOLY SPIRIT and JUDGED for their SPIRITUAL WORTHINESS. Anyone whose name is not found WRITTEN in THE LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE will at that time; be cast into Hell for eternity.

P442 P443

The Recycling of the World, Setting time back to ZERO

P443

Revelation 21:1 And I saw a NEW HEAVEN and a NEW EARTH: for the first heaven and the first earth were passed away; and there was no more sea.

P443 Kjb1611

What was this that John had seen? John's VISION SHOWED him that THE LORD had DESTROYED the prior earth and all of the people on it and he also saw that the entire SOLAR SYSTEM was GONE. But John also saw that GOD made another earth and SOLAR SYSTEM to REPLACE the old ones. All that existed before the CONCLUSION of THE LAST DAY was gone; HOWEVER, a NEW EARTH and a NEW SOLAR SYSTEM was SEEN replacing the OLD. The only difference between the old and the NEW EARTH was the NEW EARTH hadn't any people on it ("And there was no more sea".). This is the RECYCLING of the WORLD which is DONE by GOD every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS. GOD destroys all of HIS CREATION supporting MAN and RECREATES that which HE had DESTROYED, STARTING IT ALL OVER AGAIN!

P443

NOTE: I had thought at one time GOD destroys the entire UNIVERSE at the END TIME, but that is not so! GOD only DESTROYS this SOLAR SYSTEM which MAN is dependent on for LIFE and does not HARM that part of HIS CREATION that had not SINNED AGAINST HIM.

P443

THUS SAITH THE LORD, WHEN I CREATE, IT IS AS THOUGH IT HAS ALWAYS BEEN, AND WHEN I DESTROY, IT IS AS THOUGH IT NEVER WAS!

P443

Isaiah 65:17 For, behold, I CREATE NEW HEAVENS and a NEW EARTH: and the former shall not be remembered, nor come into MIND.

P443 Kjb1611

After John sees the New Heaven and New Earth he is shown the "NEW JERUSALEM" coming down from HEAVEN. This is a NEW place for GOD'S PEOPLE to LIVE for all those having been chosen by GOD to go FORWARD. They will now LIVE in the HEAVENLY CITY of NEW JERUSALEM. At this TIME all those going to HEAVEN will shed their bodies of flesh and take on NEW SPIRITUAL BODIES of LIGHT, so they may LIVE with GOD in HEAVEN. At this TIME GOD will be with them and GOD is SPIRIT ONLY. so GOD'S PEOPLE, ISRAEL, will NOW be with HIM as HE IS, SPIRIT ONLY!

P443 P444

The people who were in the MILLENNIUM who were not cast into hell to suffer the SECOND DEATH (the Beheaded SOULS), but were not chosen to go FORWARD INTO HEAVEN, return to the dust of the NEW EARTH. They will SLEEP in the NEW EARTH until a TIME of their AWAKENING. After their AWAKENING the Beheaded SOULS will receive a SECOND opportunity in the next SEVEN THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD, to RECEIVE ETERNITY. ALL MEMORIES of the previous world are erased by GOD as though it had never existed, and all that has been before will be again.

P444

The HOLY BIBLE STORY begins over again STARTING back in Chapter 7, verse 1 of the First Book of MOSES, called Genesis. THIS IS THE BEGINNING OF THE NEW CYCLE OF THE WORLD. NOAH and HIS family go back into the ARK and ONCE AGAIN set foot onto the NEW EARTH. As THE WORD of GOD is NEVER ENDING so is THE HOLY BIBLE STORY!

P444

For them in CHRIST and WEDDING GUESTS of CHRIST, THEY MOVE FORWARD INTO THE KINGDOM of GOD. John explains at the CONCLUSION of the Book of Revelation the APPEARANCE of the HEAVENLY CITY, NEW JERUSALEM. He gives the measurements of the CITY, and its WALL HEIGHT. John also gives the number of its GATES and their construction along with the WALL'S CONSTRUCTION, and points out ALL OF ITS HEAVENLY BEAUTY. However, these things described by John of HEAVEN are SYMBOLIC in nature, for the TRUE SPLENDOR of HEAVEN CANNOT BE DESCRIBED IN COMMON WORDS. ONCE MAN has ENTERED INTO THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN HE is NOW A SON in THE FAMILY OF GOD. ALL of GOD'S CHILDREN will DWELL in THE HOUSE of THE LORD FOREVER and EVER. A'-men.

P444

THE FINAL CHAPTER!
HEAVEN and Hell

P445

There are NINE ASCENDING LEVELS in HEAVEN and nine declining levels in Hell. The NINTH LEVEL of HEAVEN is the HIGHEST and HOLIEST PLACE and is called THE THRONE of GOD. The ninth level of Hell is the lowest place and it is called the bowels of Hell, this is where the Devil (Lucifer) sits. The earth or what is called "THE EARTH PLANE", is the world where you now live. "THE EARTH PLANE" is referred to as GROUND ZERO because it is "THE EARTH PLANE" that divides HEAVEN from Hell, with HEAVEN being an ASCENDING PLUS NINE and Hell being a declining minus nine, both being relative to the EARTH PLANE. The greatest on earth is lower than the least in HEAVEN, for the greatest on earth is a spiritual zero and the least in HEAVEN is a SPIRITUAL ONE. As the SPIRIT ASCENDS to HEAVEN it takes on a new FORM that is COMPOSED of LIGHT and the higher the SPIRIT ASCENDS the brighter the LIGHT becomes. The opposite is true for the declining spirit. The further it declines in Hell the dimmer the light becomes until it reaches utter darkness. This is called THE SECOND DEATH. LIGHT is LIFE, TRUTH and SERENITY for the SPIRIT. Darkness is torment, deceit, and spiritual death. Spiritual death occurs when the spirit has lost its identity and remains nameless in a timeless state.

P445

Hell, a place for the DAMNED

P445

When THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD casts one's spirit into Hell, THE HOLY SPIRIT at that time determines at which level in Hell that the spirit shall reside throughout eternity. This determination is made during one's sentencing at THE WHITE THRONE JUDGMENT. The duration of the sentence is always for eternity, however, the depth in Hell for which that spirit must reside varies depending on the severity of the sins that had been committed by the spirit. If the CONDEMNED spirit is a SOUL BEARING spirit, the SOUL of that spirit is taken away from it. This is DONE to the spirit after the spirit's JUDGMENT of CONDEMNATION. The SOUL that is taken is then returned to CHRIST who is "THE GIVER" and "THE KEEPER of SOULS". This is what was meant when JESUS CHRIST said:

P445 P446

Matthew 16:26 FOR WHAT IS A MAN PROFITED, IF HE SHALL GAIN THE WHOLE WORLD, AND LOSE HIS OWN SOUL? OR WHAT SHALL A MAN GIVE IN EXCHANGE FOR HIS SOUL?

P446 Kjb1611

As the GREATNESS of HEAVEN is indescribable with WORDS so is it with the TORMENT existing in Hell. JESUS CHRIST described Hell as being a place of OUTER DARKNESS, where there is WEEPING and GNASHING of TEETH.

P446

In Hell the Devil's power is LIMITLESS, for he is the RULER of Hell. Lucifer's hatred of man is immeasurable as he was cast out of HEAVEN because of the MAN, and he will forever punish the man because of it! Those residing nearest to Lucifer (Satan) in Hell, are those who suffer the GREATEST TORMENT! The torment of those even in the first level of Hell (which is the furthest from Satan's Seat) is well beyond measurement of MIND. Once in Hell, the spirit loses its identity and no longer has a name other than being referred to as the "DAMNED". Each and every spirit in Hell retains its memory of its earthly deeds and also its final JUDGMENT by GOD. The spirit in Hell dwells throughout eternity in pain and suffering, and ponders over its mistakes made while living in this world and not serving GOD. While the spirit rots in Hell it still never dies and the spirit of the DAMNED can see those who are in HEAVEN REJOICING, from a great distance. This vision the spirit sees is similar to looking at a far away object while looking through a telescope. JESUS CHRIST explains this phenomena in The Gospel of Luke.

P446

Luke 16:19 THERE WAS A CERTAIN RICH MAN, WHICH WAS CLOTHED IN PURPLE AND FINE LINEN, AND FARED SUMPTUOUSLY EVERY DAY:

P446 Kjb1611

Luke 16:20 AND THERE WAS A CERTAIN BEGGAR NAMED LAZ'-A-RUS, WHICH WAS LAID AT HIS GATE, FULL OF SORES,

P446 Kjb1611

Luke 16:21 AND DESIRING TO BE FED WITH THE CRUMBS WHICH FELL FROM THE RICH MAN'S TABLE: MOREOVER THE DOGS CAME AND LICKED HIS SORES.

P446 Kjb1611 P447

Luke 16:22 AND IT CAME TO PASS, THAT THE BEGGAR DIED, AND WAS CARRIED BY THE ANGELS INTO ABRAHAM'S BOSOM: THE RICH MAN ALSO DIED, AND WAS BURIED;

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:23 AND IN HELL HE LIFT UP HIS EYES, BEING IN TORMENTS, AND SEETH ABRAHAM AFAR OFF, AND LAZ'-A-RUS IN HIS BOSOM.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:24 AND HE CRIED AND SAID, FATHER ABRAHAM, HAVE MERCY ON ME, AND SEND LAZ'-ARUS, THAT HE MAY DIP THE TIP OF HIS FINGER IN WATER, AND COOL MY TONGUE; FOR I AM TORMENTED IN THIS FLAME.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:25 BUT ABRAHAM SAID, SON, REMEMBER THAT THOU IN THY LIFETIME RECEIVEDST THY GOOD THINGS, AND LIKEWISE LAZ'-A-RUS EVIL THINGS: BUT NOW HE IS COMFORTED, AND THOU ART TORMENTED.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:26 AND BESIDE ALL THIS, BETWEEN US AND YOU THERE IS A GREAT GULF FIXED: SO THAT THEY WHICH WOULD PASS FROM HENCE TO YOU CANNOT; NEITHER CAN THEY PASS TO US, THAT WOULD COME FROM THENCE.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:27 THEN HE SAID, I PRAY THEE THEREFORE, FATHER, THAT THOU WOULDEST SEND HIM TO MY FATHER'S HOUSE:

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:28 FOR I HAVE FIVE BRETHREN; THAT HE MAY TESTIFY UNTO THEM, LEST THEY ALSO COME INTO THIS PLACE OF TORMENT.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:29 ABRAHAM SAITH UNTO HIM, THEY HAVE MOSES AND THE PROPHETS; LET THEM HEAR THEM.

P447 Kjb1611

Luke 16:30 AND HE SAID, NAY, FATHER ABRAHAM: BUT IF ONE WENT UNTO THEM FROM THE DEAD, THEY WILL REPENT.

P448 Kjb1611

Luke 16:31 AND HE SAID UNTO HIM, IF THEY HEAR NOT MOSES AND THE PROPHETS, NEITHER WILL THEY BE PERSUADED, THOUGH ONE ROSE FROM THE DEAD.

P448 Kjb1611

When a spirit is cast into Hell it becomes a subject of the Devil's ownership. The Devil learns by the thoughts of the spirit its most terrifying fears and makes that spirit's worst fears become a reality. With the spirit suffering the SECOND DEATH, thus meaning DARKNESS, the spirit no longer has an identity and remains nameless. And, because of the loss of its SOUL, it no longer has a purpose in GOD and is worthless, and will dwell in TORMENT for eternity because it is WORTHLESS. Hell is like a garbage dump for something that once lived and is now dead and there is no REDEMPTION for the DAMNED after they have been cast into the Lake of Fire, for they no longer have any value whatsoever.

P448

Hell grows at twice the population rate as does HEAVEN, and because Lucifer cannot create, he takes that which GOD has thrown out. Lucifer, who is the Prince of this world loses one-third of the world's people to THE LORD every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS. Just as Lucifer took one-third of the angels with him when he was cast out of HEAVEN, GOD THEREFOR TAKES ONETHIRD of MAN BACK FROM EARTH INTO HEAVEN. With both HEAVEN and Hell having no boundaries, neither is lacking for space!

P448

HEAVEN, a place of GOD'S GLORY

P448

In HEAVEN there are both ANGELS and PEOPLE (MAN) in its first SIX LEVELS. In the FIRST LEVEL, the LEVEL that has the GREATEST population in HEAVEN, all residing there enjoy a LIFE FULL with IMMEASURABLE LOVE, HAPPINESS, FELLOWSHIP, and PLEASURE. The SPIRITUAL SOUL that resides in HEAVEN says to ITSELF DAILY, "THERE CANNOT BE A DAY THAT IS BETTER THAN THIS ONE"! However each succeeding DAY, is BETTER than the DAY BEFORE. ALL those RESIDING in HEAVEN LIVE TOGETHER in PEACE, FELLOWSHIP and HARMONY and there is not a single DESIRE by anyone that GOD does not completely FULFILL.

P448

To those who HAD SERVED THE LORD on the earth, GOD has PROMISED that HE will PROVIDE them with ALL THAT IS NEEDED, while they are on the earth. However, FOR THEM WHO SERVE GOD in HEAVEN, GOD PROVIDES THEM WITH ALL THEY MAY EVER WANT. FOR THEM IN HEAVEN SERVE THE LORD ALWAYS AND FOREVER, AND THE LORD SERVES THEM WHO SERVE HIM, ALWAYS AND FOREVER!

P448 P449

The ANGELS in HEAVEN look after ALL of HEAVEN'S NEEDS and treat all of the PEOPLE in HEAVEN like their BROTHERS and SISTERS. The ANGELS are a LOVING SORT and look after the NEEDS of the PEOPLE and are MARVELOUS TEACHERS OF ALL GOOD THINGS. The ANGELS, who have been with GOD even prior to CREATION, are well versed in the WAYS of THE LORD and will share in their KNOWLEDGE of THE LORD with the PEOPLE in HEAVEN. The ANGELS are OBEDIENT and LOYAL SERVANTS to ALL of their SUPERIORS and are MOST CERTAINLY DEDICATED to their SERVICE to GOD. The ANGELS of HEAVEN LOVE MAN in the same way that GOD HAS LOVED MAN, FROM THE BEGINNING OF MAN'S CREATION.

P449

In HEAVEN there are many FEASTS and CELEBRATIONS. This is a time when the PEOPLE and the ANGELS gather together to WORSHIP GOD. Regardless of what LEVEL in HEAVEN ONE may dwell in, ALL PEOPLE have access to MOVE ABOUT freely within HEAVEN. ONE may go to any PERSON, ANGEL or PLACE within the FIRST SIX LEVELS of HEAVEN. HOWEVER only the ANGELS and those of the BODY of CHRIST, "THE BRIDE", can ASCEND beyond the SIXTH LEVEL. Those who are denied access above the SIXTH LEVEL can never FEEL deprived or DENIED, as they will neither have the DESIRE or the NEED to ASCEND to any HIGHER ORDER in HEAVEN. In HEAVEN, THE LORD WILL COME TO THOSE WHO REQUEST HIS PRESENCE and be with them where they are, on ANY LEVEL. NO ONE IN HEAVEN IS DENIED ACCESS TO THE LORD, FOR JESUS CHRIST IS THE LORD and CONNECTION to GOD. JESUS WILL COME TO YOU JUST AS OFTEN AS YOU SHOULD DESIRE HIS PRESENCE!

P449

In HEAVEN there are all types of MUSIC and oddly enough the least popular music heard in HEAVEN, is called here on earth "Church or Gospel Music". THE LORD finds this type of music to be QUITE boring and without substance, even though HE KNOWS that those who have written and performed it have done so in HONOR of HIM and JESUS.

P449

There are many CHOIRS of ANGELS in HEAVEN. There are also MIXED CHOIRS containing both PEOPLE and ANGELS that all sing in PERFECT HARMONY. During a time of the CELEBRATION of SABBATHS, THE CHOIR presiding at the CEREMONY is a CHOIR consisting of ONE MILLION ANGELS. A SEVEN-THOUSAND PIECE ORCHESTRA of ANGELS ACCOMPANIES THE CHOIR and they sing and perform before THE THRONE of GOD. This ORCHESTRA OF ANGELS plays every imaginable string, reed, percussion, and horn instrument, and do it in absolute perfect HARMONY. The CHIEF MUSICIAN LEADS both the CHOIR of ANGELS and THE ORCHESTRA of ANGELS. The CHIEF MUSICIAN is the ANGEL ASAPH, who is the THIRD COVENANT ANGEL and the SOUL MATE TO JESUS CHRIST.

P449 P450

In HEAVEN there is every imaginable kind of food and drink. All of the things that one may have enjoyed here on earth can be found in ABUNDANCE in HEAVEN. There are also many NEW and better things than those here on earth, with ALL GOOD THINGS being AVAILABLE in any AMOUNT and without MEASURE for FREE. ALL of the houses in HEAVEN and even THE LORD'S PALACE haven't any doors or locks, and ALL GOD'S PEOPLE are ALLOWED access to enter into any dwelling place as often as they will, for ALL ARE WELCOMED.

P450

The GATES of HEAVEN remain open at all times and there isn't any night or darkness in HEAVEN, only DAYLIGHT. No ONE in HEAVEN ever requires any sleep, although the HOUSES have beds to rest in and to MAKE LOVE in with their SOUL MATES, for ONE'S DESIRE TO COME TOGETHER AS ONE WITH THEIR SOUL MATE DOES NOT CEASE IN HEAVEN.

P450

GOD CREATED LOVEMAKING, and where do you think all the NEW SOULS come from? I'LL ASSURE THEY DO NOT COME FROM THE STORK! HOWEVER, WHEN THE TWO SPIRITS COME TOGETHER IT IS IN A DIFFERENT MANNER THAN HERE ON EARTH. WHEN THE TWO SPIRITS COME TOGETHER, THEY COME COMPLETELY TOGETHER AND COMBINE WITH THEM BOTH SHARING THE SAME SOUL. IT IS JUST AS JESUS SAID IT WAS MEANT TO BE FROM THE BEGINNING, WITH THE TWO BECOMING AS ONE.

P450

THE SIXTH LEVEL

P450

The SIXTH LEVEL is the HIGHEST LEVEL that the GUEST of the WEDDING SUPPER can ASCEND to, and only in CHRIST can MAN ASCEND any FURTHER. The SIXTH LEVEL is the LEVEL of the ELDERS and is ONE LEVEL below the ARK LEVEL. Although there are only TWENTY-FOUR ELDERS at the SIXTH LEVEL, there are also many OTHERS who reside at this LEVEL with them. ALL of the SAINTS AND PROPHETS reside at the SIXTH LEVEL, and this is the ONLY LEVEL where the ANGELS RESIDING with the SAINTS and PROPHETS have an EQUAL POPULATION to them.

P450 P451

The SIXTH LEVEL is the least populated LEVEL of the FIRST SIX LEVELS. Each of the descending LEVELS from the SIXTH LEVEL goes up in population by the square of the next HIGHER ORDER LEVEL, with all six of the LEVELS forever growing in population. The population in HEAVEN remains constant for SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS and with each and every "NEW JERUSALEM" COMES SIX BILLION MORE PEOPLE and ONE BILLION MORE ANGELS, with some of either party being both NEW to HEAVEN and OLD (RETURNEES) TO HEAVEN. The vast majority of both CATEGORIES are NEW. When the NEW ANGELS come into HEAVEN they are permanently put together with their SOUL MATES who had been waiting for them in HEAVEN. Any previous gender they may have had on the earth is removed, for they will be in their complete FORM in HEAVEN. The NEW ANGELS coming into HEAVEN will be appropriately placed into their intended HEAVENLY LEVEL. ALL NEW ANGELS have had to come to earth TWICE during the SEVEN THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD of the earth, to live ONCE as a MAN and ONCE as a WOMAN. This is because on earth, only one-half of each ANGEL can come at one time. Outside of the SIXTH LEVEL in HEAVEN, all ANGELS in the declining LEVELS are significantly fewer in numbers when compared to the number of PEOPLE at that LEVEL. Only ANGELS of the SIXTH LEVEL and LOWER can INCREASE in numbers. The population of the SEVENTH LEVEL ANGEL is FIXED in their NUMBER since the BEGINNING of CREATION. The ONLY exception to this was the ADDITION of CE'-PHAS, who was added to the SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS thus bringing their NUMBER from 77 to 78 ANGELS.

P451

When a NEW PERSON (SOUL) comes to earth, that NEW PERSON'S DESTINY has already been DETERMINED by GOD. Unlike the ANGEL, the NEW SOUL'S NAME may or may not be WRITTEN into THE LAMB'S BOOK of LIFE. Therefor the return of the NEW SOUL to HEAVEN is somewhat in question! In EVERY SEVEN THOUSAND-YEAR PERIOD there are 21,000,000,000 people who had at one time inhabited the earth. Of that 21,000, 000,000 only 7,000,000,000 of those people had been sent down from HEAVEN thus bearing a SOUL. With only SIX BILLION of those SOULS being RECEIVED back into HEAVEN it becomes EVIDENT that with each and every CYCLE of the earth there will be ONE BILLION PEOPLE who will have LOST their SOULS. Of the other 14,000,000,000 people who had at one time or another inhabited the earth, even though they are SOULLESS and cannot enter into HEAVEN, they can indeed be welcomed into THE MILLENNIUM THROUGH THEIR SERVICE TO GOD during their LIFETIME.

P451 P452

Of the ONE-BILLION who had LOST their SOULS, there is yet HOPE for them. Once every SEVEN THOUSAND YEARS, when JESUS CHRIST ENTERS INTO HELL after HIS crucifixion, some of those ONE BILLION SOULS may be SET FREE from HELL (Hades) and will be included as part of the SIX BILLION that will be RECEIVED back into HEAVEN.

P452

Isaiah 24:21 And it shall come to pass in that day, that THE LORD shall punish the host of the high ones that are on high, and the kings of the earth upon the earth.

P452 Kjb1611

Isaiah 24:22 And they shall be gathered together, as prisoners are gathered in THE PIT, and shall be shut up in the PRISON, and after many days shall they be VISITED.

P452 Kjb1611

THE SEVENTH LEVEL

P452

There are only ANGELS occupying the SEVENTH LEVEL of HEAVEN. Of these ANGELS there are FOUR COVENANT ANGELS, FOUR PRINCES, and SEVENTY THRONES, numbering SEVENTY-EIGHT in total. This NUMBER never changes. After the fall of Lucifer, The ANGEL RAPHAEL assumed the POST of Lucifer as the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and CE'PHAS took RAPHAEL'S post as ONE of the FOUR PRINCES to HONOR CE'-PHAS for HIS SERVICE to JESUS CHRIST. CE'-PHAS was known in the Scriptures as Simon who was renamed by JESUS and called Peter. Of the SEVENTY-EIGHT SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS, only FIVE have GENDER. The FIVE who have gender are RAPHAEL, the ANGEL of THE HOLY SPIRIT, and THE FOUR COVENANT ANGELS: ZARALL, the WIFE of the FIRST SERAPHIM, CHAMUEL, THE WIFE of the SECOND SERAPHIM, ASAPH, the WIFE OF THE THIRD SERAPHIM, and JAEL, THE WIFE OF THE FOURTH SERAPHIM.

P452

Many of the SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS have gone to EARTH at one time or another as a person and while they were on earth they required a gender, thus leaving one-half of themselves in HEAVEN while they were on earth. However, when they return to HEAVEN they again return to their ORIGINAL STATE of BEING without GENDER. JAEL is the ONLY ONE of all of the SEVENTY-EIGHT SEVENTH LEVEL ANGELS (ARK ANGELS) whom whether she is in HEAVEN or on EARTH is always a FEMALE, for IN HEAVEN SHE IS THE BIRTH MOTHER OF CHRIST. In both HEAVEN and in the earth, BIRTH can only occur as a result of the TWO GENDERS coming together. This is the SPLITTING of SPIRIT into a MALE and FEMALE GENDER, while yet the SOUL REMAINS intact as ONE. This is described in the First book of MOSES called Genesis, in the story about ADAM. The removing of one of ADAM'S ribs from which THE LORD MADE EVE, indicates this SPLITTING of the SPIRIT into a GENDER. Both the MALE and FEMALE SPIRITS share the SAME SOUL, thus making them SOUL MATES.

P452 P453

ONCE the TWO SPIRITS come together as ONE PERSON; this is the BEGINNING of LIFE. Therefor at the point of CONCEPTION LIFE BEGINS and a NEW SOUL is BORN. The physical interaction of the two persons when they come together as one here on earth provide the vehicle of flesh for the NEW SOUL that has been CREATED in HEAVEN, the NEW SOUL then comes into that new body of flesh. When the CHILD of flesh has a female gender, the feminine SPIRIT of that SOUL descends from HEAVEN to possess that body of flesh, with the opposite being true for the male CHILD. When a child is born in the flesh having both genders that child has not a SOUL nor a SPIRIT from HEAVEN, but receives only an earthly spirit of man likening to GOD'S SIXTH DAY CREATION.

P453

ALL of THE SOULS IN HEAVEN belong to GOD, with CHRIST being THE KEEPER of SOULS. This is why GOD views any ABORTION (that is the taking of the physical body of a child from the NEW SOUL), as a DETESTABLE ACT against HIM. GOD GIVES BOTH THE LIVES IN THE FLESH, AND THE LIFE IN THE SPIRIT TO MAN. Therefor no man has the right to take the life from another, under any circumstances other than through an act of war or in self-defense.

P453

THE FOUR METATRON

P453

The FOUR METATRON reside in HEAVEN between the SEVENTH and EIGHTH LEVELS and EXCEPT for GOD and the SONS of GOD, THE METATRON are the most POWERFUL BEINGS in all of HEAVEN. THE METATRON IS NOT AN ANGEL. The METATRON are similar to the FOUR SERAPHIM; one of the NORTH, one of the SOUTH, one of the EAST and one of the WEST, with there being ONE METATRON for each of the four directions. The METATRON do not mingle nor do they communicate outside of the ANGELIC REALM and are THE GUARDIANS of the FOUR CORNERS of HEAVEN.

P453 P454

The names of the FOUR are ANAFI-EL, METATRON of the North QUADRANT, SAN-DAL-PHON, METATRON of the South QUADRANT, ME'-SO-LOT, METATRON of the EAST QUADRANT, and OR'-THA-BEL, METATRON of the WEST QUADRANT. Anyone desiring to approach THE THRONE of GOD can only do so through CHRIST. However if they are not allowed ACCESS to CHRIST, they must otherwise receive access through the FOUR METATRON. While Lucifer is free to roam the earth and not yet held in bond, his only access to THE THRONE of GOD is by way of the METATRON. Due to Lucifer's being cast out of HEAVEN he can no longer approach THE THRONE of GOD through CHRIST, who is the FOUR SERAPHIM, so he therefor must access THE THRONE by way of the METATRON. When Lucifer seeks the COUNSEL of GOD by way of the FOUR METATRON, he approaches them most cautiously. This is because Lucifer fears the FOUR METATRON who DESPISE Lucifer and his following who have fallen from the GRACE of GOD!

P454

The FOUR METATRON are referred to in the Book of Revelation as the FOUR ANGELS whom were bound in the Great River Euphrates, even though they are not ANGELS at all!

P454

Revelation 9:13 And the SIXTH ANGEL SOUNDED, and I heard a VOICE from the FOUR HORNS of the GOLDEN ALTAR which is before GOD,

P454 Kjb1611

Revelation 9:14 Saying to the SIXTH ANGEL which had the TRUMPET, Loose the FOUR ANGELS which are bound in the Great River Eu-phra'-tes.

P454 Kjb1611

Revelation 9:15 And the FOUR ANGELS were loosed, which were prepared for an HOUR, and a DAY, and a MONTH, and a YEAR, for to slay the third part of men.

P454 Kjb1611

The FOUR HORNS referred to in the Scripture represents the FOUR SONS of GOD, who are the FOUR SERAPHIM. The METATRON only receive their DIRECTION from either GOD or from the FOUR SONS of GOD, and the Scripture states that the LOOSENING of the FOUR METATRON comes by the DIRECTION of the FOUR SONS of GOD. The reason it must come from ALL FOUR SERAPHIM is because each ONE of the SONS of GOD has control over only ONE of the METATRON. By all FOUR METATRON being SUMMONED, the Scripture indicates that all FOUR SERAPHIM (CHRIST) would have to had CALLED.

P454 P455

Contained in the Scriptures of the Book of Genesis, there is a reference made to the FOUR SONS of GOD (the FOUR SERAPHIM) who in those Scriptures are referred to as FOUR RIVERS, also called FOUR HEADS. The FOURTH HEAD referred to in the Scripture, is called the RIVER EUPHRATES.

P455

Genesis 2:10 And a RIVER went out of EDEN to water the GARDEN; and from thence it was PARTED, and became into FOUR HEADS.

P455 Kjb1611

Genesis 2:11 The NAME of the FIRST is Pi'-son: that is it which compasseth the whole land of Hav'-i-lah, where there is GOLD;

P455 Kjb1611

Genesis 2:12 And the GOLD of that land is good: there is bdellium and the onyx stone.

P455 Kjb1611

Genesis 2:13 And the name of the SECOND RIVER is Gi'-hon: the same is it that compasseth the whole land of E-thi-o'-pi-a.

P455 Kjb1611

Genesis 2:14 And the name of the THIRD RIVER is Hid'-de-kel: that is it which goeth toward the east of Assyria. And THE FOURTH RIVER IS EU-PHRA'-TES.

P455 Kjb1611

The reason that the Scriptures in the Book of Revelation makes the REFERENCE to the FOURTH RIVER, Euphrates, is because the FOUR METATRON are RELEASED to be under the CONTROL of the FOURTH SERAPHIM, THE DELIVERER, who is the 182 PERSON. Therefor, when you NOW read the Scriptures from Chapter 9, Verses 13,14, and 15 of the Book of Revelation, you may UNDERSTAND what the Scripture is SAYING! The Scripture SAYS, at a very SPECIFIC point in TIME the FOUR METATRON are RELEASED from THEIR HEAVENLY POSTS to be UNDER the CONTROL of THE 182 PERSON, THE FOURTH SERAPHIM. This is the TRANSFER of POWER from GOD to the 182 PERSON for before the TIME of this transfer in POWER, it was only GOD who could COMMAND ALL FOUR of the METATRON.

P455

THE EIGHTH LEVEL

P456

The EIGHTH LEVEL in HEAVEN is the LEVEL of THE SONS of GOD, THE FOUR SERAPHIM. NEXT TO GOD THEY ARE THE MOST POWERFUL BEINGS IN ALL OF HEAVEN. HEAVEN has FOUR QUADRANTS and each of THE FOUR SERAPHIM is BOTH a KING and a JUDGE for HIS QUADRANT. Each QUADRANT is in the shape of a PYRAMID and when all FOUR KINGDOMS come together at the PYRAMID'S tips, from each of their FOUR respective DIRECTIONS, they form a CUBE. This CUBE, by the meaSurement of THE ANGEL is THIRTEEN HUNDRED AND SEVENTY SEVEN MILES in all DIRECTIONS, when converted from furlongs to miles. Its width, length, and height are the same dimension and EXPLAINED in Revelation 21:16. Don't let this MEASUREMENT confuse you in regard to the size of HEAVEN, for the FURLONG used in this measurement is a HEAVENLY FURLONG. The FURLONG of MEASUREMENT that is used by the ANGEL in the Scripture REPRESENTS A GALACTIC MILE.

P456

When the FOUR KINGDOMS come together and are combined as ONE CUBE, the CUBE forms THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN. This can be visualized by looking at the pyramid on the U. S. One-Dollar Bill. When looking at the ONE-DOLLAR BILL you will see that the PYRAMID on the Bill has an EYE on its tip. This EYE on the tip of the PYRAMID represents the EYE of GOD and where GOD RESIDES the FOUR TIPS of the FOUR PYRAMIDS come together. The EIGHTH LEVEL of HEAVEN is the point at which a TRUNCATION OCCURS in each of the FOUR PYRAMIDS thus forming a BASE for THE THRONE of GOD and also forming a CUBE within a CUBE. THE INNER CUBE is THE THRONE of GOD and the OUTER CUBE is THE KINGDOM of HEAVEN.

P456

These FOUR PYRAMIDS can be EXPRESSED as CRYSTAL LIGHT PRISMS and when ALL FOUR COME TOGETHER to CONNECT to a SINGLE LIGHT SOURCE (GOD) THE KINGDOM of GOD is then FORMED.

P456

Revelation 4:6 And before THE THRONE there was a sea of GLASS like unto CRYSTAL: and in the midst of THE THRONE, and round about the THRONE, were FOUR BEASTS full of EYES before and behind.

P456 Kjb1611

In each of the FIRST SIX LEVELS of HEAVEN, the LEVEL of ONE'S ANOINTING matches the NUMBER of that LEVEL in which that SPIRIT resides. To further clarify this matter, THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD OFFERS NINE GIFTS. HE DISPENSES THOSE GIFTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LEVEL OF ONE'S ANOINTING. Those in the FIRST LEVEL have only ONE GIFT, and THOSE in the SIXTH LEVEL will have SIX GIFTS. The FIRST GIFT of THE HOLY SPIRIT is always THE GIFT OF FAITH, however those above the FIRST LEVEL will have the GIFT of FAITH as well as ONE or more of THE OTHER GIFTS THAT ARE GIVEN accompanying THE GIFT of FAITH.

P456 P457

The Church most commonly MISUSES THE WORD "ANOINTING" and uses the SECONDARY meaning of THE WORD, which is, "THE ORDAINING of ONE". However, the PRIMARY meaning of THE WORD "ANOINTING" can be best UNDERSTOOD by the use of THE WORD, "EMPOWERMENT". ANOINTING is an EMPOWERMENT that is given to an INDIVIDUAL BY GOD and this EMPOWERMENT is not TRANSFERABLE to another.

P457

All of the ARK LEVEL ANGELS EXCEPT for CE'-PHAS, who is a PRINCE but not an ARK ANGEL are EMPOWERED with ALL NINE GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT. The NAMES of the SEVEN ARK ANGELS are MICHAEL, GABRIEL, RAPHAEL, ZARALL, CHAMUEL, ASAPH, and JAEL, with the LAST FOUR also being referred to as COVENANT ANGELS. The NINE GIFTS are also GIVEN to the FOUR METATRON and THE FOUR SERAPHIM who both DWELL ABOVE THE SEVENTH LEVEL. The SEVENTY THRONES and CE'-PHAS as well, has SEVEN of the NINE GIFTS. ALL ANGELS regardless of the LEVEL they may reside in, have a MINIMUM of THREE of the NINE GIFTS with the vast MAJORITY of ANGELS having SIX of the NINE GIFTS of THE HOLY SPIRIT. The ANGEL is always EMPOWERED greater than they who reside at their same LEVEL, except for those at the SIXTH LEVEL, where the SAINT and THE PROPHET have an equivalency to THE ANGEL having also SIX GIFTS.

P457

THE NINTH LEVEL/GOD

P457

THE THRONE of GOD is at the NINTH LEVEL of HEAVEN. As was previously described in this BOOK, THE TRINITY of GOD consists of JESUS CHRIST/YESHUA who is that PART of GOD that is CLOSEST to MAN, IXOTE, THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD and THE MAN'S CONNECTION TO GOD, AND GOD THE FATHER of ETERNITY. AS JESUS CHRIST HAS TOLD YOU IN THE GOSPELS, if you are given to HIM by THE FATHER, HE will allow you to SIT DOWN WITH HIM IN HIS THRONE as HE has sat down with HIS FATHER in HIS THRONE. The FATHER of JESUS CHRIST is IXOTE, THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD. You can only RECEIVE THE HOLY SPIRIT THROUGH JESUS CHRIST for HE IS THE ONLY WAY TO ASCEND to THE HOLY SPIRIT. JESUS CHRIST is referred to THROUGHOUT the SCRIPTURES as THE RIGHT HAND of GOD. YOU CANNOT RECEIVE THE HAND of GOD, UNLESS YAHWEH, THE ALMIGHTY GOD, and THE ETERNAL FATHER EXTENDS IT OUT TO YOU.

P457 P458

This is why JESUS CHRIST said "YOU CANNOT COME TO ME UNLESS YOU ARE DRAWN TO ME BY THE FATHER". ONCE THE LORD has extended HIS HAND to you and YOU TAKE HOLD of IT, YOU CAN RECEIVE by way of THE HAND also THE ARM of GOD. THE ARM of GOD is THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD that is CONNECTED to THE HAND and also to the PERSON of THE HAND. THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD is THE CONDUIT THAT CONNECTS THE HAND TO THE PERSON of THE HAND, GOD! BECAUSE THE HAND and THE ARM are CONNECTED and are INSEPARABLE from the PERSON of THE HAND, SO IS IT WITH THE TRINITY of GOD. THREE PERSONS BEING ONE GOD AND INSEPARABLE!

P458

To further explain this, for example; if YOU were to be INTRODUCED to a person; in a gesture of receiving you in FRIENDSHIP that person would extend his hand to you. By your taking hold of that person's hand you have made a CONNECTION to that person and by GESTURE have accepted a WELCOMING RELATIONSHIP. Through that person's hand you make a further CONNECTION back to HIM extending it by way of THE ARM. Furthermore, you could not have RECEIVED the HAND if the ARM was not extended to you, nor could you CONNECT to the person of the HAND except by way of the ARM.

P458

This is how ONE RECEIVES THE LORD. WHEN ONE RECEIVES THE HAND (JESUS CHRIST), HE AS WELL RECEIVES THE ARM (THE HOLY SPIRIT), THIS MAKES THE CONNECTION TO THE PERSON OF THE HAND AND ARM (GOD). IT CAN BE SAID, THAT JESUS CHRIST IS THE LOVING TOUCH OF GOD and THE HOLY SPIRIT IS YOUR LOVING CONNECTION TO GOD.

P458

HOWEVER, ONCE THE HAND IS EXTENDED TO YOU AND IT IS REJECTED, IT WILL NOT BE EXTENDED AGAIN. THIS IS AN UNFORGIVABLE SIN AND A SIN AGAINST THE HOLY SPIRIT of GOD!

P458

The Earth-plane, The Dividing Line

P459

The world you now live in is called "GROUND ZERO" and the Earth-plane, which is the DIVIDING LINE between HEAVEN and Hell. If ONE were to VIEW HEAVEN as a POSITIVE NUMBER thus having a VALUE of PLUS ONE through PLUS NINE, and Hell as being a negative number having a value of minus one through minus nine, you could see that the earth is the DIVIDING LINE between the two. The earth can be a place that is as close to HEAVEN as one can get without being in it, or it can be a place that is as close to Hell as one without being in it.

P459

This is why the earth is a place that has both GOOD and evil in it, since it sits between GOOD and EVIL. If ONE wants to get CLOSER to HEAVEN while being on earth that PERSON MUST BE LOOKING TOWARDS HEAVEN rather than down to the earth. This looking towards HEAVEN is done by CONTINUALLY READING and RECITING THE WORD of GOD, OBEYING GOD'S LAWS, and LOVING GOD ABOVE anything here on earth. Once YOU have done this, the world will appear to YOU as being a place closer to Hell than to HEAVEN.

P459

On the other hand, when a person chooses this world over THE LORD, and does not OBEY HIS LAWS and COMMANDMENTS through IGNORANCE or otherwise, that person will see this world as a place being closer to HEAVEN than to Hell. The reason for this perspective is that the earth appears to be heavenly by those not knowing by THE WORD of GOD that it is a ZERO. For that person a ZERO then becomes a PLUS. Thus making the earth greater than Hell, which is a NEGATIVE number, so the earth becomes heaven to that person. This causes them that see the earth as heaven to look towards earth for their happiness, believing that this life is all there is for them, However objects on this earth are only TEMPORARY, and THIS IS THE DEVIL'S DECEPTION. The Devil wants you to have only A TEMPORARY LIFE ON EARTH, WITHOUT HEAVEN and ETERNITY. This is the same life that the Devil has been DOOMED to live, for he is imprisoned on this earth having no access at all to HEAVEN!

P459

THE CLOSER ONE GETS TO THE LORD THE FURTHER HE MOVES FROM THIS WORLD and TOWARDS HEAVEN, SEEING THIS WORLD FOR WHAT IT IS, A ZERO. The Devil wants you to see this world from his perspective, making it your heaven. HOWEVER, GOD, WANTS YOU TO SEE IT FROM HIS PERSPECTIVE, WITH THE EARTH BEING ONLY A TEMPORARY PLACE TO LEARN THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN GOOD AND EVIL.

P459 P460

John 12:25 HE THAT LOVETH HIS LIFE SHALL LOSE IT; AND HE THAT HATETH HIS LIFE IN THIS WORLD SHALL KEEP IT UNTO LIFE ETERNAL.

P460 Kjb1611

Revealing the Bible's Truth

P461

After experiencing a SUPERNATURAL EVENT on October 13th 1997, Mr. Barbaria was directed by GOD to write this BOOK titled "REVEALING THE BIBLE'S TRUTH". This BOOK should be read in conjunction with the Holy Bible so it may further one's UNDERSTANDING of the Holy Scriptures. Many of the MYSTERIES that are contained within the Scriptures of the Holy Bible are REVEALED through the writing of this BOOK and it speaks to issues concerning the World's destiny and also to one's SPIRITUAL AFTERLIFE.

P461

Events such as "The RAPTURE" and "The GREAT TRIBULATION" are explained in great detail rather than simply referred to in a general sense, as other books have done. GOD has given ALL that is written in this BOOK to its Author, with its TRUTH being verifiable by the Scriptures themselves.

P461

The Author who had never owned Bible until 1997, hadn't any opinions whatsoever on the WORD of GOD, and this is the way GOD intended for it to be, so HE could teach the Author without him having any preconceived notions of what the Scriptures mean. In summary, this BOOK is free from any opinions, and is the INSPIRED WORD of GOD!

P461

Revelation 1:7 Behold, HE cometh with CLOUDS; and every eye shall see HIM, and they also which pierced HIM: and all kindreds of the earth shall wail because of HIM. Even so, A-men.

P462 Kjb1611